Simatic Hmi PDF

Catalog ST 80 · 2006
Subject to change without prior notice | Dispo 09402 | KG 1105 25.0 S 424 EN 601140 | Printed in Germany | © Siemens AG 2005 | IWI: TSTE
Human Machine Interface Systems

www.siemens.com/simatic simatic hmi
Human Machine
Interface Systems
s
Siemens AG The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or characteristics
s
of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described
Automation and Drives or which may change as a result of further development of the products.
Human Machine Interface An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly
agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
Postfach 4848
subject to change without notice.
90327 NÜRNBERG
Germany All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG
or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes
w w w. s i e m e n s .c o m/ a uto ma t i o n could violate the rights of the owners.
Order No. E86060-K4680-A101-B4-7600

Related catalogs:
SIMATIC ST 70
Products for
Totally Integrated Automation
and Micro Automation
Order No.:
E86060-K4670-A111-A9-7600
SIMATIC ST 70
Products for News
and Micro Automation
Order No.:
E86060-K4670-A151-A2-7600
Industrial Communication IK PI
Industrial Communication
for Automation and Drives
Order No.:
E86060-K6710-A101-B4-7600
Industrial Communication IK PI
Industrial Communication News
for Automation and Drives
Order No.:
E86060-K6710-A121-A1-7600
SITRAIN ITC
Training for Automation and
Industrial Solutions
Order No.:
Paper: E86060-K6850-A101-B5 (in German only)
CD-ROM: E86060-D6850-A100-C2-7400 1)
CA 01 – The Offline Mall CA 01

of Automation and Drives
Order No.:
CD-ROM: E86060-D4001-A110-C4-7600
DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-C4-7600
A&D Mall
Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/mall
1) Available in German and English.
For further information contact your
nearest Siemens branch office.
Trademarks
All product designations may be trademarks or product

names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use
by third parties for their own purposes could violate the
rights of the owners.
According to the German law on units in measuring
technology, data in inches only applies to devices for
export.
Human Machine Introduction Automation and Drives
SIMATIC HMI
Interface Systems 1
Operator Control and Push Button Panels
Monitoring Devices Micro Panels
Mobile Panels
Panels
Multi Panels 2
MOBIC T8
Supersedes: System Interfaces
Catalog ST 80 · 2005 HMI Accessories
The products contained SIMATIC Panel PC SIMATIC Panels PC 577

in this catalog are also contained SIMATIC Panels PC 677
in the electronic Catalog CA 01. SIMATIC Panels PC 877
Order No.:
CD: E86060-D4001-A110-C3-7600
Expansion components
3
Please contact your nearest
Siemens branch office.
© Siemens AG 2005 HMI Software SIMATIC ProTool

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC ProAgent
4
HMI HMI Packages

Complete Systems with ProTool/Pro,
WinCC flexible
and WinCC
5
The products and
systems listed in this
catalog are manu- Customized Sector Products
actured/distributed Products Customized Product
using a certified quality Modifications
management system
which complies with
DIN EN ISO 9001
6
Certified Registration
No. 2613-05).
The certificates are
recognized in all IQNet
countries. Industrial SIMATIC Flat Panel
LCD Monitors SCD Monitors
SCD Monitors 15 kHz
7
s
Appendix
8
Welcome to
Automation and Drives
We would like to welcome you to Automation and
Drives and our comprehensive range of products,
systems, solutions and services for production and
process automation and building technology
worldwide.
With Totally Integrated Automation and Totally
Integrated Power, we deliver solution platforms based
on standards that offer you a considerable savings
potential.
Discover the world of our technology now. If you need
more detailed information, please contact one of your
regional Siemens partners.
They will be glad to assist you.
1/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 1/3
innovations for more productivity
With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation, we were

the first ones on the market to consistently implement the
trend from equipment to an integrated automation solution,
and have continuously improved the system ever since.
Whether your industry is process- and production-oriented or
a hybrid, Totally Integrated Automation is a unique "common
solution" platform that covers all the sectors.
Totally Integrated Automation is an integrated platform for the
entire production line - from receiving to technical processing
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning Ethernet
Production Material
MES Order Management
Management
Manufacturing
Execution Ethernet
Systems Production
Operations
Equipment
Management
Recording
SIMATIC NET SINAUT Telecontrol SIMATIC SIMATIC Controllers/

Control Industrial System Software Automation System
Communication
SIMATIC
Sensors
Ethernet
Industrial
Industrial
Ethernet
Safety Integrated
PROCESS FIELD
PROFIBUS
PC-based Automation
AS-Interface
Building
Technology
GAMMA instabus ECOFAST IP65

Micro-Automation and Distributed
Actuator-Sensor Interface Level Automation System
1/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

and production areas to shipping. Thanks to the system-oriented
engineering environment, integrated, open communications
as well as intelligent diagnostics options, your plant now
benefits in every phase of the life cycle.
In fact, to this day we are the only company worldwide that
can offer a control system based on an integrated platform
for both the production and process industry.
Plant Product Specification

Information Management System
Management
SIMATIC IT Framework
Production Modeler
Detailed Laboratory Information
Production Management System
Scheduling
SENTRON SINUMERIK SIMOTION

Circuit Computer Motion Control SIMATIC HMI
Breakers Numeric Control System Human Machine
Interface
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control
System
Field Instru-
mentation/
Analytics
HART
SIWAREX
Weighing PROFIBUS PA
SIMOCODE pro SIMATIC Technology
Motor Manage- Distributed Drive Systems/
ment System I/O SIMODRIVE SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 1/5

Totally Integrated Power
energy distribution and management
from one source
Totally Integrated Power by Siemens offers integrated

solutions for energy distribution in functional and industrial
buildings covering everything from medium-high voltage to
power outlets.
Totally Integrated Power is based on integration in
planning and configuration as well as coordinated products
and systems. In addition, it features communications and
software modules for connecting power distribution systems
to industrial automation and building automation, thereby
offering a substantial savings potential.
Communication HMI Load Graphs Prognoses

manage-
ment
Process/production U
I
cos o
P
W
automation
PROCESS FIELD BUS
Products and systems
£ 110 kV
Planning and configuration
1/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Main- Message/ Selective Protocols Power Cost center
tenance error protection DATE: quality
Substation
manage- EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
Building
ment
PAY PERIOD ENDING
Distribution
automation
DATE
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
IN
OUT
Maintenance
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
task DATE
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI
TOTAL HOURS
SAT SUN TOTAL

IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Hall 1 Air conditioning system OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
checkup central ON DATE
OFF
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
Distribution 3 Replacing circuit IN
OUT
breaker contacts local ON IN
OFF OUT
Infeed II Replacing meters

OVERTIME
tripped TOTAL HOURS
CODES
REGULAR HOLIDAY OTHER
V=VACATION
H=HOLIDAY
S=SICK OVER THE HOURS
SICK VACATION
TIME & ONE-HALF
instabus EIB
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 1/7

Achieving transparency and lowering costs:
SIMATIC HMI operator control and monitoring systems
The interface between the operator and the machine the And over wireless LAN or cell phone connections, you can use
Human Machine Interface, or HMI connects the world of portable Thin Clients such as laptops, organizers or WebPads.
automation with the individual requirements of the operator. The process, service or management information is then
Operator control and monitoring means total control of the available to the respective users. At the machine level, many
process, keeping machinery and plants operating smoothly, operator panels support remote operation, for example as a
availability and productivity. link between the automation level and the control desk, through
to service and diagnostics over the Web.
Making increasing complex systems easier and easier
An area of conflict. Processes are becoming more sophisticated
and the requirements on the functionality of machines and
plant are growing. The operator must monitor, control and
think about so many things all at once. The human machine
interface has to offer the operator the highest degree of
transparency. With every new HMI innovation, it is our intention
to make increasingly complex matters more and more simple.
We shape innovations in HMI technology and implement them
in solutions that are at the forefront of development.
Everything from a single source
With SIMATIC HMI, Siemens A&D has a complete spectrum of
innovative as well as attractively priced products and systems
for the wide range of different tasks of operator control and
monitoring, not to mention customized solutions: From operator
panels and visualization software for human-machine interface
systems at the machine to a SCADA system for a wide range
of different requirements in process visualization.
Well-equipped for integration in the world of automation
With their open, standardized interfaces in hardware and
software, SIMATIC HMI products can be integrated into the
production level, automation level and the management level
at any time. They can be connected to almost any PLC on the
market; the configuration and visualization software is multi-
lingual, even encompassing ideographic Asian languages so
there are no barriers to worldwide implementation.
Part of the corporate IT landscape
Whether it is used for business optimization, quality assurance
at the MES level (Manufacturing Execution System) or to provide
management data for the corporate managers (ERP Enterprise
Resource Planning): beyond the boundaries of the automated
process, SIMATIC HMI will become an integral component of
the corporate IT landscape.
Integrated into the World Wide Web
SIMATIC HMI turns the Web into the control desk within the
plant as well as in the global network. Using the WinCC/Web
Navigator, you can monitor and operate plants over the Internet
or the internal company intranet. Operator panels such as the
SIMATIC MP 370 Multi Panel can be integrated as rugged Thin
Clients that simultaneously provide a link between the
automation level and the control desk.
1/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Enhanced plant availability
All operator panels and panel PCs are designed from the very
beginning for operation under harsh industrial conditions.
WinCC redundant process visualization systems ensure high
plant availability during operation. The process diagnostics
ProAgent from SIMATIC HMI supports you effectively with error
locating and rectification and therefore significantly reduces
downtimes. In addition, special software options, such as
SIMATIC WinBDE support the preventive maintenance of
machines and plants.
More than a human-machine interface
The multi panels under Windows CE encompass the advantages
of two different worlds: On the one hand, the ruggedness of
an operator panel, and on the other hand the flexibility typical
of the PC. Siemens is the first manufacturer to implement this
new class of multifunctional platforms. Apart from the classical
HMI functions, other automation functions, such as control
functions, can execute at the same time. And for PC-based The expert partner for automation solutions
Automation, the SIMATIC Panel PCs are available as compact
automation platforms. With SIMATIC HMI, not only do you get excellent products for
your requirements, but we also support you in selecting a
All the advantages of Totally Integrated Automation partner for your automation solution. In our global network of
Totally Integrated Automation from Siemens is the most Siemens Automation Solution Providers, you will find expert
successful automation concept worldwide with a potential for contacts who are close by and are always up-to-date with
savings that was previously unknown. TIA supports complete SIMATIC HMI systems. Building on WinCC, the Siemens-internal
integration of the individual automation components from the WinCC Competence Centers create technology-specific products
PLC, distributed I/O and drive systems through the HMI right as well as customized and sector-specific solutions. WinCC
up to the production management level. And you will always Professionals are external system integrators who combine
profit from the three-fold integration of configuration or WinCC expertise with their sector and technology know-how
programming, data management and communication. in tailor-made, cost-effective solutions. Numerous products
The impressive consequence: drastic reduction in engineering from our business partners that operate optimally with WinCC
costs of an automation solution and therefore in overall costs. are available as WinCC add-ons.
As a component part of TIA, SIMATIC HMI supports system- Investment security included
wide engineering under Windows, accesses shared data and You will always benefit from our many years of experience in
has integrated communication. In this way, the WinCC flexible the field of automation engineering. This also applies to our
engineering software can be integrated into the central global service network with its competent support. Further
programming software of the SIMATIC world, SIMATIC STEP 7, services, such as the software update service, training and
and it can be used to configure all the operator panels. The even ordering over the Internet round off our range of products
engineering software of SIMATIC HMI also accesses variables and services.
and signal lists of the PLC and uses their communications
parameters. This prevents time-consuming repeat entries and
the associated sources of error from the very beginning.
Interacting with other SIMATIC components, SIMATIC HMI
supports system and process diagnostics during normal
operation. This enables you to activate STEP 7 diagnostics
directly from WinCC for comprehensive error diagnosis from
the circuit diagram through to the PLC program. And with
SIMATIC ProAgent, process diagnosis signals from the PLC are
displayed on operator panels or visualization systems without
the need for additional configuration work on the HMI system SIMATIC HMI
or additional diagnostic instruments.
The Human Machine Interface
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 1/9

SIMATIC HMI
The complete world of operator control and monitoring
Process visualization
SIMATIC WinCC
The SCADA system for scaleable process visualization for every
requirement from the single-user system to the redundant
multi-user system as well as for plant monitoring and operation
over the Internet. WinCC is the ideal information hub for IT and
business integration, such as for integration in MES and ERP
Single-user PC
systems.
monitoring at the machine visualization

Operator control and monitoring at the machine
Process
SIMATIC Push Button Panels
Operator panels that can be connected to the bus for easy,
direct operation of the machine.
SIMATIC Micro Panels
Operator panels for small machines and especially for
SIMATIC S7-200. Push Button Panels Micro Panels
Operator control and
SIMATIC Mobile Panels

Mobile operator panels for direct operation of plant and
machinery from any location.
SIMATIC Panels
Compact, rugged operator panels for implementation directly
at the machine finely graded in performance and user-
friendliness as text displays, operator panels and touch panels.
SIMATIC Multi Panels
Multifunctional platforms that, apart from visualization, also
perform other automation tasks such as control functions.
SIMATIC Panel PCs SIMOTION
Industrial platforms for PC visualization on site or for the many Motion Control
different automation tasks of PC-based Automation.
The new system-wide, flexible HMI software for all graphical
operator panels from the micro panel to the PC platform.
Ideal for operation and monitoring at the machine with
stationary, mobile or distributed operator panels. Additional
options support operation, service and diagnosis over the Web. Actuator / Sensor
SIMATIC ProTool
Integrated, system-wide configuring software under Windows
for all SIMATIC HMI operator panels.
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Visualization software for PC-based operator control and
monitoring directly at the machine. They permit short response
times and safe process operation.
1/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES)
Client/Server Internet-Client SCADA System WinCC
Mobile Panels Panels Multi Panels Panel PCs HMI software

WinCC flexible
ProTool
SIMATIC Controllers additional

S7-400 automation
S7-300 systems
S7-200
Field devices Drives
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 1/11

SIMATIC HMI
The Human Machine Interface
1/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Operator Control and
Monitoring Devices
2/2 Introduction 2/126 Multi Panels

2/8 Push Button Panels 270 series
2/8 SIMATIC PP7 2/126 SIMATIC MP 270B
2/11 SIMATIC PP17
370 series
2/14 Micro panels 2/136 SIMATIC MP 370
2/14 TD 100C Text Display
Multi Panel Options
2/16 TD 200 Text Display
2/146 SIMATIC WinAC MP
2/18 TD 200C Text Display
2/149 SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
2/20 SIMATIC OP 73micro
2/24 SIMATIC TP 070 2/153 MOBIC T8
2/27 SIMATIC TP 170micro
2/160 System interfaces
2/30 SIMATIC TP 177micro
Text panels
2/34 Mobile panels
2/160 Overview
170 series 2/161 SIMATIC S7
2/34 SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 2/163 SIMATIC S5
2/165 SIMATIC 505
2/45 Panels
2/166 Third-party PLCs
Text Panels
Panels and runtime software
2/45 SIMATIC TD17
2/169 Overview
2/48 SIMATIC OP3
2/171 SIMATIC S7
2/51 SIMATIC OP7
2/174 SIMATIC S5
2/56 SIMATIC OP17
2/175 SIMATIC 505
70 series 2/176 Third-party PLCs
2/61 SIMATIC OP 73
2/180 HMI accessories
2/65 SIMATIC OP 77A
2/180 Connecting cables
2/70 SIMATIC OP 77B
170 series Connectors
2/75 SIMATIC TP 170A 2/182 RS 485 bus connectors
2/80 SIMATIC TP 170B 2/183 IE FC RJ45 Plug
2/87 SIMATIC TP 177A Accessories for SIMATIC
2/92 SIMATIC TP 177B Mobile Panel
2/98 SIMATIC OP 170B 2/184 Junction boxes
2/104 SIMATIC OP 177B
2/185 Memory cards
270 series
2/185 Converters/adapters
2/110 SIMATIC TP 270
2/118 SIMATIC OP 270 2/186 Service packages
2/187 Protective covers
2/187 Cover foils
2/188 Backup battery
2/189 Recommended printers
for Panels and Multi Panels
Siemens ST 80 · 2006
Operator Control and Monitoring Devices
Introduction
■ Overview ■ Benefits
Rugged and compact for use at machine level.
With IP65/NEMA 4 degree of protection on the front side, high
EMC and extreme vibration resistance, the SIMATIC Operator
2 Panels are ideally suited for the use at machine level in rough
industrial environments. Thanks to their compact design with a
shallow mounting depth, the stationary Operator Panels can be
fitted anywhere, even where only restricted space is available.
The extremely rugged and shock-proof housing with IP65 de-
gree of protection makes the Mobile Panels especially suitable
for industrial applications. Their low weight and ergonomic
design means that they are user-friendly and easy to operate.
One configuration software for everything
SIMATICProTool or SIMATIC WinCC flexible are tools for the uni-
form configuration of all SIMATIC Panels, as well as PC-based
systems with the visualization software ProTool/Pro Runtime or
WinCC flexible Runtime. Graded variants are available for every
task. The software permits simple and efficient configuration.
Programming experience is not required.
A finely graded range of HMI devices is available for local oper-
ator control and monitoring. These include Push Button Panels, Completed configurations can be reused within the family.
Micro Panels, Panels, Multi Panels, and even Mobile Panels. Component of Totally Integrated Automation
Push Button Panels Siemens provides the complete modular system of matched
Push Button Panels (PP) are the innovative alternative to conven- components for automation solutions from one source and – with
tionally wired operator keypads. Supplied pre-assembled and Totally Integrated Automation – one of the most successful auto-
ready for installation, the bus-compatible operator panels are mation concepts worldwide. SIMATIC ProTool and WinCC flexi-
the key to drastically reducing wiring times when compared with ble are integral components of this world. It offers crucial advan-
conventional methods. tages. Thanks to the uniformity in configuration/programming,
data management and communication, the engineering costs of
Micro Panels an automation solution are significantly reduced.
Designed specifically for applications with the SIMATIC S7-200 Open for a wide variety of automation systems
micro PLC, either with text display (TD) or pixel-graphics display,
as operator panels (OP) with membrane keyboard or touch Despite the consistent incorporation into the SIMATIC world, the
screen (TP). Panels are nevertheless open for connection to PLCs from many
different vendors. The standard delivery includes a comprehen-
Mobile Panels sive range of user-friendly drivers.
The portable operator panels facilitate operator control and Innovative operator control and monitoring
monitoring at the actual scene of the event with direct access
and visual contact to the process. They offer simple and secure Based on the Windows CE operating system, 70, 170, 270 and
hot-swapping and can be used flexibly on machines or systems. 370 Series Mobile Panels, Panels and Multi Panels permit inno-
vative operator control and monitoring combined with rugged-
Panels ness, stability and simplicity. Standard hardware and software
Text Panels TD17, OP3/7/17 interfaces provide more flexibility and openness to the office
as text displays (TD) for simple message display or as operator world, for example, the MMC/PC/CF card, USB, Ethernet,
panels (OP) for operator control and monitoring using a mem- PROFIBUS DP, Visual Basic scripts or customer-specific ActiveX
brane keyboard. controls.
70/170/270 series Graphic Panels Worldwide application

With pixel-graphics display for realistic representation of The SIMATIC Panels are ideal for global use by design.
sequences (for 170B and higher also in color), either as Touch Online language selection permits selection of up to five lan-
Panels (TPs) with touch-sensitive display, as Operator Panels guages during operation simply by pressing a button. The wide
(OPs) with membrane keyboard or as combined Touch/Key on variety of languages available includes, for example, Chinese,
the OP 177B. Taiwanese, Korean, Japanese or Russian. The configuration
Multi Panels interface of ProTool or WinCC flexible including the online help
and the complete documentation is multilingual. Up to 32 lan-
270/370 Series guages can be used in one project. And all this is comple-
These can be used for operator control and monitoring in the mented by global servicing and support from Siemens.
same way as the panels, with operation by means of touch
screens or membrane keyboards. In addition, the Multi Panels
(MPs) permit installation of additional applications and thus
allow integration of several automation tasks on a single platform
with the PLC WinAC MP software, for example.
2/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Introduction
■ Configuration overview
ProTool configuring software WinCC flexible engineering software
TP-Designer ProTool/Lite ProTool ProTool/Pro Micro Compact Standard Advanced
Micro Panels
• OP 73micro • • • • 2
• TP 070 •
• TP 170micro • • • •
• TP 177micro • • • •
Mobile Panels
• Mobile Panel 177 • 1) • 1) • 1)
Text Panels
• TD17/OP3/OP7/OP17 • • •
Panels – 70 series
• OP 73 • • •
• OP 77A/B • • •
• TP 170A/ TP/OP 170B/ • • • • • •
• TP 177A • • •
• TP/OP 177B • 1) • 1) • 1)
• TP 270/ OP 270 • • • •
Multi Panels – 270 series
• MP 270B 6" • •
• MP 270B 10" • • • •
Multi Panels – 370 series
• MP 370 • • • •
• Possible
1) WinCC flexible 2005 and higher
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/3

Introduction
■ Technological overview
Micro Panels Mobile Panels Panels
Text Panels 70 series 170 series 270 series
TD100C 1) Mobile Panel 177 TD17 OP 73 TP 170A TP 270
TD 200/TD 200C 1) OP3/OP7/OP17 OP 77A/B TP/OP 170B OP 270
2 OP 73micro
TP 070 1)
TP 177A
TP/OP 177B
TP 170micro
TP 177micro
Display TD100C/ 5.7" STN Text display OP 73: 5.7" STN 5.7" / 10.4" STN
TD 200/ TD 200C: 3“ LCD
Text display OP 77A/B:
OP 73micro: 4.5” LCD
3“ LCD
TP 070/
TP 170micro/
TP 177micro:
5,7" STN
• Colors TD100C/ 256 colors Monochrome Monochrome TP 170A/ TP 177A 256 colors
TD 200/ TD 200C/ OP 170B:
OP 73micro: 4 blue modes
Monochrome TP 170B:
TP 070/ 4 blue modes/
TP 170micro/ 16 colors
TP 177micro: TP/OP 177B:
4 blue modes 4 blue modes/
256 colors
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard • (TD 100C/ - • • • •
TD 200/
TD 200C/
OP 73micro)
• Touch screen • (TP 070/ - - - • •
TP 170micro/
TP 177micro)
• Membrane keyboard - • - - • (OP 177B only) -
and Touch
Interfaces/protocols
• Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP •/•/- • / • 10) / • 10) • / • / • 2) •/•/• •/•/• •/•/•
• USB / Ethernet -/- - / • 6) -/- • 4) / - • / • 8) • / optional
• MMC /CF / PC card slot -/-/- •/-/- -/-/- • 4) / - / - • / • 3)5) / - -/•/-
Memory TD 100C/TD 200/ 2,048 KB TD17/OP3/OP7: OP 73/OP 77A: TP 170A: 320 KB 2 MB
(available for user data) TD 200C/TP 070 128 KB 256 KB TP 177A
OP 73micro: OP17: OP 77B 512 KB
128 KB 256 KB 1,024 KB TP 170B/OP 170B:
TP 170micro/ 768 KB
256 KB approx. 2 MB
Interface with PLC
• SIMATIC S7 / WinAC S7-200 only •/• •/• •/• •/• •/•
• SIMATIC S5 / 505 - - / •/• • 2) / • 2) • 7) / • 7) • 5) / • 5) •/•
• SINUMERIK / SIMOTION -/- •/• • 2) / - -/- • 3) / • 5) •/•
• Non-Siemens controllers - • • 2) • 7) • 5) •
Applications/options with ProTool
• ProAgent - - - - - •
• ThinClient/MP - - - - - -
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer - - - - - -
• WinAC MP - - - - - -
Applications/options with WinCC flexible
• ProAgent - - - - - •
• Sm@rtService - • 6) - - • 8) •
• Sm@rtAccess - • 6) - - • 8) •
• OPC server - - - - - -
• ThinClient/MP - - - - - -
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer - - - - - -
• WinAC MP - - - - - -
• available - not available
2/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Introduction
■ Technological overview (continued)

Multi Panels
270 series 370 series
MP 270B MP 370
2
Display 5.7" / 10.4" TFT 12.1" / 15.1" TFT
• Colors 256 colors 256 colors
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard • •
• Touch screen • •
• Membrane keyboard and Touch - -
Interfaces/protocols
• Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP •/•/• •/•/•
• USB / Ethernet •/• •/•
• MMC /CF / PC card slot -/•/• -/•/•
Memory 5 MB 12 MB
(available for user data)
Interface with PLC
• SIMATIC S7 / WinAC •/• •/•
• SIMATIC S5 / 505 •/• •/•
• SINUMERIK / SIMOTION •/• •/•
• Non-Siemens controllers • •
Applications/options with ProTool/Pro
• ProAgent • •
• ThinClient/MP • (MP 270B 10″) • (MP 370 12″ Touch, MP 370 15“ Touch)
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer • •
• WinAC MP - •
Applications/options with WinCC flexible
• ProAgent • •
• Sm@rtService • •
• Sm@rtAccess • •
• OPC server • •
• ThinClient/MP • (MP 270B 10″) • (MP 370 12″ Touch, MP 370 15“ Touch)
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer • •
• available
- not available
Footnotes to page 2/4:

1) The TP 070 is configured using TP-Designer
and the TD200/TD200C is configured with Micro/WIN
2) Except OP3
3) Except TP 170A
4) OP 77B only
5) Not on TP 177A, TP/OP 177B (S5 only)
6) Mobile Panel 177 PN only
7) Only an S7-200/300/400 can be connected to OP 73 and OP 77A
8) TP/OP 177B color only
9) TP/OP 177B only
10) Mobile Panel 177 DP only
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/5

Introduction
■ Functionality (when configuring with ProTool)

Micro panels Panels Multi panels
Text panels 170 series 270 series 270 series 370 series
TD 100C/ TD17/ TP 170A/ TP 270/ OP 270 MP 270B 10" MP 370
TD 200/ TD 200C OP3/OP7/OP17 TP/OP 170B
2 TP 070 3)
• Status signals/fault signals TD 100C: 40 / – TD17: 999 / – TP 170A: 2,000 / 2,000 2,000 / 2,000 2,000 / 2,000
TD 200: 80 / – OP3: 499 / – 1,000 / –
TP 070: – / – OP7: 499 / 499 TP 170B/
OP17: 999 / 999 OP 170B:
1,000 / 1,000
• Message buffer – OP3: – TP 170A 5): – 512 512 1,024
(number of entries) TD17/OP7/OP17: TP/ OP 170B 5):
256 128
• Recipes – TD17/OP3: – TP 170A: – 300 300 500
OP7/OP17: 99 TP/OP 170B:
100
• Process diagrams TP 070: 20 TD17: – TP 170A: 50 300 300 300
OP3: 40 TP/ OP 170B:
OP7/OP17: 100
99
• Bar/curve diagrams • / – (TP 070 only) –/– • / •1) •/• •/• •/•
(pixel graphics)
• Variables TP 070: 50 TD17: 1,000 TP 170A: 500 2,048 2,048 2,048
OP3: 1,024 TP/OP 170B:
OP7/OP17: 1,000
2,048
• Archiving - - - • • •
• Visual Basic Scripts - - - • • •
• Online languages 1 3 5 1) 5 5 5
• Password protection • (TD 100C/ • • • • •
TD 200C only)
• Print functions - • 2) • 1) • • •
• PG functions
(STATUS/CONTROL)
- • 4) - • • •
with SIMATIC S5/S7
• available
- not available
1) Except TP 170A
2) Except TD17/OP3
3) The TP 070 is configured using TP-Designer and the TD200/TD200C
are configured with Micro/WIN
4) Except TD17
5) Non-retentive
2/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Introduction
■ Functionality (when configuring with WinCC flexible)

Micro panels Mobile panels Panels Multi panels
70 series 170 series 270 series 270 series 370 series
OP 73micro / Mobile OP 73 2) / TP 170A/ TP 270/ MP 270B MP 370
TP 170micro/ Panel 177 OP 77A 2) / TP/OP 170B/ OP 270
TP 177micro OP 77B TP 177A/
TP/OP 177B
2
• No. of messages OP 73micro: 2,000 OP 73: 500 TP 170A/ 4,000 4,000 4,000
250 OP 77A/ TP 177A:
TP 170micro/ OP 77B: 1,000 1,000
TP 177micro: TP/OP 170B /
500 TP/OP 177B:
2,000
• Message buffer 128 3) 256 OP 73: 150 TP 170A: 512 512 1,024
(number of entries) OP 77A/B: 128 3)
256 3) TP/OP 170B /3)
TP 177A 3)/
TP/OP 177B:
256
• Recipes - 100 100 TP 170A: – 300 300 500
TP/OP 170B /
TP/OP 177B:
100
• Process diagrams 250 500 500 TP 170A: 250 500 500 500
TP/OP 170B /
TP/OP 177B:
500
• Bar/curve diagrams
(pixel graphics)
•/- •/• •/- • / • 1) •/• •/• •/•
• Variables OP 73micro: 1,024 1,000 TP 170A/ 2,048 2,048 2,048
500 TP 177A: 500
TP 170micro/ TP/OP 170B /
250 1,000
• Archiving - - - - • • •
• Visual Basic Scripts - - - - • • •
• Online languages 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
• User management (security) • • • • • • •
• Print functions - • • 2) • 1) • • •
• PG functions
(STATUS/CONTROL)
- - - • 4) • • •
with SIMATIC S5/S7
• available
- not available
1) Except TP 170A/TP 177A
2) OP 77B only
3) Non-retentive
4) TP/OP 177B only
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/7

Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7
■ Overview ■ Design
The push button panels impress customers with their compact
design:
• Factory-fitted with 8 short-stroke keys, that can be labeled as
required using insertable strips
2 • Smooth front that is easy to clean;
the front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Long-life, multi-color, surface-lighting LEDs in all short-stroke
keys
• Additional digital inputs for flexible expansions
• Pre-perforated cutouts for additional standard 22.5 mm com-
ponents (pushbuttons, lamps, emergency stop pushbuttons,
key switches)
• Rear display with mini-keypad to display operating states and
in plain text for changing the default settings
• The PP7 is designed to match the OP7 and they can therefore
be mounted side by side
SIMATIC Push Button Panels are the innovative alternative • Low-maintenance because batteries are not required
to conventional operator panels for easy and direct control of • All parameters are located in a memory module that can easily
machines: be replaced
• Pre-fabricated and ready for operation;
simply connect to the control and all buttons and lamps are
ready for immediate use
■ Function
• LED color modes (e.g., red, green, orange, red-flashing,
• Connection to any type of control via a bus cable green-flashing, yellow-flashing)
(PROFIBUS DP as "standard slave" or MPI)
• Integrated flashing rate for LED
• Fitted with short-stroke keys, additional digital inputs and slots
for 22.5 mm standard components • Integrated diagnostic functions
• Integrated lamp and key test (also for additional digital inputs)
■ Benefits • Menu-assisted parameterization via rear display with miniature
keyboard
• Up to 90% time savings: Pushbuttons, switches and lamps
do not have to be fitted and wired individually • Short-stroke keys and digital inputs are also parameterizable
as switches
• Use of standard cables, for example, makes configuration and
startup easier • Parameterizable pulse stretching for short-stroke keys and
digital inputs
• No configuration tool required
• PROFIBUS DP standard slave
• Service-friendly thanks to rear display to indicate operating
states and messages in plain text, without programming
device
• Quick and easy machine operation thanks to multi-colored
indicator lights
• User-friendly labeling option for pushbuttons and lamps using
slide-in labels
• As the 22.5 mm standard elements can be connected directly
on the panel, no additional wiring and I/O modules are
required.
■ Application
The rugged PP7 Push Button Panel is designed for simple and
straightforward machine operation.
It can be used wherever HMI functions cannot be carried out
without keys and lamps, e.g. on control consoles for machines
and plants in the food and beverage industry where smooth
fronts are necessary to facilitate cleaning. Even in special me-
chanical equipment manufacture, the push button panels can
be used to easily set up standard operator panels that are then
amenable to fast, flexible and modular expansion. The key and
lamp functions can be changed later at any time without having
to modify the wiring.
2/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7
■ Integration ■ Technical specifications

The push button panels can be connected to PP7
• SIMATIC S7-200/S7-300/S7-400, WinAC Software PLC and Operating mode
Slot PLC over MPI and PROFIBUS DP • Control elements Membrane keyboard
• SIMATIC S5 (S5-95/Master or IM 308C) only over
PROFIBUS DP
• Operating options
• Function keys, programmable
Keys
8 function keys, 8 with LEDs
2
• PROFIBUS DP standard masters from any manufacturers
• Membrane keyboard Yes
(e.g. Allen Bradley)
• Touch screen No
• Number of keys 8 short-stroke keys
System interfaces Digital inputs
PLC SIMATIC PP7 1) • Voltage (DC) 24 V
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) Connected via • Additional digital inputs 4
(connector/physical characteristics)
Typ. service life
SIMATIC S7 / SIMATIC WinAC (MPI as master) 2)
• Short-stroke keys 1,500,000
using MPI interface to bus connector, bus cable (on-off operations)
S7-200/S7-300/S7-400/ and MPI network
WinAC Software PLC / Slot PLC (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI) Digital outputs
3) 4)
(9-pin female connector/RS 485), • LEDs (ON period) 100 %
SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS DP as standard slave) Functionality
using PROFIBUS to max. 1 x PROFIBUS 5) • Short-stroke keys/digital inputs as Yes
S7-200 (CPU 215-DP) (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI) pushbutton or switch
using MPI protocol
• Integrated flashing rate for LEDs 0.5 Hz
S7-300/-400
with integrated PROFIBUS interface • Pushbutton and lamp test Yes
S7-300 with CP 342-5 • Max. 1000 ms
S7-400 with CP 443-5
• Enabling input No
using PROFIBUS DP to PROFIBUS 5)
S5-95U /PROFIBUS DP master (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI) • Max. number of slots for 22.5 mm 5
(6ES5 095-8ME02) standard elements
S5-115U/S5-135U/S5-155U Interfaces 1 x RS485 max. 1.5 Mbit/s
with IM 308C/IM 308B
S5-115U/S5-135U/S5-155U Supply voltage
with CP 5430/CP 5431 • Permissible range +18 V to +30 V DC
Non-Siemens PLCs (PROFIBUS DP master) • Rated current 0.2 A
using PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS 5) Degree of protection
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
• Front IP65
1) PP7 suitable up to 1.5 Mbit/s • Rear IP20
2) Standard PG/PC MPI cable cannot be used
Certification CE, FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA
3) S7-200 only over MPI (CPU 212 not possible)
(some only as options)
4) S7-200 CPU 215-DP also possible on PROFIBUS DP interface over
MPI protocol Mechanical components/
5) Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02 dimensions
• Front panel W x H (mm) 144 x 204
Note: • Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 130 x 190/53 mm depth of unit
The standard PG/PC MPI cable (6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0) (mm)
is not suitable for connecting a PP and a CPU.
• Weight 0.8 kg
Ambient conditions
• Max. permissible angle of +/- 35°
inclination without external fan
• Max. relative humidity (in %) 95%
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +55 °C
- Operation 0 to +55 °C
(max. angle of inclination)
- Transportation and storage -20 to +70 °C
Miscellaneous
• Free hotline Yes
• Warranty period in years 1 year
Functionality (under ProTool)
Protocols
• Interface to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400Win AC,
(may only be an option) SINUMERIK, SIMOTION and other
non-Siemens drivers
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/9

Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7
■ Ordering data Order No. ■ Dimension drawings

SIMATIC PP7 A 6AV3 688-3AA03-0AX0
Push Button Panel incl. mounting Dimensions in mm
accessories:
• 8 x short-stroke keys
2 • 8 x surface lighting diodes
• 4 x DI terminals (24 V)
144
• Max. 5 x 22.5 mm pre-perforat- 55
128
ed cutouts for additional compo-
nents
108
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
204
204
Manual for PP7/PP17 1)
188
• German 6AV3 991-1CA00-0AA0
• English 6AV3 991-1CA00-0AB0
4
• French 6AV3 991-1CA00-0AC0 30
• Italian 6AV3 991-1CA00-0AD0
• Spanish 6AV3 991-1CA00-0AE0
G_ST80_XX_00061
Brief startup guide
for PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II
• German 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BA0
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 130 x 190
• English 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BB0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
PROFIBUS connecting cable 6XV1 830-1CH30
830-1T ■ More information
For connection of terminal unit,
pre-assembled with two sub D For further information, visit our website at
connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
Bus connector RS 485 6GK1 500-0EA02
with axial cable outlet (180°)
Service package 6AV3 678-3XC30
Consisting of: http://www.siemens.com/panels
• 1 x PP7 gasket
• 1 x PP17-I/PP17-II gasket
Note
• 5 x tensioning clamps
Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
• PP7 plug-in terminal strip described here? Then look up "Customized products", where
• PP17-I/PP17-II plug-in terminal you will find information about additional sector-specific prod-
strips ucts that can be ordered as well as about options for customer-
specific modification and adaptation.
Note:
Commercially available printing film can be used as labeling
strips for the keyboard. Word templates are enclosed with the
manual on a diskette.
1) Incl. 3.5" diskette with GSD files/type files and Word templates
for labeling strips
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
2/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17
The push button panels impress customers with their compact
design:
• Factory-fitted with short-stroke keys, that can be labeled as
required, also in color, using insertable strips
• Smooth front that is easy to clean; 2
The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Long-life, multi-color, wide-area LEDs in all short-stroke keys
• Additional digital inputs and outputs for flexible expansions
• Pre-perforated cutouts for additional standard 22.5 mm
components (push buttons, lamps, etc.) for PP17-I
• Rear display with keypad to display operating states in plain
text for changing the default settings
• Central enable input
• The PP17 is designed to match the OP17 and they can there-
fore be mounted together
• Low-maintenance because batteries are not required
SIMATIC Push Button Panels are the innovative alternative • All parameters are located in a memory module that can easily
to conventional operator panels for easy and direct control of be replaced
machines:
• Pre-fabricated and ready for operation;
simply connect to the control and all buttons and lamps are ■ Function
ready for immediate use • LED color modes (e.g., red, green, orange, red-flashing,
• Connection to any type of control via a bus cable green-flashing, yellow-flashing)
(PROFIBUS DP as "standard slave" or MPI) • Integrated flashing frequency for digital outputs and LED
• PP17-I: • Integrated diagnostic functions
Fitted with short-stroke keys, additional digital inputs and • Integrated lamp and key test (also for additional digital inputs
outputs and slots for 22.5 mm standard elements 24 V inputs and outputs)
PP17-II:
Fitted with short-stroke keys, additional digital inputs and • Menu-assisted parameterization via rear display with miniature
outputs and much more keyboard
• Short-stroke keys and digital inputs are also parameterizable
as switches
■ Benefits • Parameterizable pulse stretching for short-stroke keys and
• Up to 90% time savings: Pushbuttons, switches and lamps do digital inputs (max. 1000 ms)
not have to be fitted and wired individually
• PROFIBUS DP standard slave
• Use of standard cables, for example, makes configuration and
startup easier
• No configuration tool required
• Service-friendly thanks to rear display to indicate operating
states and messages in plain text, without programming
device
• Quick and easy machine operation thanks to multi-colored
indicator lights
• User-friendly labeling option for pushbuttons and lamps using
slide-in labels
• As the 22.5 mm standard elements can be connected directly
on the panel, no additional wiring and I/O modules are re-
quired.
■ Application
The rugged PP17 Push Button Panels are designed for easy and
straight-forward operation of the machine.
They can be used wherever keys and lamps are essential com-
ponents in a human-machine interface. In the food processing
industry, for example, on machines and systems on which
smooth fronts are required for easier cleaning. Even in special
mechanical equipment manufacture, the push button panels
can be used to easily set up standard operator panels that are
then amenable to fast, flexible and modular expansion. The key
and lamp functions can be changed later at any time without
having to modify the wiring.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/11

Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17
■ Integration ■ Technical specifications (continued)

The Push Button Panels can be connected to: PP17-I PP17-II
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC Software and Slot PLC via Digital inputs
MPI and PROFIBUS DP • Voltage (DC) 24 V 24 V
2 • SIMATIC S5 (AG95/master or IM 308C) only via PROFIBUS DP

• PROFIBUS DP standard master, any vendor
• Additional digital inputs
Typ. service life
16 16
(e.g., Allen Bradley, etc.) • Short-stroke keys (on-off operat.) 1,500,000 1,500,000
Digital outputs
System interfaces • Total power 12 W 12 W
PLC SIMATIC PP171) • Additional digital outputs 16 16
• In groups of 4 4
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) Connected via
(connector/physics) • Aggregate current per group, 500 mA 500 mA
max.
SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC WinAC (MPI as master) 2)
• Short-circuit protection Yes Yes
using MPI interface with Bus connector, connecting • LEDs (ON period) 100 100
S7-200/-300/-400/ cable and MPI network
WinAC Software/Slot PLC (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI) Functionality
(9-pin socket/RS 485),3) 4) • Short-stroke keys/digital inputs Yes Yes
SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS DP as standard slave) as pushbutton or switch
• Integrated flashing rate for LEDs 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
using PROFIBUS with max. 1 x PROFIBUS 5)
S7-200 (CPU 215-DP) (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI) • Integrated flashing rate for 0.5 Hz or 2 Hz 0.5 Hz or 2 Hz
on MPI protocol digital outputs
S7-300/-400 • Pushbutton and lamp test Yes Yes
with integrated PROFIBUS interface • Max. 1000 ms 1000 ms
S7-300 with CP 342-5
• Enabling input Yes Yes
S7-400 with CP 443-5
• Max. number of slots for 22.5 mm 12 0
using PROFIBUS DP with PROFIBUS 5) standard elements
S5-95U/PROFIBUS DP master (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
(6ES5 095-8ME02) Interfaces (some only as options)
S5-115U/-135U/-155U • Interfaces 1 x RS485 max. 1 x RS485 max.
with IM 308C/IM 308B 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s
S5-115U/-135U/-155U
with CP 5430/CP 5431 Supply voltage
• Permissible range +18 V to +18 V to
Non-Siemens controllers (PROFIBUS DP master) +30 V DC +30 V DC
5)
using PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS • Rated current 0.2 A 0.4 A
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
Degree of protection
1) PP17 suitable up to 12 Mbit/s • Front IP65 IP65
2) Standard PG/PC MPI cable cannot be used • Rear IP20 IP20
3) S7-200 only via MPI (CPU 212 not possible)
Certification CE, FM Class I CE, FM Class I
4) S7-200 CPU 215-DP also possible on PROFIBUS DP interface (some only as options) Div. 2, UL, CSA Div. 2, UL, CSA
via MPI protocol
5) Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02 Mechanical components/
dimensions
Note: • Front panel W x H (mm) 240 x 204 240 x 204
The standard PG/PC MPI cable (6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0) • Mounting cutout/depth 226 x 190/53 226 x 190/53
cannot be used to connect a PP and a CPU. W x H x D (mm) depth of unit depth of unit
Ambient conditions
■ Technical specifications • Max. relative humidity (in %) 95% 95%
PP17-I PP17-II • Mounting position Vertical Vertical
• Max. permissible angle of +/- 35° +/- 35°
Operating mode inclination without external fan
• Control elements Membrane Membrane
Temperature
keyboard keyboard
• Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +55 °C 0 to +55 °C
• Operating options Keys Keys
• Operation 0 to +55 °C 0 to +55 °C
• Function keys, programmable 16 function 32 function
keys, 16 with keys, 32 with
LEDs LEDs • Transportation and storage -20 to +70 °C -20 to +70 °C
• Membrane keyboard Yes Yes Functionality (under ProTool)
• Touch screen No No Protocols
• Numeric/alphanumeric input No/No No/No • Interface to PLC S5, S7-200, S7- S5, S7-200, S7-
• Number of keys 16 short-stroke 32 short-stroke (may only be an option) 300/400Win AC, 300/400Win AC,
keys keys SINUMERIK, SINUMERIK,
SIMOTION SIMOTION,
Type of output and other Allen Bradley
• LED colors Red, yellow, Red, yellow, non-Siemens (DF485),
green green drivers OMRON
(LINK/Multilink)
• LED color modes 3 3 and other non-
• LED Anzahl 16 32 Siemens drivers
1) Ohmic load
2/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17

SIMATIC PP17
Push Button Panel
Dimensions in mm
incl. mounting accessories:
PP17-I
A 6AV3 688-3CD13-0AX0
2
• 16 x surface lighting diodes
• 16 x DI terminals (24 V) 240
• 16 x DO terminals (24 V) 224 53
• 1 x enabling input
• Max. 12 x 22.5 mm p
95
re-perforated cutouts for
204
204
188
additional components
PP17-II A 6AV3 688-3ED13-0AX0
• 32 x surface lighting diodes 4
32
• 16 x DI terminals (24 V)
• 16 x DO terminals (24 V)
G_ST80_XX_00059
• 1 x enabling input
Manual for PP7/PP17 1)
Panel cutout (B x H) in mm: 226 x 190
PP17-I
• French 6AV3 991-1CA00-0AC0
Dimensions in mm
• Spanish 6AV3 991-1CA00-0AE0
Brief startup guide
• German 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BA0
240
• English 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BB0 224 53
99
830-1T
204
204
188

pre-assembled with two sub D
Bus connector RS 485 6GK1 500-0EA02 4
with axial cable outlet (180°) 32
Service package 6AV3 678-3XC30

G_ST80_XX_00060
Consisting of:
• 1 x PP7 gasket
• 1 x PP17-I/PP17-II gasket
• 5 x tensioning clamps
• PP7 plug-in terminal strip
• PP17-I/PP17-II plug-in terminal PP17-II
strips
Note: ■ More information

Commercially available printing film can be used as labeling
strips for the keyboard. Word templates are enclosed with the
For further information, visit our website at
manual on a diskette.
1) Incl. 3.5" diskette with GSD files/type files and Word templates
for labeling strips
http://www.siemens.com/panels
Note:
described here? Then look up "Customized products", where
you will find information about additional sector-specific prod-
ucts that can be ordered as well as about options for customer-
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/13

Micro panels
TD 100C Text Display
■ Overview ■ Function
The TD 100C permits:
• Display of message texts
up to 40 message texts (alarms) with max. 4 variables display
current operating states and can be optionally parameterized
2 to require acknowledgment and can be additionally protected
by a password. Also up to 32 statical alarms with up to 4 vari-
ables can be configured. System texts are stored in English,
German, French, Spanish and Italian in the unit. Various char-
acter sets can be selected, and messages can be additionally
saved in the simplified Chinese character set.
• Display and modification of process parameters:
process parameters are output on the display, and can be
modified using the input keys, e.g. for temperature settings or
modifications to speed.
• Setting of inputs and outputs:
a bit memory is assigned to each of the programmable function
keys. These can then be set during operation, e.g. during com-
missioning, testing and diagnostics. It is then possible e.g. to
control motors without having to install additional control ele-
• The low-cost text display for the S7-200 with customized ments in the system.
display • Additional functions and features:
• For HMI functions: e.g. processing of floating-point numbers, various data blocks
display of message texts, interventions in the control program, for operation of several TDs on one CPU, password protection
setting of inputs and outputs for integral SETUP menu and modified variables
• Direct connection to CPU interface • Activation of TD 100C editing mode by PLC:
• No separate power supply required Variables embedded in messages can be edited directly with-
out having to press the Enter key or to place the cursor at the
• No separate parameterization software required variable.
• Front design can be selected individually • Setting a PLC bit:
• Addressing and setting of contrast in supplied menu - Set bit:
When a function key is pressed, a bit is set in the PLC.
This must be reset by the user program.
■ Application - Momentary:
When a function key is pressed, a bit is set; when the key is
The TD 100C Text Display is the low-cost solution for the simple
released, the bit is deleted.
HMI tasks of SIMATIC S7-200. The ability to print the surface of
the device individually allows it to be optimally adapted to the • New character set (Greek, Latin2, Turkish) to support further
application environment. foreign languages.
It supports: Programming
• Display of message texts The configuration data of the TD 100C are saved in the CPU of
• Interventions in the control program, e.g. modification of set- the S7-200. The message text strings and configuration param-
points eters are created with the STEP 7 Micro/WIN V4 programming
software. Additional parameterization software is not required.
• Setting of inputs and outputs, e.g. for switching a motor on and
The Keypad Designer (a component of STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4) is
off
used to configure the operating front design.
Special data areas are reserved in the CPU of the S7-200 for
■ Design data exchange with the TD 100C. The TD 100C directly ac-
The TD 100C is simply connected to the PPI interface of the cesses the respectively required functions of the CPU via these
S7-200 using the connecting cable that is available as an acces- data areas. A separate TD wizard in STEP 7 Micro/WIN V4 sup-
sory. A separate power supply is not required. It is also possible ports user-friendly parameter assignment.
to connect several text displays to one S7-200.
The TD 100C features:
• Rugged plastics housing with IP65 degree of protection (front):
Increased watertightness due to absence of slots for labeling
strips.
• Mounting depth of 36 mm (up to 44 mm with fixing):
the TD 100C can be mounted without additional accessories in
control cabinets or operator panels, or used as a handheld
unit.
• Reflecting 4-line display.
• Integral interface for connection of cable.
• Individually designable user interface:
The control elements of the front of the device as well as the
design can be configured individually on a printable sheet.
The Keypad Designer (a component of STEP 7-Micro/WIN) is
used for configuration.
2/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels
■ Technical specifications ■ Ordering data Order No.

TD 100C Text Display TD 100C Text Display 6ES7 272-1BA10-0YA0
Power supply With individually configurable
control elements on the
• Input voltage device front;
- Rated value (DC)
• Input current
24 V for connecting to SIMATIC
S7-200; for use with STEP 7
2
Micro/WIN V4 and higher
- Rated value at 24 V DC 25 mA
Connecting cables A 6ES7 901-3EB10-0XA0
MPI For connecting TD 100C or
• Transmission rate (PPI), max. 187.5 kBit/s TD 200C to S7-200
1st interface Blank film 6ES7 272-1BF00-7AA0

For printing customized key-
• Physical characteristics RS 485 board layouts;
Functionality 6 perforated foils per sheet;
10 sheets per packing unit
• PPI Yes
PROFIBUS bus connector, IP20
- Number of stations 126
with 90° cable outlet
Operator control and monitoring
• Without PG connection 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
• Display
• With PG connection 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
- Type LC display (reflecting)
- Number of lines PROFIBUS bus connector, IP20
4 with 35° cable outlet
- Number of characters per line 10
• Without PG connection 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
- Height of characters 3.34 mm
• With PG connection 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
Environmental requirements
PROFIBUS FC standard cable 6XV1 830-0EH10
• Operating temperature 0 °C to 60 °C
For connection to PPI;
• Storage/transportation -20 °C to 70 °C standard type with special design
temperature for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter,
• Degree of protection and class
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
of protection
minimum ordering quantity 20 m
- IP65 Yes; IP65 front, NEMA4 / IP20
Dimensions and weight
• Width 90 mm
• Height 76 mm
• Depth 36 mm
• Installation cutout, width 82 mm
• Installation cutout, height 69.5 mm
• Cabinet/control panel thickness 1.5 mm
• Weight, approx. 120 g
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/15

Micro panels
TD 200 Text Display
The TD 200 permits:
• Display of message texts:
by a password. Also up to 64 static alarms with up to 6 vari-
a memory bit is assigned to each of the 8 programmable func-
tion keys. These can then be set during operation, e.g. during
commissioning, testing and diagnostics. It is then possible e.g.
to control motors without having to install additional control
• The user-friendly text display for the S7-200 elements in the system.
• For control and monitoring: • Additional functions and features:
Message text display, intervention in PLC program, setting of e.g. processing of floating-point numbers, symbols for bar
inputs and outputs graph display, various data blocks for operation of several
• Direct connection to CPU interface using supplied cable or TD 200 displays on one CPU, password protection for integral
incorporation into network (also via EM 277) SETUP menu and modified variables.
• No separate power supply required • Activation of TD 200 editing mode by PLC:
• No separate parameterization software required Variables embedded in messages can be edited directly with-
• Addressing and setting of contrast in supplied menu out having to press the Enter key or to place the cursor at the
variable.
• Setting a PLC bit:
■ Application - Set bit:
The TD 200 text display is the optimum solution for all HMI tasks When a function key is pressed, a bit is set in the PLC.
with SIMATIC S7-200. This must be reset by the user program.
- Momentary:
It supports: A bit is set when pressing a function key, and deleted again
• Display of message texts when the key is released.
• Operator actions in the control program, e.g., modification of • New character set (Greek, Latin2, Turkish) to support further
setpoints foreign languages.
• Setting of inputs and outputs, e.g., for switching a motor on and Programming
off
The configuration data of the TD 200 are saved in the CPU of the
S7-200. The message text strings and configuration parameters
■ Design are created with the STEP 7 Micro/WIN configuration software
The TD 200 is simply connected to the PPI interface of the of V4 and higher. Additional parameterization software is not re-
S7-200 using the cable supplied. A separate power supply is not quired.
required. It is also possible to connect several TD 200 displays Special data areas are reserved in the CPU of the S7-200 for
to one S7-200. data exchange with the TD 200. The TD 200 directly accesses
The TD 200 features: the respectively required functions of the CPU via these data
areas. A separate TD 200 wizard in STEP 7 Micro/WIN V4 and
• Rugged plastics housing with degree of protection IP65 (front): higher supports user-friendly parameter assignment.
Increased watertightness due to absence of slots for labeling
strips.
• Mounting depth 27 mm:
The TD 200 can be mounted without additional accessories in
control cabinets or operator panels, or used as a handheld
unit.
• Backlit LCD;
easy to read even under poor lighting conditions
• User-friendly layout of input keys,
some of which are programmable function keys
• Integrated interface for connection of cable
• Connection for optional power supply:
a power supply unit is required if the distance between the
TD 200 and S7-200 is more than 2.5 m. PROFIBUS bus cables
are then available instead of the connection cable.
• User-specific labeling strips:
It is necessary to remove the rear of the housing before fitting
the labeling strips. Therefore, please fit the strips before install-
ing the device.
2/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels
TD 200 Text Display

TD 200 Text Display TD 200 Text Display 6ES7 272-0AA30-0YA0
Power supply for connecting to
SIMATIC S7-200;
• Input voltage used with STEP 7 Micro/WIN V3.2
- Rated value (DC) 24 V; Power supplied through
the S7-200 communications
SP4 and higher.
PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
2
interface or optional external with 90° cable feeder
power supply unit.
The CPU sensor power supply • without PG connection 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
(24 V DC) is not brought into load • with PG connection 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
• Input current PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
- Rated value at 24 V DC 120 mA with 35° cable feeder
MPI • without PG connection 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
• Transmission rate (PPI), max. 187.5 kBit/s • with PG connection 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
1st interface PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable 6XV1 830-0EH10
for connecting to PPI;
• Physical characteristics RS 485
standard type with special design
Functionality for quick mounting, 2-wire,
shielded, sold by the meter,
• PPI Yes up to 1000m,
- Number of stations 126; S7-200, OP, TP, TBP, PG/PC minimum order 20 m
• Display
- Type LCD backlit
- Number of lines 2
- Number of characters per line 20; Chars/line: ASCII, Cyrillic;
10 chars per line: Chinese
- Height of characters 5 mm
• Storage/transportation -40 °C to 70 °C
temperature
of protection
- IP65 Yes; frontal
• Width 148 mm
• Height 76 mm
• Depth 27 mm
• Installation cutout, height 68 mm
• Cabinet/control panel thickness 0.3 mm; 0.3 to 4 mm
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/17

Micro panels
The TD 200C permits:
• Display of message texts:
by a password. Also up to 64 static alarms with up to 6 vari-
a bit memory is assigned to each of the programmable function
keys. These can then be set during operation, e.g. during com-
missioning, testing and diagnostics. It is then possible e.g. to
control motors without having to install additional control ele-
• The user-friendly text display for the S7-200 with customizable
ments in the system.
display
• For control and monitoring: • Additional functions and features:
Message text display, intervention in PLC program, setting of e.g. processing of floating-point numbers, symbols for bar-
inputs and outputs graph display, various data blocks for operation of several TDs
on one CPU, password protection for integral SETUP menu and
• Direct connection to CPU interface using supplied cable or modified variables.
incorporation into network (also via EM 277)
• Activation of TD 200 editing mode by PLC:
• No separate power supply required
Variables embedded in messages can be edited directly
• No separate parameterization software required without having to press the Enter key or to place the cursor at
• Frontpanel design can be individually selected the variable.
• Addressing and setting of contrast in supplied menu • Setting a PLC bit:
- Set bit:
■ Application When a function key is pressed, a bit is set in the PLC.
This must be reset by the user program.
The TD 200C text display is the optimum solution for all HMI - Momentary:
tasks with SIMATIC S7-200. Individual printing of the surface of A bit is set when pressing a function key, and deleted again
the device enables it to be perfectly matched to the application when the key is released.
environment.
• New character set (Greek, Latin2, Turkish) to support further
It supports: foreign languages.
• Display of message texts • Programming the S7-200 memory module.
• Operator actions in the control program, e.g., modification of • Selection of operating mode of the CPU (RUN/STOP).
setpoints
• Editing the V memory area.
• Setting of inputs and outputs, e.g., for switching a motor on
and off Programming
The configuration data of the TD 200C are saved in the CPU of
■ Design the S7-200. The message text strings and configuration param-
The TD 200C is simply connected to the PPI interface of the eters are created with the STEP 7 Micro/WIN V4 programming
S7-200 using the supplied connecting cable. A separate power software. Additional parameterization software is not required.
supply is not required. It is also possible to connect several The Keypad Designer (a component of STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4) is
TD 200C to one S7-200. used to configure the operating front design.
The TD 200 features: Special data areas are reserved in the CPU of the S7-200 for
• Rugged plastics housing with degree of protection IP65 (front): data exchange with the TD 200C. The TD 200C directly ac-
Increased watertightness due to absence of slots for labeling cesses the respectively required functions of the CPU via these
strips. data areas. A separate TD 200 wizard in STEP 7 Micro/WIN V4
• Mounting depth 27 mm: supports user-friendly parameter assignment.
The TD 200C can be mounted without additional accessories in
control cabinets or operator panels, or used as a handheld unit.
• Backlit LC display;
readable even under unfavorable lighting.
• Integrated interface for connection of cable.
• Connection for optional power supply:
A power supply unit is required if the distance between the
TD 200C and S7-200 is more than 2.5 m. PROFIBUS cables are
then available instead of the connection cable.
• Individually designable user interface:
The control elements of the front of the device as well as the
design can be configured individually on a printable sheet. The
Keypad Designer (a component of STEP 7-Micro/WIN) is used
for configuration.
2/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels

TD 200C Text Display TD 200C Text Display 6ES7 272-1AA10-0YA0
Power supply With individually configurable
operator controls and displays
• Input voltage on the device front;
- Rated value (DC) 24 V;
Power supplied through the
for connecting to
SIMATIC S7-200;
2
S7-200 communications interface can be used with STEP 7-
or optional external power supply Micro/WIN V4 and higher
unit. The CPU sensor power Blank film A 6ES7 272-1AF00-7AA0
supply (24 V DC) is not brought
into load For printing customized
keyboard layouts;
• Input current 3 perforated films per sheet;
- Rated value at 24 V DC 120 mA 10 sheets per package unit
MPI PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
with 90° cable feeder
• Transmission rate (PPI), max. 187.5 kBit/s
• without PG connection 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
1st interface
• with PG connection 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
• Physical characteristics RS 485
PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
Functionality with 35° cable feeder
• PPI Yes • without PG connection 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
- Number of stations 126; S7-200, OP, TP, TBP, PG/PC
• with PG connection 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
PROFIBUS FC standard cable 6XV1 830-0EH10
• Display for connecting to PPI;
- Type STN graphics display, standard type with special design
LED backlighting for quick mounting, 2-wire,
- Number of lines 2 shielded, sold by the meter,
up to 1000 m,
- Number of characters per line 20; Chars/line: ASCII, Cyrillic; minimum order 20 m
10 chars per line: Chinese
- Height of characters 5 mm
• Storage/transportation -20 °C to 70 °C
temperature
of protection
- IP65 Yes; frontal
• Width 148 mm
• Height 76 mm
• Depth 28 mm
• Installation cutout, height 68 mm
• Cabinet/control panel thickness 0.3 mm; 0.3 to 4 mm
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/19

Micro panels
SIMATIC OP 73micro
• 3" LCD, 160 x 48 pixels, monochrome
• 8 system keys, 4 freely configurable function keys
• Numeric and alphanumeric input using cursor control keys
2 • Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Plug-in terminals for connecting a 24 V DC power supply
• RS 485 interface for connecting the MPI connecting cable or
the PPI adapter
■ Function
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Function keys
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
• Operator Panel for controlling and monitoring machines and can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
systems. • Graphics
• Graphics in a new dimension: small and smart can be used as icons instead of text to "label" function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as simple on-screen graphics.
• Pixel-graphics 3" LCD, monochrome In the configuration tool, a library is available containing an
• 8 system keys, 4 user-configurable function keys extensive range of graphics and a wide variety of objects.
• Specific to the SIMATIC S7-200: All editors with an OLE interface can be used as graphics
Communication with the controller takes place via the inte- editors (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
grated interface (point-to-point) • Predefined
• Connection to the controller via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable for labeling function keys, process images and process values
in different font sizes
• Bars are used for the graphical display of dynamic values
■ Benefits • Language selection during runtime
• High-contrast display for good readability - 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asian
• Large keys for high operational safety and Cyrillic character sets
• Simple handling and configuring • User administration (security) according to the requirements of
the various sectors
• Fast configuring and start-up - Authentication using password
- Service-friendly thanks to maintenance-free design
(no battery) and long service life of the backlighting • Signaling system
- Discrete alarms
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use - Freely definable message classes (e.g., status/fault
display objects messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
• Can be used worldwide: display of message events
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and - Message history
Cyrillic character sets) • Help texts
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online for process images, messages and variables
• Arithmetic functions
■ Application • Limit value monitoring
OP 73micro Operator Panels can be used wherever machines for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
and systems are controlled and monitored locally – in produc- • Indicator light
tion, process and building automation alike. They are used in all for machine and plant status indication
types of sectors and applications. • Scheduler for global function execution
The OP 73micro has been designed specifically for use with the • Template concept
SIMATIC S7-200. Creation of picture templates (picture elements configured in
the template appear in every image)
Compatibility
• Simple maintenance and configuration thanks to:
• Same mounting cutout as the OP3 and TD200 - Backup and restoration of configuration, operating system
and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Configuration download serially via RS485
- Individual contrast settings
- No batteries are necessary
2/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels
SIMATIC OP 73micro
■ Function (continued) ■ Technical specifications

Configuring SIMATIC OP 73micro
Configuration is carried out with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Display

Micro, Compact, Standard or Advanced engineering software • Display type STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
(see SIMATIC WinCC flexible HMI software/engineering soft-
ware).
• Size 3" 2
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 160 x 48
When configuring with WinCC flexible Micro:
• Colors 2 black/white
WinCC flexible 2004 SP1 Micro or higher is used for device
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 100,000 hours
configuration. SP1 for WinCC flexible 2004 Micro can be down-
(at 25 °C)
loaded via the following Internet link:
Operating mode
http://support.automation.sie-
mens.com/WW/view/de/20986804/133100 • Control elements Membrane keyboard
• Function keys, programmable 4 function keys
The device is a standard feature of WinCC flexible 2005 Micro
and higher. • System keys 8
Configuration using WinCC flexible Compact, Standard • Touch screen No
or Advanced: Processor/HW
You will need to use WinCC flexible 2004 SP1 and higher for • Processor ARM
device configuration with WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or
Memory
Advanced. An HSP (Hardware Support Package) is required for
this version. • Type Flash/RAM
The HSP for WinCC flexible 2004 SP1 can be downloaded free • Usable memory for project data 128 KB user memory/without
of charge via the following link: additional memory for options
Interfaces 1 x RS485 max. 0.1875 Mbit/s
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/WW/view/de/19241467
Supply voltage
or alternatively via the following shortcut:
• Supply voltage 24 V DC
http://www.siemens.de/wincc-flexible-hsp
• Permissible range +20.4 to +28.8 V DC
The device is a standard feature of WinCC flexible 2005 and Clock/type Software clock, without battery
higher. backup
A PC/PPI adapter cable is needed to download the configura- Degree of protection
tion.
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12; (when
mounted)
■ Integration • Rear IP20
The OP 73micro can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs Certification and standards CE, GL, ABS, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS,
using the standard MPI bus cables or PROFIBUS DP cables (some only as options) UL, CSA, cULus, C-TICK
(integration into networks possible). Mechanical components/dimen-
Note: sions
For further information see "System interfaces" • Front panel W x H (mm) 154 x 84
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 138 x 68/28.5 mm depth of unit
(mm)
• Weight 0.25 kg
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/21

Micro panels
SIMATIC OP 73micro
■ Technical specifications (continued) ■ Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC OP 73micro SIMATIC OP 73micro B 6AV6 640-0BA11-0AX0
Ambient conditions Operator Panel for connection
to the SIMATIC S7-200,
• Max. relative humidity (in %) 95% with 3" display, monochrome
2 • Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of incli-
Vertical
+/- 90°
incl. mounting accessories
OP 73micro starter package 6AV6 650-0BA01-0AA0
nation without external fan Consisting of:
• Temperature • OP 73micro Operator Panel
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C • SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro
- Operation (max. angle 0 to +40 °C engineering software
of inclination) • SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection,
- Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C 5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Spanish),
Configuring comprising: all currently
• Configuration tool WinCC flexible available user manuals,
manuals and communication
Functionality manuals for SIMATIC HMI
(with WinCC flexible) • MPI cable (5 m)
• Scheduler No (for download and test
purposes)
• Help system Yes
Configuring
Protocols
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4
• Interface to control S7-200
(may only be an option) Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Signaling system Operating Instructions
OP 73micro/TP 177micro
• Number of messages 250
• German 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AA0
• Discrete alarms Yes
• English 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AB0
• Analog messages No
• French 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AC0
• Message length (in characters) 80
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AD0
• Number of process values per 8
message • Spanish 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AE0
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 128 entries each User Manual
WinCC flexible Micro
Process images/number 250
• German 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AA0
Picture elements
• English 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AB0
• Text objects 1000 text elements
• French 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0
• Fields per screen 20
• Italian 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AD0
• Variables/screen 20
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AE0
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, icon
(filling the screen) SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Manual Collection
• Dynamic objects Bar graphs
Electronic documentation,
- Libraries Yes on CD-ROM
Variables 500 5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
Security contains: all currently
• Number of user groups 1 available user manuals,
• Number of access rights 1 manuals for SIMATIC HMI
Languages
• Online languages 5
• Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional",
CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J,
KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S,
CZ/SK, TR, H
• Character sets WinCC flexible standard,
ideographic languages
Transfer under ProTool
(upload/download)
• Transfer of the configuration Serial
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3

C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
2/22 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels
SIMATIC OP 73micro
■ Ordering data Order No. ■ More information

Accessories for supplementary ordering For further information, visit our website at
Service pack 6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0
Consisting of:
• Installation sealing
• 5 tensioning clamps
2
• Plug-in terminal block
(twin block) http://www.siemens.com/panels
830-1T Note
For terminal connection, Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
preassembled with two sub D described here? Then look up "Customized products",
connectors, 9-pin, where you will find information about additional sector-specific
terminated at both ends, 3 m products that can be ordered as well as about options for
customer-specific modification and adaptation.
RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
90° angle adapter A 6AV6 671-8XD00-0AX0
1 x 90° angle adapter, 9-pin for
RS485/422 interface
PC/PPI Multimaster cable A 6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
for image update and image
booting on OP 73micro
System interfaces See page 2/169
Connecting cables See page 2/180
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
154 28.5
67.7
84
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 138 +1 x 68 + 0.7
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/23

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 070
• 5.7” STN display, CCFL1) backlit, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Compact design with small installation depth
2 • Rugged plastic housing
detergents
• A protective cover is available as an option to achieve NEMA 4
degree of protection as well as for additional protection from
dirt and scratching
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexa-
decimal number formats
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
(200 mA)
• RS 485 interface for connection of the MPI cable or the PPI
adaptor
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small

machines and plants
■ Function
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN touch screen (analog/resistive), for displaying and changing process parameters
Bluemode (4 levels)
• Buttons
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7-200: for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
Communication to the PLC is performed via the integrated can be configured simultaneously
interface over a point-to-point connection
• Graphics
• Connected to the PLC via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable can be used as ICON instead of text to "label" function keys or
• Configuration with TP Designer (STEP 7 Micro/WIN Toolbox) buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wall-
paper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten-
■ Benefits sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
• Fast configuring and start-up OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as Paint-
• Service-friendly thanks to maintenance-free design and the Shop, Designer or CorelDraw).
long service life of the backlighting • Fixed texts
• Standard bus cable instead of parallel wiring for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process val-
ues in any character size
• Can be used worldwide: 5 standard languages can be
configured • Bar displays
for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Configuration languages;
■ Application 5 configuration languages, 1 online language
The Touch Panels TP 070 can be used wherever direct operator • Mathematical functions
control and monitoring of small machines and plants is required • Simple maintenance and configuration through:
locally – whether in manufacturing automation, process automa- - Individual contrast setting and calibration
tion or building automation. They are in use in an extensive range - Clean screen
of sectors and applications. - No batteries are necessary
The TP 070 is specially designed for use with the SIMATIC Configuration
S7-200. With their quick response times, they are also ideally
suited to jog mode. The TP 070 is configured using the configuring software STEP 7
Micro/WIN Toolbox "TP Designer". Configuration of the TP 070 is
described in detail in the Online Help of TP Designer.
TP Designer can be used as stand-alone software or integrated
in STEP 7 Micro/Win.
A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the configura-
tion.
■ Integration
The TP 070 can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs (ex-
cept CPU 212) using standard MPI bus cables or PROFIBUS DP
cables.
Note:
For further information, see "System interfaces"
2/24 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 070
■ Technical specifications
SIMATIC TP 070 SIMATIC TP 070
Display Ambient conditions
• Display type STN liquid crystal display (LCD) • Max. relative humidity (in %) 85%
• Size 5.7" • Mounting position
Vertical
+/- 35°
2
nation without external fan
• Colors 4 shades of blue
• Temperature
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 50,000 hours - Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C
(at 25 °C)
- Operation (max. angle of inclina- 0 to +40 °C
Operating mode tion)
• Control elements Touch screen - Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No Configuring
Processor/HW • Configuration tool MicroWin
• Processor RISC 32 bits, 66 MHz Protocols
Operating systems Windows CE • Interface to PLC S7-200
(may only be an option)
Memory
Process images 30
• Type Flash/RAM
Picture elements
• Usable memory for project data 128 KB user memory/without
additional memory for options • Text objects 80 text elements
Interfaces (some only as options) 1 x RS485 max. 0.0192 Mbit/s • Number 80
Supply voltage • Fields per screen 20
• Permissible range +18 V to +30 V DC • Variables per screen 10
• Rated current 0.24 A • Graphics objects Bit maps, icons, background pic-
tures
Clock/type Software clock, without battery
backup • Alphanumeric fields 50
Degree of protection • Numeric fields 50
(some only as options) Variables 50
• Front IP65, NEMA 4; (when mounted) Fonts
• Rear IP20 • Language (keyboard fonts) US English
Certification and standards CE, FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA, Languages
(some only as options) cULus
Mechanical components/
dimensions • Project languages G/E/F/I/S
• Front panel W x H (mm) 212 x 156 • Character set Tahoma, all freely scalable
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 198 x 142/45 mm depth of unit Transfer under ProTool
(mm) (upload/download)
• Weight 0.7 kg • Transfer of the configuration Serial
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/25

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 070

SIMATIC TP 070 B 6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0
Touch panel for connection
Dimensions in mm
to the SIMATIC S7-200,
5.7" STN display
2 Configuration
TP Designer for TP 070 V1.0 C 6ES7 850-2BC00-0YX0
for configuration and 212
parameterization of the TP 070; 6
196
incl. documentation,
on CD-ROM
140
156
TP 070 Manual
• German 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AA0
• English 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AB0 42
• French 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AC0
• Italian 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AD0
G_ST80_XX_00065
• Spanish 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Manual Collection
Electronic documentation, Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
comprising: all currently available
user manuals, product manuals ■ More information
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI For further information, visit our website at
Protective foil 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
(pack of 10)
Protective cover 6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
(2 sets) http://www.siemens.com/panels
Service package 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
comprising:
Note
• Gaskets Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs) described here? Then look up "Customized products",
• 7 clamps where you will find information about additional sector-specific
products that can be ordered as well as about options for
• Clamp-type terminal strip customer-specific modification and adaptation.
(block of two)
PC/PPI Multimaster cable 1) 6ES7 901-3CB03-0XA0
for connection of the S7-200 to
serial PC/OP interface
PROFIBUS 830-1T 6XV1 830-1CH30
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
1) The PC/PPI cable with the Order No.: 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0

can be used further
2/26 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 170micro
• STN display, CCFL1) backlit, Bluemode
• Compact design with shallow installation depth
2
detergents
• A protective cover is available as an option for achieving the
NEMA 4 degree of protection and as additional protection
against fouling and scratching
• Numeric "on-screen“ system keyboard for decimal, binary and
hexadecimal numeric formats
• Clamp-type terminals for connection of a power supply
• An interface for connecting the MPI connecting cable to the
PLC or configuration computer via a PPI adapter is integrated.
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small

machines and plants
■ Function
• Low-cost starter device in the touch panel class with graphical for displaying and changing process parameters
capability complete with all the basic functions required for
simple tasks • Buttons
• Pixel graphics STN display (Bluemode) with touch screen can be configured simultaneously on the buttons
(analog/resistive)
• Graphics
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7-200: can be used as ICON instead of text to label function keys or
Communication to the PLC is performed via the integrated buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wall-
interface over a point-to-point connection paper).
• Connected to the PLC via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten-
• The SIMATIC TP 170micro is the redesigned SIMATIC TP 070 sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
Touch Panel OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as Paint-
Shop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Fixed texts
■ Benefits for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
• Fast configuring and start-up values in any character size
• Service-friendly thanks to maintenance-free design and the • Bar displays
long service life of the backlighting, batteries are not required for the graphical display of dynamic values
• To protect against fouling and scratching, a protective cover is • Language selection
available as an option - Languages can be directly selected on the panel, incl. Asian
• Worldwide implementation: and Cyrillic character sets
- Wide range of languages can be configured (incl. Asian and • User administration (security)
Cyrillic fonts) - Authentication using password
- Online language can be selected directly on the device • Message system
- Bit messages
■ Application - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
The TP 170micro Touch Panels can be used in all applications display of message events
in which operator control and monitoring of small machines and - Message history
installations is required locally – whether in production auto- • Mathematical functions
mation, process automation or building services automation.
• Limit value monitoring
They are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applica-
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
tions.
• Indicator light
The TP 170micro is specially designed for use with SIMATIC for machine and plant status indication
S7-200. With their quick response times, they are also ideally
suited to jog mode. • Template concept;
generation of screen templates
• Simple maintenance and configuration through:
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system
- Individual contrast setting and touch calibration
- Clean screen
- Maintenance-free, batteries are not required
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/27

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 170micro
■ Function (continued) ■ Integration

Configuration The TP 170micro can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs
(except for the CPU 212) using the standard MPI bus cables or
Configuration of the TP 170micro is carried out using the PROFIBUS DP cables (integration into networks possible).
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro, Compact, Standard or
2 Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/
SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software). Note:
Importing of TP-Designer projects (TP 070) into WinCC flexible
is not possible.
A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the configura-
tion.
SIMATIC TP 170micro SIMATIC TP 170micro
Display Configuring
• Display type STN liquid crystal display (LCD) • Configuration tool WinCC flexible
• Size 5.7" Protocols
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 • Interface to control S7-200
• Colors 4 shades of blue (may only be an option)
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 50,000 hours Signaling system
(at 25 °C)
Operating mode • Discrete alarms Yes
• Operating options Touch • Message length (in characters) 1 x 80
• Touch screen Analog, resistive • Number of process values per 8
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No message
Processor/HW • Message buffer Ring buffer, 128 entries each
• Processor RISC 32 bits, 66 MHz Process images 250
Operating systems Windows CE Picture elements
Memory • Text objects 500 text elements
• Type Flash/RAM • Fields per screen 20
• Usable memory for project data 256 KB user memory/without • Variables/screen 20
additional memory for options • Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, icon (filling the
screen)
Interfaces 1 x RS485 max. 0.1875 Mbit/s
Supply voltage
Variables 250
• Permissible range +18 V to +30 V DC Security
• Rated current 0.24 A • Number of user groups 1
Software clock, without battery • Number of access rights 1
Clock/type
backup Fonts
Degree of protection • Keyboard fonts US English
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12; Languages
(when mounted)
• Rear IP20
Certification CE, FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA, CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J,
(some only as options) cULus, C-TICK KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S,
CZ/SK, TR, H
dimensions • Character sets Tahoma, ideographic languages,
all freely scalable
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 198 x 142/45 mm depth of unit Transfer under ProTool
(mm) (upload/download)
• Weight 0.75 kg • Transfer of the configuration Serial
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position Vertical
- Max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35°
• Temperature
2/28 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 170micro

SIMATIC TP 170micro B 6AV6 640-0CA01-0AX0
Touch Panel for connection to the
Dimensions in mm
SIMATIC S7-200, 5.7" STN display
Configuring
2
212
Operating Instructions 6
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/ 196
OP 170B
• German 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0
140
156
• English 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0
• French 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0 42
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0
User Manual
G_ST80_XX_00065
• French 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0 Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
SIMATIC HMI
Manual Collection
C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0 ■ More information
Electronic documentation, For further information, visit our website at
on CD-ROM
contains: all currently available
user manuals, manuals and
communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
Cover foil 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
Note
(pack of 10) Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
Protective cover 6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0 described here? Then look up "customer-specific products",
where you will find information about additional sector-specific
(2 sets)
Service pack 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0 customer-specific modification and adaptation.
Consisting of:
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
(twin block)
PC/PPI cable Multimaster A 6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
(for download and test purposes)
For connecting the S7-200
to a serial PC/OP interface
and for configuration download
for Micro Panels
830-1T
pre-assembled with two sub D

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/29

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 177micro
• 5.7” STN display, CCFL1) backlit, Bluemode (4 levels)
2 • Rugged plastic housing
detergents
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexa-
decimal number formats
• On-screen alphanumeric keyboard
• Plug-in terminals for connecting a 24 V DC power supply
• RS 485 interface for connection of the MPI cable or the PPI
adaptor
■ Function
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small • Input/output fields
machines and plants for displaying and changing process parameters
• Low-cost starter device in the touch panel class with graphical • Buttons
capability complete with all the basic functions required for for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
simple tasks can be configured simultaneously on buttons
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN touch screen (analog/resistive), Blue- • Graphics
mode (4 levels) can be used as icons instead of text to "label" function keys or
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7-200: buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wall-
Communication to the PLC is performed via the integrated paper).
interface over a point-to-point connection In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten-
sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
• Connected to the PLC via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable OLE interface can be used as graphics editors (such as Paint-
• The SIMATIC TP 177micro is the redesigned successor to the Shop, Designer or CorelDraw).
SIMATIC TP 070/TP 170micro touch panels • Vector graphics
Simple geometric basic forms (line, circle and rectangle) can
■ Benefits be created direct in the configuring tool
• Predefined texts
• Can even be used where installation space is restricted thanks
for labeling function keys, process images and process values
to vertical installation
in any character size
• Fast configuring and start-up
• Bars
• Service-friendly thanks to maintenance-free design and the for the graphical display of dynamic values
long service life of the backlighting
• Changing languages
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use - 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asian
display objects and Cyrillic character sets
• Can be used worldwide: • User administration (security)
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and - Authentication using password
Cyrillic character sets)
• Signaling system
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
- Discrete alarms
- Freely definable message classes (e.g., status/fault
■ Application messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
display of message events
TP 177micro Touch Panels can be used wherever small ma- - Message history
chines and systems are controlled and monitored locally – in • Help texts
production, process and building automation alike. They are for process images, messages and variables
used in all types of sectors and applications.
The TP 177micro has been designed specifically for use with the
SIMATIC S7-200. With fast response times, it is also ideal for jog
mode.
• Indicator light
Compatibility with TP 070/TP 170micro for machine and plant status indication
• Same mounting cutout as the TP 070/TP 170micro. • Template concept
• TP 070 configurations cannot be transferred from TP Designer. Creation of picture templates (picture elements configured in
• User-friendly maintenance and configuration thanks to:
- Backup and restoration of configuration, operating system
- Configuration download serially via RS485
- Individual contrast setting and calibration
- Clean screen
2/30 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 177micro
■ Function (continued) ■ Technical specifications

Configuring SIMATIC TP 177micro
Configuration is carried out with the Display

SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro, Compact, Standard or Ad- • Display type STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
vanced engineering software (see SIMATIC WinCC flexible HMI
software/engineering software).
• Size 5.7" 2
When configuring with WinCC flexible Micro:
WinCC flexible 2004 SP1 Micro or higher is used for device
configuration. SP1 for WinCC flexible 2004 Micro can be down-
(at 25 °C)
loaded via the following Internet link:
Operating mode
http://support.automation.sie-
mens.com/WW/view/de/20986804/133100 • Operating options Touch
• Touch screen Analog, resistive
The device is a standard feature of WinCC flexible 2005 Micro
and higher. • Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes
Configuration using WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or Processor/HW
Advanced: • Processor N/A
You will need to use WinCC flexible 2004 SP1 and higher for Memory
device configuration with WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or
• Type Flash/RAM
Advanced. An HSP (Hardware Support Package) is required for
this version. • Usable memory for project data 256 KB user memory/without
additional memory for options
The HSP for WinCC flexible 2004 SP1 can be downloaded free
of charge via the following link: Interfaces 1 x RS485 max. 0.1875 Mbit/s
Supply voltage
• Output 6W
The device is a standard feature of WinCC flexible 2005 and Clock/type Software clock, without battery
higher. backup
A PC/PPI adapter cable is needed to download the configura- Degree of protection
tion.
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12;
(when mounted)
■ Integration • Rear IP20
The TP 177micro can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200-CPUs Certification CE, GL, ABS, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS,
using the standard MPI bus cables or PROFIBUS DP cables (some only as options) FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA,
(integration into networks possible). cULus, EX zone 2/22, C-TICK
Note: dimensions
For further information, see "System interfaces" • Front panel W x H (mm) 212 x 156
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 198 x 142/45 mm depth of unit
(mm)
• Weight 0.75 kg
Ambient conditions
- Max. permissible angle of +/- 35°
• Temperature
Configuring
• Configuration tool WinCC flexible
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/31

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 177micro
■ Technical specifications (continued) ■ Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC TP 177micro SIMATIC TP 177micro B 6AV6 640-0CA11-0AX0
Functionality Touch Panel for connection
(with WinCC flexible) to the SIMATIC S7-200,
5.7" STN display
2 • Help system
Protocols
Yes
TP 177micro starter package B 6AV6 650-0DA01-0AA0
Consisting of:
• Interface to control S7-200 • TP 177micro Touch Panel
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro
Signaling system engineering software
• Number of messages 500 • SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD),
• Discrete alarms Yes 5 languages (English, French,
• Analog messages No German, Italian, Spanish),
comprising: all currently
• Message length (in characters) 80 available user manuals,
• Number of process values per 8 manuals for SIMATIC HMI
message
• MPI cable (5 m)
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 128 entries each (for download and test
Process images/number purposes)
• Process images 250 Configuring
Picture elements with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4
• Text objects 500 text elements Documentation (to be ordered separately)
• Fields per screen 20 Operating Instructions

OP 73micro, TP 177micro
• Variables/screen 20
• German 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AA0
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, icon
(filling the screen) • English 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AB0
• Dynamic objects Bar graphs • French 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AC0
Lists • Italian 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AD0
• Text lists 150 • Spanish 6AV6 691-1DF01-0AE0
• Graphics lists 0 User Manual

• Libraries Yes
Variables 250
Security
• French 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0
• Number of user groups 2
• Number of access rights 32
Languages
• Online languages 5 Manual Collection
• Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", Electronic documentation,
CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J, on CD-ROM
KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S, 5 languages (English, French,
CZ/SK, TR, H German, Italian, Spanish);
• Fonts WinCC flexible standard,
Transfer under ProTool SIMATIC HMI
(upload/download)
• Transfer of the configuration Serial

2/32 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 177micro

Accessories for supplementary ordering For further information, visit our website at
Cover foil 6AV6 671-2XC00-0AX0
(pack of 10)
Protective cover
(2 sets)
6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0 2
Consisting of:
• Mounting clamps Note
• Plug-in terminal block Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
(twin block) described here? Then look up "Customized products",
PROFIBUS connecting cable 6XV1 830-1CH30 products that can be ordered as well as about options for
830-1T customer-specific modification and adaptation.
For terminal connection,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin,
terminated at both ends, 3 m
90° angle adapter A 6AV6 671-8XD00-0AX0
1 x 90° angle adapter,
9-pin for RS485/422 interface
to a serial PC/OP interface
and for configuration download
for Micro Panels
Dimensions in mm
212 44
6.2
140
156
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 197+1 x 141+1
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/33

Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177
• Plugging and unplugging during operation without interrupting
the Emergency-Stop circuit (with “Plus“ junction box variants)
and without generating bus errors
• Fast, precise setup and positioning
2 • Reliable operation with tried and tested safety concept
(Safety Category 3 acc. to EN 954-1)
• Ergonomic and compact with low weight (approx. 1.3 kg)
• Rugged for industrial use
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
• Graphics library available with pre-configured images
• The data in the message buffer are retained when the Mobile
Panel is unplugged, without batteries
• Worldwide implementation:
- 32 languages can be configured (incl. Asian and Cyrillic
fonts)
- Switching between up to 5 online languages is possible
• Mobile operator panel for direct operator control of the plant directly on the Mobile Panel
and machine from any point
• Reduction of service and commissioning costs through:
• Supports optimized monitoring of the workpiece or process - Backup/restore over a process interface or optionally over a
providing at the same time direct access and direct line of sight standard MMC (Multi Media Card).
to the operator panel - Configuration transfer with automatic transfer recognition
• Flexible implementation thanks to hot swapping over all device interfaces
• Pixel graphics, brilliant 5.7" color STN display with touch - Long service life of backlighting
screen (analog/resistive), 256 colors • Simple engineering supported with comprehensive documen-
• PROFIBUS or PROFINET variants tation on the SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection CD
• 14 user-configurable and user-inscribable function keys
(8 with LED) ■ Application
• Two three-stage enabling buttons; In every sector or application, when mobility is paramount in
Optional versions include: the operation and monitoring of machines and plants on site,
- STOP pushbutton SIMATIC Mobile Panels offer decisive advantages: Machine
- STOP pushbutton, handwheel, key-operated switch and operators or start-up engineers can move to the point from which
illuminated pushbutton they have the best view of the workpiece or process. Even in
• Communication is supported via a serial link, MPI/PROFIBUS large production plants, complex or enclosed machines, long
or PROFINET conveyor and production lines and in materials handling, mobile
• Connection point recognition operator panels support quick and accurate setting up and
positioning during start-up. During retrofitting, maintenance or
• Fast system availability after plugging into the junction box troubleshooting, they ensure shorter downtimes.
• Connected to the PLC and power supply via the junction box
and the connecting cable
2/34 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

■ Design
• Ergonomic and compact with different holding and gripping Sophisticated safety concept
points (suitable for right-handed and left-handed personnel)
The two enabling buttons (acc. to EN 60204-1) with three switch-
• Pixel graphics, brilliant 5.7" color STN display with 256 colors ing steps each ensure the protection of personnel and machines
and touch screen (analog/resistive) in critical situations. They are built into the rear handle.
• 14 user-configurable and user-inscribable function keys The STOP pushbutton (acc. to EN 60204-1) is hard-wired and
2
(8 with LED) positively latches when pressed. It can be looped into the
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard emergency-stop circuit of a plant in which case it takes on the
detergents functionality of an emergency stop pushbutton, but is distinct
• Two three-stage enabling buttons with its gray color. This ensures that it cannot be mistaken for the
emergency stop equipment. This is especially important when
• Optional variants with the Mobile Panel is not connected to the machine. SIMATIC
- STOP pushbutton or Mobile Panels offer the option of making safety functions avail-
- STOP pushbutton, handwheel, key-operated switch and able on a mobile basis at any point of a machine or plant.
illuminated pushbutton
- The STOP pushbutton is secured specifically with a STOP pushbuttons and enabling buttons are implemented ac-
"protective collar". cording to safety regulations with two circuits and comply with
If the STOP pushbutton is looped into the emergency-stop the requirements of Safety Category 3 according to EN 954-1.
circuit, its function is equivalent to an emergency stop.
Innovative connection concept
• Extreme impact resistance thanks to the double-wall construc-
tion and rounded casing. The Mobile Panel is simply plugged into the connection box
(The Mobile Panel will withstand a fall from a height of 1.5 m wherever it is needed in the plant and is immediately ready for
without sustaining any damage.) use. The junction box can be installed anywhere, even outside
• Dust-proof and jet-proof casing with degree of protection IP65 the control cabinet. It ensures fault-free plugging and unplug-
on all sides ging during normal operation and, therefore, allows the operator-
control location to be easily and safely changed when several
• Integrated serial, MPI and PROFIBUS interface connection points are available in a plant or machine.
(up to 12 Mbit/s) for the Mobile Panel 177 DP The location of a Mobile Panel can be clearly identified by set-
Or ting an ID number on the junction box. This identifier permits the
user to configure Mobile Panels in such a way that, for example,
• Integral Ethernet (PROFINET) interface (up to 100 Mbit/s) the user interface changes according to the connection point.
with the Mobile Panel 177 PN The Mobile Panel 177 establishes the connection to the control-
• Slot for a standard Multi Media Card (MMC) for backup and lers after being plugged into the junction boxes and following a
restoration or for storing recipes short running-up period. An optional rechargeable battery pack
• Connection to the PLC via the rugged and reliable junction can be used to speed up the Mobile Panel connection process
boxes with IP65 degree of protection: (following a brief period of disconnection from the junction box)
- “Basic“ junction box: Enables the STOP pushbutton to be still further.
integrated into the safety circuit Any existing Mobile Panel 170 junction boxes can be used in
- "Plus" junction box: Enables the STOP pushbutton to be conjunction with the Mobile Panel 177 because they are fully
integrated into the safety circuit. compatible. The new function of connection-point detection can
The emergency stop circuit is not interrupted even if the only be used in conjunction with a Mobile Panel 177 with a DP or
Mobile Panel is unplugged. If the Mobile Panel is discon- PN junction box. A Mobile Panel 177 DP (PROFIBUS) cannot be
nected during operation, the emergency stop circuit in the connected to a PN (PROFINET) junction box and vice versa and
junction box Plus is automatically closed which prevents is mechanically blocked.
triggering of the emergency stop circuit.
• Fast system availability after plugging into the junction boxes Configuration options with emergency stop wiring
- An optional rechargeable battery pack can be used to speed Panels with a STOP pushbutton can be integrated into the emer-
up the Mobile Panel connection process (following a brief gency stop circuit of a machine or plant via the junction box.
period of disconnection from the junction box) still further. When the STOP pushbutton on the Mobile Panel is pressed, the
• Detection of the connection point can be used to perform emergency stop function is activated. The STOP pushbutton on
machine-specific HMI authorizations or actions depending on the Mobile Panel supplements but does not replace the emer-
the selected connection point gency stop equipment installed on the machine according to
EN 418. When the Mobile Panel is unplugged, "Plus" versions of
the junction box automatically close the emergency stop circuit,
thereby ensuring safe and fault-free changeover (swapping).
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/35

■ Design (continued)
Connection at one point of the machine
When the “Basic“ junction box variant is used, unplugging the This configuration is, therefore, best suited for applications
Mobile Panel interrupts the emergency stop circuit and, therein which the Mobile Panel is connected to a fixed point on the
2 fore, triggers the emergency stop function. machine.
Wiring into the emergency stop circuit - Mobile Panel connected - emergency stop circuit closed
with connection box Basic - Mobile Panel disconnected - emergency stop circuit open
->Emergency stop is triggered
MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Connection box
Basic
Emergency
stop circuit
Mobile Panel 177

with STOP switch
G_ST80_XX_00068
Flexible connection at various points
on a machine or in a plant
If a Mobile Panel with a STOP pushbutton is used in combination equipment is looped into the emergency stop circuit and when
with a “Plus“ junction box, a configuration is possible in which the STOP pushbutton is pressed, the circuit will be interrupted
the Mobile Panel can be used flexibly and is also looped into the and the emergency stop function triggered. If the Mobile Panel
emergency stop circuit. The emergency stop circuit remains is unplugged during operation, the emergency stop circuit is
closed regardless of whether a Mobile Panel is plugged into a automatically closed in the “Plus“ junction box variant.
junction box or not. When the Mobile Panel is plugged in, the
Automatic closing of emergency stop circuit - Mobile Panel connected - emergency stop circuit closed
by connection box Plus - Mobile Panel disconnected - emergency stop circuit open
MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Connecting box Connecting box

[Plus 1] [Plus n]
Emergency
stop circuit
Mobile Panel 177

with STOP switch
G_ST80_XX_00069
2/36 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

■ Function
• Input/output fields • Mathematical functions
for displaying and changing process values • Limit value monitoring
• Function keys for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
can be configured simultaneously on function keys. The func-
tion keys can also be used as PROFIBUS DP input peripherals
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication 2
or directly as PROFINET IO. • Task planner
The function keys can also be reconfigured as system keys. for cyclic function processing
A function that is frequently used such as "Acknowledge mes- • Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding of
sage" can therefore be assigned to a function key. objects
• Additional command elements • Permanent window and template concept
such as hand wheels, key-operated switches and illuminated - generation of screen templates
pushbutton units can be connected to a variable or as direct • Simple maintenance and configuration through
control through PROFIBUS DP input I/O (DP direct keys) or - Backup and restoring of project, operating system, recipe
PROFINET IO (direct keys). records and firmware on the optional standard MMC
• Buttons (Multi Media Card)
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
can be configured simultaneously on buttons. data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
• Graphics - Project transfer over MPI/PROFIBUS DP/serial or PROFINET
can be used as symbols instead of text to label function keys - Automatic transfer identification
or buttons. They can also be used as background displays - Individual contrast settings
(wallpaper). - Project simulation directly on the configuration computer
The configuration software provides a comprehensive library of • WinCC flexible options
graphics and various objects. All editors with an OLE interface - Sm@rtService for remote operation and monitoring of
can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer SIMATIC HMI systems over TCP/IP networks
or CorelDraw). - Sm@rtAccess for communication between HMI systems over
• Vector graphics; TCP/IP networks. Remote access to recipe data sets, pass-
simple geometric forms (e.g. lines, circles and rectangles) can words and information specific to the HMI system and a great
be created directly in the configuration software deal more
• Text fields Configuration
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
values in any font size Configuration is carried out using the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or Advanced con-
• Curve displays and bars figuration software (see HMI software/engineering software
are used for graphical display of dynamic values SIMATIC WinCC flexible). SIMATIC WinCC flexible represents a
• Display selection from the PLC consistent further development of the well-proven ProTool family.
supports operator prompting from the PLC Projects generated using ProTool can easily migrate to WinCC.
• Language selection; If WinCC flexible can be started directly from SIMATIC Manager,
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic the data can be accessed directly in STEP 7 when the panel is
and Cyrillic character sets configured. Duplicated data input and data management is
- Language-dependent texts and graphics therefore avoided.
• User administration (security) Projects created using ProTool for the Mobile Panel 170 can be
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements easily reused in WinCC flexible.
of specific sectors
- Authentication with user name and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
• Message system
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit value messages)
as well as the Alarm_S message frame procedure for
SIMATIC S7 and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
• Message buffer
- Non-volatile, maintenance-free and battery-free message
buffer. Messages are retained even when the Mobile Panel is
unplugged.
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on optional MMC)
- Online/offline processing at the panel
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing using standard tools such as Excel and
Access is possible
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/37

■ Integration
Communication with the PLC is possible with the Mobile Panel • Non-Siemens controllers
177 DP over PROFIBUS DP at up to 12 Mbit/s, over the MPI or - Allen Bradley
serial interfaces. The interfaces are integrated. Various drivers – - Mitsubishi
also for non-Siemens PLCs – are included in the standard scope - Modicon Modbus
2 of supply. - GE-Fanuc
- LG GLOFA GM
Communication with the PLC is possible with the Mobile Panel - Omron
177 PN over PROFINET at up to 100 Mbit/s. The interface is in-
tegrated. Drivers are included in the standard scope of supply. • SINUMERIK
(optionally with "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
Using the DP junction boxes, the Mobile Panel 177 DP can be WinCC flexible CE"; the "SINUMERIK HMI engineering pack-
connected to: age WinCC flexible" is additionally necessary for configuration;
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400 for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC Using the PN junction boxes, Mobile Panel 177 PN can be
connected to:
• SIMOTION
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC S5
• WinAC Software
• SIMATIC 505 • SIMOTION
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces".
Type SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 DP SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 DP SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 DP
Design variant With integrated enabling button With integrated enabling button With integrated enabling button,
and STOP pushbutton STOP pushbutton, handwheel, key-
operated switch and illuminated
pushbutton
Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD) STN liquid crystal display (LCD) STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Size 5.7'' 5.7'' 5.7''
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 320 x 240 320 x 240
• Colors 256 colors 256 colors 256 colors
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 50,000 hours approx. 50,000 hours approx. 50,000 hours
(at 25 °C)
Control elements
• Operating options Touch and Key Touch and Key Touch and Key
• Programmable, inscribable func- 14 (8 with green LED) 14 (8 with green LED) 14 (8 with green LED)
tion keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes 1) Yes/Yes 1) Yes/Yes 1)
• STOP pushbutton No 2-channel, positive latching, can be 2-channel, positive latching, can be
wired into emergency-stop circuit wired into emergency-stop circuit
• Enable switch 2-channel, 3-stage 2-channel, 3-stage 2-channel, 3-stage
• Handwheel No No Yes
• Key-operated switch No No Yes, with 3 switch positions, key
can be removed in any one position
• Illuminated pushbutton No No Yes
Expansions for operator-process
communication
• Direct keys/LEDs (buttons, func- Via DP direct keys Via DP direct keys Via DP direct keys
tion keys and control elements
such as handwheel, key-operated
switch and illuminated pushbutton
unit) as I/O peripherals
Operating system Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE
Memory
• Type Flash/RAM Flash/RAM Flash/RAM
• Available memory for user data 2048 KB 2048 KB 2048 KB
Interfaces 1 x RS422, 1 x RS485 1 x RS422, 1 x RS485 1 x RS422, 1 x RS485
• MMC slot (Multi Media Card) 1 1 1
Connection to controller S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC Soft/Slot PLC WinAC Soft/Slot PLC WinAC Soft/Slot PLC
(V 3.0 and higher), SIMOTION, (V 3.0 and higher), SIMOTION, (V 3.0 and higher), SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1), Modicon Allen Bradley (DF1), Modicon Allen Bradley (DF1), Modicon
(Modbus), LG GLOFA GM, (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM, (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM, other
other non-Siemens PLCs other non-Siemens PLCs non-Siemens PLCs
Clock Software clock, synchronized, Software clock, synchronized, Software clock, synchronized,
not battery-backed not battery-backed not battery-backed
2/38 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

■ Technical specifications (continued)

Type SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 DP SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 DP SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 DP
Supply voltage via junction box via junction box via junction box
• Front
• Rear
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
2
Ambient conditions
• Temperature
- Operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
- Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity 80% 80% 80%
External dimensions in mm W 245/D 58 W 245/D 58 W 245/D 58
Weight 1.3 kg 1.3 kg 1.3 kg
Certification cULus, CE, C-Tick, SIBE cULus, CE, C-Tick, SIBE cULus, CE, C-Tick, SIBE
Functionality with WinCC flexible
Signaling system
• Number of messages 2000 2000 2000
• Discrete alarms Yes Yes Yes
• Analog alarms Yes Yes Yes
• Number of process values per 8 8 8
message
• Message buffer Retentive and maintenance-free Retentive and maintenance-free Retentive and maintenance-free
ring buffer, 256 entries each ring buffer, 256 entries each ring buffer, 256 entries each
Recipes 100 100 100
• Data records per recipe 200 200 200
• Elements per data set 200 200 200
• Recipe memory 32 KB integrated Flash, 32 KB integrated Flash, 32 KB integrated Flash,
expandable 2) expandable 2) expandable 2)
Process images 500 500 500
• Text objects 2500 text elements 2500 text elements 2500 text elements
• Variables per screen 50 50 50
• Fields per screen 50 50 50
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background
pictures, vector graphics pictures, vector graphics pictures, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar graphs, hidden Diagrams, bar graphs, hidden Diagrams, bar graphs, hidden
buttons buttons buttons
• Libraries Yes Yes Yes
Variables 1024 1024 1024
User administration (security)
• Number of user groups 50 50 50
• Number of authorizations 32 32 32
Connection point recognition Yes Yes Yes
Online languages 5 5 5
• Project languages Chinese (simplified), Chinese (tra- Chinese (simplified), Chinese (tra- Chinese (simplified), Chinese (tra-
(incl. system messages) ditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, ditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, ditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch,
English, Finnish, French, German, English, Finnish, French, German, English, Finnish, French, German,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa- Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa- Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa-
nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish Swedish, Turkish Swedish, Turkish
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable Tahoma, freely scalable Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages ideographic languages ideographic languages
Help texts Yes Yes Yes
Scheduler (timer) Yes Yes Yes
WinCC flexible options
• Sm@rtAccess No No No
• Sm@rtService No No No
Engineering software WinCC flexible 2005 Compact and WinCC flexible 2005 Compact and WinCC flexible 2005 Compact and
higher (to be ordered separately) higher (to be ordered separately) higher (to be ordered separately)
• Transfer of the project Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/ Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/ Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/
automatic transfer recognition automatic transfer recognition automatic transfer recognition
1) Only English font can be displayed 2) By means of optional MMC
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/39


Type DP Basic junction box DP Plus junction box
Interfaces 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s
2 communication
• Hot swapping With interruption in emergency-stop circuit Without interruption in emergency-stop circuit
• Monitoring of the STOP No Yes
pushbutton
• Location recognition Yes Yes
(by hardware)
Connection-point identification Yes Yes
Degree of protection of casing IP65 IP65
Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Dimensions
• External dimensions W x H x D 160 x 120 x 70 160 x 120 x 70
in mm
Weight 0.35 kg 0.4 kg
Ambient conditions
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C
- Transportation and storage -20 to +70 °C -20 to +70 °C
Type SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 PN SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 PN SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 PN
Design variant With integrated enabling button With integrated enabling button With integrated enabling button,
and STOP pushbutton STOP pushbutton, handwheel, key-
operated switch and illuminated
pushbutton
Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD) STN liquid crystal display (LCD) STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Size 5.7'' 5.7'' 5.7''
(at 25 °C)
Control elements
• Operating options Touch and Key Touch and Key Touch and Key
• Programmable, inscribable 14 (8 with green LED) 14 (8 with green LED) 14 (8 with green LED)
function keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes 1) Yes/Yes 1) Yes/Yes 1)
• STOP pushbutton No 2-channel, positive latching, can be 2-channel, positive latching, can be
wired into emergency-stop circuit wired into emergency-stop circuit
• Enable switch 2-channel, 3-stage 2-channel, 3-stage 2-channel, 3-stage
• Handwheel No No Yes
• Key-operated switch No No Yes, with 3 switch positions, key
can be removed in any one position
• Illuminated pushbutton No No Yes
communication
• PROFINET I/O direct keys/LEDs Via PROFINET 10 1) Via PROFINET 10 1) Via PROFINET 10 1)
(buttons, function keys and control
elements such as handwheel,
mode selector and illuminated
pushbutton unit) as I/O peripherals
Operating system Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE
Memory
• Available memory for user data 2048 KB 2048 KB 2048 KB
Interfaces 1 x Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s 1 x Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s 1 x Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s
1 x RS 485 1 x RS 485 1 x RS 485
• MMC slot (Multi Media Card) 1 1 1
Connection to controller S7-200, S7-300/400, S7-200, S7-300/400, S7-200, S7-300/400,
WinAC software, SIMOTION WinAC software, SIMOTION WinAC software, SIMOTION
Clock Software clock, synchronized, Software clock, synchronized, n Software clock, synchronized, n
not battery-backed ot battery-backed ot battery-backed
2/40 Siemens ST 80 · 2006


Type SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 PN SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 PN SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 PN
Supply voltage via junction box via junction box via junction box
• Front IP65 IP65 IP65 2
• Rear IP65 IP65 IP65
Ambient conditions
• Temperature
• Max. relative humidity 80% 80% 80%
External dimensions in mm W 245/D 58 W 245/D 58 W 245/D 58
Weight 1.3 kg 1.3 kg 1.3 kg
Certification cULus, CE, C-Tick, SIBE cULus, CE, C-Tick, SIBE cULus, CE, C-Tick, SIBE
Functionality with WinCC flexible
Signaling system
• Analog alarms Yes Yes Yes
message
• Message buffer Retentive and maintenance-free Retentive and maintenance-free Retentive and maintenance-free
ring buffer, 256 entries each ring buffer, 256 entries each ring buffer, 256 entries each
Recipes 100 100 100
• Elements per data set 200 200 200
expandable 2) expandable 2) expandable 2)
• Text objects 2500 text elements 2500 text elements 2500 text elements
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background
pictures, vector graphics pictures, vector graphics pictures, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar graphs, hidden Diagrams, bar graphs, hidden Diagrams, bar graphs, hidden
buttons buttons buttons
• Libraries Yes Yes Yes
Variables 1024 1024 1024
User administration (security)
• Number of authorizations 32 32 32
Connection point recognition Yes Yes Yes
Online languages 5 5 5
• Project languages Chinese (simplified), Chinese Chinese (simplified), Chinese Chinese (simplified), Chinese
(incl. system messages) (traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, (traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, (traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch,
English, Finnish, French, German, English, Finnish, French, German, English, Finnish, French, German,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa- Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa- Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa-
nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish Swedish, Turkish Swedish, Turkish
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable Tahoma, freely scalable Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages ideographic languages ideographic languages
Help texts Yes Yes Yes
Scheduler (timer) Yes Yes Yes
WinCC flexible options
• Sm@rtAccess Yes Yes Yes
• Sm@rtService Yes Yes Yes
Configuring software WinCC flexible 2005 Compact and WinCC flexible 2005 Compact and WinCC flexible 2005 Compact and
higher (to be ordered separately) higher (to be ordered separately) higher (to be ordered separately)
• Transfer of the configuration Serial/PROFINET/automatic transfer Serial/PROFINET/automatic transfer Serial/PROFINET/automatic transfer
recognition recognition recognition
1) PROFINET I/O direct key functionality only with WinCC flexible 2005 SP1
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/41


Type PN Basic junction box PN Plus junction box
Interfaces 2 x Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s, integrated switch 2 x Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s, integrated switch
2 communication
• Hot swapping With interruption in emergency-stop circuit Without interruption in emergency-stop circuit
• Monitoring of the STOP No Yes
pushbutton
• Location recognition Yes Yes
(by hardware)
Connection-point identification Yes Yes
Degree of protection of casing IP65 IP65
Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Dimensions
• External dimensions W x H x D 230 x 120 x 80 230 x 120 x 80
in mm
Weight 0.45 kg 0.5 kg
Ambient conditions
• Temperature
• Max. relative humidity 85% 85%
■ Ordering data Order No. Order No.

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 DP Mobile Panel 177 PN Plus B 6AV6 651-5DA01-0AA0
(MPI/PROFIBUS) starter kit
• With integrated enabling button B 6AV6 645-0AA01-0AX0 • Mobile Panel 177 PN with
integrated enabling button,
• With integrated enabling button B 6AV6 645-0AB01-0AX0 STOP pushbutton, handwheel,
and STOP pushbutton key-operated switch and
• With integrated enabling button, B 6AV6 645-0AC01-0AX0 illuminated pushbutton
STOP pushbutton, handwheel, • PN Plus junction box
key-operated switch and • PN connecting cable, 10 m
• Wall holder
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 PN • SIMATIC WinCC flexible
(PROFINET) Compact
• With integrated enabling button B 6AV6 645-0BA01-0AX0 • SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (English,
• With integrated enabling button B 6AV6 645-0BB01-0AX0
French, German, Italian,
and STOP pushbutton
Spanish)
• With integrated enabling button, B 6AV6 645-0BC01-0AX0 • Software update service
STOP pushbutton, handwheel, for 1 year
key-operated switch and
illuminated pushbutton Mobile Panel 177 DP Plus B 6AV6 651-5BA01-0AA0
starter kit
• Mobile Panel 177 DP with
integrated enabling button,
STOP pushbutton, handwheel,
key-operated switch and
• DP Plus junction box
• DP connecting cable, 10 m
• Wall holder
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Compact
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
French, German, Italian,
Spanish)
• Software update service
for 1 year
Configuring
2/42 Siemens ST 80 · 2006


Documentation (to be ordered separately) Mobile Panel accessories
Operating Instructions DP junction box for
for Mobile Panel 177 Mobile Panels
(MPI/PROFIBUS)
• German
• English
6AV6 691-1DK01-0AA0
6AV6 691-1DK01-0AB0
• Basic A 6AV6 671-5AE00-0AX0 2
• Plus A 6AV6 671-5AE10-0AX0
• French 6AV6 691-1DK01-0AC0
PN junction box for Mobile
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DK01-0AD0 Panel (PROFINET)
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DK01-0AE0 • Basic A 6AV6 671-5AE01-0AX0
WinCC flexible User Manual • Plus A 6AV6 671-5AE11-0AX0
Compact/Standard/Advanced
DP connecting cable
• German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0 (MPI/PROFIBUS)
• English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0 Standard cables
• French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0 •2m 6XV1 440-4AH20
• Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0 •5m 6XV1 440-4AH50
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0 • 10 m 6XV1 440-4AN10
WinCC flexible communication • 15 m 6XV1 440-4AN15
User Manual
• 25 m 6XV1 440-4AN25
Intermediate lengths 1)
•8m 6XV1 440-4AH80
• French 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
• 20 m 6XV1 440-4AN20
PN connecting cable
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0 (PROFINET)
SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0 Standard cables
Manual Collection •2m 6XV1 440-4BH20
•5m 6XV1 440-4BH50
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French, • 10 m 6XV1 440-4BN10
German, Italian and Spanish); • 15 m 6XV1 440-4BN15
user manuals, manuals and • 25 m 6XV1 440-4BN25
Intermediate lengths 1)
SIMATIC HMI
•8m 6XV1 440-4BH80
• 20 m 6XV1 440-4BN20
Accumulator option pack for 6AV6 671-5AD00-0AX0
Mobile Panels (DP and PN) 2)
Wall holder for Mobile Panels 6AV6 574-1AF04-4AA0
MMC (Multi Media Card), 64 MB A 6AV6 671-1CB00-0AX0
Cover foil 6AV6 574-1AD04-4AA0
to protect the touch front against
fouling/scratching (set of 10)
Protective pocket 6AV6 574-1AB04-4AA0
for labeling strips (set of 5)
Service package 6AV6 574-1AA04-4AA0
for Mobile Panel
Consisting of:
• Blanking plugs for cable duct
• 2 x cable glands for junction box
• 1 set of screws for junction
box cover
• 2 x terminal box (12-pin)
• 1 x terminal box (3-pin)
• Blanking cap for junction box
Mobile Panel spare keys 6AV6574-1AG04-4AAO
(pack of 10)
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H 1) Delivery period approx. 6 weeks
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S 2) Does not apply to Mobile Panel 170
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/43

Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm
123.9
2 o
7.8
24.6
18
121.7 8o
225.2
245
92.3
G_ST80_XX_00046
G_ST80_XX_00047
100.7 8o
2
61.3
SIMATIC Mobile Panel front and rear views Wall mount for SIMATIC Mobile Panel
■ More information
Dimensions in mm
140
62.7
10
43
http://www.siemens.com/mobile-panels
160 Note
150 Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
110
120
142 ± 2
G_ST80_XX_00045
DP junction box for SIMATIC Mobile Panel
2/44 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17
The TD17 Text Display is based on OP7/OP17 technology.
• LED-backlit LCD:
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm.
• 7 system keys 2
• Metal-reinforced plastic housing with membrane front
detergents
• Small mounting depth
• Electronic fuse
■ Function
Message functions
• Integration of up to 8 process values per message
• Status message and system message buffers
• Scrolling through messages
• Text display for message display and storage
• Definition of message priorities
• Can be used both direct at the machine and in a control room
• Date and time in messages
• LED-backlit LCD:
- 4 lines, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or • Upper-case and lower-case text can be mixed
- 8 lines, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm. Further functions
• 7 system keys • Loadable firmware
• Alternatively, the TP 177 Touch Panel can also be used as a • Contrast adjustment
text-only display panel.
• Convenient native drivers for wide range of non-Siemens PLCs
• Backup/restore of firmware and user data (ProSave)
■ Benefits • PLC tasks for activating PLC-controlled actions
• Clearly contrasting display, easier to read
• Language selection from 3 online languages
• Large keys for enhanced operating reliability
• Fast variable updating Configuration
• Easy handling and configuration Configuration is performed using the software SIMATIC Pro-
Tool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration
• Maintenance-free thanks to electronic fuse
(see Configuration software or Visualization software)
■ Application ■ Integration
The TD17 Text Displays can be used in all applications in which
The TD17 can be connected to:
monitoring of machines and installations is required on site –
whether in production automation, process automation or build- • SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
ing service automation. They are in use in an extensive range of • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
sectors and applications.
• SIMATIC S5
The TD17 is simply for display purposes and does not support • SIMATIC 505
intervention in the process.
• SINUMERIK
• Non-Siemens PLCs, including
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- Modicon
- Omron
- GE Fanuc
Note:
For further information, see "System interfaces".
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/45

Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17
SIMATIC TD17 SIMATIC TD17
• Display type LC-Display • Max. relative humidity (in %) 95%
2 • Number of lines (max.) 8 • Mounting position
Vertical
+/- 90°
• Characters per line (max.) 40
nation withou t external fan
• Character height (mm) 6 or11
• Temperature
• Colors Monochrome - Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 200,000 hours - Operation (max. angle of inclina- 0 to +35 °C
(at 25 °C) tion)
Operating mode - Transportation and storage -25 to +70 °C
• Operating options Keys Configuring
• Membrane keyboard Yes • Configuration tool ProTool
• System keys 7 Functionality (under ProTool)
Processor/HW • Password protection 10
(number of levels)
• Processor X86
• Help system Yes
Operating systems RMOS
Protocols
Memory
• Interface to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
• Type Flash/RAM (may only be an option) SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi (FX),
• Usable memory for project data 128 KB user memory/without Telemecanique (ADJUST),
additional memory for options Modicon (Modbus) and other
non-Siemens drivers
Interfaces 1 x TTY, 1 x RS232, 1 x RS422, 1 x
RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s Signaling system
Supply voltage • Status messages 999
• Supply voltage 18 V DC • System messages Yes
• Permissible range +30 V to +24 V DC • Message length (lines x charac- 2 x 40

ters)
• Rated current 0.34 A
• Number of process values 8
• Output 8.4 W in messages
• Backup battery Optional 3.6 V • Message buffer Battery-backed ring buffer,
256 entries each
Clock Hardware clock battery-backed
and synchronized Languages
Degree of protection • Online languages 3
• Front IP65 (when mounted) - • Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, DK, FIN, GR, NL, N,
PL, P, RUS, S, CZ / SK, TR, H
• Rear IP20
Transfer of the configuration Serial
Certification CE, PRS, FM Class I Div. 2, UL,
(some only as options) EX zone 22
dimensions
(mm)
• Weight 0.9 kg
2/46 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17

SIMATIC TD17 6AV3 017-1NE30-0AX0
Text display, 8 lines,
Dimensions in mm
40 characters/line,
Configuration 2
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, See Section 4
ProTool or ProTool/Pro
TD17 Manual 6AV3 991-1AE00-0AX0
98
89
Multi-language (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish)
Communication manual
231 51 1)
Instructions for connection of 4
TD/OP to the controller 240
• German 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0

• English 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
G_ST80_XX_00062
• French 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
• Italian 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
• Spanish 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0 1) Depth includes connectors and cable connectors
Manual Collection
on CD-ROM
German, Italian and Spanish); For further information, visit our website at
Comprising: all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
Service package 6AV3 678-1CC10
for TD17, OP7 and OP17 1) http://www.siemens.com/panels
comprising:
• 1 x TD17 gasket
Note
• 1 x OP7 gasket Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
• 1 x OP17 gasket described here? Then look up "Customized products",
• 5 x clamping blocks where you will find information about additional sector-specific
• 2-pin plug-in terminal strip customer-specific modification and adaptation.
Backup battery W79084-E1001-B2
Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC;
1.7 Ah for TD17, OP17, OP25,
OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37,
TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270,
MP 270B, MP 370
1) Included in scope of supply

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/47

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3
Operator functions
• Alphanumeric setpoint input using system keys
• Softkeys (function of the keys can be configured context-
2 sensitive)
Message functions
• Display of process values
• Management and processing of status messages
• Date and time in messages
Further functions
• Limit monitoring of inputs
• STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR in combination with SIMATIC S7
• Password protection
• Language selection from 3 online languages
• Contrast adjustment
• Operator Panel for controlling and monitoring machines and • Linear conversion
systems.
• Variable limit values
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7
• Can also be used as a handheld device Configuration
• LED-backlit LCD: 2 lines, 20 characters/line; character height Configuration is performed using the software SIMATIC Pro-
5 mm Tool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration
• 18 system keys, 5 of which are user-configurable function keys (see Configuration Software or Visualization software)
• The OP3 Operator Panel is soon to be replaced by its innova-
tive successor, the SIMATIC OP 73. ■ Integration
Fast and easy coupling to SIMATIC S7-200, S7-300, S7-400
■ Benefits PLCs (PPI or MPI) is possible over the integral interface.
• Easy handling and configuration An additional master (e.g. PG or OP) is permissible in the PPI
• Small and compact network.
• Extensive functionality, e.g.:
- Linear conversion Note
- Variable limit values For further information, see "System interfaces".
- PG function STATUS/CONTROL of variables
■ Application
The OP3 Operator Panels can be used in all small-scale appli-
cations in which operator control and monitoring of machines
and installations is required on site – whether in production
automation, process automation or building service automation.
They are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applica-
tions.
■ Design
• LED-backlit LCD, 2-line, 20 characters/line; character height
5 mm
• 18 system keys, of which 5 are freely configurable function
keys
• Plastic housing with membrane front
detergents
2/48 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3
SIMATIC OP3 SIMATIC OP3
• Display type LC display • Max. relative humidity (in %) 85%
• Number of lines (max.) 2 • Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of
Vertical
+/- 180°
2
• Characters per line (max.) 20
• Character height (mm) 5
• Temperature
• Colors Monochrome - Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +60 °C
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 200,000 hours - Operation 0 to +60 °C
(at 25 °C) (max. angle of inclination)
Operating mode - Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C
• Operating options Keys Configuring
• Function keys, programmable 5 function keys • Configuration tool ProTool
• Membrane keyboard Yes Functionality (under ProTool)
• System keys 18 • Password protection 10
(number of levels)
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No
• Help system No
Processor/HW
• PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) with SIMATIC S5/S7
• Processor X86
Protocols
Operating system RMOS
• Interface to PLC S7-200, S7-300/400
Memory (may only be an option)
• Type Flash/RAM Signaling system
• Usable memory for project data 128 KB user memory/without • Status messages 499
• System messages Yes
Interfaces 1 x RS232, 1 x RS485
max. 1.5 Mbit/s • Message length 2 x 20
(lines x characters)
Supply voltage
• Supply voltage 24 V DC in messages
• Permissible range +18 V to +30 V DC • Process images 40
• Rated current 0.07 A • Fields per screen 20
• Output 2.4 W Languages
Clock Software clock, without battery • Online languages 3
backup
• Project languages G/E/F/I/S
Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP (if available),
• Front IP65 serial
• Rear IP20
Certification CE, GL, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS,
(some only as options) FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA,
EX zone 22
dimensions
(mm)
• Weight 0.25 kg
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/49

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3

SIMATIC OP3 6AV3 503-1DB10
Operator Panel, 2 lines, Dimensions in mm
20 characters/line, 18 system
keys, incl. mounting accessories:
2 • Cable (2.5 m) for point-to-point
connection to SIMATIC S7 and
for transferring the configuration
data from PC/PG with the MPI
card
• Cable (3 m) for transferring the
configuration data from PC/PG
with RS 232 interface
68
76
• Cable (5 m) for 24 V DC power
supply
138 20 4
Configuring
148 27
G_ST80_XX_00057
OP3 Manual
• German 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AA0
• English 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AB0
• French 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AC0 Panel coutout (W x H) in mm: 138 x 68
• Italian 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AD0

• Spanish 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AE0
SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0 ■ More information
Manual Collection
on CD-ROM
SIMATIC HMI http://www.siemens.com/panels
Plug-in power supply Note
For easy configuring of OP3: Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
described here? Then look up "Customized products",
• 230 V AC/24 V DC 6ES7 705-0AA00-1AA0 where you will find information about additional sector-specific
• 115 V AC/24 V DC 1) 6ES7 705-0AA00-1BA0
1) Not authorized for sale in the EU

2/50 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7
Operator functions
• Alphanumeric/numerical setpoint input via system keys
• Softkeys (function of keys can be configured depending on
screen)
• Slide-in labels for all function keys
2
Signaling functions
• Process value display
• Management and processing of status and fault messages
• Messages with date and time stamp
• Differentiation between first-up and last-up messages
• Help texts for alarms, screens, etc.
Additional functions
• Limit value check for entries
• STATE VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S5
• Compact, multi-functional operator panel for operator control and S7
and monitoring of machines and plants • Password protection
• LED-backlit LCD: 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height • Language selection with 3 online languages
8 mm
• 17 languages can be configured incl. system messages
• 22 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable (incl. Cyrillic character sets)
function keys (4 with LEDs)
• Contrast settings
• PLC requests to trigger PLC-controlled actions
■ Benefits • Recipe management
• Clearly contrasting display, easier to read
• DP direct keys for fast and deterministic operator actions
• Large keys for enhanced operating reliability
• Linear conversion
• Fast variable updating
• Native drivers for non-Siemens PLCs
• Extensive functionality for efficient HMI – from receipe manage-
• PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
ment through linear conversion as far as the backing up and
restoring of firmware and user data • Variable limit values
• Easy handling and configuration • Printer port via integrated interface
• Maintenance-free thanks to electronic fuse Service concept
• Backup/restoration of configuration, firmware and recipe data
■ Application sets
• Loadable firmware
The OP7 Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa- Configuring
tions is required on site – whether in production automation,
process automation or building service automation. They are in Configuration is performed using the SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
use in an extensive range of sectors and applications. SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software
(see Configuration or Visualization software)
■ Design ■ Integration
• LED-backlit LCD, 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height
8 mm The OP7 can be connected to:
• 22 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
function keys (4 with LEDs) • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• Plastic housing with membrane front • SIMATIC S5
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard • SIMATIC 505
detergents
• SINUMERIK
• Non-Siemens PLCs, e.g.
• Electronic fuse - Allen Bradley
• Interfaces: - Mitsubishi
- OP7/PP: - Telemecanique
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422 - Modicon
- OP7/DP: - Omron
RS 232, RS 485/422, - GE Fanuc
PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s
- OP7/DP-12: Note:
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422, For further information, see "System interfaces".
PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/51

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7
SIMATIC OP7/PP SIMATIC OP7/DP SIMATIC OP7/DP-12
Display
• Display type LC display LC display LC display
2 • Number of lines (max.) 4 4 4
• Characters per line (max.) 20 20 20
• Character height (mm) 8 8 8
• Colors Black/white Black/white Black/white
(at 25 °C)
Operating mode
• Control elements Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard
• Operating options Keys Keys Keys
• Function keys, programmable 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs
• Membrane keyboard Yes Yes Yes
• System keys 22 22 22
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No
Processor/HW
• Processor X86 X86 X86
Operating systems RMOS RMOS RMOS
Memory
• Usable memory for project data 128 KB user memory/without 128 KB user memory/without 128 KB user memory/without
additional memory for options additional memory for options additional memory for options
Interfaces 1 x TTY, 1 x RS232, 1 x TTY,
1 x RS232, 1 x RS422, 1 x RS232,
1 x RS485 max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1 x RS485 max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1 x RS422,
1 x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s
Supply voltage
• Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Permissible range +18 V to +30 V DC +18 V to +30 V DC +18 V to +30 V DC
• Rated current 0.19 A 0.19 A 0.19 A
Clock Software clock, without battery Software clock, without battery Software clock, without battery
backup backup backup
• Front IP65 (when mounted) NEMA 4 IP65 (when mounted) NEMA 4 IP65 (when mounted) NEMA 4
• Rear IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Certification CE, GL, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS, CE, GL, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS, CE, GL, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS,
(some only as options) FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA, cULus, FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA, cULus, FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA, cULus,
EX zone 2/22 EX zone 2/22 EX zone 2/22
dimensions
• Front panel W x H (mm) 144 x 180 144 x 180 144 x 180
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 135 x 171/38.5 mm depth of unit 135 x 171/38.5 mm depth of unit 135 x 171/38.5 mm depth of unit
(mm)
• Weight 0.43 kg 0.43 kg 0.43 kg
Ambient conditions
• Max. relative humidity (in %) 95% 95% 95%
• Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical
- Max. permissible angle of +/- 90° +/- 90° +/- 90°
nclination without external fan
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C
2/52 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7

communication
• DP direct LEDs K1...K4 K1...K4 K1...K4 2
(LEDs as S7 output I/O)
• DP direct keys F1...F4, K1...K41 byte or coded F1...F4, K1...K41 byte or coded F1...F4, K1...K41 byte or coded
(buttons as input peripherals)
Peripherals/applications/options
• I/O Printer Printer Printer
Configuring
• Configuration tool ProTool ProTool ProTool
• Configuration tool - - WinCC flexible
• Password protection 10 10 10
(number of levels)
• Help system Yes Yes Yes
• PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7
• PG function (status/control) Yes Yes Yes
Protocols
• Interface to PLC S7-200, S7-300/400, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400Win AC, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400,
(may only be an option) Allen Bradley (DF1), SINUMERIK 505Win AC, SINUMERIK,
Allen Bradley (DF485), Mitsubishi Allen Bradley (DF1),
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST), Allen Bradley (DF485), Mitsubishi
OMRON (LINK/Multilink), (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST),
Modicon (Modbus) OMRON (LINK/Multilink),
Modicon (Modbus)
Signaling system
• Status messages 499 499 499
• Alarm messages 499 499 499
• System messages Yes Yes Yes
• Message length (lines x charac- 4 x 20 4 x 20 4 x 20
ters)
• Number of process values in mes- 8 8 8
sages
• Acknowledgement groups 4 4 4
• Alarm indicator Yes Yes Yes
• Message buffer Ring buffer, each Ring buffer, 256 entries each Ring buffer, 256 entries each
Recipes
• Recipes 99 99 99
• Entries/data record 99 99 99
• Recipe memory 4 KB integrated Flash 4 KB integrated Flash 4 KB integrated Flash
Number
• Process images 99 99 99
Logging/printer driver
• Print functions Messages, hardcopy not possible Messages, hardcopy not possible Messages, hardcopy not possible
Fonts
• Language (keyboard fonts) E/F/G/I/S, Russian E/F/G/I/S, Russian E/F/G/I/S, Russian
Languages
• Online languages 3 3 3
• Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, DK, FIN, GR, NL, N, D, GB, F, I, E, DK, FIN, GR, NL, N, D, GB, F, I, E, DK, FIN, GR, NL, N,
PL, P, RUS, S, CZ / SK, TR, H PL, P, RUS, S, CZ / SK, TR, H PL, P, RUS, S, CZ / SK, TR, H
Transfer of the configuration Serial Serial Serial
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/53

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7

SIMATIC OP7 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Operator Panel, 4 lines, OP7/OP17 Manual
20 characters/line,
22 system keys; • German 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AA0
2 incl. mounting accessories:
• OP7/PP 6AV3 607-1JC00-0AX1
• English 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AB0
for connection to SIMATIC • French 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AC0

S5/505 and PLCs from other • Italian 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AD0
vendors, with
• Spanish 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AE0
- 1 x RS 232/TTY interface
- 1 x RS 422/RS 485 interface Communication User Manual
Instructions for connection
• OP7/DP 6AV3 607-1JC20-0AX1
of TD/OP to the PLC
for connection to SIMATIC
S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP and • German 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
PLCs from other vendors, with
• English 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
- 1 x RS 232 interface
- 1 x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP • French 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
interface, 1.5 Mbit/s • Italian 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
- 1 x RS 422/RS 485 interface • Spanish 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0
• OP7/DP-12 6AV3 607-1JC30-0AX1 SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
for connection to SIMATIC Manual Collection
S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP and
PLCs from other vendors, with Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
- 1 x RS 232/TTY interface
- 1 x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP German, Italian and Spanish);
interface, 12 Mbit/s contains: all currently available
- 1 x RS 422/RS 485 interface user manuals, manuals and
Configuring
SIMATIC HMI
Service pack for TD17 1), 6AV3 678-1CC10
OP7 and OP17
Consisting of:
• 1 x TD17 gasket
• 1 x OP7 gasket
• 1 x OP17 gasket
• 5 x clamping blocks
• 2-pin plug-in terminal strip
1) Included in scope of delivery

2/54 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7
■ Dimension drawings ■ More information

Dimensions in mm
2
42,5 http://www.siemens.com/panels
144
39
30
Note
116,5 Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
you will find information about additional sector-specific
180
171

30
29
135
G_ST80_XX_00058
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/55

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17
Operator functions
• Alphanumeric/numerical setpoint input via system keys
• Softkeys (function of keys can be configured depending on
2 screen)
• Slide-in labels for all function keys
• Some function keys with LED
Signaling functions
• Process value display
• Management and processing of status and fault messages
• Messages with date and time stamp
• Differentiation between first-up and last-up messages
• Help texts for alarms, screens, etc.
• Mixed use of uppercase and lowercase
Additional functions
• High-performance operator panel for easy operator control • Limit value check for entries
and monitoring of machines and plants • STATE VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S5
• LED-backlit LCD: and S7
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or • Password protection
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm • Language selection with 3 online languages
• 22 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • 17 languages can be configured incl. system messages
function keys (16 with LEDs) (incl. Cyrillic character sets)
• Contrast settings
■ Benefits • PLC requests to trigger PLC-controlled actions
• Contrast-rich display
• DP direct keys for fast and deterministic operator actions
• Large keys for improved operational reliability
• Linear conversion
• Fast variable update
• Native drivers for non-Siemens PLCs
• Extensive functionality for efficient operator control and moni-
toring – from recipe management through linear conversion all • PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
the way to backup/restoration of firmware and user data • Variable limit values
• Easy to handle and configure • Internal real-time clock
• Electronic fuse protection • 48 clock prompts
• Printer port
■ Application Service concept
The OP17 Operator Panels can be used in all applications in • Backup/restoration of configuration, firmware and recipe data
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa- sets
tions is required locally – whether in production automation, pro- • Loadable firmware
cess automation or building service automation. They are in use
in an extensive range of sectors and applications. Configuring
Configuration is performed using the SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
■ Design SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software
(see Configuration or Visualization software)
• LED-backlit LCD;
- 4 lines, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or
- 8 lines, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm ■ Integration
• 22 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable The OP17 can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• Plastic enclosure with membrane front
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
detergents • SIMATIC S5
• Low mounting depth • SIMATIC 505
• Electronic fuse protection • SINUMERIK
• Optional battery can be used (required for message buffer and • Non-Siemens PLCs, e.g.
clock) - Allen Bradley
• Interfaces: - Mitsubishi
- OP17/PP: - Telemecanique
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422 - Modicon
- OP17/DP: - Omron
RS 232, RS 485/422, - GE Fanuc
PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s Note:
- OP17/DP-12: For further information, see "System interfaces".
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422,
PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
2/56 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17
Display
• Display type LC display LC display LC display
• Number of lines (max.)
• Characters per line (max.)
8
40
8
40
8
40
2
• Character height (mm) 6 or 11 6 or 11 6 or 11
• Colors Black/white Black/white Black/white
(at 25 °C)
Operating mode
• Control elements Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard
• Operating options Keys Keys Keys
• Function keys, programmable 24 function keys, 16 with LEDs 24 function keys, 16 with LEDs 24 function keys, 16 with LEDs
• Membrane keyboard Yes Yes Yes
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No
Processor/HW X86 X86 X86
Operating systems RMOS RMOS RMOS
Memory
Interfaces 1 x TTY, 2 x RS232, 1 x RS422, 2 x RS232, 1 x RS422, 1 x RS485 1 x TTY, 2 x RS232, 1 x RS422,
1 x RS485 max. 1.5 Mbit/s max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s
Supply voltage
• Output 10 W 10 W 10 W
• Backup battery Optional 3.6 V Optional 3.6 V Optional 3.6 V
Clock Hardware clock battery-backed Hardware clock battery-backed Hardware clock battery-backed
and synchronized and synchronized and synchronized
• Front IP65 (when mounted) - IP65 (when mounted) - IP65 (when mounted) -
• Rear IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Certification CE, PRS, FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CE, PRS, FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CE, PRS, FM Class I Div. 2, UL,
(some only as options) EX zone 22 EX zone 22 EX zone 22
dimensions
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 231 x 195/50 mm depth of unit 231 x 195/50 mm depth of unit 231 x 195/50 mm depth of unit
(mm)
• Weight 0.96 kg 0.96 kg 0.96 kg
Ambient conditions
• Max. relative humidity (in %) 95% 95% 95%
• Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical
• Temperature
communication
• DP direct LEDs S1...S16, K1...K16 K1...K16
• DP direct keys S1...S16, F1...F8, K1...K16 F1...F8, K1...K16
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/57

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17

• I/O Printer Printer Printer
2 Configuring
• Configuration tool WinCC flexible WinCC flexible WinCC flexible
• Timer Yes Yes Yes
• Password protection 10 10 10
(number of levels)
• PG functions with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7
(STATUS/CONTROL)
• PG function (status/control) Yes Yes Yes
Protocols
• Interface to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
(may only be an option) SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi (FX), SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi (FX), SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique (ADJUST), Telemecanique (ADJUST), Telemecanique (ADJUST),
Modicon (Modbus) Modicon (Modbus) Modicon (Modbus)
and other non-Siemens drivers and other non-Siemens drivers and other non-Siemens drivers
Signaling system
• Message length 2 x 40 2 x 40 2 x 40
• Number of process values 8 8 8
in messages
• Alarm indicator Yes Yes Yes
• Message buffer Battery-backed ring buffer, Battery-backed ring buffer, Battery-backed ring buffer,
256 entries each 256 entries each 256 entries each
Recipes
• Recipes 99 99 99
• Recipe memory 20 KB integrated Flash 20 KB integrated Flash 20 KB integrated Flash
Picture elements
• Text objects 31,680 text elements 31,680 text elements 31,680 text elements
• Number 31,680 31,680 31,680
• Graphics objects Character graphics Character graphics Character graphics
Lists
• Variables 2048 2048 2048
• Initial values 2048 2048 2048
• Limit values Yes Yes Yes
• Print functions Messages not possible Messages not possible Messages not possible
• Drivers ESC/P2, PCL3/PCL6 ESC/P2, PCL3/PCL6 ESC/P2, PCL3/PCL6
Fonts
• Language (keyboard fonts) E/F/G/I/S, Russian E/F/G/I/S, Russian E/F/G/I/S, Russian
Languages
• Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, DK, FIN, GR, NL, N, D, GB, F, I, E, DK, FIN, GR, NL, N, D, GB, F, I, E, DK, FIN, GR, NL, N,
PL, P, RUS, S, CZ / SK, TR, H PL, P, RUS, S, CZ / SK, TR, H PL, P, RUS, S, CZ / SK, TR, H
Transfer of the configuration Serial Serial Serial
2/58 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17

SIMATIC OP17 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Operator Panel, 4-line, OP7/OP17 Manual
20 characters/line or 8-line,
40 characters/line, • German 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AA0
22 system keys;
• English 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AB0 2
• OP17/PP 6AV3 617-1JC00-0AX1 • French 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AC0
for connection to SIMATIC • Italian 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AD0
S5/505 and PLCs from other
vendors, with • Spanish 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AE0
- 2 x RS 232/TTY interface Communication User Manual
- 1 x RS 422/RS 485 interface Instructions for connection
of TD/OP to the PLC
• OP17/DP 6AV3 617-1JC20-0AX1
for connection to SIMATIC • German 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
S5/S7, PROFIBUS DP and PLCs
from other vendors, with • English 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
- 2 x RS 232 interface • French 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
- 1 x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP • Italian 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
interface, 1.5 Mbit/s
• Spanish 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0
- 1 x RS 422/RS 485 interface
• OP17/DP-12 6AV3 617-1JC30-0AX1 Manual Collection
for connection to SIMATIC
S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP and Electronic documentation,
PLCs from other vendors, with on CD-ROM
- 2 x RS 232/TTY interface 5 languages (English, French,
- 1 x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP contains: all currently available
interface, 12 Mbit/s user manuals, manuals and
- 1 x RS 422/RS 485 interface communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
Configuring
ProTool or ProTool/Pro Service pack for TD17 1), 6AV3 678-1CC10
OP7 and OP17
Consisting of:
• 1 x TD17 gasket
• 1 x OP7 gasket
• 1 x OP17 gasket
• 5 x clamping blocks
• 2-pin plug-in terminal strip
Lithium battery, DC 3.6 V;
1.7 Ah for TD17, OP17, OP25,
OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37,
TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270,
MP 270B, MP 370
1) Included in scope of delivery

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/59

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17

Dimensions in mm
2
54
240 http://www.siemens.com/panels
120 50
35
Note
132
195
204

30

35
231
30
G_ST80_XX_00052
2/60 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 73
• 3“ LCD, 160 x 48 pixels, monochrome
• 8 system keys, 4 user-configurable function keys
• Numerical and alphanumeric input option via cursor keys
• Compact design with low mounting depth
2
detergents
• Plug-type terminals for a 24 V DC power supply
• RS 485 interface for process connections (MPI, PROFIBUS DP
up to 1.5 Mbit/s) and for configuration download
■ Function
• Function keys
• Operator panel for operator control and monitoring of can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
machines and plants • Graphics
• A new dimension in graphics: small and clever can be used as icons instead of text to "label" function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as simple on-screen graphics.
• Pixel graphics 3" LCD, monochrome In the configuration tool, a library is available containing an
• 8 system keys, 4 freely programmable function keys extensive range of graphics and a wide variety of objects.
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are onboard All editors with an OLE interface can be used as graphics edi-
tors (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• SIMATIC OP 73 is the successor to the OP3 Operator Panel
• Predefined
for labeling function keys, process images and process values
■ Benefits in different font sizes
• High-contrast display for good readability • Bars are used for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Large keys for high operational safety • Language selection during runtime
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asian
• Simple handling and configuring and Cyrillic character sets
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): - Language-dependent texts and graphics
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, • User administration (security)
reduces the lifecycle costs - Authentication with user ID and password
• Service-friendly through maintenance-free design (no battery) - User-group-specific rights
and high service life of the backlighting • Message system
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use - Discrete alarms
display objects - Freely definable message classes (e.g., status/fault
• Can be used worldwide: messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and display of message events
Cyrillic character sets) - Message history
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online • Help texts
- Language-dependent texts and graphics for process images, messages and variables
■ Application • Limit value monitoring
The OP 73 Operator Panels can be used wherever direct
operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is • Indicator light
required locally – whether in production automation, process for machine and plant status indication
automation or building automation. They are in use in an exten- • Scheduler for global function execution
sive range of sectors and applications. • Template concept;
Compatible with OP3 Creation of screen templates (picture elements configured in
the template appear in every screen)
• Same installation cutout as OP3
• The OP3 configurations can be loaded from ProTool/Lite, - Backup and restoration of configuration, operating system
ProTool and ProTool/Pro and firmware on a PC using ProSave
Migration manual with description of the important differences - Configuration download via MPI/PROFIBUS DP or serially via
over OP3 or ProTool RS485
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/61

SIMATIC OP 73

Configuring The OP 73 can be connected to the following:
Configuration is carried out using the SIMATIC WinCC flexible • SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
Compact, Standard or Advanced engineering software (see HMI • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
2 software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software), version
2004 SP1 and higher. An HSP (Hardware Support Package) is
Note:
required for this version. The device is integrated as standard in
WinCC flexible 2005 and higher and no HSP is required.
of charge via the following link:
SIMATIC OP 73 SIMATIC OP 73
Display Configuring
• Display type STN liquid crystal display (LCD) • Configuration tool WinCC flexible
• Size 3" Functionality
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 160 x 48 (with WinCC flexible)
• Colors 2 black/white • Help system Yes
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 100,000 hours Protocols
(at 25 °C)
• Interface to control S7-200, S7-300/400Win AC
Operating mode (may only be an option)
• Operating options Key Signaling system
• Function keys, programmable 4 function keys • Number of messages 500
• Membrane keyboard Yes • Discrete alarms Yes
• System keys 8 • Message length (in characters) 80
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes • Number of process values per 8
Processor/HW ARM message
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 256 entries each
Memory
• Type Flash/RAM Process images 500
• Usable memory for project data 256 KB user memory/without Picture elements
additional memory for options • Text objects 1000 text elements
Interfaces 1 x RS485 max. 1.5 Mbit/s • Fields per screen 20
Supply voltage • Variables/screen 20
• Supply voltage 24 V DC • Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, icon
(filling the screen)
• Backup battery No
Text lists 150
Clock Software clock, without battery
backup • Libraries Yes
Degree of protection Variables 1000
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12; Security
(when mounted) • Number of user groups 50
• Rear IP20 • Number of access rights 32
Certification CE, GL, ABS, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS, • Exportable passwords Yes
(some only as options) UL, CSA, cULus, C-TICK
Languages
Mechanical components/ • Online languages 5
dimensions
• Front panel W x H (mm) 154 x 84 CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J,
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 138 x 68/28.5 mm depth of unit KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S,
(mm) CZ/SK, TR, H
• Weight 0.25 kg • Character sets WinCC flexible standard,
Ambient conditions
• Max. relative humidity (in %) 95% Transfer under ProTool
(upload/download)
• Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP, serial
• Temperature
- Operation (max. angle of inclin.) 0 to +40 °C
2/62 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 73

SIMATIC OP 73 B 6AV6 641-0AA11-0AX0 Documentation (to be ordered separately) (continued)
Operator Panel with 3" display, User Manual
monochrome, WinCC flexible Communication
including mounting accessories
OP 73 starter package B 6AV6 651-1AA01-0AA0
• German
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
2
Consisting of:
• OP 73 Operator Panel SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Manual Collection
Compact engineering software Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
(CD), 5 languages (English, 5 languages (English, French,
French, German, Italian, German, Italian and Spanish);
Spanish), comprising all current- contains: all currently available
ly available user manuals, user manuals, manuals and
manuals and communication communication manuals for
manuals for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC HMI
• MPI cable (5 m) Accessories for supplementary ordering
(for download and test
purposes) Service pack 6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0
for OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
• PC/PPI Multimaster cable
Consisting of:
• Voucher for Software Update
Service for 1 year • Installation sealing
Configuring
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 (twin block)
Documentation (to be ordered separately) PROFIBUS connecting cable 6XV1 830-1CH30
830-1T
Operating Instructions for
OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B For terminal connection,
preassembled with two sub D
• German 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AA1 connectors, 9-pin,
• English 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AB1 terminated at both ends, 3 m
• French 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AC1 PC/PPI Multimaster cable A 6ES7 901 3CB30-0XA0

for image update and image
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AD1 upload on OP 73
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AE1 System interfaces See page 2/169
User Manual Connecting cables See page 2/180
WinCC flexible Compact/Stand
ard/Advanced
• German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/63

SIMATIC OP 73

Dimensions in mm
2
154 28.5
Note
67.7 described here? Then look up "Customized products",
84

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 138 +1 x 68 + 0.7
2/64 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 77A
■ Overview ■ Application
The OP 77A Operator Panels can be used wherever direct
operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is
required locally – whether in production automation, process
automation or building automation. They are in use in an exten-
sive range of sectors and applications. 2
Compatibility with OP7
• Same mounting cutout as OP7
• The OP7 configurations can be loaded from ProTool/Lite,
ProTool and ProTool/Pro
Migration manual with description of the important differences
over OP7 or ProTool
■ Design
• 4.5" LCD, 160 x 64 pixels, monochrome
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
• Compact operator panel for operating and monitoring • Numeric and alphanumeric input facilities
machines and plants • Compact design with shallow installation depth
• Together with the OP 77B, it is the successor to the successful • Rugged plastic housing
OP7 • The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
• A new dimension in graphics: small and clever detergents
• Pixel graphics 4.5" LCD, monochrome • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • RS 485 interface for process links (MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to
function keys (4 with LEDs) 1.5 Mbit/s) and for downloading the configuration
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are onboard
■ Function
■ Benefits • Input/output fields
• High-contrast display for good readability for displaying and changing process parameters
• Large keys for high operational safety • Function keys
• Simple handling and configuring can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): • Graphics
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, can be used as icons instead of text to "label" function keys or
reduces the lifecycle costs buttons. They can also be used as simple on-screen graphics.
• Reduction in service and startup costs thanks to maintenance- In the configuration tool, a library is available containing an ex-
free design (no battery) and long service life of the backlighting tensive range of graphics and a wide variety of objects.
• Can be used worldwide: All editors with an OLE interface can be used as graphics edi-
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and tors (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
Cyrillic character sets) • Predefined texts
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online for labeling function keys, process images and process values
- Language-dependent texts and graphics in any character size
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use • Bars are used for the graphical display of dynamic values
display objects • Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Language selection during runtime
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asian
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• User administration (security) according to the requirements of
the various sectors
- Authentication with user ID and password
- User-group-specific rights
- Freely definable message classes (e.g., status/fault
- Message history
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/65

SIMATIC OP 77A

• Help texts The OP 77A can be connected to the following:
for process images, messages and variables
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
2 • Limit value monitoring
Note:
• Indicator light For further information, see "System interfaces"
for machine and plant status indication
• Scheduler for cyclic function execution
• Template concept;
Picture elements configured in the template appear in every
picture
- Backup and restoration of the configuration, operating sys-
tem, data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Configuration download/upload via MPI/PROFIBUS DP and
serially via RS 485
Configuring
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or Advanced
configuration software Version 2004 SP1 and higher is used for
configuration. An HSP (Hardware Support Package) is required
for this version.
The device is integrated as standard in WinCC flexible 2005 and
higher and no Hardware Support Package is required in this
case.
Link to free download of the HSP, if required:
For more information about engineering software, see HMI soft-
ware/engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible.
2/66 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 77A
SIMATIC OP 77A SIMATIC OP 77A
Display Functionality
(with WinCC flexible)
• Display type STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Size 4.5"
• Help system
Protocols
Yes
2
• Colors 2 black/white (may only be an option)
• MTBF of background lighting (at approx. 100,000 hours Signaling system
25 °C)
Operating mode
• Control elements Membrane keyboard
• Operating options Key
• Function keys, programmable 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs message
• Membrane keyboard Yes • Message buffer Ring buffer, 256 entries each
• System keys 23 Process images/number
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes • Process images 500
Processor/HW Picture elements
• Processor Not specified, 40 MHz • Text objects 1000 text elements
Memory • Fields per screen 30
• Type Flash/RAM • Variables/screen 30
• Usable memory for project data 256 KB user memory/without • Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, icon
additional memory for options (filling the screen)
Interfaces 1 x RS422, Text lists 300
1 x RS485 max. 1.5 Mbit/s
• Libraries Yes
Supply voltage
Variables 1000
Security
• Number of access rights 32
backup • Exportable passwords Yes
Degree of protection Languages
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12; • Online languages 5
(when mounted)
• Rear IP20 CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J,
Certification CE, GL, ABS, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS, CZ/SK, TR, H
(some only as options) FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA,
cULus, EX zone 2/22, C-TICK • Character sets WinCC flexible standard,
dimensions Transfer under ProTool
(upload/download)
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 134 x 170/38.5 mm depth of unit (automatic transfer recognition)
(mm)
• Weight 0.5 kg
Ambient conditions
- Max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 90°
• Temperature
Configuring
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/67

SIMATIC OP 77A

SIMATIC OP 77A B 6AV6 641-0BA11-0AX0 Documentation (to be ordered separately) (continued)
Operator Panel with 4.5" display, User Manual
monochrome, WinCC flexible Communication
including mounting accessories
2 OP 77A starter package B 6AV6 651-1BA01-0AA0
• German
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
Consisting of:
• Operator Panel OP 77A SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Manual Collection
Compact engineering software Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
(CD), 5 languages (English, 5 languages (English, French,
French, German, Italian, Span- German, Italian and Spanish);
ish), comprising all currently contains: all currently available
available user manuals, manu- user manuals, manuals and
als and communication manuals communication manuals for
for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC HMI
• PC/PPI Multimaster cable Accessories for supplementary ordering
• MPI cable (5 m) Service pack 6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0
(for download and test purposes for OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
only)
Consisting of:
• Voucher for Software
Update Service for 1 year • Installation sealing
Configuring
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 (twin block)
Documentation (to be ordered separately) PROFIBUS connecting cable 6XV1 830-1CH30
830-1T
Operating Instructions
OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B 1) For terminal connection, preas-
sembled with two sub D connec-
• German 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AA1
tors, 9-pin, terminated at both
• English 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AB1 ends, 3 m
• French 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AC1 PC/PPI Multimaster cable A 6ES7 901 3CB30-0XA0
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AD1 System interfaces See page 2/169
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AE1 Connecting cables See page 2/180
User Manual
WinCC flexible
1) French/Italian/Spanish available soon

2/68 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 77A

Dimensions in mm
2
150 38,5
Note
186
170

134
6,2
G_ST80_DE_00087
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/69

SIMATIC OP 77B
The OP 77B Operator Panels can be used wherever direct
operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is
2 sive range of sectors and applications.
Compatibility with OP7
• Same installation cutout as OP7
• The OP7 configurations can be loaded from ProTool/Lite,
Migration manual with description of the important differences
over OP7 or ProTool
■ Design
• 4.5" LCD, 160 x 64 pixels, monochrome
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
• Compact operator panel for operating and monitoring • Numeric and alphanumeric input facilities
machines and plants • Compact design with small installation depth
• Together with the OP 77A it is the successor to the successful • Rugged plastic housing
OP7 • The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard de-
• A new dimension in graphics: small and clever tergents
• Pixel graphics 4.5" LCD, monochrome • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • Interfaces:
function keys (4 with LEDs) - RS 485/422 interface for process connections
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are onboard (MPI and PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- RS 232 interface for process connections
• Non-Siemens PLCs can be connected via easy-to-use drivers - USB printer port
• Slot for multi media card (MMC)
■ Benefits
• High-contrast display for good legibility ■ Function
• Large keys for improved operational reliability • Input/output fields
• Easy to handle and configure for displaying and changing process parameters
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): • Function keys
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
reduces the lifecycle costs can be configured simultaneously on function keys. They can
• Reduction of service and commissioning costs through: be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input peripherals.
- Remote downloading of the configuration with automatic • Graphics
transfer recognition even via WAN (Wide Area Network) can be used as icons instead of text to label function keys or
- Maintenance-free design (no battery) and long service life of buttons. They can also be used as simple graphics in the
the backlighting display.
• Can be used all over the world: In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten-
- 32 languages can be configured (incl. Asian and Cyrillic sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
character sets) OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as
- Up to 5 languages can be switched online PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
- Language-dependent texts and graphics • Fixed texts
• Graphics library available with off-the-shelf picture objects for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
values in any character size
• Standard hardware and software interfaces for increasing
flexibility: • Bar displays for the graphical display of dynamic values
- Optional Multi Media Card, can be used for recipe data sets • Display selection from the PLC
and for backup of configuration/system data supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Integrated printer port (USB) • Language switchover during runtime
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• User administration (security) according to the requirements of
the various sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
2/70 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 77B

• Message system The OP 77B can be connected to:
- Analog messages
- Bit messages as well as Alarm S signaling procedure with • SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
SIMATIC S7 • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
2
- Message history • Non-Siemens PLCs
• Recipe management - Allen Bradley
- With additional data storage (on optional multi media card) - Mitsubishi
- Online/offline editing on the panel - LG GLOFA GM
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) - Modicon
- External processing with standard Excel and Access tools - GE-Fanuc
- OMRON
• Help texts
Note:
• Mathematical functions For further information, see "System interfaces"
• Indicator light
• Task planner (interval timer) for cyclic function processing
• Print;
hardcopy, messages and freely-configurable reports
• Template concept;
display elements configured in the template appear in each
display
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on the optional multi media card
(MMC)
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading/uploading the configuration via
MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS 232/USB
- Automatic transfer identification
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration
computer
Configuration
Configuration is carried out using the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro, Compact, Standard or
Advanced configuration software (see HMI software/
SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software).
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/71

SIMATIC OP 77B
SIMATIC OP 77B SIMATIC OP 77B
2 • Size 4.5"
• Scheduler
• Help system
Yes
Yes
Protocols
• Colors 2 black/white • Interface to control S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 100,000 hours (may only be an option) Win AC, Allen Bradley (DF1),
(at 25 °C) Mitsubishi (FX), Modicon (Mod-
bus), other non-Siemens drivers
Operating mode
Signaling system
• Control elements Membrane keyboard
• Operating options Key
• Function keys, programmable 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs • Analog messages Yes
• Membrane keyboard Yes • Message length (in characters) 80
• System keys 23 • Number of process values per 8
message
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No
Processor/HW RISC 32 bits, 200 MHz
Recipes
Operating system Windows CE
• Recipes 100
Memory
• Data records per recipe 200
• Type Flash/RAM • Entries/data record 200
• Usable memory for project data 1000 KB user memory/without • Recipe memory 32 KB integrated Flash,
additional memory for options expandable
Interfaces (some only as options) Process images 500
• Interfaces 1 x RS232, 1 x RS422, Picture elements
1 x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s
• USB (universal serial bus) 1 x USB
• Fields per screen 30
• SD/MMC SLOT 1 x MMC slot • Variables/screen 30
Supply voltage • Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, icon
• Supply voltage 24 V DC (filling the screen)
• Dynamic objects Bar graphs, slides, analog
• Permissible range +20.4 to +28.8 V DC displays, hidden buttons
• Rated current 0.2 A • Number of bar graphs per project 2500
Clock Software clock, without battery • Alphanumeric fields 1000
backup
• Numeric fields 1000
Text lists 300
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12;
Libraries Yes
(when mounted)
Variables 1000
• Rear IP20
Security
Certification CE, GL, ABS, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS,
(some only as options) FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA, • Number of user groups 1000
cULus, EX zone 2/22, C-TICK • Number of access rights 32
Mechanical components/ • Exportable passwords Yes
dimensions
• Front panel W x H (mm) 150 x 186 • Printing/logging Messages, report/log, hard copy
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 134 x 170/38.5 mm depth of unit Languages
(mm)
Ambient conditions
• Max. relative humidity (in %) 95% CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J,
CZ/SK, TR, H
inclination without external fan • Character sets Tahoma, WinCC flexible standard,
ideographic languages,
• Temperature all freely scalable
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C Data carrier support
- Operation 0 to +40 °C (may only be an option)
(max. angle of inclination) • MMC card Yes
- Transportation and storage Up to +°C
Peripherals Printer (upload/download)
Configuring • Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP, serial, USB,
using external memory medium
• Configuration tool WinCC flexible (automatic transfer recognition)
2/72 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 77B

SIMATIC OP 77B B 6AV6 641-0CA01-0AX0 Documentation (to be ordered separately) (continued)
Operator Panel User Manual
with 4.5" display, monochrome, WinCC flexible
including mounting accessories Compact/Standard/Advanced
OP 77B starter package B 6AV6 651-1CA01-0AA0 • German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0 2
Consisting of:
• Operator Panel OP 77B
Compact engineering software • Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection • Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
French, German, Italian, User Manual
Spanish) WinCC flexible Communication
• RS 232 cable (5 m) • German 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• MPI cable (5 m) • English 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
• Voucher for Software Update
Service for 1 year SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Manual Collection
Configuring Electronic documentation,
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 on CD-ROM
Configuration set D 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible contains: all currently available
Compact engineering software user manuals, manuals and
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection, communication manuals for
5 languages (English, French, SIMATIC HMI
German, Italian, Spanish) Accessories
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
Memory cards
• PC/PPI Multimaster cable
MMC card 64 MB A 6AV6 671-1CB00-0AX0
• MPI cable (5 m)
Service package for OP 73, 6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0
Operating Instructions OP 73micro, OP 77A, OP 77B
for OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
Consisting of:
• German 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AA1 • Installation sealing
• English 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AB1 • 5 tensioning clamps
• French 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AC1 • Plug-in terminal block
(twin block)
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AD1
RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AE1
Operating Instructions 830-1T
(compact) OP 77B
For terminal connection,
• German 6AV6 691-1EA01-0AA0 preassembled with two sub D
connectors, 9-pin,
• English 6AV6 691-1EA01-0AB0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3 D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/73

SIMATIC OP 77B

Dimensions in mm
2
150 38,5
Note
186
170

described here? Then look up "customer-specific products",
134
6,2
G_ST80_DE_00087
2/74 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 170A
• STN, CCFL1) backlit display, Bluemode
• Numeric "on-screen“ system keyboard for decimal, binary and
hexadecimal numeric formats
2
detergents
NEMA 4 degree of protection and as additional protection
against fouling and scratching
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a power supply
• Interfaces for plugging the connecting cables into the PLC or
configuration computer are integrated.

• Touch Panel for operator control and monitoring of small
machines and plants
• Low-cost starter device in the Touch Panel class with graphical ■ Function
capability complete with all the basic functions required for • Input/output fields
simple tasks for displaying and changing process parameters
• Pixel-graphics STN display (blue mode) with touch screen • Buttons
(analog/resistive) for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
• All interfaces (e.g., MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on-board can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
• Non-Siemens PLCs can be connected using easy-to-use • Graphics
drivers can be used as ICON instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wall-
• The TP 170A Touch Panel is soon to be replaced by its innova- paper).
tive successor, the SIMATIC TP 177A. In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten-
sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
■ Benefits OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as Paint-
• Fixed texts
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, re-
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
duces the lifecycle costs
values in any character size
• Bar displays
- Remote downloading of the configuration with automatic
for the graphical display of dynamic values
transfer recognition even via WAN (Wide Area Network) using
TeleService adapter • Configuration languages; incl. Asian and Cyrillic fonts
- Maintenance-free design (no battery) and long service life of • Password protection
the backlit display
• Message system;
• Graphics library available with off-the-shelf picture objects administration of status and system messages
• Can be used all over the world: • Mathematical functions
- 21 languages can be configured incl. Asian and Cyrillic
character sets
- When configuring with WinCC flexible:
32 languages can be configured incl. Asian and Cyrillic • Indicator light
character sets and up to 5 languages can be selected online for machine and plant status indication
• Extensive documentation on the SIMATIC HMI Manual • Simple maintenance and configuration through
Collection CD - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system
- Configuration can be downloaded over the process interface
■ Application - Automatic transfer identification
The TP 170A Touch Panels can be used in all applications in - Clean screen
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa- - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration com-
tions is required on site – whether in production automation, puter
process automation or building service automation. They are in
use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
With its quick response times, the TP 170A is also ideally suited
to jog mode.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/75

SIMATIC TP 170A

Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible The TP 170A can be connected to Siemens SIMATIC CPUs and
• Message system to non-Siemens CPUs. Projects for the TP 170A can be created
- Bit messages both as "stand alone" and "integrated" in STEP 7.
2 - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault

Additional when configuring with WinCC flexible
When configuring with WinCC flexible, the TP 170A can be
- Message history connected to up to 4 SIMATIC S7 PLCs.
• Language selection
- Online languages can be selected on the device Note:
- Language-dependent texts and graphics For further information, see "System interfaces"
• Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Generation of screen templates
Configuration
Configuring is performed using the configuring software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Configuration (see HMI software/configuring software or visual-
ization software) or using the engineering software SIMATIC
WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or Advanced (see HMI soft-
ware/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible. With WinCC flexible, the user has in some cases access
to more functions with identical hardware.
SIMATIC TP 170A SIMATIC TP 170A
Display Clock/type
• Display type STN liquid crystal display (LCD) • Clock Software clock, without battery
backup
• Size 5.7"
• Front IP65, NEMA 4; (when mounted)
• Rear IP20
(at 25 °C) Certification CE, FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA,
(some only as options) cULus
Operating mode
• Operating options Touch dimensions
• Touch screen Analog, resistive • Front panel W x H (mm) 212 x 156
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes • Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 198 x 142/45 mm depth of unit
Processor/HW RISC 32 bits, 66 MHz (mm)
Operating systems Windows CE • Weight 0.7 kg
Memory Ambient conditions
• Type Flash/RAM • Max. relative humidity (in %) 85%
• Usable memory for project data 320 KB user memory/without • Mounting position Vertical
additional memory for options - Max. permissible angle of +/- 35°
Interfaces TTY optional, inclination without external fan
1 x RS232, • Temperature
1 x RS422,
1 x RS485 max. 1.5 Mbit/s
Supply voltage (max. angle of inclination)
• Supply voltage 24 V DC - Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C
• Permissible range +18 V to +30 V DC Configuring
• Rated current 0.24 A • Configuration tool ProTool
• Output 6W • Configuration tool WinCC flexible
2/76 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 170A

Functionality Functionality
(with WinCC flexible) (under ProTool)
Protocols
• Interface to control S5, S7-200, S7-300/400,
(number of levels)
2
2
(may only be an option) 505Win AC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Protocols
Allen Bradley (DF485),
Mitsubishi (FX), • Interface to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400,
Telemecanique (ADJUST), (may only be an option) 505Win AC, Allen Bradley (DF1),
OMRON (LINK/Multilink), Allen Bradley (DF485),
Modicon (Modbus) Mitsubishi (FX),
and other non-Siemens drivers Telemecanique (ADJUST),
OMRON (LINK/Multilink),
Signaling system Modicon (Modbus)
and other non-Siemens drivers
Signaling system
• Status messages 1000
message • Message length 1 x 70
Process images 250 in messages
Picture elements Process images 50
• Text objects 1000 text elements Picture elements
• Fields per screen 20 • Text objects 1000 text elements
• Variables/screen 20 • Number 1000
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, icon • Fields per screen 20
• Variables per screen 20
- Libraries Yes • Graphics objects Bit maps, icons, background
pictures
Variables 500
Security - Number per project 250
• Number of user groups 1 - Number of bar graphs/project 250
• Exportable passwords Yes - Libraries Yes
Fonts Variables 500
• Keyboard fonts US English Fonts
Languages • Language (keyboard fonts) US English
• Online languages 5 Languages
• Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", • Online languages 1
CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J, • Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional",
KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S, CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J,
CZ/SK, TR, H KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S,
• Fonts Tahoma, ideographic languages, CZ/SK, TR, H
all freely scalable • Character set Tahoma, ideographic languages,
Transfer under ProTool all freely scalable
(upload/download) Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP (if available),
• Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP, serial serial (automatic transfer
(automatic transfer recognition) recognition)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/77

SIMATIC TP 170A

SIMATIC TP 170A B 6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0 Documentation (to be ordered separately) (continued)
Touch Panel with 5.7" STN ProTool User Manual
display, blue mode (4 levels), for configuring
incl. mounting accessories Windows-based systems
2 Configuring • German 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, See Section 4 • English 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4
• Italian 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
Configuration set
Consisting of: • Spanish 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
Configuration or engineering User Manual
software, Communication for Windows-
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection Based Systems (ProTool)
French, German, Italian and • German 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
Spanish),
• English 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
RS 232 cable (5 m),
MPI cable (5 m) • French 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• With SIMATIC WinCC flexible D 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0 • Italian 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
Compact engineering software
• With SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 6AV6 573-1FA06-0DX0 • Spanish 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
configuration software SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately) Manual Collection
Operating Instructions on CD-ROM
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/
OP 170B (WinCC flexible) 5 languages (English, French,
• German 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0 contains: all currently available
• English 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0
• French 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0 SIMATIC HMI
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0 Accessories for supplementary ordering
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0 Cover foil 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
User Manual (pack of 10)
WinCC flexible Protective cover 6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
(2 sets)
Service pack 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
• English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0 Consisting of:
• French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0 • Installation sealing
• Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0 • 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0 • 7 tensioning clamps
User Manual (twin block)
WinCC flexible Communication
RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
• English 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0 830-1T
• French 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0 For connection of data terminal,
connectors, 9-pin,
• Spanish 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AE0 terminated at both ends, 3 m
TP 170/OP 170B Manual Bus connector RS 485 with 6GK1 500-0EA02
(ProTool) axial cable outlet (180°)
• German 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0 System interfaces See page 2/169
• English 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0 Connecting cables See page 2/180

D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
2/78 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 170A

Dimensions in mm
2
212
6
196
Note
140
156

42
G_ST80_XX_00064
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/79

SIMATIC TP 170B
The TP 170B Touch Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa-
tions is required on site – whether in production automation, pro-
cess automation or building service automation. They are in use
2 in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
■ Design
• STN, CCFL1)-backlit display, Bluemode or color
• Numeric "on-screen“ system keyboard for decimal,
binary and hexadecimal numeric formats
• On-screen alpha keyboard (English font)
detergents
• Touch panel for operating and monitoring machines and plants NEMA 4 degree of protection and as additional protection
• Universal unit for first-time users in the category of touch pan- against fouling and scratching
els with graphics capability with extensive functionality • Plug-type terminals for connection of a power supply
• Pixel graphics STN display Bluemode/color with touch screen • Interfaces for plugging the connecting cables into the PLC,
(analog/resistive) printer or configuration computer are integrated.
• Interfaces for communication with Siemens SIMATIC S7 PLCs • Slot for standard Compact Flash Card
(e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board
• S5 PLCs and non-Siemens PLCs can be connected through 1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
easy-to-use drivers or converters
■ Benefits ■ Function
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): for displaying and changing process parameters
duces the lifecycle costs • Buttons
• Reduction of service and commissioning costs through: can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
- Backup/restoration via a process interface or optionally via a
CompactFlash card • Graphics
- Remote downloading of the configuration with automatic can be used as icons instead of text to "label" function keys or
transfer recognition even via WAN (Wide Area Network) using buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wall-
TeleService adapter paper).
- Maintenance-free design (no battery) and long service life of In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten-
the backlighting sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editors (such as Paint-
• Can be used all over the world: Shop, Designer or CorelDraw).
- 32 offline languages can be configured (incl. Asian and Cyril-
lic character sets) • Vector graphics;
- Online language can be selected directly on the device simple geometric basic forms (e.g., lines, circles and rectan-
gles) can be created direct in the configuring tool
• Graphics library available with off-the-shelf picture objects
• Predefined texts
• Standard hardware and software interfaces for increasing for labeling function keys, process images and process values
flexibility: in any character size
- CompactFlash card, used for recipe data records and for
backup of configuration/system data • Curve functions and bars
are used for the display of dynamic values in graphics-based
• Integrated printer port format
• Extensive documentation on the SIMATIC HMI Manual Collec- • Display selection from the PLC
tion CD supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Language selection;
online languages can be selected directly on the device
• Signaling system;
administration of status, fault and system messages.
- With additional data storage (on CF card)
- Online/offline processing on the panel
Access is possible
2/80 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 170B

• Help texts The TP 170B can be connected to SIMATIC CPUs from Siemens
for process images, messages and variables and to non-Siemens CPUs.
• Arithmetic functions Projects for a TP 170B can be created "stand-alone“ as well as
"integrated" in STEP7.
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
2
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication • SINUMERIK
(optionally with "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
• Timer WinCC flexible CE"; the "SINUMERIK HMI engineering pack-
for cyclic function processing age WinCC flexible" is additionally necessary for configuration;
• Print; for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
hard copy and messages (see "Recommended printers")
• Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding of Note:
objects For further information, see "System interfaces"
• Permanent window;
Fixed area of screen for outputting non-screen-specific infor-
mation (e.g., important process values, date and time)
tem, data records and firmware on the optional Compact-
Flash card
- Backup and restoration of the configuration, operating
system, data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Configuration download/upload possible via process
interface
- Clean screen
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration com-
puter
• Signaling system; discrete alarms with message history
(not battery-backed)
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
- Analog messages (limit value messages) as well as the Alarm
S message frame procedure for SIMATIC S7 and SIMOTION
- Freely definable message classes (e.g., status/fault mes-
sages) for definition of acknowledgment response and dis-
play of message events
• Language selection:
• Permanent window enhanced with template concept;
- Creation of a screen template
• User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication with user ID and password
- User-group-specific rights
• Under some circumstances larger volume/function limits are
possible with the same hardware than under ProTool
Configuring
SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software
(see HMI software/configuration software or visualization soft-
ware) or with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or
Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/engineering
software SIMATIC WinCC flexible).
Projects created with ProTool can be transferred to WinCC flexi-
ble. Under some circumstances WinCC flexible can provide the
user with access to more functions without the need for addi-
tional or modified hardware.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/81

SIMATIC TP 170B
SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC
TP 170B TP 170B TP 170B TP 170B
Bluemode Color Bluemode Color
(4 levels) (16 colors) (4 levels) (16 colors)
2 Display
• Display type STN liquid STN liquid
Clock Software clock,
without battery
Software clock,
without battery
backup backup
crystal display crystal display
(LCD) (LCD) Degree of protection
• Size 5.7" 5.7" • Front IP65, NEMA 4; IP65, NEMA 4;
(when (when
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 320 x 240 mounted) mounted)
• Colors 4 shades of 16 colors • Rear IP20 IP20
blue
Certification CE, FM Class I CE, FM Class I
• MTBF of background lighting approx. approx. (some only as options) Div. 2, UL, CSA Div. 2, UL, CSA
(at 25 °C) 50,000 hours 50,000 hours
Operating mode dimensions
• Operating options Touch Touch • Front panel W x H (mm) 212 x 156 212 x 156
• Touch screen Analog, Analog, • Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 198 x 142/ 198 x 142/
resistive resistive (mm) 45 mm depth 45 mm depth
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes of unit of unit
Processor/HW RISC 32 bits, RISC 32 bits, • Weight 0.7 kg 0.7 kg
66 MHz 66 MHz Ambient conditions
Operating systems Windows CE Windows CE • Max. relative humidity (in %) 85% 85%
Memory • Mounting position Vertical Vertical
• Type Flash/RAM Flash/RAM - Max. permissible angle of +/- 35° +/- 35°
• Usable memory for project data 768 KB user 768 KB user inclination without external fan
memory/with- memory/with- • Temperature
out additional out additional
memory for memory for
options options - Operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
Interfaces (some only as options)
• Interfaces TTY optional, TTY optional,
2 x RS232, 2 x RS232, Peripherals/applications/options
1 x RS422, 1 x RS422, • I/O Printer Printer
1 x RS485 1 x RS485
max. 12 Mbit/s max. 12 Mbit/s • Applications/options ThinClient None
(with ProTool)
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
Configuring
Supply voltage
• Configuration tool ProTool ProTool
• Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Configuration tool WinCC flexible WinCC flexible
• Permissible range +18 V to +18 V to
+30 V DC +30 V DC
• Rated current 0.25 A 0.25 A
• Output 6W 7W
2/82 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 170B

TP 170B TP 170B TP 170B TP 170B
Functionality
Functionality
(with WinCC flexible) (continued)
2
• Scheduler Yes Yes Text lists 300 300
• Help system Yes Yes Graphics lists 100 100
Protocols Libraries Yes Yes
• Interface to control S5, S7-200, S5, S7-200, Variables 1000 1000
(may only be an option) S7-300/400, S7-300/400,
505Win AC, 505Win AC, Security
SINUMERIK, SINUMERIK, • Number of user groups 10 10
SIMOTION, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley • Exportable passwords Yes Yes
(DF1), (DF1), Logging/printer driver
Mitsubishi (FX), Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique Telemecanique • Printing/logging Messages, Messages,
(ADJUST), (ADJUST), report/log, color report/log, color
Modicon (Mod- Modicon (Mod- print print
bus) and other bus) and other • Printer driver ESC/P2, ESC/P2,
non-Siemens non-Siemens PCL3/PCL6 PCL3/PCL6
drivers drivers
Fonts
Signaling system
• Keyboard fonts US English US English
• Number of messages 2000 2000
Languages
• Discrete alarms Yes Yes
• Online languages 5 5
• Analog messages Yes Yes
• Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, D, GB, F, I, E,
• Message length (in characters) 80 80 CHN "tradi- CHN "tradi-
• Number of process values per 8 8 tional", CHN tional", CHN
message "simplified", DK, "simplified", DK,
FIN, GR, J, FIN, GR, J,
• Acknowledgement groups 99 99 KP/ROK, NL, N, KP/ROK, NL, N,
• Message buffer Ring buffer, Ring buffer, PL, P, RUS, S, PL, P, RUS, S,
128 entries 128 entries CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
each each • Fonts Tahoma, Tahoma,
Recipes ideographic ideographic
languages, all languages, all
• Recipes 100 100 freely scalable freely scalable
• Data records per recipe 200 200 Data carrier support
• Entries/data record 200 200 (may only be an option)
• Recipe memory 32 KB inte- 32 KB inte- • CF card Yes Yes

grated Flash, grated Flash, • Applications/options ProAgent, ProAgent,
expandable expandable (with WinCC flexible) Internet Internet
Process images 100 100 Explorer Explorer,
ThinClient
Picture elements
Expansion capability/openness
• Text objects 2000 text 2000 text
elements elements • OPP Yes Yes
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons, Transfer under ProTool

icon (filling the icon (filling the (upload/download)
screen) screen) • Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS MPI/PROFIBUS
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar Diagrams, bar DP, serial (auto- DP, serial (auto-
graphs, hidden graphs, hidden matic transfer matic transfer
buttons buttons recognition) recognition)
- Number of bar graphs 500 500
per project
- Number of curve diagrams 50 50
per project
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/83

SIMATIC TP 170B

TP 170B TP 170B TP 170B TP 170B
2 Functionality
(under ProTool)
Functionality
(under ProTool) (continued)
• Timer Yes Yes Lists
• Password protection (number of 9 9 • Text lists/project 300 300
levels)
• Graphics lists/project 100 100
• Help system Yes Yes
• Libraries Yes Yes
Protocols
• Variables 1000 1000
• Interface to PLC S5, S7-200, S5, S7-200,
(may only be an option) S7-300/400, S7-300/400, Logging/printer driver
505Win AC, 505Win AC, • Print functions Messages, Messages,
SINUMERIK, SINUMERIK, color print, color print,
SIMOTION, SIMOTION, hard copy hard copy
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley
(DF1), (DF1), • Drivers ESC/P2, ESC/P2,
Mitsubishi (FX), Mitsubishi (FX), PCL3/PCL6 PCL3/PCL6
Telemecanique Telemecanique Fonts
(ADJUST), (ADJUST),
Modicon (Mod- Modicon (Mod- • Language (keyboard fonts) US English US English
bus) and other bus) and other
Languages
non-Siemens non-Siemens
drivers drivers • Online languages 5 5
Signaling system • Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, D, GB, F, I, E,
CHN "tradi- CHN "tradi-
• Status messages 1000 1000
tional", CHN tional", CHN
• Alarm messages 1000 1000 "simplified", DK, "simplified", DK,
• System messages Yes Yes KP/ROK, NL, N, KP/ROK, NL, N,
• Message length 1 x 70 1 x 70 PL, P, RUS, S, PL, P, RUS, S,
(lines x characters) CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
• Number of process values 8 8 • Character set Tahoma, Tahoma,
in messages ideographic ideographic
languages, all languages, all
• Message buffer Ring buffer, Ring buffer, freely scalable freely scalable
128 entries 128 entries
each each Data carrier support
(may only be available as an option
Recipes with ProTool)
• Recipes 100 100 • PC card No No
• Data records per recipe 200 200 • CF card Yes Yes
• Entries/data record 200 200 • MMC card No No
• Recipe memory 32 KB inte- 32 KB inte-
grated Flash, grated Flash,
expandable expandable
Number
• Process images 100 100
Picture elements
• Text objects 2000 text 2000 text
elements elements
• Number 2000 2000
• Fields per screen 0 0
• Variables per screen 50 50
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons,
background background
pictures, vector pictures, vector
graphics graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, Diagrams,
bar graphs, bar graphs,
hidden buttons hidden buttons
- Number per project 500 500
- Number of bar graphs/project 500 500
2/84 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 170B

SIMATIC TP 170B Documentation (to be ordered separately) (continued)
Touch Panel with 5.7" STN display User Manual
Communication for Windows-
• Blue mode (4 levels) B 6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0 Based Systems (ProTool)
• Color (16 colors) B 6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0 • German 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0 2
incl. mounting accessories • English 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
Configuring • French 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, See Section 4 • Italian 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
Configuration set Manual Collection
Consisting of: Electronic documentation,
Configuration or engineering on CD-ROM
software,
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection 5 languages (English, French,
(CD), 5 languages (English, German, Italian and Spanish);
French, German, Italian and contains: all currently available
Spanish), user manuals, manuals and
RS 232 cable (5 m), communication manuals for
MPI cable (5 m) SIMATIC HMI
• With SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 6AV6 573-1FA06-0DX0 Accessories
configuration software
CF cards
• With SIMATIC WinCC flexible D 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0
Compact engineering software CF card, 128 MB D) A 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
Documentation (to be ordered separately) Accessories for supplementary ordering
Operating Instructions Cover foil 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0

TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/ (pack of 10)
OP 170B (WinCC flexible)
• German 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0 (2 sets)
• English 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0 Service pack 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
• French 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0 Consisting of:
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0 • Installation sealing
User Manual
WinCC flexible • Plug-in terminal block
Compact/Standard/Advanced (twin block)
• German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0 TTY-RS 232 converter 6ES5 734-1BD20

for connection with S5 CPUs,
• English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0 length 3.2 m;
• French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0 Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
• Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0 RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0 PROFIBUS connecting cable 6XV1 830-1CH30
830-1T
User Manual
• German 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0 connectors, 9-pin,
Bus connector RS 485 with 6GK1 500-0EA02
TP 170/OP 170B Manual axial cable outlet (180°)
(ProTool)
90° angle adapter, 6AV6 671-8XD00-0AX0
• German 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0 9-pin for RS422/485
• English 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0 System interfaces See page 2/169
• French 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0 Connecting cables See page 2/180
ProTool User Manual
for configuring Windows-based C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
systems D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
• German 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/85

SIMATIC TP 170B

Dimensions in mm
2
212
6
196
Note
140
156

42
G_ST80_XX_00064
2/86 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 177A
• 5.7” STN, CCFL1) backlit display, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadeci-
mal number formats
2
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard de-
tergents
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• RS 485 interface for process connections (MPI, PROFIBUS DP
to 1.5 Mbit/s) and for configuration download
■ Function
• Buttons
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
machines and plants can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
• Low-cost starter device in the touch panel class with graphical • Graphics
capability complete with all the basic functions required for can be used as icons instead of text to "label" function keys or
simple tasks buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wall-
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN touch screen (analog/resistive), paper).
Bluemode (4 levels) In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten-
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
• SIMATIC TP 177A is the redesigned TP 170A Touch Panel OLE interface can be used as graphics editors (such as Paint-
• Vector graphics
■ Benefits Simple geometric basic forms (line, circle and rectangle) can
• Can even be used where installation space is restricted thanks be created direct in the configuring tool
to portrait configuration • Predefined
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): for labeling function keys, process images and process values
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, in different font sizes
reduces the lifecycle costs • Bars
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to: for the graphical display of dynamic values
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer • Language selection:
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network) - 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asian
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service and Cyrillic character sets
life of the backlighting - Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use • User administration (security) according to the requirements of
display objects the various sectors
• Can be used worldwide: - Authentication with user ID and password
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and - User-group-specific rights
Cyrillic character sets) • Signaling system
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online - Discrete alarms
- Language-dependent texts and graphics - Freely-definable message classes (e.g., status/fault
■ Application - Message history
The TP 177A Touch Panels can be used wherever direct opera-
tor control and monitoring of small machines and installations is
sive range of sectors and applications.
With its quick response times, the TP 177A is also ideally suited
to jog mode.
Compatible to TP 170A
• Installation cutout identical to TP 170A
• The TP 170A configurations can be loaded from ProTool/Lite,
• Migration manual with descriptions of the main differences
over TP 170A or ProTool
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/87

SIMATIC TP 177A

• Help texts The TP 177A can be connected to:
for process images, messages and variables
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
2 • Limit value monitoring
Note:
• Indicator light For further information, see "System interfaces"
• Scheduler for global function execution
• Template concept
Creation of picture templates (picture elements configured in
- Backup and restoration of configuration, operating system
- Configuration download via MPI/PROFIBUS DP and serially
via RS485
- Clean screen
Configuring
Configuration is carried out using the SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Compact, Standard or Advanced engineering software (see
HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software),
version 2004 SP1 and higher. An HSP (Hardware Support Pack-
age) is required for this version.
The device is integrated as standard in WinCC flexible 2005 and
higher and no HSP is required in this case.
of charge via the following link:
Projects created with ProTool can be transferred to
WinCC flexible.
2/88 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 177A
• Size 5.7"
• Help system
Protocols
Yes
2
• Colors 4 shades of blue (may only be an option)
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 50,000 hours Signaling system
(at 25 °C)
Operating mode
• Operating options Touch
• Analog messages No
• Touch screen Analog, resistive
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes
Processor/HW N/A message
Memory • Message buffer Ring buffer, 256 entries each
• Type Flash/RAM Process images 250
• Usable memory for project data 512 KB user memory/without Picture elements
Interfaces 1 x RS422,
1 x RS485 max. 1.5 Mbit/s • Fields per screen 30
Supply voltage • Variables/screen 30
• Supply voltage 24 V DC • Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, icon
• Output 6W
Text lists 300
Clock Software clock,
without battery backup Graphics lists 0
Degree of protection Libraries Yes
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12; Variables 250
(when mounted)
Security
• Rear IP20
Certification CE, GL, ABS, BV, DNV, LRS, PRS,
(some only as options) FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA, • Number of access rights 32
cULus, hazardous zone 2/22, • Exportable passwords Yes
C-TICK
Languages
dimensions • Online languages 5
• Front panel W x H (mm) 212 x 156 • Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional",
CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J,
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 198 x 142/45 mm depth of unit KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S,
(mm) CZ/SK, TR, H
• Weight 0.75 kg • Fonts WinCC flexible standard,
Ambient conditions ideographic languages
• Max. relative humidity (in %) 85% Transfer under ProTool

(upload/download)
- Max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35° (automatic transfer recognition)
• Temperature
Configuring
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/89

SIMATIC TP 177A

SIMATIC TP 177A B 6AV6 642-0AA11-0AX0 Accessories for supplementary ordering
Touch Panel with 5.7" STN Cover foil 6AV6 671-2XC00-0AX0
display, blue mode (4 levels),
incl. mounting accessories (pack of 10)
2 TP 177A starter kit B 6AV6 651-2AA01-0AA0 Protective cover

Service pack
6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
6AV6 671-2XA00-0AX0
Consisting of:
• Touch Panel TP 177A Consisting of:
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible • Installation sealing
Compact engineering software
• Mounting clamps
(CD), • Plug-in terminal block (twin
5 languages (English, French, block)
German, Italian, Spanish),
comprising: all currently avail-
830-1T
able user manuals, manuals and
communication manuals for For connection of data terminal,
SIMATIC HMI preassembled with two sub D
connectors, 9-pin,
• MPI cable (5 m)
(for download and test
purposes) Bus connector RS 485 with 6GK1 500-0EA02
• PC/PPI Multimaster cable axial cable outlet (180°)
• Software Update Service 90° angle adapter A 6AV6 671-8XD00-0AX0
for 1 year 1 x 90° angle adapter,
9-pin for RS485/422 interface
Configuring
Documentation (to be ordered separately) to the serial PC/OP interface,
Operating Instructions and for image booting of the
for TP 177A, TP 177B, OP 177B panel
• German 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AA1 System interfaces See page 2/169
• English 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AB1 Connecting cables See page 2/180
• French 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AC1 A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AD1 B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AE1 C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
User Manual
WinCC flexible Compact/Stand
ard/Advanced
User Manual
Manual Collection
on CD-ROM
SIMATIC HMI
2/90 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 177A

Dimensions in mm
2
212
6.2
Note
140
156

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 197+1 x 141+1
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/91

SIMATIC TP 177B
Thanks to their practical functions and large user memory,
TP 177B Touch Panels can be used wherever operator control
and monitoring of machines and plants is necessary on site –
whether in production automation, process automation or build-
2 ing-services automation. The TP 177B panels are now available
with a 4-color blue-mode display or a 256-color STN display.
The color variant complete with an integral PROFINET interface
can be implemented with even greater flexibility. A USB port
is standard on both model types. A further highlight is the non-
volatile message buffer included as standard that stores
messages permanently without battery backup.
■ Design
• 256 colors with color display or 4 blue-mode monochrome
STN display
• CCFL1)Backlighting with long service life
• Analog resistive touch screen
• Numeric and alphanumeric on-screen keyboard
• High performance thanks to Risk processor and 2 MB user
memory, plus additional integrated recipe memory
• Touch Panel with comprehensive functions for operator control • Data in the message buffer are retained even when panel is
and monitoring of machines and plants disconnected from the power supply, without batteries
• Pixel-graphics STN blue-mode/color display with analog touch • MPI, PROFIBUS DP interfaces (up to 12 Mbaud) as well as
screen USB 1.1 (max. 100 mA) on-board
• Interfaces for communication with Siemens SIMATIC S7 • PROFINET interface with color variant already on-board
(e.g., MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on-board • Integral USB interface
• PROFINET interface is already on-board in the color version • Can be configured using SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 Com-
• Drivers are also available for non-Siemens PLCs pact and higher
• Complete functionality for demanding tasks
■ Benefits • Comprehensive Reichert graphics library
• 32 languages (e.g., Cyrillic, traditional Chinese, simplified
• Reduction of service and commissioning costs through: Chinese) and online switching between up to 5 languages
- Backup/restore via a process interface or optionally via a
Multi Media Card. • Multi Media Card slot, can be used for standard MMCs (for
- Image and configuration download via all device interfaces backing up recipe data sets, the configuration and system
- Maintenance-free design and long service life of the back- data)
lighting. The data in the message buffer are retained even • Remote downloading of the configuration via all interfaces with
when the panel is disconnected from the supply, without automatic transfer recognition
battery backup • SINUMERIK, Sm@rt Access and Sm@rt Service options can be
• Can be used all over the world: used
- 32 project languages can be configured (incl. Asian and • Service-friendly thanks to maintenance-free design and long
Cyrillic character sets) service life of the backlighting display
- Online language can be selected directly on the device
• Standard interfaces for increasing the flexibility:
- external Multi Media Card, used for recipe data sets and for
backup of configuration/system data
• Integrated USB interface for connecting, for example, stan-
dard printers
• Simple engineering supported with comprehensive documen-
tation on the SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection CD
2/92 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 177B
■ Function
• Permanent window and template concept for creating screen Configuring
templates
The equipment is configured using the innovative engineering
• Input/output fields tool SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 (Compact and above).
for visualizing and editing process parameters SIMATIC WinCC flexible is the logical further development of the
• Configurable buttons field-proven ProTool family. Projects generated using ProTool
can be easily migrated to WinCC. When OP17 projects are
2
with up to 16 functions are also used to directly trigger func-
tions and actions implemented, the project engineer must make certain changes
• Indicator light following conversion as a result of the innovated display
for machine and plant status indication technology. Support is however provided by WinCC flexible.
If WinCC flexible is started directly from SIMATIC Manager, data
• Predefined texts in STEP 7 can be accessed directly at the click of a mouse but-
for labeling function keys, process images and process values ton when the panel is configured. Duplicated data input and
in any character size data management is, therefore, avoided.
• Help texts
for process images, messages and variables Additional options
• Vector graphics, graphics • SINUMERIK
can be used as icons instead of text for "labeling" buttons. Optionally with "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
They can also be used as full-screen background pictures. WinCC flexible CE". The SINUMERIK HMI engineering
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten- WinCC flexible package is also required for configuration.
sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an For further information see Catalog NC 60.
OLE interface (e.g., PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw) can • Sm@rt Service
be used as graphics editors. Remote operator control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI
• Curve functions and bars systems based on TCP/IP networks
are used for the display of dynamic values in graphics-based • Sm@rt Access
format Communication between HMI systems based on TCP/IP
• Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding of networks. Remote access to recipe data sets, passwords and
objects information specific to the HMI system, and much more.
• Arithmetic functions, limit value monitoring
for reliable process control with inputs and outputs
• Online language selection (5 selectable languages), incl.
Asian and Cyrillic languages
This also applies to language-specific graphics
• Timer
for cyclic function processing
• Password protection (security)
User management – Authentication by means of user ID and
password plus privileges specific to user groups, which is an
integral part of SIMATIC
Freely definable message classes (acknowledgement behav-
ior and display can be configured) Administration of status,
fault and system messages. The message history is retained
even if the device is switched off.
Analog alarms (limit value messages) in addition to bit mes-
sages
• Recipe management:
- With additional data storage (on ext. storage medium)
- Online/offline processing on the panel
Access is possible
• Multi Media Card slot
for external standard data carrier, can be used for
backup/restoration or for transporting recipe data records
• User-friendly maintenance and configuration thanks to:
- Option to download/upload the configuration via all device
interfaces (with automatic transfer detection)
- Clean screen function to support reliable cleaning of the
touch panel in service
puter
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/93

SIMATIC TP 177B
TP 177B TP 177B TP 177B TP 177B
2 Display Degree of protection
• Display type STN liquid crys- STN liquid crys- • Front IP65, NEMA 4, IP65, NEMA 4,
tal display tal display NEMA 4x, NEMA 4x,
(LCD) (LCD) NEMA 12; NEMA 12;
(when (when
• Size 5.7" 5.7" mounted) mounted)
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 320 x 240 • Rear IP20 IP20
• Colors 4 shades of 256 colors Certification CE, GL, ABS, CE, GL, ABS,
blue (some only as options) BV, DNV, LRS, BV, DNV, LRS,
• MTBF of background lighting (at approx. 50,000 approx. 50,000 PRS, FM Class I PRS, FM Class I
25 °C) hours hours Div. 2, UL, CSA, Div. 2, UL, CSA,
cULus, EX zone cULus, EX zone
Operating mode 2/22, Gost-R, C- 2/22, Gost-R, C-
• Operating options Touch Touch TICK TICK
• Touch screen Analog, resis- Analog, resis- Mechanical components/dimen-

tive tive sions
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes • Front panel W x H (mm) 212 x 156 212 x 156
• External mouse/keyboard/bar- USB/USB/- USB/USB/- • Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 189 x 142/45 189 x 142/45
code reader (mm) mm depth of mm depth of
unit unit
Processor/HW RISC 32 bits, RISC 32 bits,
66 MHz 66 MHz Ambient conditions
Operating systems Windows CE Windows CE • Max. relative humidity (in %) 85% 85%
Memory • Mounting position Vertical Vertical

- Max. permissible angle of +/- 35° +/- 35°
• Type Flash/RAM Flash/RAM inclination without external fan
• Usable memory for project data 2000 KB user 2000 KB user • Temperature
memory/with- memory/with-
out additional out additional - Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C
memory for memory for - Operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
options options (max. angle of inclination)
Interfaces (some only as options) - Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C
• Interfaces RS232 optional, RS232 optional, Expansions for operator-process
1 x RS422, 1 x 1 x RS422, 1 x communication
RS485 max. 12 RS485 max. 12 (may only be an option)
Mbit/s Mbit/s • DP direct keys S1...S164 byte 4 bytes or
• USB (universal serial bus) 1 x USB 1 x USB (buttons as input peripherals) or coded coded
• Ethernet No 1 x Ethernet Peripherals/applications/options
(RJ45) • I/O Printer Printer
• SD/MMC SLOT 1 x SD/MMC 1 x SD/MMC Configuring
slot slot
Supply voltage 2005, Compact, 2005 Advanced
• Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Standard,
Advanced
• Permissible range -15% to +20% -15% to +20%
Clock Software clock, Software clock,
without battery without battery
backup backup
2/94 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 177B

TP 177B TP 177B TP 177B TP 177B
Functionality
Functionality
2
• Scheduler Yes Yes Text lists 300 300
• Help system Yes Yes Graphics lists 100 100
• Status/Control with with Libraries Yes Yes
SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7
Variables 1000 1000
Protocols
Filters
• Interface to control S7-200, S7- S7-200, S7-
(may only be an option) 300/400Win AC, 300/400Win AC, • Security
SINUMERIK, SINUMERIK, - Number of user groups 50 50
SIMOTION, SIMOTION, - Number of access rights 32 32
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley
(DF1), Mitsub- (DF1), Mitsub- - Exportable passwords Yes Yes
ishi (FX), Tele- ishi (FX), Tele- Logging/printer driver
mecanique mecanique
(ADJUST), (ADJUST), • Printing/logging Messages, Messages,
Modicon (Mod- Modicon (Mod- report/log, color report/log, color
bus) and other bus) and other print, hardcopy print, hardcopy
non-Siemens non-Siemens • Printer driver ESC/P2, ESC/P2,
drivers drivers PCL3/PCL6 PCL3/PCL6
Signaling system Fonts
• Number of messages 2000 2000 • Keyboard fonts US English US English
• Discrete alarms Yes Yes Languages
• Analog messages Yes Yes • Online languages 5 5
• Message length (in characters) 80 80 • Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, D, GB, F, I, E,
• Number of process values per 8 8 CHN "tradi- CHN "tradi-
message tional", CHN tional", CHN
"simplified", DK, "simplified", DK,
• Acknowledgement groups 99 99 FIN, GR, J, FIN, GR, J,
• Message buffer Battery-backed Battery-backed KP/ROK, NL, N, KP/ROK, NL, N,
ring buffer, 256 ring buffer, 256 PL, P, RUS, S, PL, P, RUS, S,
entries each entries each CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
Recipes • Character sets Tahoma, Tahoma,

WinCC flexible WinCC flexible
• Recipes 100 100 standard, standard,
ideographic ideographic
• Data records per recipe 200 200 languages, all languages, all
• Entries/data record 200 200 freely scalable freely scalable
• Recipe memory 32 KB inte- 32 KB inte- Data carrier support
grated Flash, grated Flash, (may only be an option)
expandable expandable • MMC card Yes Yes
Process images 100 100 Expansion capability/openness
Picture elements • OPP Yes Yes
• Text objects 2000 text 2000 text Transfer under ProTool
elements elements (upload/download)
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons, • Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS MPI/PROFIBUS
icon (filling the icon (filling the DP (automatic DP, Ethernet
screen), vector screen), vector transfer (automatic
graphics graphics recognition) transfer
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar Diagrams, bar recognition)
graphs, hidden graphs, hidden
buttons buttons
per project
per project
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/95

SIMATIC TP 177B

SIMATIC TP 177B Accessories
Touch Panel with 5.7" STN display Accessories for supplementary ordering
• Blue mode (4 levels) B 6AV6 642-0BC01-1AX0 Cover foil 6AV6 671-2XC00-0AX0
2 • Color (256 colors)
B 6AV6 642-0BA01-1AX0 (pack of 10)
TP 177B starter kit B 6AV6 551-2EA01-1AA0 (2 sets)
Consisting of: Service pack 6AV6 671-2XA00-0AX0
• TP 177B with STN display, Consisting of:
blue mode
Compact configuring software • 7 tensioning clamps
• SIMATIC HMI • Plug-in terminal block (twin
Manual Collection (CD), block)
5 languages PROFIBUS connecting cable 6XV1 830-1CH30
(English, French, German, 830-1T
Italian, Spanish)
• MPI cable (5 m) preassembled with two sub D
• Software update service connectors, 9-pin, terminated at
for 1 year both ends, 3 m
Configuring Bus connector RS 485 6GK1 500-0EA02
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
Configuration set
RJ45 plug-in connector for
Consisting of: Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
Configuration or engineering metal housing and integrated
software, SIMATIC HMI Manual insulation displacement contacts
Collection (CD), for connecting Industrial Ethernet
5 languages (English, French, FC installation cables;
German, Italian and Spanish), with 90° cable outlet; for ET 200S;
MPI cable (5 m) 1 pack = 1 unit
• with SIMATIC WinCC flexible D 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0 IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
Compact engineering software RJ45 plug-in connector for
Documentation (to be ordered separately) Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
metal housing and integrated
Operating Instructions insulation displacement contacts
TP 177micro/TP 177A/TP 177B/ for connecting Industrial Ethernet
OP 1770B (WinCC flexible) FC installation cables;
• German 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AA1 with 180° cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
• English 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AB1 Industrial Ethernet interface;
1 pack = 1 unit
• French 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AC1
90° angle adapter, 6AV6 671-8XD00-0AX0
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AD1 9-pin for RS422/485
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AE1 RS422-to-RS232 (V.24) 6AV6 671-8XJ00-0AX0
User Manual converter
WinCC flexible Between TD/TP/OP
Compact/Standard/Advanced and non-Siemens PLC
• German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0 with RS232 interface
• English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0 Standard Multi Media Card 6AV6 671-1CB00-0AX0
• French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0 System interfaces See page 2/169
• Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0 Connecting cables See page 2/180
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0 B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
User Manual C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
WinCC flexible Communication D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
Manual Collection
on CD-ROM
SIMATIC HMI
2/96 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 177B

Dimensions in mm
2
http://www.siemens.de/panels
212
6
196
Note
140
156

42
G_ST80_XX_00064
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/97

SIMATIC OP 170B
duces the lifecycle costs
2 - Backup/restoration via a process interface or optionally via a
CompactFlash card
- Remote downloading of the configuration with automatic
transfer recognition even via WAN (Wide Area Network) using
TeleService adapter
- Maintenance-free design (no battery) and long service life of
the backlighting
• Can be used all over the world:
- 32 offline languages can be configured (incl. Asian and
• Standard hardware and software interfaces for increasing
flexibility:
- CompactFlash card, used for recipe data records and for
backup of configuration/system data
• Integrated printer port
• Extensive documentation on the SIMATIC HMI Manual
Collection CD
• Operator panel for operator control and monitoring of ma- ■ Application

chines and plants
The OP 170B Operator Panel can be used wherever direct
• Universal unit for first-time users in the category of panels with operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is
graphics capability with extensive functionality
• Pixel-graphics 5.7" STN display, Bluemode (4 levels) automation or building automation. They are in use in an exten-
• Membrane keyboard with system keys, freely configurable and sive range of sectors and applications.
freely inscribable function keys (some with LED)
• Interfaces for communication with Siemens SIMATIC S7 PLCs ■ Design
(e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board
• STN, CCFL1) backlit display, Bluemode
• S5 PLCs and non-Siemens PLCs can be connected through
easy-to-use drivers or converters • System keys, freely-configurable and freely-inscribable func-
tion keys (some with LED)
• Numeric and alphanumeric membrane keyboard
detergents
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a power supply
• Interfaces for plugging the connecting cables into the PLC,
printer or configuration computer are integrated.
• Slot for standard Compact Flash Card
2/98 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 170B
■ Function
• Input/output fields • Simple maintenance and configuration thanks to:
for displaying and changing process parameters - Backup and restoration of the configuration, operating sys-
• Function keys tem, data records and firmware on the optional CF (Compact-
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions Flash) card
can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
The function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input
2
peripherals. - Configuration download/upload possible via process inter-
face
• Buttons - Automatic transfer identification
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions - Individual contrast settings
can be configured simultaneously on buttons. - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration com-
• Graphics puter
can be used as icons instead of text to "label" function keys or • Signaling system; discrete alarms with message history
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wall- (not battery-backed)
paper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten- Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an • Signaling system
OLE interface can be used as graphics editors (such as Paint- - Analog messages (limit value messages) as well as the Alarm
Shop, Designer or CorelDraw). S message frame procedure for SIMATIC S7 and SIMOTION
• Vector graphics; - Freely definable message classes (e.g., status/fault mes-
simple geometric basic forms (e.g., lines, circles and rectan- sages) for definition of acknowledgment response and dis-
gles) can be created direct in the configuring tool play of message events
• Predefined texts • Language selection:
for labeling function keys, process images and process values - Language-dependent texts and graphics
in any character size • Permanent window enhanced with template concept
• Curve functions and bars - Creation of a template (screen template)
are used for the display of dynamic values in graphics-based • User administration (password protection)
format - User-oriented access protection according to requirements
• Display selection from the PLC of specific sectors
supports operator prompting from the PLC - Authentication with user ID and password
• Language selection; - User-group-specific rights
online languages can be selected directly on the device • Under some circumstances larger volume/function limits are
• Password protection possible with the same hardware than under ProTool
• Signaling system; Configuring
administration of status, fault and system messages.
• Recipe management SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software
- With additional data storage (on CF card) (see HMI software/configuration software or visualization soft-
- Online/offline processing on the panel ware) or with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/engineering
- External processing using standard tools such as Excel and software SIMATIC WinCC flexible).
Access is possible
Projects created with ProTool can be transferred to WinCC flexi-
• Help texts ble. Under some circumstances WinCC flexible can provide the
for process images, messages and variables user with access to larger volume limits and more functions
• Arithmetic functions without the need for additional or modified hardware.
■ Integration
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication The OP 170B can be connected to SIMATIC CPUs from Siemens
and to non-Siemens CPUs.
• Timer
for cyclic function processing Projects for an OP 170B can be created "stand-alone“ as well as
• Print; "integrated" in STEP7.
hard copy and messages (see "Recommended printers") Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding of • SINUMERIK
objects (optionally with "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
• Permanent window; WinCC flexible CE"; the "SINUMERIK HMI engineering pack-
Fixed area of screen for outputting non-screen-specific infor- age WinCC flexible" is additionally necessary for configuration;
mation (e.g., important process values, date and time) for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
Note:
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/99

SIMATIC OP 170B
Display Degree of protection
• Display type STN liquid crystal display (LCD) • Front IP65, NEMA 4; (when mounted)
2 • Size 5.7" • Rear IP20
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 Certification CE, FM Class I Div. 2, UL, CSA
(some only as options)
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 50,000 hours dimensions
(at 25 °C)
Operating mode
• Mounting cutout/depth 229 x 241/45 mm depth of unit
• Operating options Key W x H x D (mm)
• Function keys, programmable 24 function keys, 18 with LEDs • Weight 0.9 kg
• Membrane keyboard Yes Ambient conditions
• System keys 35 • Max. relative humidity (in %) 85%
• Touch screen No • Mounting position Vertical
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes - Max. permissible angle of +/- 35°
Processor/HW RISC 32 bits, 66 MHz
• Temperatur e
Operating systems Windows CE
Memory - Operation 0 to +40 °C
• Type Flash/RAM (max. angle of inclination)
• Usable memory for project data 768 KB user memory/without - Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C
additional memory for options Expansions for operator-process
Interfaces (some only as options) communication
• Interfaces TTY optional,
2 x RS232, • DP direct LEDs F1...F8, K1...K10
1 x RS422, (LEDs as S7 output I/O)
1 x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s • DP direct keys F1...F14, K1...K10
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot (buttons as input peripherals)
Supply voltage Peripherals/applications/options
• Supply voltage 24 V DC • I/O Printer
• Permissible range +18 to +30 V DC • Applications/options ThinClient
(with ProTool)
Configuring
• Output 6W
• Configuration tool ProTool
backup • Configuration tool WinCC flexible
2/100 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 170B

Functionality Transfer under ProTool
(with WinCC flexible) (upload/download)
• Scheduler
• Help system
Yes
Yes
(automatic transfer recognition) 2
Protocols Functionality (under ProTool)
• Interface to control S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, • Timer Yes
(may only be an option) 505Win AC, SINUMERIK, • Password protection 9
SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1), (number of levels)
Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique • Help system Yes
(ADJUST), Modicon (Modbus)
and other non-Siemens drivers Protocols
Signaling system • Interface to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
(may only be an option) Win AC, SINUMERIK,
• Number of messages 2000 SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1),
• Discrete alarms Yes Mitsubishi (FX),
• Analog messages Yes Telemecanique (ADJUST),
Modicon (Modbus)
• Message length (in characters) 80 nd other non-Siemens drivers
message Signaling system
• Acknowledgement groups 99 • Status messages 1000
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 128 entries each • Alarm messages 1000
Recipes
• Message length 1 x 70
• Recipes 100 (lines x characters)
• Data records per recipe 200 • Number of process values in 8
• Entries/data record 200 messages
• Recipe memory 32 KB integrated Flash, • Message buffer Ring buffer, 128 entries each
expandable
Recipes
Process images 100 • Recipes 100
Picture elements • Data records per recipe 200
• Text objects 2000 text elements • Entries/data record 200
• Fields per screen 0 • Recipe memory 32 KB integrated Flash,
• Variables/screen 50 expandable
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, icon Process images 100
Picture elements
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar graphs, hidden
buttons • Text objects 2000 text elements
• Number 2000
Text lists 300
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background
Graphics lists 100 pictures, vector graphics
Libraries Yes • Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar graphs, hidden
buttons
Variables 1000
Text lists/project 300
Security
Graphics lists/project 100
• Exportable passwords Yes Libraries Ja
Logging/printer driver Variables 1.000
• Printing/logging Messages, report/log, color print Logging/printer driver
• Printer driver ESC/P2, PCL3/PCL6 • Print functions Messages, color print, hard copy
Fonts • Drivers ESC/P2, PCL3/PCL6
• Keyboard fonts US English Fonts
Languages • Language (keyboard fonts) US English
• Online languages 5 Languages
• Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", • Online languages 5
CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J, • Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional",
KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S, CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J,
CZ/SK, TR, H KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S,
• Character sets Tahoma, ideographic languages, CZ/SK, TR, H
all freely scalable • Character set Tahoma, ideographic languages,
Data carrier support all freely scalable
(may only be an option) Expansion capability/openness
• CF card Yes • Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP (if available),
• Applications/options ProAgent, Internet Explorer, serial (automatic transfer
(with WinCC flexible) ThinClient recognition)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/101

SIMATIC OP 170B

SIMATIC OP 170B B 6AV6 542-0BB15-2AX0 ProTool User Manual
Operator Panel with 5.7" STN for configuring Windows-based
display, blue mode (4 levels), systems
incl. mounting accessories • German 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
2 Configuring • English 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, ProTool See Section 4 • French 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
or ProTool/Pro
Configuration set
Communication User Manual
Consisting of:
for Windows-based systems
Configuration or engineering
(ProTool)
software, SIMATIC HMI Manual
Collection (CD), • German 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
German, Italian and Spanish), • English 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
RS 232 cable (5 m), • French 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
MPI cable (5 m)
• With SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 6AV6 573-1FA06-0DX0
configuration software • Spanish 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
• With SIMATIC WinCC flexible D 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0 SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Compact engineering software Manual Collection
Documentation (to be ordered separately) Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
Operating Instructions
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/ 5 languages (English, French,
OP 170B (WinCC flexible) German, Italian and Spanish);
• German 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0 user manuals, manuals and
• English 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0 communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
• French 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0
Accessories
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0
CF cards
User Manual CF card, 128 MB A 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced Service pack 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
• German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0 Consisting of:
• Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0 (twin block)
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0 RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
User Manual PROFIBUS connecting cable 6XV1 830-1CH30
WinCC flexible Communication 830-1T
• German 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0 For terminal connection,
• English 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0 connectors, 9-pin,
TP 170/OP 170B Manual terminated at both ends, 3 m
(ProTool) Bus connector RS 485 6GK1 500-0EA02
• German 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0 with axial cable outlet (180°)
• English 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0 System interfaces See page 2/169
• French 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0 Connecting cables See page 2/180


2/102 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 170B

Dimensions in mm
2
6
Note
252
239

227 30
240 42
G_ST80_XX_00053
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/103

SIMATIC OP 177B
Equipped with practical functions and a large user memory,
the OP 177B Operator Panels can be used wherever operator
control and monitoring of machines and plants is necessary on
site – whether in production automation, process automation or
2 building services automation. The OP 177B panels are now
available with a 4-color Bluemode display or a 256-color STN
display. The color variant complete with an integral Ethernet in-
terface can be implemented with even greater flexibility. A USB
interface is standard for both model types. A further highlight is
the non-volatile message buffer included as standard that stores
messages permanently without batteries.
■ Design
• 256 colors with color display or 4 bluemodes with monochrome
STN display
• CCFL1)Backlighting with long service life
• Analog resistive touch screen and membrane keyboard with
32 function keys
• Numeric and alphanumeric on-screen keyboard
• High performance with Risk processor and 2 MB user memory,
plus additional integrated recipe memory
• The data in the message buffer are retained when panel is dis-
connected from the supply, without batteries
• Touch/Key panel with comprehensive functions for operator • MPI, PROFIBUS DP interfaces (up to 12 Mbaud) as well as
control and monitoring of machines and plants USB 1.1 (max. 100 mA) are on board
• Contents of message buffer are retained even when panel is • Ethernet (Profinet IO capability) with the color version
disconnected, without batteries • Integral USB interface
• Pixel graphics STN display Bluemode/Color with touch screen • Can be configured using SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 Com-
and additional 32 function keys pact and later
• Interfaces for communication with Siemens SIMATIC S7 • Complete functionality for demanding tasks
(e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board • Comprehensive Reichert graphics library
• Ethernet is on board in the color version • 32 languages (e.g. Cyrillic, traditional Chinese, simplified
• Drivers are also available for non-Siemens PLCs Chinese) and Online switching between up to 5 languages
• Mounting compatible with OP17 • Multi Media Card slot, can be used for standard MMCs
(for backing up recipe data sets, the parameter settings as well
as the system data)
■ Benefits • Remote downloading of the configuration through all interfaces
• Reduction of service and commissioning costs through: with automatic transfer recognition
- Backup/restoration via a process interface or optionally via a
Multi Media Card • SINUMERIK, Sm@rt Access and Sm@rt Service options can be
- Remote downloading of the configuration with automatic used
transfer recognition via all device interfaces • Service-friendly thanks to maintenance-free design and long
- Maintenance-free design (no battery) and long service life of service life of the backlighting
the backlighting
- System keys that can be assigned to any function keys and 1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
used as an alternative to or in parallel with the on-screen
keyboard
• Maintenance-free message buffer
• Can be used all over the world:
- 32 offline languages can be configured
(incl. Asian and Cyrillic character sets)
• Standard interfaces for increasing the flexibility:
- External MMC, used for recipe data records and for backup
of configuration/system data
• Integrated USB interface for connecting, for example, stan-
dard printers
• Mounting is compatible with OP17
• Simple engineering supported with comprehensive documen-
tation on the SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection CD
2/104 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 177B
■ Function
• Permanent window and template concept for creating screen Configuration
templates
The equipment is configured using the innovative engineering
• Input/output fields tool SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 (Compact and above).
for visualizing and editing process parameters SIMATIC WinCC flexible represents a consistent further develop-
• Configurable buttons ment of the well-proven ProTool family. Projects generated using
ProTool can easily migrate to WinCC. When OP17 projects are
2
with up to 16 functions each can be used to directly trigger
functions and actions converted, as a result of the new display technology, the project
• Indicator light engineer must make certain changes following conversion.
for machine and plant status indication Support is however provided by WinCC flexible. Conversion of
OP 170B projects is easy because all system commands can be
• Predefined texts entered using the on-screen keyboard. If WinCC flexible can be
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process started directly from SIMATIC Manager, the data can be ac-
values in any character size cessed directly in STEP 7 at the click of a mouse button when the
• Help texts panel is configured. Duplicated data input and data manage-
for process diagrams, messages and variables ment is therefore avoided.
• Vector graphics, graphics Additional options
can be used as icons instead of text for "labeling" buttons.
They can also be used as background displays (wallpaper). • SINUMERIK
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten- optionally with "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an WinCC flexible CE". The "SINUMERIK HMI engineering pack-
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as Paint- age WinCC flexible" is additionally necessary for configuration;
Shop, Designer or CorelDraw). For further information, see Catalog NC 60.
• Curve functions and bars • Sm@rt Service
are used for graphical display of dynamic values Remote operation and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems
over TCP/IP networks
• Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding
of objects • Sm@rt Access
Communication between HMI systems over TCP/IP networks.
• Arithmetic functions, limit value monitoring Remote access to recipe data sets, passwords and information
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs specific to the HMI system and a great deal more
• Online language switching between 5 selectable languages,
incl. Asian and Cyrillic languages
this also applies to language-specific graphics
• Timer
for cyclic function processing
• Password protection (security)
User management – Authentication by means of user ID and
password plus privileges specific to user groups, which is an
integral part of SIMATIC
• Message system;
Freely-definable message classes (response to acknowledge-
ment and presentation can be configured), management of
operation, fault and system messages. Historical messages
are also retained when the unit is disconnected from the power
supply.
Analog messages (limit messages) are possible in addition to
bit messages.
- With additional data storage (on ext. storage medium)
- Online/offline processing at the panel
Access is possible
• Multi Media Card (MMC) slot
for external standard data carrier, can be used for backup/
restore or for transporting recipe data sets
• Simple maintenance and configuration through:
- Downloading/uploading of the configuration is possible over
all device interfaces (with automatic transfer detection)
puter
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/105

SIMATIC OP 177B
SIMATIC OP SIMATIC OP SIMATIC OP SIMATIC OP
177B 177B 177B 177B
2 Display Clock Software clock,
without battery
Software clock,
without battery
• Display type STN liquid STN liquid backup backup
crystal display crystal display
(LCD) (LCD) Degree of protection
• Size 5.7" 5.7" • Front IP65, IP65,
NEMA 4, NEMA 4,
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 320 x 240 NEMA 4x, NEMA 4x,
• Colors 4 shades of 256 colors NEMA 12; NEMA 12;
blue (when (when
mounted) mounted)
• MTBF of background lighting approx. approx.
(at 25 °C) 50,000 hours 50,000 hours • Rear IP20 IP20
Operating mode Certification CE, GL Class CE, GL, ABS,
(some only as options) NK, ABS, BV, BV, DNV, LRS,
• Operating options Key and Touch Key and Touch DNV, LRS, RINA, FM
• Function keys, programmable 32 function 32 function RINA, FM Class I Div. 2,
keys, keys, Class I Div. 2, UL, cULus,
26 with LEDs 26 with LEDs UL, cULus, EX-Zone 2/22,
EX-Zone 2/22, Gost-R, C-TICK
• Membrane keyboard Yes Yes Gost-R, C-TICK
• System keys configurable configurable Mechanical components/
dimensions
• Touch screen Analog, Analog,
resistive resistive • Front panel W x H (mm) 240 x 208.5 240 x 208.5
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes • Mounting cutout/depth 228 x 195/ 228 x 195/
W x H x D (mm) 45 mm depth 45 mm depth
• External mouse/keyboard/ USB/USB/- USB/USB/-
of unit of unit
barcode reader
Ambient conditions
Processor/HW RISC 32 bits, RISC 32 bits,
66 MHz 66 MHz • Max. relative humidity (in %) 85% 85%
Operating systems Windows CE Windows CE • Mounting position Vertical Vertical
Memory - Max. permissible angle of +/- 35° +/- 35°
• Type Flash/RAM Flash/RAM
• Temperature
• Usable memory for project data 2000 KB user 2000 KB user - Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C
out additional out additional - Operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
memory for memory for (max. angle of inclination)
options options - Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C
Interfaces (some only as options) Expansions for operator-process
communication
• Interfaces RS232 optional, RS232 optional, (may only be an option)
1 x RS422, 1 x RS422,
1 x RS485 1 x RS485 • DP direct LEDs F1...F26 F1...F26
max. 12 Mbit/s max. 12 Mbit/s (LEDs as S7 output I/O)
• USB (universal serial bus) 1 x USB 1 x USB • DP direct keys F1...F32, F1...F32,
(buttons as input peripherals) K1...K10 K1...K10
• Ethernet No 1 x Ethernet
(RJ45) Peripherals/applications/options
• SD/MMC SLOT 1 x SD/MMC 1 x SD/MMC • I/O Printer Printer
slot slot
Configuring
Supply voltage
• Permissible range +18 to +18 to
+30 V DC +30 V DC
2/106 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 177B

SIMATIC OP SIMATIC OP SIMATIC OP SIMATIC OP
177B 177B 177B 177B
Functionality
Lists 2
• Text lists 300 300
• Scheduler Yes Yes
• Graphics lists 100 100
• Libraries Yes Yes
• Status/Control with with
SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7 • Variables 1000 1000
Protocols Security
• Interface to control S7-200, S7- S7-200, S7- • Number of user groups 50 50

(may only be an option) 300/400Win AC, 300/400Win AC, • Number of access rights 32 32
SINUMERIK, SINUMERIK,
SIMOTION, SIMOTION, • Exportable passwords Yes Yes
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley Logging/printer driver
(DF1), (DF1),
Mitsubishi (FX), Mitsubishi (FX), • Printing/logging Messages, Messages,
Telemecanique Telemecanique report/log, color report/log, color
(ADJUST), (ADJUST), print, hardcopy print, hardcopy
Modicon (Mod- Modicon (Mod-
• Printer driver ESC/P2, ESC/P2,
bus) and other bus) and other
PCL3/PCL6 PCL3/PCL6
non-Siemens non-Siemens
drivers drivers Fonts
Signaling system • Keyboard fonts US English US English
• Number of messages 2000 2000 Languages
• Discrete alarms Yes Yes • Online languages 5 5
• Analog messages Yes Yes • Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, D, GB, F, I, E,
CHN "tradi- CHN "tradi-
• Message length (in characters) 80 80
• Number of process values per 8 8 "simplified", DK, "simplified", DK,
message FIN, GR, J, FIN, GR, J,
KP/ROK, NL, N, KP/ROK, NL, N,
• Acknowledgement groups 99 99 PL, P, RUS, S, PL, P, RUS, S,
• Message buffer Battery-backed Battery-backed CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
ring buffer, 256 ring buffer, 256 • Character sets Tahoma, Tahoma,
entries each entries each WinCC flexible WinCC flexible
Recipes standard, standard,
ideographic ideographic
• Recipes 100 100 languages, all languages, all
• Data records per recipe 200 200 freely scalable freely scalable
• Entries/data record 200 200 Data carrier support

grated Flash, grated Flash, • MMC card Yes Yes
expandable expandable Expansion capability/openness
Process images 100 100 • OPP Yes Yes
Picture elements Transfer under ProTool
• Text objects 2000 text ele- 2000 text ele- (upload/download)
ments ments • Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS MPI/PROFIBUS
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons, DP (automatic DP, Ethernet
icon (filling the icon (filling the transfer (automatic
screen), vector screen), vector recognition) transfer
graphics graphics recognition)
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, Diagrams,

bar graphs, bar graphs,
hidden buttons hidden buttons
per project
per project
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/107

SIMATIC OP 177B

SIMATIC OP 177B Accessories
Operator panel with 5.7” STN Accessories for supplementary ordering
display,
B
Cover foil 6AV6 671-2XC00-0AX0
6AV6 642-0DC01-1AX0
2 • Blue mode (4 levels)
• Color (256 colors) B 6AV6 642-0DA01-1AX0
(pack of 10)
(2 sets)
OP 177B starter kit B 6AV6 551-2HA01-1AA0
Consisting of:
Consisting of:
• OP 177B with STN display, color
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005
Compact configuring software • 7 tensioning clamps
• SIMATIC HMI • Plug-in terminal block (twin
Manual Collection (CD), block)
5 languages (English, French, PROFIBUS connecting cable 6XV1 830-1CH30
German, Italian, Spanish) 830-1T
• MPI cable (5 m), PC/PPI cable For connection of data terminal,
• Software update service preassembled with two sub D
for 1 year connectors, 9-pin,
Configuring
• with SIMATIC WinCC flexible 6AV6 611-0AA01-1AA0 with axial cable outlet (180°)
2005 Compact
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
Configuration set
Consisting of: Industrial Ethernet with
Configuration or engineering a rugged metal housing and
software, SIMATIC HMI Manual integrated insulation displace-
Collection (CD), ment contacts for connecting
5 languages (English, French, Industrial Ethernet FC
German, Italian and Spanish), installation cables;
PC/PPI cable, MPI cable (5 m) with 90° cable outlet;
• with SIMATIC WinCC flexible D 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0 for ET 200S;
Compact engineering software 1 pack = 1 unit
Documentation (to be ordered separately) IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
Operating Instructions RJ45 plug-in connector for
TP 177micro/TP 177A/TP 177B/ Industrial Ethernet with
OP 177B (WinCC flexible) a rugged metal housing and
integrated insulation displace-
• German 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AA1 ment contacts for connecting
Industrial Ethernet FC
• English 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AB1
installation cables;
• French 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AC1 with 180° cable outlet;
for network components
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AD1 and CPs/CPUs with
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DG01-0AE1 Industrial Ethernet interface;
1 pack = 1 unit
User Manual
WinCC flexible 90° angle adapter, 6AV6 671-8XD00-0AX0
Compact/Standard/Advanced 9-pin for RS422/485
• German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0 RS422-to-RS232 (V.24) 6AV6 671-8XJ00-0AX0
converter
Between TD/TP/OP
• French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0 and non-Siemens PLC
with RS232 interface
Standard Multi Media Card 6AV6 671-1CB00-0AX0
User Manual
WinCC flexible Communication Connecting cables See page 2/180
Manual Collection
on CD-ROM
user manuals, manuals and B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
communication manuals for C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
SIMATIC HMI D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
2/108 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 177B

Dimensions in mm
6,2
35,6
2
212,5 194
Note
243 42 products that can be ordered as well as about options for
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/109

SIMATIC TP 270
The SIMATIC TP 270 Touch Panels can be used in all applica-
tions in which operator control and monitoring of machines and
installations is required on site – whether in production automa-
tion, process automation or building service automation. They
2 are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Their operation without a hard disk or fan, real-time capability as
well as short start-up times make demanding machine visualiza-
tion tasks possible even under harsh industrial conditions.
■ Design
• 5.7” (TP 270 6“) or 10.4“ (TP 270 10“) STN color display,
256 colors
• Rugged plastic (TP 270 6") or aluminum die-cast housing
(TP 270 10") with IP65/NEMA 4/NEMA 12 (front) or IP20
(rear of unit) degree of protection
• Touch panel with extensive functional scope for demanding • The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
machine visualization applications detergents
• Pixel graphics 5.7" or 10.4” STN Touch Screen (analog/resis- • High electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and extreme vibra-
tive), tion resistance
color (256 colors) • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• All interfaces on board, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB; • Interfaces:
Ethernet optional - Serial RS 232 interface and RS 485/422 for process con-
• The SIMATIC TP 270 Touch Panels are innovative successors nections and for downloading the configuration (MPI and
to the SIMATIC TP27 Touch Panels PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
- USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/
■ Benefits uploading configurations
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): - Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) using network card for exchang-
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, ing data with a higher-level PC, connecting a network printer
reduces the lifecycle costs and downloading/uploading configurations;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
• Modular expansion possible with options such as:
WinCC flexible
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for communication between
various SIMATIC HMI systems • Slot for compact flash card
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService for remote maintenance and
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Backup/restore via USB, MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial)
and optionally via Ethernet (TCP/IP) or compact flash card
(CF card)
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and
firmware
- Specific drivers can be downloaded
- Long service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use
display objects
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase
flexibility:
- CF card, used for recipe data sets and for backing up the
configuration and system data
- Integrated USB interface for "Hot plug-in/out“ of I/O devices
(printer, keyboard, mouse, barcode reader)
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives
and recipes for further processing using standard tools
(e.g. MS Excel)
- Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management
and project management;
WinCC flexible
2/110 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 270
■ Function
• Displaying and modifying process parameters • Simple maintenance and configuration through
• Process display: - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
- TP 270 6“: data records and firmware on the optional CF Card (Compact
QVGA resolution (320 x 240 pixels), Flash Card) or optionally over Ethernet
TP 270 10“:
VGA resolution (640 x 480 pixels)
2
with 256 colors for display elements - Configuration download/upload over
- Vector graphics (various line-drawn and solid objects) USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS 232/Ethernet (optional)/modem
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic showing/hiding of objects and CF Card (optional)
- Pixel graphics displays, curves and bar displays - Automatic transfer identification
- Presentation of up to 8 curves in a curve field; - Individual contrast settings
curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions for accessing - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration com-
historical values and for flexible selection of the displayed puter
time frame; • Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
cross-hair for reading off current values and display in a table translation using standard word processing programs
- Comprehensive image libraries (SIMATIC HMI
Symbol Library) Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
- Graphics objects: Slider, gauge, clock • Project-specific picture blocks that can be modified centrally
- Cyclic function processing using timers • Message system
• Multiplex function for variables - Bit messages and analog messages (limit value messages)
• Message system as well as the Alarm S message frame procedure for SIMATIC
- administration of status, fault and system messages S7 and SIMOTION
- Status and fault messages with message history - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault mes-
- Preconfigured message display, message window and messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and dis-
sage line play of message events
• Archiving of messages and process values (on CF Card, • Language selection:
optionally over Ethernet) - Language-dependent texts and graphics
- Different archive types: short-term archive and sequence • Permanent window expanded by template concept;
archive - generation of screen templates
- Storage of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) • User administration (security)
- Online evaluation of process value archives through curves - User-oriented access protection according to requirements
- External evaluation using standard tools (MS Excel and of specific sectors
MS Access) is possible - Authentication by means of user ID and password
• Message log and shift log - Privileges specific to user groups
• Print functions (see "recommended printers") • Visual Basic Runtime object model
• Language selection • Service functions
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic (optionally with "WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService")
and Cyrillic character sets - E-mail generation
• Password protection with 10 levels - Remote operation of the SIMATIC HMI system based on
Internet explorer
• Recipe management - Web server with status HTML pages and control functions
- With additional data storage (on CF Card)
- Online/offline processing at the panel • Client/server functions
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) (optionally with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
- External processing using standard tools MS Excel and - Remote operation and monitoring of other SIMATIC HMI
MS Access is possible systems
- Plant-wide scanning of information and archiving of process
• PG functions STATUS/CONTROL VAR in combination with data
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through the implementation of
new functions including linking to ProTool variables (compari-
son operations, loops, etc.)
• Help texts
• Mathematical functions
permanent display area for the output of information that is not
specific to the particular display (e.g. important process vari-
ables, date and time)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/111

SIMATIC TP 270

Configuration The TP 270 can be connected to:
Configuring is performed using the configuring software • SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (see HMI • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
2 software/configuring software or visualization software) or using
the engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
Advanced (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineer-
ing software). • SINUMERIK
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC • SIMOTION
flexible. • Non-Siemens controllers
- Allen Bradley
Applications/options - Mitsubishi
When configuring with ProTool - Telemecanique 1)
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; - LG GLOFA GM
fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for - Modicon
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process - GE-Fanuc
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent) - Omron
• Over Ethernet (TCP/IP) to higher-level PC and network printer
When configuring with WinCC flexible (optionally over NE2000-compatible network card)
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent;
fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process • Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7 (optionally over
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent) NE2000-compatible network card)
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess; • Multi-protocol capability
Remote control and monitoring as well as communication • HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems (option-
between different SIMATIC HMI systems (see WinCC flexible ally with the "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess" option)
RT options)
• SINUMERIK
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService; (optionally with "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
Remote monitoring and servicing of machines/plants over the WinCC flexible CE"; the "SINUMERIK HMI engineering pack-
Internet/intranet (see WinCC flexible RT options) age WinCC flexible" is additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Note:
2/112 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 270
TP 270 TP 270 TP 270 TP 270
5,7“ Color 10,4“ Color 5,7“ Color 10,4“ Color
STN Display STN Display STN Display STN Display
Display
• Display type STN liquid STN liquid
dimensions
2
crystal display crystal display • Front panel W x H (mm) 212 x 156 335 x 275
(LCD) (LCD)
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 198 x 142/ 310 x 248/
• Size 5.7" 10.4" (mm) 59 mm depth 59 mm depth
of unit of unit
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 640 x 480
• Weight 1 kg 4.5 kg
• Colors 256 colors 256 colors
Ambient conditions
• MTBF of background lighting approx. approx.
(at 25 °C) 40,000 hours 60,000 hours • Max. relative humidity (in %) 85% 85%
Operating mode • Mounting position Vertical Vertical
• Control elements Touch screen Touch screen - Max. permissible angle of +/- 35° +/- 35°
• Operating options Touch Touch
• Temperature
• Touch screen Analog, Analog, - Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C
resistive resistive
- Operation 0 to +35 °C 0 to +40 °C
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes (max. angle of inclination)
• External mouse/keyboard/ USB/USB/USB USB/USB/USB - Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C
barcode reader Expansions for operator-process
Processor/HW RISC 32 bits, RISC 32 bits, communication
180 MHz 180 MHz (may only be an option)
Operating systems Windows CE Windows CE • DP direct keys (buttons as input 4 bytes or 5 bytes or
peripherals) coded coded
Memory
• I/O Printer, bar- Printer, bar-
• Usable memory for project data 2028 KB user 2028 KB user code reader code reader
out additional out additional • Applications/options ProAgent ProAgent
memory for memory for (with ProTool)
options options Configuring
Interfaces (some only as options) • Configuration tool ProTool ProTool
• Interfaces 2 x RS232, 2 x RS232, • Configuration tool WinCC flexible WinCC flexible
1 x RS422, 1 x RS422,
1 x RS485 1 x RS485 Functionality
max. 12 Mbit/s max. 12 Mbit/s (with WinCC flexible)
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot • Scheduler Yes Yes
• USB (universal serial bus) 1 x USB 1 x USB • Help system Yes Yes
Supply voltage • Status/Control with SIMATIC with SIMATIC
S5/S7 S5/S7
Protocols
• Permissible range +18 to +18 to
+30 V DC +30 V DC • Interface to control S5, S7-200, S5, S7-200,
(may only be an option) S7-300/400, S7-300/400,
• Rated current 0.6 A 0.6 A 505Win AC, 505Win AC,
• Output 15 W 15 W PC (TCP/IP), PC (TCP/IP),
SINUMERIK, SINUMERIK,
• UPS can be connected (serial) Yes Yes SIMOTION, SIMOTION,
• Backup battery Optional 3.6 V Optional 3.6 V Allen Bradley Allen Bradley
(DF1), (DF1),
Clock Hardware Hardware Allen Bradley Allen Bradley
clock, battery- clock, battery- (DF485), (DF485),
backed and backed and Mitsubishi (FX), Mitsubishi (FX),
synchronized synchronized Telemecanique Telemecanique
Degree of protection (ADJUST), (ADJUST),
OMRON OMRON
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, IP65, NEMA 4, (LINK/Multi- (LINK/Multi-
NEMA 4x, NEMA 4x, link), Modicon link), Modicon
NEMA 12; NEMA 12; (Modbus) (Modbus)
(when (when and other and other
mounted) mounted) non-Siemens non-Siemens
drivers drivers
• Rear IP20 IP20
Certification CE, GL, ABS, CE, GL, ABS,
(some only as options) DNV, LRS, FM DNV, LRS, FM
Class I Div. 2, Class I Div. 2,
UL, cULus, UL, cULus,
EX zone 2/22, EX zone 2/22,
C-TICK C-TICK
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/113

SIMATIC TP 270

TP 270 TP 270 TP 270 TP 270
2 Functionality
Functionality
Signaling system Security
• Number of messages 4000 4000 • Number of user groups 10 10
• Discrete alarms Yes Yes
• Exportable passwords Yes Yes
• Analog messages Yes Yes
Visual Basic Script not possible not possible
• Message length (in characters) 70 70
• Number of process values per 8 8 Logging/printer driver
message • Printing/logging Messages, Messages,
• Acknowledgement groups 99 99 report/log, report/log,
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 Ring buffer, 512 color print color print
entries each entries each • Printer driver ESC/P2, ESC/P2,
Recipes PCL3/PCL6 PCL3/PCL6
• Recipes 300 300 Fonts
• Data records per recipe 500 500 • Keyboard fonts US English US English
• Entries/data record 1000 1000 Languages
grated Flash, grated Flash, • Online languages 5 5
expandable expandable • Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, D, GB, F, I, E,
Process images 300 300 CHN "tradi- CHN "tradi-
Picture elements "simplified", DK, "simplified", DK,
• Text objects 10,000 text ele- 10,000 text ele- FIN, GR, J, FIN, GR, J,
ments ments KP/ROK, NL, N, KP/ROK, NL, N,
PL, P, RUS, S, PL, P, RUS, S,
• Fields per screen 200 200 CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
• Variables/screen 200 200
• Character sets Tahoma, Tahoma,
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons, ideographic ideographic
vector graphics vector graphics languages, languages,
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, hid- Diagrams, hid- 2 further char- 2 further char-
den buttons den buttons acter sets can acter sets can
be loaded, all be loaded, all
Variables 2048 2048 freely scalable freely scalable
Archiving Data carrier support
• Number of archives per project 20 20 (may only be an option)
• Number of process tags 0 0 • CF card Yes Yes
per archive
• Applications/options ProAgent ProAgent
• Number of entries per archive 10,000 10,000
• Archive types Sequence Sequence
archive, short- archive, short- Transfer under ProTool
term archive, term archive, (upload/download)
alarm log, alarm log, • Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS MPI/PROFIBUS
process value process value DP, serial, USB, DP, serial, USB,
archive archive Ethernet (auto- Ethernet (auto-
• Memory location CF card, CF card, matic transfer matic transfer
Ethernet Ethernet recognition) recognition)
• Data storage format CSV file, can be CSV file, can be
read, e.g., in read, e.g., in
MS Excel, MS MS Excel, MS
Access Access
• External evaluation Can be read, Can be read,
e.g., in MS e.g., in MS
Excel, MS Excel, MS
Access, etc. Access, etc.
• Size of archive Dependent on Dependent on
the memory the memory
space avail- space avail-
able on the able on the
external external
card/stick or card/stick or
spare hard disk spare hard disk
memory via the memory via the
network drive network drive
• Online evaluation Using trend Using trend
curves curves
2/114 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 270

TP 270 TP 270 TP 270 TP 270
Functionality
(under ProTool)
Functionality
(under ProTool) (continued)
2
• Timer Yes Yes Archiving
• Password protection (number of 9 9 • Number of archives per project 20 20
levels) • Number of process tags 20 20
per archive
• PG functions with SIMATIC with SIMATIC
(STATUS/CONTROL) S5/S7 S5/S7 • Archive types Short-term Short-term
archive, archive,
• PG function (status/control) Yes Yes sequence sequence
archive, mes- archive, mes-
Protocols sage archive, sage archive,
• Interface to PLC S5, S7-200, S5, S7-200, process-value process-value
(may only be an option) S7-300/400, S7-300/400, archive archive
505Win AC, 505Win AC, • Memory location Number of Number of
SINUMERIK, SINUMERIK, entries per entries per
SIMOTION, SIMOTION, archive, archive,
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley sequence sequence
(DF1), Allen (DF1), Allen archive archive
Bradley Bradley
• Data storage format CSV file, can be CSV file, can be
(DF485), (DF485),
read, e.g., in read, e.g., in
Mitsubishi (FX), Mitsubishi (FX),
MS Excel, MS Excel,
Telemecanique Telemecanique
MS Access MS Access
(ADJUST), (ADJUST),
OMRON OMRON • External evaluation Can be read, Can be read,
(LINK/Multi- (LINK/Multi- e.g., in e.g., in
link), Modicon link), Modicon MS Excel, MS MS Excel, MS
(Modbus) (Modbus) Access, etc. Access, etc.
and other and other • Size of archive Dependent on Dependent on
non-Siemens non-Siemens the memory the memory
drivers drivers space avail- space avail-
Signaling system able on the able on the
external card/ external card/
• Status messages 2000 2000 stick or spare stick or spare
hard disk mem- hard disk mem-
• Alarm messages 2000 2000 ory via the net- ory via the net-
• System messages Yes Yes work drive work drive
• Message length 1 x 70 1 x 70 • Online evaluation Using trend Using trend
(lines x characters) curves curves
• Number of process values in mes- 8 8 Visual Basic script Number = 50/ Number = 50/
sages number of lines number of lines
per script = 20 per script = 20
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 Ring buffer, 512
entries each entries each Logging/printer driver
• Print functions Messages, shift Messages, shift
Recipes log, color print, log, color print,
• Recipes 300 300 hardcopy hardcopy
• Data records per recipe 500 500 • Drivers ESC/P2, ESC/P2,
PCL3/PCL6 PCL3/PCL6
• Entries/data record 1000 1000
Fonts
• Recipe memory 64 KB inte- 64 KB inte- • Language (keyboard fonts) US English US English
expandable expandable Languages
Process images 300 300 • Online languages 5 5
• Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, D, GB, F, I, E,
Picture elements CHN "tradi- CHN "tradi-
• Text objects 10,000 text ele- 10,000 text ele- tional", CHN tional", CHN
ments ments "simplified", DK, "simplified", DK,
• Fields per screen 200 200 KP/ROK, NL, N, KP/ROK, NL, N,
• Variables per screen 200 200 PL, P, RUS, S, PL, P, RUS, S,
CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons, • Character set Tahoma, Arial, Tahoma, Arial,
vector graphics vector graphics Courier New, Courier New,
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar Diagrams, bar ideographic ideographic
graphs, slides, graphs, slides, languages, 2 languages, 2
analog dis- analog dis- further charac- further charac-
plays, hidden plays, hidden ter sets can be ter sets can be
buttons buttons loaded, all loaded, all
freely scalable freely scalable
Variables 2048 2048
Data carrier support
• CF card Yes Yes
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/115

SIMATIC TP 270

SIMATIC TP 270 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Touch Panel with Operating Instructions
• 5.7" color STN display B 6AV6 545-0CA10-0AX0 TP 270/OP 270 and MP 270B
(WinCC flexible)
2 • 10.4" color STN display
B 6AV6 545-0CC10-0AX0
• German 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AA0
• English 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AB0
Configuring
• French 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AC0
with SIMATIC ProTool See Section 4
and ProTool/Pro • Italian 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AD0
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 • Spanish 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AE0
Configuration set D 6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0 User Manual
Consisting of: WinCC flexible
• WinCC flexible Standard
engineering software • German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• SIMATIC HMI Manual • English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
Collection (CD),
5 languages (English, French, • French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
German, Italian, Spanish)
• Configuration cable USB
master-master between PG/PC • Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
and panel User Manual
• MPI cable, 5 m WinCC flexible Communication
Applications/options • German 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
When configuring with ProTool • English 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP See Section 4 TP/OP 270 and MP 270B
(ProTool) Manual
When configuring with WinCC flexible
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent See Section 4
• English 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess See Section 4
• WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService See Section 4
ProTool User Manual
for configuring Windows-based
systems

2/116 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC TP 270

Documentation (to be ordered separately) (continued)
User Manual Communication Dimensions in mm
for Windows-Based Systems
(ProTool)
• German 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0 2
212 58 6,2
• Italian 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0 196
Manual Collection
156
140
on CD-ROM
G_ST80_XX_00044
SIMATIC HMI
Accessories
CF cards Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
CF card, 128 MB A 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
Backup battery W79084-E1001-B2 TP 270 6“
Lithium battery, DC 3.6 V; 1.7 Ah
for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27, Dimensions in mm
TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B,
MP 370
335
Cover foil 309 59,2 9,5
to protect the touch front against 54,9
• for TP 270 6" 6AV6 574-1AD00-4DX0
• for TP 270 10" 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
247
275
Service pack for TP 270 6" 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0

Consisting of:
G_ST80_XX_00043
(twin block)
Service pack for TP 270 10" 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs) Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 310 x 248
• Plug-in terminal block TP 270 10“
(twin block)
• Machinist’s wrench
with axial cable outlet (180°) For further information, visit our website at
TTY-RS 232 converter 6ES5 734-1BD20
for connection with S5 CPUs,
length 3.2 m;
Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
System interfaces See page 2/169 http://www.siemens.com/panels
Note
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S described here? Then look up "Customized products",
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/117

SIMATIC OP 270
The OP 270 Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa-
tions is required on site – whether in production automation, pro-
cess automation or building services automation. They are in
2 use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Their operation without a hard disk or fan, real-time capability as
well as short start-up times satisfy demanding machine visual-
ization tasks even under harsh industrial conditions.
■ Design
• 5.7” (OP 270 6“) or 10.4“ (OP 270 10“) STN color display,
256 colors
• Membrane keyboard:
- OP 270 6":
36 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
OP 270 10":
• Operator panel with comprehensive functions for demanding function keys (28 with LEDs)
machine visualization tasks • Compact design with small installation depth
• Pixel graphics 5.7" or 10.4” STN display, color (256 colors) • Rugged plastic (OP 270 6") or aluminum die-cast housing
• OP 270 6": (OP 270 10") with IP65/NEMA 4/NEMA 12 (front) or IP20
36 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable (rear of unit) degree of protection
function keys (18 with LEDs) • The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
OP 270 10": detergents
function keys (28 with LEDs) • High electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and extreme vibra-
tion resistance
• All interfaces on board, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB;
Ethernet optional • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• SIMATIC OP 270 Operator Panels are the innovative succes- • Interfaces:
sors of the SIMATIC OP27 Operator Panels - Serial RS 232 interface and RS 485/422 for process connec-
tions and for downloading the configuration (MPI and
PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
■ Benefits - Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
- USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/
uploading configurations
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
- Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) using network card for exchang-
ing data with a higher-level PC, connecting a network printer
• Modular expansion possible with options such as: and downloading/uploading configurations;
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for communication between connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
various SIMATIC HMI systems WinCC flexible
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService for remote maintenance and
• Slot for compact flash card
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Backup/restore via USB, MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial)
and optionally via Ethernet (TCP/IP) or compact flash card
(CF card)
firmware
• Graphics library complete with ready-to-use display objects
flexibility:
- CF card, used for recipe data sets and for backing up the
configuration and system data
- Integrated USB interface for "Hot plug-in/out“ of I/O devices
(printer, keyboard, mouse, barcode reader)
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives
and recipes for further processing using standard tools
(e.g. MS Excel)
- Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management
and project management;
WinCC flexible
2/118 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 270
■ Function
• Displaying and modifying process parameters • Help texts
• Function keys for process diagrams, messages and variables
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions • Mathematical functions
can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
peripherals.
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs 2
• Permanent window
• Process display: permanent display area for the output of information that is not
- OP 270 6“: specific to the particular display (e.g. important process vari-
QVGA resolution (320 x 240 pixels), ables, date and time)
OP 270 10“:
VGA resolution (640 x 480 pixels) • Simple maintenance and configuration through
with 256 colors for display elements - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
- Vector graphics (various line-drawn and solid objects) data records and firmware on the optional CF Card (Compact
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic showing/hiding of objects Flash Card) or optionally over Ethernet
- Pixel graphics displays, curves and bar displays - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
- Presentation of up to 8 curves in a curve field; data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
Curve display with scroll and zoom functions for access to the - Configuration download/upload over
history and for flexible selection of the period for presentation; USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS 232/Ethernet (optional)/modem
read-off line for determining the actual values and display in and CF Card (optional)
a table - Automatic transfer identification
- Comprehensive image libraries (SIMATIC HMI - Individual contrast settings
Symbol Library) - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration com-
- Graphics objects: Slider, gauge, clock puter
- Cyclic function processing using timers • Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
• Multiplex function for variables translation using standard word processing programs
• Message system Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
- administration of status, fault and system messages • Project-specific picture blocks that can be modified centrally
- Status and fault messages with message history
- Preconfigured message display, message window and • Message system
message line - Bit messages and analog messages (limit value messages)
as well as the Alarm S message frame procedure for SIMATIC
• Archiving of messages and process values S7 and SIMOTION
(on CF Card, optionally over Ethernet) - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
- Different archive types: short-term archive and sequence messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
archive display of message events
- Storage of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- Online evaluation of process value archives through curves • Language selection:
- External evaluation using standard tools (MS Excel and MS - Language-dependent texts and graphics
Access) is possible • Permanent window expanded by template concept;
• Message log and shift log - generation of screen templates
• Print functions (see "recommended printers") • User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
• Language selection of specific sectors
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic - Authentication by means of user ID and password
and Cyrillic character sets - Privileges specific to user groups
• Password protection with 10 levels • Visual Basic Runtime object model
• Recipe management • Service functions
- With additional data storage (on CF Card) (optionally with "WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService")
- Online/offline processing at the panel - E-mail generation
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) - Remote operation of the SIMATIC HMI system based on
- External processing using standard tools MS Excel and MS Internet explorer
Access is possible - Web server with status HTML pages and control functions
• PG functions STATUS/CONTROL VAR in combination with • Client/server functions
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 (optionally with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
• Display selection from the PLC - Remote operation and monitoring of other SIMATIC HMI
supports operator prompting from the PLC systems
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through the implementation of - Plant-wide scanning of information and archiving of process
new functions including linking to ProTool variables (compari- data
son operations, loops, etc.)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/119

SIMATIC OP 270

Configuration The SIMATIC OP 270 Operator Panels can be connected to:
Configuring is performed using the configuring software SI- • SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
MATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (see HMI • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
2 software/configuring software or visualization software) or using
the engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
Advanced (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineer-
ing software). • SINUMERIK
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC • SIMOTION
flexible. • Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
Applications/options - Mitsubishi
When configuring with ProTool - Telemecanique 1)
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; - LG GLOFA GM
fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for - Modicon
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process - GE-Fanuc
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent) - Omron
• Over Ethernet (TCP/IP) to higher-level PC and network printer
When configuring with WinCC flexible (optionally over NE2000-compatible network card)
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent;
fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process • Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent) (optionally over NE2000-compatible network card)
Remote control and monitoring as well as communication be- • HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems
tween different SIMATIC HMI systems (see WinCC flexible RT (optionally with the "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess" option)
options)
• SINUMERIK
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService; (optionally with "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
Remote monitoring and service of machines/plants over the WinCC flexible CE"; the "SINUMERIK HMI engineering pack-
Internet/Intranet (see WinCC flexible RT options) age WinCC flexible" is additionally necessary for configuration;
1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Note:
2/120 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 270
OP 270 OP 270 OP 270 OP 270
Display Degree of protection 2
• Display type STN liquid STN liquid • Front IP65, IP65,
crystal display crystal display NEMA 4, NEMA 4,
(LCD) (LCD) NEMA 4x, NEMA 4x,
NEMA 12; NEMA 12;
• Size 5.7" 10.4" (when (when
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 640 x 480 mounted) mounted)
• Colors 256 colors 256 colors • Rear IP20 IP20
• MTBF of background lighting approx. 40,000 approx. 60,000 Certification CE, GL, ABS, CE, GL, ABS,
(at 25 °C) hours hours (some only as options) DNV, LRS, FM DNV, LRS, FM
Class I Div. 2, Class I Div. 2,
Operating mode UL, cULus, UL, cULus,
• Control elements Membrane Membrane EX zone 2/22, EX zone 2/22,
keyboard keyboard C-TICK C-TICK
• Operating options Key Key Mechanical components/

dimensions
• Function keys, programmable 24 function 36 function
keys, keys, • Front panel W x H (mm) 308 x 204 483 x 310
18 with LEDs 28 with LEDs • Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 282 x 178/ 436 x 295/
• Membrane keyboard Yes Yes (mm) 59 mm depth 55 mm depth
of unit of unit
• System keys 36 38
• Weight 1 kg 6 kg
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes
Ambient conditions
• External mouse/keyboard/bar- USB/USB/USB USB/USB/USB
code reader • Max. relative humidity (in %) 90% 90%
Processor/HW RISC 32 bits, RISC 32 bits, • Mounting position Vertical Vertical

180 MHz 180 MHz - Max. permissible angle of +/- 35° +/- 35°
Operating systems Windows CE Windows CE
• Temperature
Memory
- Operation 0 to +35 °C 0 to +35 °C
• Usable memory for project data 2028 KB user 2028 KB user (max. angle of inclination)
memory/with- memory/with- - Transportation and storage -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C
out additional out additional
memory for memory for Expansions for operator-process
options options communication
• DP direct LEDs F1...F8, F1...F12,
• Interfaces 2 x RS232, 2 x RS232, (LEDs as S7 output I/O) K1...K10 K1...K16
1 x RS422, 1 x RS422,
1 x RS485 1 x RS485 • DP direct keys F1...F14, F1...F20,
max. 12 Mbit/s max. 12 Mbit/s (buttons as input peripherals) K1...K104 byte K1...K165 byte
or coded or coded
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
• USB (universal serial bus) 1 x USB 1 x USB
• I/O Printer, bar- Printer, bar-
Supply voltage code reader code reader
• Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC • Applications/options ProAgent ProAgent
• Permissible range +18 to +30 V +18 to +30 V (with ProTool)
DC DC Configuring
• Rated current 0.6 A 0.6 A • Configuration tool ProTool ProTool
• Output 15 W 15 W • Configuration tool WinCC flexible WinCC flexible
• UPS can be connected (serial) Yes Yes
• Backup battery Optional 3.6 V Optional 3.6 V
Clock Hardware Hardware
clock, battery- clock, battery-
backed and backed and
synchronized synchronized
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/121

SIMATIC OP 270

OP 270 OP 270 OP 270 OP 270
2 Functionality
Archiving
• Number of archives per project 20 20
• Scheduler Yes Yes • Number of process tags per ar- 0 0
chive
• Status/Control with SIMATIC with SIMATIC
S5/S7 S5/S7 • Archive types Sequence Sequence
archive, short- archive, short-
Protocols term archive, term archive,
alarm log, pro- alarm log, pro-
• Interface to control S5, S7-200, S5, S7-200, cess value cess value
(may only be an option) S7-300/400, S7-300/400, archive archive
505Win AC, 505Win AC,
PC (TCP/IP), PC (TCP/IP), • Memory location CF card, Ether- CF card, Ether-
SINUMERIK, SINUMERIK, net net
SIMOTION, SIMOTION, • Data storage format CSV file, can be CSV file, can be
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley read, e.g., in read, e.g., in
(DF1), (DF1), MS Excel, MS MS Excel, MS
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley Access Access
(DF485), (DF485), • External evaluation Can be read, Can be read,
Mitsubishi (FX), Mitsubishi (FX), e.g., in MS e.g., in MS
Telemecanique Telemecanique Excel, MS Excel, MS
(ADJUST), (ADJUST), Access, etc. Access, etc.
OMRON OMRON
(LINK/Multi- (LINK/Multi- • Size of archive Dependent on Dependent on
link), Modicon link), Modicon the memory the memory
(Modbus) (Modbus) space avail- space avail-
and other and other able on the able on the
non-Siemens non-Siemens external external
drivers drivers card/stick or card/stick or
spare hard disk spare hard disk
Signaling system memory via the memory via the
• Number of messages 4000 4000 network drive network drive
• Online evaluation Using trend Using trend
• Discrete alarms Yes Yes curves curves
• Analog messages Yes Yes Security
• Message length (in characters) 70 70 • Number of user groups 10 10
• Number of process values per 8 8 • Exportable passwords Yes Yes
message Visual Basic script Not possible Not possible
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 Ring buffer, 512 Logging/printer driver
entries each entries each
• Printing/logging Messages, Messages,
Recipes report/log, report/log,
• Recipes 300 300 color print color print
• Printer driver ESC/P2, ESC/P2,
• Data records per recipe 500 500 PCL3/PCL6 PCL3/PCL6
• Entries/data record 1000 1000 Fonts
• Recipe memory 64 KB inte- 64 KB inte- • Keyboard fonts US English US English
expandable expandable Languages
• Online languages 5 5
Process images 300 300
• Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, D, GB, F, I, E,
Picture elements CHN "tradi- CHN "tradi-
• Text objects 10,000 text ele- 10,000 text ele- tional", CHN tional", CHN
ments ments "simplified", DK, "simplified", DK,
• Fields per screen 200 200 KP/ROK, NL, N, KP/ROK, NL, N,
PL, P, RUS, S, PL, P, RUS, S,
• Variables/screen 200 200 CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons, • Character sets Tahoma, Tahoma,
vector graphics vector graphics ideographic ideographic
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar Diagrams, bar languages, languages,
graphs, hidden graphs, hidden 2 further char- 2 further char-
buttons buttons acter sets can acter sets can
be loaded, all be loaded, all
Variables 2048 2048 freely scalable freely scalable
• CF card Yes Yes
• Applications/options ProAgent ProAgent
2/122 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 270

OP 270 OP 270 OP 270 OP 270
(upload/download)
Variables 2048 2048 2
Archiving
• Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS MPI/PROFIBUS
DP, serial, USB, DP, serial, USB, • Number of archives per project 20 20
Ethernet (auto- Ethernet (auto- • Number of process tags per ar- 20 20
matic transfer matic transfer chive
recognition) recognition) • Number of entries per archive 500,000 500,000
Functionality • Archive types Short-term Short-term
(under ProTool) archive, archive,
• Timer Yes Yes sequence sequence
archive, mes- archive, mes-
• Password protection 9 9 sage archive, sage archive,
(number of levels) process-value process-value
• Help system Yes Yes archive archive
• PG functions with SIMATIC with SIMATIC • Memory location Number of Number of
(STATUS/CONTROL) S5/S7 S5/S7 entries per entries per
• PG function (status/control) Yes Yes archive, archive,
sequence sequence
Protocols archive archive
• Interface to PLC S5, S7-200, S5, S7-200, • Data storage format CSV file, can be CSV file, can be
(may only be an option) S7-300/400, S7-300/400, read, e.g., in read, e.g., in
505Win AC, 505Win AC, MS Excel, MS Excel,
SINUMERIK, SINUMERIK, MS Access MS Access
SIMOTION, SIMOTION, • External evaluation Can be read, Can be read,
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley e.g., in MS e.g., in MS
(DF1), (DF1), Excel, MS Excel, MS
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley Access, etc. Access, etc.
(DF485), (DF485),
Mitsubishi (FX), Mitsubishi (FX), • Size of archive Dependent on Dependent on
Telemecanique Telemecanique the memory the memory
(ADJUST), (ADJUST), space avail- space avail-
OMRON OMRON able on the able on the
(LINK/Multi- (LINK/Multi- external external
link), Modicon link), Modicon card/stick or card/stick or
(Modbus) (Modbus) spare hard disk spare hard disk
and other and other memory via the memory via the
non-Siemens non-Siemens network drive network drive
drivers drivers • Online evaluation Using trend Using trend
curves curves
Signaling system
• Status messages 2000 2000 Visual Basic Script Anzahl = 50 / Anzahl = 50 /
Anzahl Zeilen Anzahl Zeilen
• Alarm messages 2000 2000 pro Script = 20 pro Script = 20
• System messages Yes Yes
• Message length 1 x 70 1 x 70
(lines x characters) • Print functions Messages, shift Messages, shift
log, color print, log, color print,
• Number of process values in 8 8 hardcopy hardcopy
messages
• Drivers ESC/P2, ESC/P2,
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 Ring buffer, 512 PCL3/PCL6 PCL3/PCL6
entries each entries each
Fonts
Recipes
• Language (keyboard fonts) US English US English
• Recipes 300 300
• Data records per recipe 500 500 Languages
• Entries/data record 1000 1000 • Online languages 5 5
• Recipe memory 64 KB inte- 64 KB inte- • Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, D, GB, F, I, E,
grated Flash, grated Flash, CHN "tradi- CHN "tradi-
expandable expandable tional", CHN tional", CHN
"simplified", DK, "simplified", DK,
Process images 300 300 FIN, GR, J, FIN, GR, J,
KP/ROK, NL, N, KP/ROK, NL, N,
Picture elements PL, P, RUS, S, PL, P, RUS, S,
• Text objects 10,000 text 10,000 text CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
elements elements • Character set Tahoma, Arial, Tahoma, Arial,
• Fields per screen 200 200 Courier New, Courier New,
• Variables per screen 200 200 ideographic ideographic
languages, 2 languages, 2
• Graphics objects Bitmaps,icons, Bitmaps, icons, further charac- further charac-
vector graphics vector graphics ter sets can be ter sets can be
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar Diagrams, bar loaded, all loaded, all
graphs, slides, graphs, slides, freely scalable freely scalable
analog dis- analog dis-
plays, hidden plays, hidden Data carrier support
buttons buttons • CF card Yes Yes
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/123

SIMATIC OP 270

SIMATIC OP 270 ProTool User Manual for config-
Operator Panel with uring Windows-based systems
• 5.7" color STN display B 6AV6 542-0CA10-0AX0 • German 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
2 • 10.4" color STN display

B 6AV6 542-0CC10-0AX0 • English
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
Configuring • Italian 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
with SIMATIC ProTool See Section 4 • Spanish 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
or ProTool/Pro
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 for Windows-based systems
(ProTool)
Configuration set D 6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0
Consisting of:
• WinCC flexible Standard • English 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
engineering software • French 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• SIMATIC HMI Manual
Collection (CD), • Italian 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
5 languages (English, French, • Spanish 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
• Configuration cable USB
Manual Collection
master-master between PG/PC
and panel Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
• MPI cable, 5 m
Applications/options German, Italian and Spanish);
When configuring with ProTool contains: all currently available
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP See Section 4 communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
When configuring with WinCC flexible
Accessories
CF cards
• WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService See Section 4
Lithium battery, DC 3.6 V; 1.7 Ah
Operating Instructions for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
TP 270/OP 270 and MP 270B OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27,
(WinCC flexible) TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B,
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AA0 MP 370
• German
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AB0 Accessories for supplementary ordering
• English
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AC0 Service package for OP 270 6“ 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
• French
Consisting of:
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AD0
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AE0 • 2 sets of labeling strips
User Manual • 7 tensioning clamps
WinCC flexible • Plug-in terminal block
Compact/Standard/Advanced (twin block)
• German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0 Service package for OP 270 10“ 6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0
• English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0 Consisting of:
• French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0 • Installation sealing
• Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0 • 2 sets of labeling strips
User Manual (twin block)
WinCC flexible Communication • Socket wrench
Bus connector RS 485 with 6GK1 500-0EA02
• English 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0 axial cable outlet (180°)
TP/OP 270 and MP 270B TTY-RS 232 converter 6ES5 734-1BD20
(ProTool) Manual for connection with S5 CPUs,
• German 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0 length 3.2 m;
Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3 D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
2/124 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC OP 270

Dimensions in mm
2
308 59 6
Note
204
176
G_ST80_XX_00056
OP 270 6“
Dimensions in mm
482,6
431,6 58,6 9,5
55,3
288,3
310,3
G_ST80_XX_00055
OP 270 10“
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/125

Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Overview - 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
flexibility:
2 - PC/CF card slot for memory expansions, backup/restore or
additional interfaces
- Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management and
project management;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 possible when configuring
with WinCC flexible
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and
recipes enables further processing using standard tools
(e.g. MS Excel)
■ Application
The SIMATIC MP 270B Multi Panels can be used in all applica-
installations is required on site – whether in production automa-
tion, process automation or building service automation. They
• Like operator panels, Multi Panels (MP) are used for on-site are used in a variety of sectors and applications and their field
machine operation and monitoring of applications can be expanded using the multi panel options,
• Their functionality can be expanded by installing additional e.g. by displaying HTML documents via the MS Pocket Internet
Windows CE applications (Multi Panel and Panel options) Explorer.
• The SIMATIC MP 270B units based on Windows CE combine Windows CE provides the fundamentals for use in harsh indus-
the ruggedness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs trial environments. The lack of a hard disk and fan means that it
• Pixel-graphics 5.7" or 10.4" TFT display, color (256 colors) can also be used in applications in which high levels of vibration
• MP 270B 10“ Key: or dust place restrictions on the operation of a PC. Short power-
38 system keys, 36 freely configurable and freely inscribable up times mean that the multi panels are quickly ready for use.
function keys (28 with LED)
MP 270B 6“ and 10“ Touch:
Touch screen (analog/resistive)
■ Design
• 5.7“ or 10.4" TFT color display, 256 colors
• All interfaces on board, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB,
Ethernet, serial • MP 270B Keys:
- Membrane keyboard, 38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable
and freely-inscribable function keys (28 with LEDs)
■ Benefits • MP 270 B Touch:
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): - Touch screen (analog/resistive)
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, • Compact construction with a mounting depth of only 55 mm
reduces the lifecycle costs (MP 270B Touch) or 59 mm (MP 270B Keys)
• Modular expansion possible with options such as: • The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
- ThinClient/MP for use as terminal client on a Windows detergents
terminal server (only MP 270B 10" Touch)
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for communication between • Degree of protection IP65/NEMA 4x/NEMA 12 (front) or IP20
various SIMATIC HMI systems (on the rear of the unit)
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService for remote maintenance and • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet • Interfaces:
- WinCC flexible /OPC server for communication with applica- - RS 232/RS 485/RS 422 interface for process connections
tions from various vendors (MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- MS Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply) - Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to: - USB for mouse, keyboard, printer, barcode reader and down-
- Backup/restore via Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB, MPI, loading/uploading configurations
PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or optionally via PC/CF card - Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for data transmission to a higher-
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and level PC and for connecting a network printer
firmware • Slot for Compact Flash card (CF card)
- Long service life of the backlighting • Slot for PC card
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use
display objects
2/126 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Function
• Displaying and modifying process parameters • Help texts
• Function keys (only for MP 270B 10“ Key) for process diagrams, messages and variables
are used for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 • Mathematical functions
functions can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
peripherals.
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs 2
• Process display: permanent display area for the output of information that is not
- MP 270B 6“ Touch: QVGA resolution (320 x 240 pixels) specific to the particular display (e.g. important process vari-
MP 270B 10“: VGA resolution (640 x 480 pixels) ables, date and time)
with 256 colors for display elements
- Vector graphics (various line-drawn and solid objects) • Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic showing/hiding of objects - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
- Pixel graphics displays, curves and bar displays data records and firmware on a PC/CF card (optional) or over
- Presentation of up to 8 curves in a curve field; Ethernet
curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions for accessing - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
historical values and for flexible selection of the displayed data records and firmware on a PC
time frame; - Download and upload of configuration via
cross-hair for reading off current values and display in a Ethernet/USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/modem and
table Comprehensive image libraries (SIMATIC HMI CF card (optional)
Symbol Library) - Automatic transfer identification
- Graphics objects: Slider, gauge, clock - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration com-
- Cyclic function processing using timers puter
• Multiplex function for variables • Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
translation using standard word processing programs
• Message system
- administration of status, fault and system messages Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
- Status and fault messages with message history • Project-specific picture blocks that can be modified centrally
- Preconfigured message display, message window and
message line • Message system
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit value messages)
• Archiving of messages and process values (on PC/CF Card or as well as the Alarm S message frame procedure for SIMATIC
network drives over Ethernet) S7 and SIMOTION
- Different archive types: short-term archive and sequence - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
archive messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
- Storage of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) display of message events
- Online evaluation of process value archives through curves
- External evaluation using standard tools (MS Excel and MS • Language selection:
Access) is possible - Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Message log and shift log • Permanent window expanded by template concept;
- generation of screen templates
• Print functions (see "recommended printers")
• Password system
• Language selection - User-oriented access protection according to requirements
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic of specific sectors
and Cyrillic character sets - Authentication by means of user ID and password
• Password protection with 10 levels - Privileges specific to user groups
• Recipe management • Visual Basic Runtime object model
- With additional data storage (on PC/CF Card) • Service functions
- Online/offline processing at the panel (optionally with "WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService")
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) - E-mail generation
- External processing using standard tools MS Excel and MS - Remote operation of the SIMATIC HMI system based on
Access is possible Internet explorer
• PG functions STATUS/CONTROL VAR in combination with - Web server with status HTML pages and control functions
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 • Client/server functions
• Display selection from the PLC (optionally with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
supports operator prompting from the PLC - Remote operation and monitoring of other SIMATIC HMI
• Display of HTML documents with MS Pocket Internet Explorer systems
- Plant-wide scanning of information and archiving of process
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through the implementation of data
new functions including linking to ProTool variables (compari-
son operations, loops, etc.) Configuration
Configuring is performed using the configuring software
SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (not MP
270B 6" Touch; see HMI software/configuring software or visual-
ization software) or using the engineering software SIMATIC
WinCC flexible Standard or Advanced (see HMI software/
SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/127

SIMATIC MP 270B

Applications/options The MP 270B can be connected to:
When configuring with ProTool • SIMATIC S7:S7-200/-300-400
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
2 fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• SINUMERIK
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (MP 270B 10“ Touch only);
use of the Multi Panel Touch variant as MS Windows terminal • SIMOTION
client for utilizing the MS terminal services (see multi panel • Non-Siemens controllers
options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP) - Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
When configuring with WinCC flexible - Telemecanique 1)
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (MP 270B10" Touch only) - LG GLOFA GM
Use of the Multi Panel Touch variant as MS Windows terminal - Modicon
client for utilizing the MS terminal services (see multi panel - GE-Fanuc
options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP) - Omron
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent; • Over Ethernet (TCP/IP) to higher-level PC, network printer
fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent) • Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7
remote operation and monitoring as well as communication • OPC XML server (optionally with "WinCC flexible /OPC Server")
between different SIMATIC HMI systems (see HMI software/r
untime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT • HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems (option-
options) ally with the "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess" option)
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService; • SINUMERIK
remote maintenance and servicing of machines and plant (optionally with "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
over the Internet/Intranet (see HMI software/runtime software WinCC flexible CE"; the "SINUMERIK HMI engineering pack-
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options) age WinCC flexible" is additionally necessary for configuration;
• WinCC flexible /OPC server
Communication with applications (e.g. MES, ERP, or applica-
tions in the office environment) from various manufacturers 1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
(see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC
WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
Note:
2/128 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 270B
SIMATIC MP 270B SIMATIC MP 270B SIMATIC MP 270B
6“ Color-TFT-Display, Touch 10“ Color-TFT-Display, Keyboard 10“ Color-TFT-Display, Touch
Display
• Display type
• Size
TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
10.4"
10.4"
2
(at 25 °C)
Operating mode
• Control elements Touch screen Membrane keyboard Touch screen
• Operating options Touch Key Touch
• Function keys, programmable none 36 function keys, 28 with LEDs none
• Membrane keyboard No Yes No
• Touch screen Analog, resistive No Analog, resistive
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes
• External mouse/keyboard/ USB/USB/USB USB/USB/USB USB/USB/USB
barcode reader
Processor/HW RISC 64 bits, 180 MHz RISC 64 bits, 180 MHz RISC 64 bits, 180 MHz
Operating systems Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE
Memory
• Interfaces 2 x RS232, 2 x RS232, 2 x RS232,
1 x RS422, 1 x RS422, 1 x RS422,
1 x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s 1 x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s 1 x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s
• PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
• USB (universal serial bus) 1 x USB 1 x USB 1 x USB
• Ethernet 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
Supply voltage
• Output 18 W 22 W 22 W
• UPS can be connected (serial) Yes Yes Yes
Clock Hardware clock, battery-backed Hardware clock, battery-backed Hardware clock, battery-backed
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 4x, NEMA 12; IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 4x, NEMA 12; IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 4x, NEMA 12;
(when mounted) (when mounted) (when mounted)
Certification CE, GL, ABS, DNV, LRS, FM Class I CE, GL, ABS, DNV, LRS, FM Class I CE, GL, ABS, DNV, LRS, FM Class I
(some only as options) Div. 2, cULus, EX zone 2/22, Div. 2, cULus, EX zone 2/22, Div. 2, cULus, EX zone 2/22,
C-TICK C-TICK C-TICK
dimensions
• Mounting cutout/depth 198 x 142/59 mm depth of unit 436 x 295/55 mm depth of unit 310 x 248/59 mm depth of unit
W x H x D (mm)
• Weight 1 kg 6 kg 4.5 kg
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/129

SIMATIC MP 270B

Ambient conditions
2 • Max. relative humidity (in %)

• Mounting position
90%
Vertical
90%
Vertical
90%
Vertical
• Temperature
communication
• DP direct LEDs F1...F12, K1...K16
• DP direct keys 5 bytes or coded F1...F20, K1...K16 5 bytes or coded
• I/O Printer, barcode reader Printer, barcode reader Printer, barcode reader
• Applications/options ProAgent, Internet Explorer ProAgent, Internet Explorer ProAgent, Internet Explorer,
(with ProTool) ThinClient
Configuring
• Configuration tool - ProTool ProTool
Functionality
• Scheduler Yes Yes Yes
• Status/Control with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7
Protocols
• Interface to control S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400,
(may only be an option) 505Win AC, PC (TCP/IP), 505Win AC, PC (TCP/IP), 505Win AC, PC (TCP/IP),
Bradley (DF1), Bradley (DF1), Bradley (DF1),
Allen Bradley (DF485), Allen Bradley (DF485), Allen Bradley (DF485),
Mitsubishi (FX), Mitsubishi (FX), Mitsubishi (FX),
OMRON (LINK/Multilink), OMRON (LINK/Multilink), OMRON (LINK/Multilink),
Signaling system
• Analog messages Yes Yes Yes
• Message length (in characters) 80 80 80
message
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 entries each Ring buffer, 512 entries each Ring buffer, 512 entries each
Recipes
• Recipes 300 300 300
expandable expandable expandable
2/130 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 270B

Picture elements
• Text objects
• Fields per screen
10,000 text elements
200
200
200
2
• Variables/screen 200 200 200
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar graphs, slides, Diagrams, bar graphs, slides, Diagrams, bar graphs, slides,
analog displays, hidden buttons analog displays, hidden buttons analog displays, hidden buttons
Variables 2048 2048 2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project 20 20 20
• Number of process tags per ar- 20 20 20
chive
• Number of entries per archive 10,000 10,000 10,000
• Archive types Sequence archive, short-term Sequence archive, short-term Sequence archive, short-term
archive, alarm log, process value archive, alarm log, process value archive, alarm log, process value
archive archive archive
• Memory location PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet
• Data storage format CSV file, can be read, e.g., CSV file, can be read, e.g., CSV file, can be read, e.g.,
in MS Excel, MS Access in MS Excel, MS Access in MS Excel, MS Access
• External evaluation Can be read, e.g., in MS Excel, Can be read, e.g., in MS Excel, Can be read, e.g., in MS Excel,
MS Access, etc. MS Access, etc. MS Access, etc.
• Size of archive Dependent on the memory space Dependent on the memory space Dependent on the memory space
available on the external card/stick available on the external card/stick available on the external card/stick
or spare hard disk memory via the or spare hard disk memory via the or spare hard disk memory via the
network drive network drive network drive
• Online evaluation Using trend curves Using trend curves Using trend curves
Filters
• Security
- Number of user groups 10 10 10
- Number of access rights 32 32 32
- Exportable passwords Yes Yes Yes
- Visual Basic script Number = 50 Number = 50 Number = 50
• Printing/logging Messages, report/log, color print, Messages, report/log, color print, Messages, report/log, color print,
hardcopy hardcopy hardcopy
• Printer driver ESC/P2 ESC/P2 ESC/P2
Fonts
• Keyboard fonts US English US English US English
Languages
• Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional",
CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J, CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J, CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J,
KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S, KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S, KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S,
CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
• Fonts Tahoma, Arial, Courier New, Tahoma, Arial, Courier New, Tahoma, Arial, Courier New,
ideographic languages, 2 further ideographic languages, 2 further ideographic languages, 2 further
character sets can be loaded, all character sets can be loaded, all character sets can be loaded, all
freely scalable freely scalable freely scalable
• PC card Yes Yes Yes
• CF card Yes Yes Yes
• Applications/options ProAgent, Internet Explorer, ProAgent, Internet Explorer ProAgent, Internet Explorer,
(with WinCC flexible) ThinClient ThinClient
(upload/download)
• Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP, serial, USB, MPI/PROFIBUS DP, serial, USB, MPI/PROFIBUS DP, serial, USB,
Ethernet, using external memory Ethernet, using external memory Ethernet, using external memory
medium (automatic transfer medium (automatic transfer medium (automatic transfer
recognition) recognition) recognition)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/131

SIMATIC MP 270B

2 • Timer
Yes
10
Yes
10
(number of levels)
• Help system No Yes Yes
• PG functions Not possible with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7
(STATUS/CONTROL)
Protocols
(may only be an option) Win AC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Win AC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Win AC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Signaling system
• Status messages 2000 2000
• Alarm messages 2000 2000
• System messages Yes Yes
• Message length 1 x 70 1 x 70
• Number of process values in 8 8
messages
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 entries each Ring buffer, 512 entries each
Recipes
• Recipes 300 300
• Data records per recipe 500 500
• Entries/data record 1000 1000
• Recipe memory 64 KB integrated Flash, 64 KB integrated Flash,
expandable expandable
Process images 300 300
Picture elements
• Text objects 10,000 text elements 10,000 text elements
• Variables per screen 200 200
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bar graphs, slides, Diagrams, bar graphs, slides,
analog displays, hidden buttons analog displays, hidden buttons
Variables 2048 2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project 20 20
• Number of process tags per 20 20
archive
• Archive types Sequence archive, short-term Sequence archive, short-term
archive, alarm log, process value archive, alarm log, process value
archive archive
• Memory location PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet
• Data storage format CSV file, can be read, e.g., in CSV file, can be read, e.g., in MS
MS Excel, MS Access Excel, MS Access
• External evaluation Can be read, e.g., in MS Excel, MS Can be read, e.g., in MS Excel, MS
Access, etc. Access, etc.
• Size of archive Dependent on the memory space Dependent on the memory space
available on the external card/stick available on the external card/stick
or spare hard disk memory via the or spare hard disk memory via the
network drive network drive
• Online evaluation Using trend curves Using trend curves
2/132 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 270B

Visual Basic script Number = 50/ Number = 50/
number of lines per script = 20 number of lines per script = 20
Logging/printer driver 2
• Print functions Messages, shift log, color print, Messages, shift log, color print,
hardcopy hardcopy
• Drivers ESC/P2 ESC/P2
Fonts
• Language (keyboard fonts) US English US English US English
Languages
• Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional",
• Character set Tahoma, Arial, Courier New, Tahoma, Arial, Courier New, Tahoma, Arial, Courier New,
character sets can be loaded, character sets can be loaded, character sets can be loaded,
all freely scalable all freely scalable all freely scalable
(may only be available as an option
with ProTool)
• Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP (if available), MPI/PROFIBUS DP (if available), MPI/PROFIBUS DP (if available),
serial, USB, Ethernet, using exter- serial, USB, Ethernet, using exter- serial, USB, Ethernet, using exter-
nal memory medium (automatic nal memory medium (automatic nal memory medium (automatic
transfer recognition) transfer recognition) transfer recognition)

SIMATIC MP 270B Applications/options
Multi Panel with When configuring with ProTool
• 6" color TFT display, Touch B 6AV6 545-0AH10-0AX0 • SIMATIC ProAgent/MP See Section 4
• 10" color TFT display, Touch B 6AV6 545-0AG10-0AX0 • SIMATIC ThinClient/MP See page 2/149
• 10" color TFT display, Key B 6AV6 542-0AG10-0AX0 When configuring with WinCC flexible
incl. mounting accessories • WinCC flexible /ProAgent See Section 4
Configuring • SIMATIC ThinClient/MP See page 2/149
with SIMATIC ProTool See Section 4 • WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess See Section 4
and ProTool/Pro (MP 270B 10" • WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService See Section 4
Touch and Key)
• WinCC flexible/OPC Server See Section 4
Configuration set D 6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0
Consisting of:
engineering software
• Documentation CD
• RS 232 cable, 5 m
• MPI cable, 5 m

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/133

SIMATIC MP 270B

Documentation (to be ordered separately) Accessories
Operating Instructions Memory cards
TP 270/OP 270 and MP 270B
(WinCC flexible) • CF card, 128 MB A 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
2 • German 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AA0 • PC card (ATA Flash), 64 MB A 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0
• English 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AB0 Backup battery W79084-E1001-B2

Lithium battery, DC 2.6; 1,7 Ah,
• French 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AC0 for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AD0 OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27,
TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AE0 and MP 370
User Manual Accessories for supplementary ordering
WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced Cover foil
to protect the Touch front against
• for MP 270B 10" Touch 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
• for MP 270B 6" Touch 6AV6 574-1AD00-4DX0
Service pack for 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0 MP 270B 6" Touch
User Manual Consisting of:
WinCC flexible Communication • Mounting seal
• German 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0 • 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
• Plug-in terminal strip
TP/OP 270 and MP 270B (twin block)
(ProTool) Manual
Service pack for 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
• German 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0 MP 270B 10" Touch
• English 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0 Consisting of:
• French 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AC0 • Mounting seal
• Spanish 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AE0 (twin block)
ProTool User Manual • Socket wrench
for configuring Windows-based
systems Service pack for 6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0
MP 270B 10" Key
• German 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0 Consisting of:
• English 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0 • Mounting seal
• French 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0 • 2 sets of labeling strips
• Italian 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0 • 10 tensioning clamps
• Spanish 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0 (twin block)
User Manual • Socket wrench
Based Systems (ProTool) Bus connector RS 485 6GK1 500-0EA02
Configuration cable 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
• English 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0 between PG/PC and MP,
• French 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0 RS 232 cable (5 m)
• Italian 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0 TTY-RS 232 converter 6ES5 734-1BD20
• Spanish 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0 for connection with S5 CPUs,
length 3.2 m;
System interfaces See page 2/169 Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
Manual Collection
on CD-ROM
SIMATIC HMI

2/134 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 270B
2
335
309 59,2 9,5
54,9
212 58 6,2
196
247
275
156
140
G_ST80_XX_00044
G_ST80_XX_00043
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142 Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 310 x 248
MP 270B 6“ Touch MP 270B 10“ Touch
Dimensions in mm
482,6
431,6 58,6 9,5
55,3
http://www.siemens.com/mp
288,3
310,3
Note
G_ST80_XX_00055
MP 270B 10“ Key
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/135

SIMATIC MP 370
• Graphics library complete with ready-to-use display objects
■ Overview • Can be used worldwide:
2 • Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase

flexibility:
- PC/CF card slot for memory expansions, Backup/Restore or
additional interfaces
- Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management and
project management;
WinCC flexible
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and
recipes enables further processing using standard tools
(e.g. MS Excel)
■ Application
The SIMATIC MP 370 Multi Panels can be used in all applica-
installations is required locally – whether in production auto-
mation, process automation or building service automation.
They are used in a variety of sectors and applications and their
field of applications can be expanded using the multi panel
options, e.g. by displaying HTML documents via the MS Pocket
Internet Explorer.
• Multi panels (MPs) can be used just like the operator panels for Windows CE provides the fundamentals for use in harsh indus-
operating and monitoring machines on site. trial environments. The lack of a hard disk and fan means that it
• Their functional scope can be expanded by installing addi- can also be used in applications in which high levels of vibration
tional Windows CE applications (multi panel options) or dust place restrictions on the operation of a PC. Short power-
up times mean that the multi panels are quickly ready for use.
• The SIMATIC MP 370 units based on Windows CE combine the
ruggedness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs
• Pixel graphics 12.1" or 15.1" TFT display, color (256 colors) ■ Design
• MP 370 12“ Keys: • 12.1" or 15.1" TFT color display, 256 colors
38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • MP 370 12“ Keys:
function keys (36 with LEDs) - Membrane keyboard, 38 system keys, 36 freely-inscribable
MP 370 12" and 15" Touch: function keys (36 with LED), of which 36 are softkeys
Touch screen (analog/resistive) • MP 370 12“ and 15“ Touch :
• All interfaces on board, e.g MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB, Ethernet, - Touch screen (analog/resistive)
serial • Compact construction with a mounting depth of only 65 mm
(MP 370 12" Keys), 59 mm (MP 370 12" Touch) or 69 mm
■ Benefits (MP 370 15" Touch)
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): • The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, detergents.
reduces the lifecycle costs • Degree of protection IP65/NEMA 4x/NEMA 12 (front) or IP20
• Modular expansion possible with options such as: (on the rear of the unit)
- Software PLC SIMATIC WinAC MP • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
- ThinClient/MP for use as terminal client on a Windows • Interfaces:
terminal server - TTY/RS 232, RS 485/RS 422 interface for process connec-
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for communication between tions (MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
various SIMATIC HMI systems - Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService for remote maintenance and - USB for mouse, keyboard, printer, barcode reader and
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet downloading/uploading configurations
- WinCC flexible /OPC server for communication with applica- - Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for exchanging data with a higher-
tions from various vendors level PC, for connecting a network printer and download-
- MS Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply) ing/uploading configurations
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to: • Slot for Compact Flash card (CF card)
- Backup/restore via Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB, MPI,
PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or optionally via PC/CF card • Slot for PC card
firmware
2/136 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 370
■ Function
• Displaying and modifying process parameters • Permanent window;
• Function keys (only for MP 370B 12“ Key) permanent display area for the output of information that is
are used for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 not specific to the particular display (e.g. important process
functions can be configured simultaneously on function keys. variables, date and time)
peripherals.
• User-friendly maintenance and configuration through
2
• Process display: data records and firmware on a PC/CF card or over Ethernet
- MP 370 12“: - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
SVGA resolution (800 x 600 pixels) data records and firmware on a PC
MP 370 15“ Touch: - Download and upload of configuration via
XGA resolution (1024 x 768 pixels) Ethernet/USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/modem and
with 256 colors for picture elements, 16 colors for text CF card
- Vector graphics (various line-drawn and solid objects) - Automatic transfer identification
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic showing/hiding of objects - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration com-
- Pixel graphics displays, curves and bar displays puter
- Presentation of up to 8 curves in a curve field; • Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions for accessing translation using standard word processing programs
historical values and for flexible selection of the displayed
time frame; Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
cross-hair for reading off current values and display in a table • Project-specific picture blocks that can be modified centrally
- Comprehensive image libraries (SIMATIC HMI • Message system
Symbol Library) - Bit messages and analog messages (limit value messages)
- Graphics objects: Slider, gauge, clock as well as the Alarm S message frame procedure for SIMATIC
- Cyclic function processing using timers S7 and SIMOTION
• Multiplex function for variables - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault mes-
• Message system sages) for definition of acknowledgment response and dis-
- Administration of status, fault and system messages play of message events
- Status and fault messages with message history • Language selection:
- Preconfigured message display, message window and - Language-dependent texts and graphics
message line • Permanent window expanded by template concept;
• Archiving of messages and process values (on PC/CF Card or - generation of screen templates
network drives over Ethernet) • User administration (security)
- Different archive types: short-term archive and sequence - User-oriented access protection according to requirements
archive of specific sectors
- Storage of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) - Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Online evaluation of process value archives through curves - Privileges specific to user groups
- External evaluation using standard tools (MS Excel and MS
Access) is possible • Visual Basic Runtime object model
• Message log and shift log • Service functions
(optionally with "WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService")
• Print functions (see "recommended printers") - E-mail generation
• Language selection - Remote operation of the SIMATIC HMI system based on Inter-
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic net explorer
and Cyrillic character sets - Web server with status HTML pages and control functions
• Password protection with 10 levels • Client/server functions
• Recipe management (optionally with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
- With additional data storage (on PC/CF Card) - Remote operation and monitoring of other SIMATIC HMI
- Online/offline processing at the panel systems
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) - Plant-wide scanning of information and archiving of process
- External processing using standard tools MS Excel and MS data
Access is possible Configuration
• PG functions STATUS/CONTROL VAR in combination with
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 Configuring is performed using the configuring software
SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (see HMI
• Display selection from the PLC software/configuring software or visualization software) or using
supports operator prompting from the PLC the engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or
• Display of HTML documents with MS Pocket Internet Explorer Advanced (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineer-
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through the implementation of ing software).
new functions including linking to ProTool variables (compari- Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
son operations, loops, etc.) flexible.
• Help texts
• Mathematical functions
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/137

SIMATIC MP 370

Applications/options The MP 370 can be connected to:
When configuring with ProTool • SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
2 fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• SINUMERIK
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP;
use of the Multi Panel Touch variant as MS Windows terminal • SIMOTION
client for utilizing the MS terminal services (see multi panel • Non-Siemens PLCs
options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP) - Allen Bradley
• SIMATIC WinAC MP - Mitsubishi
Software PLC under Windows CE, executable on the multi- - Telemecanique
functional SIMATIC MP 370 platform (see multi panel options/ - LG GLOFA GM
SIMATIC WinAC MP) - Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
When configuring with WinCC flexible - Omron
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP • Over Ethernet (TCP/IP) to higher-level PC, network printer
Use of the Multi Panel Touch variant as MS Windows terminal
client for utilizing the MS terminal services (see multi panel Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP) • Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent; • Multi-protocol capability
fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for • OPC XML server (optionally with "WinCC flexible /OPC Server")
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent) • HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems
(optionally with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess;
remote operation and monitoring as well as communication • SINUMERIK
between different SIMATIC HMI systems (see HMI software/ (optionally with "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
Runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT WinCC flexible CE"; the "SINUMERIK HMI engineering pack-
options) age WinCC flexible" is additionally necessary for configuration;
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService;
remote maintenance and servicing of machines and plant
over the Internet/intranet (see HMI software/Runtime software Note:
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options) For further information, see "System interfaces".
• WinCC flexible /OPC server
Communication with applications (e.g. MES, ERP, or applica-
tions in the office environment) from various manufacturers
(see HMI software/Runtime software SIMATIC
WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
2/138 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 370
SIMATIC MP 370 SIMATIC MP 370 SIMATIC MP 370
12“ Color-TFT-Display, Keyboard 12“ Color-TFT-Display, Touch 15“ Color-TFT-Display, Touch
Display
• Display type
• Size
12.1" (248 mm x 187 mm)
12.1" (246 mm x 184 mm)
15.1" (308 mm x 232 mm)
2
(at 25 °C)
Operating mode
• Function keys, programmable 36 function keys, 36 with LEDs None None
• Membrane keyboard Yes No No
• Touch screen No Analog, resistive Analog, resistive
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes
• External mouse/keyboard/ USB/USB/USB USB/USB/USB USB/USB/USB
barcode reader
Processor/HW RISC 64 bits, 300 MHz RISC 64 bits, 300 MHz RISC 64 bits, 300 MHz
Operating systems Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE
Memory
• Usable memory for project data 7168 KB user memory/5689 KB 7168 KB user memory/5689 KB 7168 KB user memory/5689 KB
memory for options memory for options memory for options
• Interfaces 1 x TTY, 2 x RS232, 1 x RS422, 1 x TTY, 2 x RS232, 1 x RS422, 1 x TTY, 2 x RS232, 1 x RS422,
1 x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s 1 x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s 1 x RS485 max. 12 Mbit/s
• PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
• USB (universal serial bus) 1 x USB 1 x USB 1 x USB
• Ethernet 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
Supply voltage
• Permissible range +20.4 V to +28.8 V DC +20.4 V to +28.8 V DC +20.4 V to +28.8 V DC
• Output 28 W 28 W 41 W
• UPS can be connected (serial) Yes Yes Yes
Clock Hardware clock, battery-backed Hardware clock, battery-backed Hardware clock, battery-backed
• Front IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 4x, NEMA 12; IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 4x, NEMA 12; IP65, NEMA 4, NEMA 4x, NEMA 12;
(when mounted) (when mounted) (when mounted)
Certification CE, FM Class I Div. 2, cULus, CE, FM Class I Div. 2, cULus, CE, FM Class I Div. 2, cULus,
(some only as options) EX zone 2/22 EX zone 2/22 EX zone 2/22, C-TICK
dimensions
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 450 x 290/65 mm depth of unit 310 x 248/59 mm depth of unit 368 x 290/69 mm depth of unit
(mm)
• Weight 5.1 kg 4.5 kg 5.7 kg
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/139

SIMATIC MP 370

Ambient conditions
2 • Max. relative humidity (in %)

• Mounting position
85%
Vertical
85%
Vertical
85%
Vertical
• Temperature
communication
• DP direct LEDs S1...S16, F1...F20
• DP direct keys S1...S16, F1...F20 5 bytes or coded 5 bytes or coded
• I/O Printer, barcode reader Printer, barcode reader Printer, barcode reader
• Applications/options ProAgent, Internet Explorer, ProAgent, Internet Explorer, ProAgent, Internet Explorer,
(with ProTool) Soft PLC ThinClient, Soft PLC ThinClient, Soft PLC
Configuring
Functionality
• Scheduler Yes Yes Yes
• Status/Control with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7
Protocols
• Interface to control S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400,
(may only be an option) 505Win AC, PC (TCP/IP), 505Win AC, PC (TCP/IP), 505Win AC, PC (TCP/IP),
SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Signaling system
• Analog messages Yes Yes Yes
• Message length (in characters) 80 80 80
message
Recipes
• Recipes 500 500 500
2/140 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 370

Picture elements
2
• Variables/screen 400 400 400
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics
Variables 2048 2048 2048
Archiving
• Number of process tags per ar- 50 50 50
chive
Security
• Number of access rights 32 32 32
• Exportable passwords Yes Yes Yes
• Visual Basic script Number = 100 Number = 100 Number = 100
• Printing/logging Messages, report/log, color print, Messages, report/log, color print, Messages, report/log, color print,
hardcopy hardcopy hardcopy
• Printer driver ESC/P2 ESC/P2 ESC/P2
Fonts
• Keyboard fonts US English US English US English
Languages
• Project languages: D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional",
• Fonts Tahoma, Arial, Courier New, Tahoma, Arial, Courier New, Tahoma, Arial, Courier New,
character sets can be loaded, all character sets can be loaded, all character sets can be loaded, all
freely scalable freely scalable freely scalable
(upload/download)
• Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP, serial, USB, MPI/PROFIBUS DP, serial, USB, MPI/PROFIBUS DP, serial, USB,
Ethernet, using external memory Ethernet, using external memory Ethernet, using external memory
medium (automatic transfer medium (automatic transfer medium (automatic transfer
recognition) recognition) recognition)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/141

SIMATIC MP 370

2 • Timer
Yes
10
Yes
10
Yes
10
(number of levels)
• PG functions with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7 with SIMATIC S5/S7
(STATUS/CONTROL)
Protocols
(may only be an option) Win AC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Win AC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Win AC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Signaling system
• Message length 1 x 70 1 x 70 1 x 70
• Number of process values in 8 8 8
messages
Recipes
• Recipes 500 500 500
Picture elements
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics Bitmaps, icons, vector graphics Bitmaps, icons, icon (filling the
screen), vector graphics
Variables 2048 2048 2048
Archiving
• Number of process tags 50 50 50
per archive
Visual Basic script Number = 50/ Number = 50/ Number = 50/
number of lines per script = 100 number of lines per script = 100 number of lines per script = 100
2/142 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 370

• Print functions Messages, shift log, color print,
hardcopy
Messages, shift log, color print,
hardcopy
Messages, shift log, color print,
hardcopy 2
• Drivers ESC/P2 ESC/P2 ESC/P2
Fonts
• Language (keyboard fonts) US English US English US English
Languages
• Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional",
• Character set Tahoma, Arial, Courier New, Tahoma, Arial, Courier New, Tahoma, Arial, Courier New,
character sets can be loaded, character sets can be loaded, character sets can be loaded,
all freely scalable all freely scalable all freely scalable
Data carrier support (may only be
available as an option with ProTool)
• ActiveX controls Yes Yes Yes
• Transfer of the configuration MPI/PROFIBUS DP (if available), MPI/PROFIBUS DP (if available), MPI/PROFIBUS DP (if available),
serial, USB, Ethernet, using exter- serial, USB, Ethernet, using exter- serial, USB, Ethernet, using exter-
nal memory medium (automatic nal memory medium (automatic nal memory medium (automatic
transfer recognition) transfer recognition) transfer recognition)

SIMATIC MP 370 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Multi Panel with Operating Instructions MP 370
• 12" color TFT display, Touch B 6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0 (WinCC flexible)
• 12" color TFT display, Key B 6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0 • German 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AA0
• 15" color TFT display, Touch B 6AV6 545-0DB10-0AX0 • English 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AB0
incl. mounting accessories • French 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AC0
Configuring • Italian 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AD0
with SIMATIC ProTool See Section 4 • Spanish 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AE0
and ProTool/Pro
User Manual
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 WinCC flexible
MP 370 configuration set D 6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0 Compact/Standard/Advanced
Consisting of: • German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• WinCC flexible Standard • English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
engineering software
• Documentation CD,
5 languages (English, French, • Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
User Manual
• MPI cable, 5 m WinCC flexible Communication
Applications/options • German 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
When configuring with ProTool • English 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP See Section 4 MP 370 Manual (ProTool)
• SIMATIC WinAC MP See page 2/146 • German 6AV6 591-1DB10-2AA0
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP See page 2/149 • English 6AV6 591-1DB10-2AB0
When configuring with WinCC flexible • French 6AV6 591-1DB10-2AC0
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP See page 2/149 • Italian 6AV6 591-1DB10-2AD0
• WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService See Section 4 B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
• WinCC flexible/OPC Server See Section 4 D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/143

SIMATIC MP 370

Documentation (to be ordered separately) (continued) Accessories for supplementary ordering
ProTool User Manual Key labeling strips 6AV6 574-1AB00-2BA0
for configuring Windows-based for MP 370 Key
systems
2 • German 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
for function keys, without labeling,
2 sets each (plastic)
• English 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0 Cover foil
to protect the Touch front against
• for MP 370 12" Touch 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
• for MP 370 15" Touch 6AV6 574-1AD00-4EX0
User Manual
Service pack for MP 370 Touch 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
Based Systems (ProTool) Consisting of:
• German 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0 • Mounting seal
• French 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0 (twin block)
• Italian 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0 • Socket wrench
• Spanish 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0 Service pack for MP 370 Key 6AV6 574-1AA00-2BX0
SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0 Consisting of:
Manual Collection • 2 sets of labeling strips
Electronic documentation, • 6 tensioning clamps
on CD-ROM • Plug-in terminal strip
5 languages (English, French, (twin block)
German, Italian and Spanish); • Socket wrench
user manuals, manuals and Configuration cable 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
communication manuals for between PG/PC and MP,
SIMATIC HMI RS 232 cable (5 m)
Accessories Bus connector RS 485 with 6GK1 500-0EA02
Memory cards axial cable outlet (180°)
• CF cards, 128 MB A 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0 System interfaces See page 2/169
• PC card (ATA flash), A 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0 Connecting cables See page 2/180
64 MB
Lithium battery, DC 2.6; 1.7 Ah,
for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27,
TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B
and MP 370

2/144 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC MP 370
483
400
2
465 59 10
366 69 10
288
310
235
288
310
448
G_ST80_XX_00049
G_ST80_XX_00051
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 450 x 290 Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 368 x 290
MP 370 12“ Keys MP 370 15“ Touch
Dimensions in mm
335
309,4 59 10
Note
247,4
275

G_ST80_XX_00050
MP 370 12“ Touch
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/145

Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP
SIMATIC WinAC MP comprises the following components:
• Windows logic controller
• Driver for PROFIBUS DP
2 • Electronic manuals
• Control functions for ProTool
An MP 370 is also needed in order to operate WinAC MP.
This has the following key feature:
• Compact design:
All the components needed for an automation task – control
and visualization – are contained in a compact, easy-to-install
housing. This saves space in the plant and reduces the wiring
outlay considerably. Due to the integrated unit and screen, the
equipment is easy to install on a girder or in the machine panel.
For a detailed description and order information for the MP 370
and accessories, see "PC-based Automation/Industrial
PC/Embedded Platform/SIMATIC MP 370" or " SIMATIC HMI
Control and Monitoring Systems/Control and Monitoring
• The software PLC which runs under Windows CE and can be Systems/MultiPanel/370 Series".
installed on the multifunctional platform MP 370 12" and
MP 370 15“ ■ Function
• The cost-optimized solution for deterministic processes in
conjunction with a rugged hardware platform. At the same time STEP 7 can be used to program and parameterize the configu-
it is ideal for applications in which large amounts of data are ration, properties and behavior of WinAC MP:
processed. Configurable attributes
• Ideal for tasks directly at the machine when a user-friendly user • Communication:
interface is extremely important or the control task demand Determining and defining device addresses
large programs and extensive data memory.
• Start-up/cycle behavior:
Setting maximum cycle time and load and self-test functions
■ Application • Oscillator flag:
Setting addresses
Processing large volumes of data
• Protection level:
WinAC MP has a large user memory for the PLC user program Defining access rights to programs and data
and user data.
• System diagnostics:
The limits for the user memory can be adapted to suit the appli- Setting handling and scope of diagnostic messages
cation depending on whether the emphasis is on large volumes • Timed interrupts:
of data in the PLC or demanding visualization. Setting periodicity
Installation directly at the machine • Schedulers:
Setting start date, start time and periodicity
WinAC MP is suitable for use directly at the machine in hostile
environments or as a cell controller in a system network. SI- Reporting functions
MATIC MP 370 also constitutes a rugged hardware platform • Test functions:
without a fan and without rotating mass storage. The PG can display signal states as the program is running,
SIMATIC WinAC MP, ProTool and MP 370 are perfectly matched modify process variables independently of the user program,
to each another. This increases the operational reliability in every and output stack contents.
situation over the service life. • Information functions:
The underlying operating system Windows CE V3.0 ensures de- The PG can provide the user with information about memory
terministic operation for WinAC MP. The excellent computing ca- capacity and CPU operating mode, the current capacity utili-
pacity of the MP 370 allows fast execution speeds for PLC user zation of main memory and load memory, and current cycle
programs combined with fast update speeds and short display times and diagnostic buffer contents in plain text.
building times for visualization. System functions
The CPU offers a wide range of system functions for diagnosis,
parameterization, synchronization, alarm signaling, time mea-
surement, etc.
2/146 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP
■ Function (continued)
Visualization and operation with ProTool Mode of operation
Visualization on the MP 370 takes place with SIMATIC ProTool. Windows logic controller (WinLC)
WinAC MP and ProTool are automatically interconnected on in-
The Windows logic controller takes care of the actual control task
stallation without any special configuration work. Thus complete
TIA functionality exists between ProTool and WinAC MP. and the execution of the control program. It coordinates the
necessary input and output of process values via the lower-level
2
This ranges from visualization of the process data to creating
and loading recipes through to handling signals and alarms. PROFIBUS fieldbus system and provides the process values for
visualization and data processing tasks.
The user interface for WinAC MP has been implemented in
ProTool. It contains the RUN/STOP switch, the status indicators Several processing levels are available for optimum process
and additional operator controls and displays. Special ProTool control:
screens are included in the ProTool project for use by operators • Cyclical program execution
and service personnel. WinAC MP can then be operated without • Alarm processing
the need to close ProTool. The integrated user administration
function in ProTool can be used to restrict access to these func- • Time and date-controlled execution
tions to authorized personnel. STEP 7 can be used to program and parameterize the configu-
Due to flexible integration of the operator controls and displays ration, properties and behavior of WinAC MP.
of WinAC MP into ProTool, it is possible to adapt the user inter- Programming
face of WinAC MP to the requirements of the maintenance staff
and the application easily and with flexibility. Programming WinAC MP
Easy configuration and start-up Programming and configuration of WinAC MP is performed us-
ing STEP 7 and the SIMATIC Engineering Tools for manufactur-
With WinAC MP and the MP 370, everything is "on board", no ing systems. All SIMATIC programming languages are therefore
additional hardware or software components are needed. also available for WinAC MP.
The MP 370 comes with integrated interfaces. When WinAC MP
is installed, these interfaces are automatically configured, so The SIMATIC programming languages comply with the DIN
start-up is possible immediately. Simply download the STEP 7 EN 6.1131-3 standard. This reduces the time required for learn-
project and the ProTool project and start! ProTool is preinstalled ing and training.
in MP 370. Program modules that were programmed for SIMATIC S7 con-
Loading user programs and ProTool projects trols can be reused in WinAC without modification provided that
they were not suited to specific features of a SIMATIC S7 CPU.
The integrated Ethernet interface on the MP 370 is generally
used for loading user programs and ProTool projects. All com- Processing ProTool projects
munication functions are available with this interface, e.g. the ProTool projects for the MP 370 are processed with ProTool CS.
ProTool project can also be loaded via the same interface. ProTool CS and STEP 7 work closely together and have a shared
The user program can also be downloaded for WinAC MP via the database, ensuring optimum integration when creating your
integrated PROFIBUS interface. application.
Communications and I/O connection

The MP 370 has an integrated PROFIBUS interface, an Ethernet
interface and RS 232 and USB interfaces.
Distributed I/O devices are connected via the integrated
PROFIBUS interface on the MP 370. WinAC MP configures this
interface automatically when it is loaded onto the MP 370 and
then started. All settings and configurations for the I/O connec-
tion are implemented exclusively by means of the associated
STEP 7 project.
WinAC MP can also communicate with other SIMATIC control-
lers via the Ethernet or PROFIBUS interface.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/147

Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP

SIMATIC WinAC MP V3.1 SIMATIC WinAC MP V3.1 C 6ES7 671-0EC02-0YA0
User memory Software-based PC-based control
system under Windows CE;
• Flash memory (integrated) 5 MB CD-ROM with electronic
2 • RAM (integrated) 1 MB documentation (G, E, F)
Single license
• Load memory (integrated) 1 MB
• Bit memories 2 KB C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
• Counters 512
• Timers 512
• Retentive data Yes with UPS
Number of blocks
• FB/FC/OB/DB/SDB max. 2500
I/O
• I/O address space each 16 KB I/O
• Number of inputs/outputs each 1 KB I/O
• Connection of the I/O PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
(MP 370 on board)
• Number of PROFIBUS DP slaves 32
Execution times
• Bit operations (typ.) 0.2 µs
• Mathematical operations, typ. 0.15 µs
Technology
• SIMATIC FMs FM 350, FM 351, FM 352
• Easy Motion Control Yes
System requirements
• Hardware SIMATIC MP 370 12" Touch,
MP 370 12" Key or
MP 370 15” Touch
• Operating system Windows CE 3.0
(included on MP 370)
• PLC programming software STEP 7, Version 5.2 or higher
• Visualization configuration ProTool,
software Version 6.0, SP2 or higher
• Communication software for SOFTNET PG for IE
Industrial Ethernet
(only required on the programming
device)
Communication functions
Connections, total 24
• Ethernet, max. 22
• PROFIBUS, max. 4
• Reserved OS connections 1
• Reserved PG connection 1
PG/OP communication Yes
Global data communication No
S7 basic communication No
S7 communication
• As server Yes
• As client Yes
2/148 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
■ Overview
• Multi panel option upgradeable

• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP expands the Multi Panels MP 270B
10" Touch and MP 370 Touch with the functional scope of a
Windows-based terminal (Terminal Client)
• This means that the multi panels can be implemented as a
Thin Client for a Windows 2000 Terminal Server
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP supports operation of the multi panels
either simply as a Thin Client or with parallel operation as a
Thin Client and platform for visualization with ProTool or
WinCC flexible
■ Benefits
• PC functionality on rugged, compact and cost-optimized
Windows CE platform
• Implementation of pure Thin Client solutions or Thin Client func-
tionality parallel to visualization with ProTool or WinCC flexible
• Low administration and maintenance costs since these only
occur once for the central terminal server and not for every
terminal client
• Simple operation
• Avoidance of maloperations by automatic establishment of
connection to terminal server when starting the multi panel
(autostart)
• Uncomplicated establishment of connection to terminal server
using preconfigured buttons
• Increased safety through individual approval of possible appli-
cations for the user at the server end
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/149

Multi Panel Options
■ Application
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP supports operation of the multi panels Multi panel simply as a Thin Client
either simply as a Thin Client or with parallel operation as a Thin
Client and platform for local process visualization with ProTool When the multi panel is used simply as a Thin Client, it is only
or WinCC flexible. implemented as an input and output terminal for the terminal
server. Operator control and monitoring at machine level using
2 ProTool or WinCC flexible as well as a direct link to the PLC are
omitted. All applications – visualization, maintenance manage-
ment, quality assurance or office applications – are implemented
on the terminal server which can also connect to the process.
Examples of possible applications Office

- Preventive maintenance program Control room
(FAT Clients) WinCC
- SAP R/3 order management
- MS Exel WinCC
- WinCC Web Navigator

- Server/Client
Terminal Clients (Thin Clients)
WinCC Shopfloor
Industrial Ethernet
WinCC PROCESS BUS
Terminal Server
G_ST80_DE_00020
2/150 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Multi Panel Options
■ Application (continued)
Visualization and Thin Client in parallel
When the multi panel is used in parallel operation, in addition to the purpose of changing from the local machine overview to the
local process visualization with ProTool or WinCC flexible and plant or factory overview. From here, plant-wide information such
direct connection to the PLC, Thin Client functionality is also
used. This means that, when the visualization is running, a
as alarms or trend curves can be displayed. Other possibilities
involve calling a maintenance program for the specific machine 2
terminal session on the terminal server can be opened simulta- or plant or an order processing program in order to establish the
neously. For example, a higher-level SCADA system such as current status of the order. It is also possible to call batch logs
SIMATIC WinCC can be called via the WinCC Web Navigator for for a machine that have been stored on a terminal server.
Examples of possible applications Office Control room

- Preventive maintenance program (FAT Clients)
WinCC
- SAP R/3 order management
- MS Exel WinCC
- WinCC Web Navigator

- Server/Client
Terminal Clients (Thin Clients)
WinCC Shop floor
Industrial Ethernet
WinCC
PROCESS BUS
Terminal Server
G_ST80_XX_00019
■ Function
The principle of terminal services computing is based on the The ThinClient/MP is executable on:
basic physical separation of data, applications and screen out- • SIMATIC MP 270B 10" Touch
puts. The terminal services of Windows 2000 servers permit thin
clients (terminal clients) to execute applications in the working • SIMATIC MP 370 12" Touch
memory of a central Windows 2000 terminal server instead of in • SIMATIC MP 370 15" Touch
their own.The thin clients are then used as terminals which only
serve to visualize and input data which are subsequently sent to Installation
the terminal server. With the supplied ProSave panel service tool, the SIMATIC
With the SIMATIC ThinClient/MP, the platforms MP 370 Touch ThinClient/MP can be easily and quickly installed and authorized
and MP 270B 10" Touch can control PC applications which are on the multifunctional platforms.
executed on a Windows 2000 terminal server.These can be System requirements for the terminal server:
SCADA (e.g. SIMATIC WinCC + Web Navigator) or MS Office
applications. Operating system:
Additional functions • Windows 2000 Server with SP2 or higher incl. installed terminal
services
• The autostart function
automatically establishes a connection to a pre-defined termi- Licenses
nal server after the multifunctional platform is switched on. • CAL (Client Access License) 1)
No further operator actions are therefore required on startup. • TS CAL (Terminal Services Client Access License) 1)
• Configuration of extensive user permissions such as
starting and accessing only a single application on the terminal
server. 1) A Microsoft license is required for each multi panel which is operated
as a thin client on the terminal server.
• The configuration of connection settings ensures fast and
secure connection buildup.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/151

Multi Panel Options
■ Integration ■ Technical specifications

Communication with the terminal server is via the Ethernet inter- Type ThinClient/MP V1.0
face integrated in the multi panel by means of Microsoft RDP Platform 1) MP 270B 10" Touch,
(Remote Desktop Protocol). Thus complex installation of addi- MP 370 12" Touch,
tional interface cards is unnecessary. MP 370 15" Touch
2 The option is provided with 3 licenses. These permit installation System requirements (terminal server)
of the option on up to three MP 370 Touch or MP 270B Touch. • Operating system Windows 2000 server with SP2
The licenses required for the Microsoft terminal server are not or higher, including installed
part of this package. terminal services
• Licenses (Microsoft) • CAL (Client Access License)2)
• TS CAL (Terminal Services
Client Access License)2)
• Hardware 3) (recommended)
- CPU ≥ Pentium III 700 MHz
- RAM ≥ 256 MB + 50 MB
per terminal session
- Hard disk ≥ 3 GB
- Network card 10/100 Mbit/s
- CD-ROM Yes
1) Is not part of the option and must be ordered separately

2) One license from Microsoft is required for each multifunctional
platform that is operated as a Thin Client on the terminal server
3) The specified values are average values and depend on the
application used on the terminal server
■ Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC ThinClient/MP V1.0 B 6AV3 681-2AA00-0AX0
3 licenses for installation on 3
devices, SW and documentation
on CD, license key on FD, SW
and documentation in English,
executable under Windows CE
3.0 on SIMATIC
MP 270B 10“ Touch and
MP 370 Touch
2/152 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

MOBIC T8
■ Overview
The Mobile Industrial Communicator MOBIC T8 is a mobile, MOBIC T8 charging base/station

industry-standard Internet pad for local or worldwide access to • The MOBIC T8 is connected to the power supply via the
the Intranet and Internet. charging base/charging station; the accumulator in the Mobic
• Mobile thanks to plug-in radio cards, Industrial Wireless LAN is then automatically charged.
for local use or GSM/GPRS/HSCSD for worldwide use. • The standardized mounting component on the VESA V100
• Industry-compatible thanks to very rugged, splash-proof and charging base/charging station allows different supports to be
dust-tight design (IP65) used, such as an L-base or swan’s neck, as well as wall
• High-resolution TFT display makes it easy to read, even under mounting.
bad lighting • This is ideally suited for fixing the MOBIC in specific working
• Extensive language support thanks to multilingual design environments (e.g. for mounting in the vehicle or fork-lift truck)
• Operation using touch screen with pen or finger and using
additional function keys in the right-hand side panel
• Standard operating system for Windows CE.NET and Internet-
Explorer with Java Virtual Machine as the basic software
• Rechargeable battery module ensures operation throughout a
complete work shift, i.e. typically 8 hours without peripherals
• e1 approval for vehicles in combination with charging station
• Silicon-free and therefore designed for use in industry.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/153

MOBIC T8
■ Benefits ■ Application
• Access to different information regardless of location thanks to The MOBIC T8 can be used in the following sectors:
integrated, modular communication functions
• Service:
• Mobile access for commissioning and servicing of Touch - Field services
Panels based on WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService - Vehicle servicing
2 • Suitable for industrial applications thanks to rugged and - Infrastructure operators
- Building services
shock-resistant design and IP65 degree of protection.
• Only one device for 5 languages thanks to multi-language The service technician can be called from the central service
design desk, process the order and confirm completion of the work.
• Rechargeable battery module ensures operation throughout a The MOBIC T8 is integrated over Industrial Wireless LAN or over
complete work shift, i.e. typically 8 hours without peripherals Ethernet at 10/100 Mbit/s in any IT network infrastructure.
• Extremely easy to handle thanks to low weight and ergonomic • Production;
design e.g. production, test and quality data can be displayed, docu-
mented and archived while the process is running.
• Fast display generation
• Logistics and transport;
• Silicon-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive indus- e.g. used as a fork lift control system or for paperless ware-
try house management.
• Fast start-up thanks to Instant On function in Windows CE.NET
Mobile documentation
• Investment protection through modular expansion capability
over PCMCIA Information, for example, about machines that could only be
• Certified to FM Class 1 Division 2 displayed on a few stationary PCs in the factory is now available
everywhere thanks to the mobility of the MOBIC T8. Central
• e1 approval for installation in vehicles in combination with databases, e.g. user manuals or circuit diagrams, can be ac-
charging station cessed by service personnel.
Disposition and mobile data input
The MOBIC T8 is used to schedule service tasks. The order data
is transferred using radio transmission, processed online and
the results are documented.
The MOBIC T8 has a wide range of applications thanks to the
additional peripherals that can be connected, such as barcode
readers, printers, keyboards or additional memory.
Application-specific and customized modifications can also be
implemented using a standard operating system environment
based on Windows CE.NET.
Suitable tools (MOBIC T8 Toolkit) are available to solution part-
ners for implementing additional applications on the MOBIC T8.
Mobile commissioning and servicing
with WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService
Using WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService and MOBIC T8, mainte-
nance and servicing on WinCC flexible-based Touch Panels can
be carried out hardwired or wireless via the Internet Explorer
which is included in the standard delivery of the MOBIC.
2/154 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

MOBIC T8
Applications for MOBIC T8 Information from the intranet/Internet, such as:
Acquisition of data, e.g.: • Instructions, manuals
• Spare parts information
• Process data
• Measured values
• Spare parts data
• Process and diagnostics data
• Warehouse plans 2
• Circuit diagrams
• Service data • Control cabinet diagrams
• Production and ERP data • Machine drawings
• Quality data Work orders
• Receiving
• Processing
• Documentation
MOBIC
for mobile Industrial Wireless LAN
Intranet/Internet only CP 1515
access
S7-400 with Intranet server

CP 443-1 Advanced S7-300 with Intranet server
CP 343-1 IT
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
ISDN router
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS DP
Intranet server
Internet access Ethernet
Industrial
0 1
DP/EIB Link
KNX
ISDN Intranet server

S7-400 with Intranet server
CP 443-1 Advanced
Ethernet
Industrial
Internet
G_IK10_XX_30006
ISDN router Industrial Ethernet
Application example in industry
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/155

MOBIC T8
■ Design ■ Function
Software The Internet Explorer, with which users can dial into their local
• Windows CE.NET Professional Plus V4.1 Intranet or the WWW, is an integral feature of the MOBIC T8.
• Microsoft WordPad Even Java applets on Internet pages can be displayed thanks to
2 • Microsoft Fileviewer for Windows CE.NET:
- Excel Viewer
the Java Virtual Machine.
Information such as process and diagnostics data, control
- Powerpoint Viewer cabinet documentation, etc., and even product information and
- Image Viewer operating instructions can be polled via the Web.
- PDF Viewer
Data can be accessed location-independently via radio, locally
• Citrix Terminal Client via wireless LAN cards or worldwide using GSM/GPRS/HSCSD
• Windows CE Inbox Professional Plus V4.1 cards. The modularity of the MOBIC T8 makes it ready even for
• Windows CE Internet Explorer V5.5 for Windows CE future radio technologies such as UMTS.
• Java Virtual Machine with plug-in for Internet Explorer The MOBIC T8 is extremely rugged:
• System software MOBIC • Degree of protection IP65
• Software keyboard with adjustable sizes • Vibration and shock resistance to EN 61131-2
• Font recognition • Silicon-free, resistant to oils, greases and alcohol and, there-
fore, suitable for use in industry.
Hardware
• CPU NEC VR4121 The MOBIC T8 can be operated by pressing its touch screen
with a pen or finger. A software keyboard and a text recognition
• Graphics Controller MQ 200 feature can be used to input text. Function keys to which individ-
• 64 MB data register ual functions have been assigned appear on the right-hand side
• 32 MB program memory of the screen.
Touchscreen color display The multilingual version supports 5 languages: English, French,
German, Italian, and Spanish. To change the system language,
• TFT you need to restart the MOBIC and use the menu and function
• SVGA 800 x 600 pixels keys accordingly.
• Backlit The Windows CE.NET function can be used to draft, send and
• 5 function keys can be occupied for recurrent tasks receive e-mails directly in-plant.
• 4 LEDs for status display In addition to the standard Windows CE.NET operating system,
system software to facilitate configuration of the MOBIC T8
Interfaces (e.g., user-defined assignment of function keys) is also an inte-
• Two PCMCIA interfaces for connecting gral feature.
- Radio cards
- Expansions such as additional flash memory or barcode Power is supplied to the MOBIC T8 via an external power pack.
reader This charges the MOBIC T8 accumulator automatically or via the
integrated charging contacts with the charging base/charging
Degree of protection IP65 is achieved by arrangement of the station.
modules in the housing.
The accumulator module ensures operation throughout a com-
• 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet interface according to plete work shift, i.e., typically 8 hours, without peripherals.
IEEE 802.3/802.3u for connection to an industry or office
network MOBIC T8 charging base/station
• IrDA interface for bidirectional data transfer between a host, A mounting bracket to VESA 100 standard is fitted on the rear of
e.g. a Notebook, and MOBIC the charging base/charging station to support universal attach-
• RS 232 interface ment to a variety of supports. It can be used to mount a number
of charging bases/charging stations side by side in order, for ex-
• USB interface, e.g. for connecting to an external printer, ample, to optimize the use of space on a work bench.
camera or keyboard
• Charging contacts for charging MOBIC in the MOBIC T8 The MOBIC T8 can be removed from the charging base/charg-
charging cradle and charging station ing station. The locking elements and the intrinsic weight of the
MOBIC T8 ensure the contacting of the charging contacts be-
tween the MOBIC T8 and the charging station.
The MOBIC T8 standard power pack is used to operate the
MOBIC T8 in the charging base/charging station.
A cable grip on the charging base/charging station prevents that
the power supply connector is pulled out.
Once the MOBIC has been placed on the charging station, it is
secured in place by the two colored locking elements. The re-
taining device secures the MOBIC in place on the charging
station even in the event of high lateral forces. This is in order to
ensure the safe charging via the charging contacts of the
charging station and MOBIC T8.
2/156 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

MOBIC T8
MOBIC T8 MOBIC T8
Software Processor NEC VR4121
Operating system • Microsoft Windows CE.NET Graphics controller MQ 200
Applications
Professional Plus V4.1
• Microsoft Windows CE Inbox
Memory 64 MB data memory (RAM)
32 MB program memory (Flash)
2
• Microsoft WordPad (max. number of write cycles
100,000)
• Microsoft Fileviewer for
Windows CE.NET: Service life
- Excel Viewer • With standard rechargeable Typically 8 hours for one charge
battery (included in the scope
- Powerpoint Viewer of supply)
- Image Viewer • With spare rechargeable battery Typically 6.5 hours for one charge
- PDF Viewer • Spare rechargeable battery Lithiumion rechargeable battery,
(accessory) replaceable, typical service life
Browser Microsoft Windows CE 6.5 hours (dependent on the
Internet Explorer V5.5 peripherals connected and the
Java Virtual Machine With plug-in for Internet Explorer application that is executing)
Software keyboard Yes Charging power supply (accessory) 100–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 11 VA;
for spare battery 7.4 V DC, 950 mA, 7 VA
Text recognition Yes
Rechargeable battery 7.4 V / 4.8 Ah Lithium Ion
System software MOBIC system software replaceable battery,
Client software Microsoft Thin Client, max. charging time 5.5 h;
Citrix Terminal Client typ. capacity after 500 charging
cycles ≥ 3120 mAh
Hardware Battery charging is only permitted
Interfaces for ambient temperatures
between 0 °C and +40 °C.
• Connection to Ethernet RJ45 Typical operating time 8 h;
according to IEEE 802.3/802.3u the operating time is dependent
(10/100 Mbit/s) on the connected peripherals
(PCMCIA, USB) and the execut-
• Connection for USB (12 Mbit/s) USB socket connector ing application.
• Connection for RS 232 (115 kbit/s) 9-pin SUB D connector Back-up battery (integrated) NiMH
• Infrared connection IrDA (4 Mbit/s) Sender/receiver on rear 3.6 V, 300 mAh
• Connection for PCMCIA Type II 2 x PCMCIA Slot Type II Loudspeaker Mono
(1x rear, 1 x integrated in battery Supply voltage for MOBIC T8 16 V DC, max. 1.6 A
compartment) over MOBIC power supply
(max. current input 300 mA
per slot) Supply voltage of power supply unit 100 … 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
• Connection for headset 7-pole flange outlet Power loss Typ. 4.4 W;
max. 8 W during operation,
• Connection for power supply unit 2-pole socket connector (DC) 48 mW in standby mode
Charging contacts For charging the MOBIC in the Perm. ambient conditions
MOBIC T8 charging cradle and
charging station • Operating temperature
Display - MOBIC T8 0 … +50 °C
• Type TFT, color display, backlit - Recharging battery 0 … +40 °C
• Display size 8.4“ (21.3 cm) - Power supply unit 0 … +40 °C
• Resolution SVGA 800 x 600 • Transport/storage temperature -20 … +60 °C
• Touch screen Resistive • Relative humidity max. 85% at 30 °C (with cover
open, no condensation)
• Surface protection Replaceable cover foil
Control elements
• Closed IP65
• Function keys 5 function keys on the right-hand
side panel, freely configurable • Open IP20
• On/Off switch In right-hand side panel
• Reset button In battery compartment
Display elements
• Battery status display 1 LED (red)
• Windows CE message display 1 LED (green)
• Indicator LEDs 2 LEDs (yellow),
user-defined function
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/157

MOBIC T8

MOBIC T8 MOBIC T8
Mechanical conditions Charging base/charging station
Vibration during operation • 10 to 58 Hz, deflection Interfaces
2 0.075 mm
10 cycles per axis, 1 octave/min. • Connection for power supply unit
- Internal diameter (+ pole)
2-pole socket connector (DC)
2.0 mm
(IEC 60068-2-6, Test Fc)
• 58 to 150 Hz, deflection 9.8 m/s² - Outer diameter (- pole) 5.5 mm
10 cycles per axis, 1 octave/min. - Length of contact socket 10 mm
(IEC 60068-2-6, Test Fc)
Charging contacts 2-pole
• Acceleration 150 m/s²,
shock duration 11 ms • Permissible charging current, 3 A at 16 V DC
(IEC 60068-2-27, Test Ea) max.
Electromagnetic compatibility Control elements
• Emitted interference FCC EN 55 022 Class B • For charging base None

Industrial environment • For charging station Unlatching button; optional lock
(EN 50081-2; 1993) Charging unit (accessory)
Residential areas
(EN 50081-1; 1992) • MOBIC T8 power supply 100 … 240 V AC/16 V DC,
with cable 218 mA
• Noise immunity Industrial environment
(EN 61000-6-2; 1999) • 12 V car adapter 12 V DC/16 V DC, 375 mA
Residential area • 14 V car adapter 24 V DC/16 V DC, 375 mA
(EN 50082-1; 1997)
Perm. ambient conditions
• Fall height Up to 1.2 m with
protecting cap closed • Operating temperature
(acc. to MIL Std 810E 516.4) - With MOBIC T8 V1.1C 0 … +50 °C
Material characteristics Silicon-free and higher
- Battery charging with 0 … +40 °C
• MOBIC T8 Yes MOBIC T8 V1.1C and higher
• Power supply unit No • Storage/transport temperature -20 … +80 °C
Design • Relative humidity Max. 95% (no condensation)
• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 284 x 195 x 57 Degree of protection
• Fixing Four M4 screw inserts • Interface for power supply unit IP54
(max. tightening torque 2 Nm)
Mechanical conditions
• Weight in kg approx. 1.7
(incl. rechargeable battery) • Vibration during operation IEC 60068-2-6
with/without MOBIC T8
Certification CE, UL, CSA, FCC Class A,
FM Class 1 Division 2; • Shocks during operation IEC 60068-2-27
for installing the MOBIC in with/without MOBIC T8
vehicles with charging stations:
Material characteristics
e1 approvals, EN 1789
• Charging base/charging station UV-resistant; silicone-free
Plastic acc. to UL 94 V-01
• Color of casing Anthracite
• Color of fixing clips Petrol (charging station)
Design
• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 305 x 270 x 100
• Fixing Wall mounting according to
drilling template
- Perm. operating angle 0 ° to 80 °
- Adaptation to VESA FPMPMI 100 mm
• Weight in kg
- Charging station Approx. 3.5
- Charging base Approx. 3.0
Certification ECE 324 Regulation No. 21
(radial+head impact test)
ESD test to EN 61000-4-2
UL 1950
Approval according to 72/245/
EU guideline of the KBA (e1) for
MOBIC T8 V1.1C and higher with
charging base/charging station
and car adapter 12V/24V
EN 1789
cULus
2/158 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

MOBIC T8

MOBIC T8 Accessories (continued)
Mobile rugged Internet Pad V1.2, MOBIC carrying case 6GK1 906-1DA00
operated using a Touch Panel,
with charging contacts, connec- For MOBIC T8
tion to Ethernet (integrated) and
radio (optional over PCMCIA),
MOBIC carrying belt
For MOBIC T8, hand loops and
6GK1 906-1EA00 2
with standard operating system
shoulder strap
Windows CE.NET and standard
software for industrial use. MOBIC display cover foil 6GK1 906-1FA00
Runtime software, single license, For MOBIC T8, 10 units
Class B, incl. accumulator, pen,
carrying belts, RS 232 cable and MOBIC pen A 6GK1 906-1GA00
power supply unit (external); For MOBIC T8, 10 units
electronic manual on CD-ROM;
German/English/French/Span- MOBIC protective flap 6GK1 906-1HA00
ish/Italian; For MOBIC T8, for covering the
• Multiple system languages, B 6GK1 611-0TA01-1DX0 connections
German, English, French,
MOBIC headset adapter 6GK1 901-5JB00
Spanish, Italian
with EU/UK/US power supply Adapter for connecting a
connection commercially available stereo
headset to the headset socket of
• Chinese system language B 6GK1 611-0TA01-1DV0
MOBIC T8
with EU power supply
connection MOBIC charging base 6GK1 906-1JA00
Accessories for solution providers For MOBIC T8 V1.1C and higher;
base for loading the MOBIC T8,
MOBIC Toolkit D 6GK1 906-1AC00 without fixing for the MOBIC T8;
MS-Embedded Visual Tool, with VESA V100 connection on
MOBIC Programming Guide, the rear, without its own power
1 day training course, supply, for use with an external
8 hours support power supply or MOBIC T8 power
supply
Accessories
MOBIC charging station
CP 1515 B 6GK1 151-5AA00
for MOBIC T8 V1.1C and higher; 6GK1 906-1JB00
Wireless LAN PCMCIA card base for loading the MOBIC T8,
(16-bit) for connecting mobile with fixing for the MOBIC T8;
stations (e.g. MOBIC T8) without lock, with VESA V100
incl. drivers and parameteriza- connection on the rear,
tion software on CD-ROM, without its own power supply,
engineering software, single for use with an external power
license for several installations, supply or MOBIC T8 power
Class B, under MS-Windows supply
(32-bit) 98, Me, NT 4.0 WS/Server,
2000 Professional/Server, English MOBIC charging station 6GK1 906-1JB01
with lock
MOBIC rechargeable battery 6GK1 906-1BA00
For MOBIC T8 V1.1C and higher;
For MOBIC T8, base for loading the MOBIC T8,
Lithium-ion battery, with fixing for the MOBIC T8;
4800 mAh/7.4 V can be locked, with VESA V100
Spare MOBIC battery 6GK1 906-1BB00 connection on the rear, without its
own power supply, for use with
For MOBIC T8, an external power supply or
Lithium-ion rechargeable battery MOBIC T8 power supply
MOBIC charging unit 6GK1 906-1CC00 MOBIC power supply (external) 6GK1 906-1CB00
For MOBIC T8 spare battery For MOBIC T8, 16 V DC;
7.4 V DC, 100 V - 240 V AC, 2.18 mA, 100 V – 240 V,
50/60 Hz without line supply cable
MOBIC power supply (external) 6GK1 906-1CB00
For MOBIC T8, 16 V DC; A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
2.18 A, 100 V - 240 V, B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
without line supply cable D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
MOBIC line supply cable
For MOBIC T8 power supply,
1.8 m ■ More information
• EU 6GK1 906-1CA00 For further information, visit our website at
• US 6GK1 906-1CA01
• UK 6GK1 906-1CA02
http://www.siemens.com/mobic
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/159

System interfaces: Text panels
Overview
■ Overview
The SIMATIC Text Displays (TD) TD17 and Operator Panels You can find more detailed information in the ProTool User’s
(OP) 1) OP3, OP7, OP17, provide HMI functionality in conjunction Guide, in the Communications Manual and in the online Help.
with
• SIMATIC S5
2 • SIMATIC S7
1) In the following text, the abbreviation “OP" is used to include TDs
and OPs. This does not represent a restriction to a specific group of
devices; if certain devices do not provide particular functions,
• SIMATIC 505 this is explicitly referred to in the text.
• SINUMERIK 2) 2) For further information, see Catalog NC 60.
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley SLC 500/00, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05 and MicroLogix
(DH485 protocol)
- Allen Bradley SLC 500/03, 04, 05 (DF1 protocol)
- Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80 (DF1 protocol)
- GE Fanuc 90-30 + 90-70 (SNP/SNPX protocol)
- Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol)
- Modicon 984-120,130, 131,141,145, 380, 381, 385, 480, 485,
680, 685, 780, 785 (MODBUS protocol)
- Modicon TSX Quantum CPU113,213,424,434,534
(MODBUS protocol)
- Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC α, SYSMAC CV (LINK protocol)
- Telemecanique TSX 17 + TSX 47/67/87/107 (ADJUST +
UNI-TELWAY protocols)
- Telemecanique TSX 37 + TSX 57///(ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY
protocols)
2/160 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC S7
■ Overview
The following types of interface are used between SIMATIC OP MPI interface/PROFIBUS interface
and SIMATIC S7: (limitations for OP3)
• PPI interface: The MPI or PROFIBUS interface uses the multipoint-capable
For linking the SIMATIC OP to S7-200 via PPI.
• MPI interface:
communication interfaces of SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7 via
"PG/OP communication“. Possible are: 2
For linking the SIMATIC OP to S7 via PG/OP communication • Linking an OP (MPI master)
(with the communication services implemented in the SIMATIC with one or several S7-300/ 400 (MPI master)
S7 operating system); a standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5
is not necessary. • Linking several OPs (MPI masters)
with one or several S7-300/ 400 (MPI master)
• PROFIBUS interface:
For linking the SIMATIC OP to S7 via the integrated PROFIBUS • Linking one OP (MPI master)
interface of the CPU or alternatively via the PROFIBUS inter- with one or several S7-200 (MPI slave).1)
face of a separate interface module and the backplane bus to • Linking several OPs (MPI master)
the SIMATIC S7 CPU. with one or several S7-200 (MPI slave).1)
The functions of the PROFIBUS and MPI interfaces are identical In contrast to the PPI connections, the MPI connections are
(SIMATIC OPs are "active stations" and not "DP/slaves" as is the static and are set up during startup and then monitored.
case for the PROFIBUS interface of the SIMATIC S5). Along with the original master-master relationship, there is now
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of a CPU also a master-slave relationship that enables integration of the
depends on its performance (see Catalog ST 70); from the view- S7-200 (except CPU 212) into MPI or PROFIBUS networks.1)
point of the SIMATIC OP, the following limitations apply: The type of information exchange used between the SIMATIC
• OP3: max. 2 connections OP and SIMATIC S7 generally does not depend upon the net-
• TD17, OP7/17: max. 4 connections work, MPI or PROFIBUS.
PPI interface: The SIMATIC OPs are S7 clients and the SIMATIC S7 CPUs are
S7 servers.
PPI interfaces are basically point-to-point connections between
one OP (PPI master) or one PG (PPI master) and one S7-200 The OP3 is only enabled for connection to SIMATIC S7-300/400
(PPI slave). via MPI (master/master), i.e. communication with FM 353,
FM 354 and FM 453 etc. is not possible.
Possible alternatives:
• Linking an OP to several S7-200 1) For baud rate limitations for the S7-200, see Catalog ST 70.
(logical point-to-point relationship from the viewpoint of each
S7-200).
• Linking several OPs and/or PGs with a S7-200
(sequential logical point-to-point relationship i.e. from the view-
point of each S7-200 only one connection is active at any one
time).
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/161

SIMATIC S7
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD17 OP3 OP7 / OP17 Connected via
(connector/physical characteristics) With variants
/PP /DP /DP-12
SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)
2 S7-200 via PPI, – • – – – 6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 1)
S7-300/400 via MPI (2.5 m)
(PG/OP communication)
(9-pin socket/RS 485)
PPI network – • – – – PPI network
via connecting cable (see Catalog ST 70)
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0
(bus connector with PG interface)
to max. 2 x S7-200
MPI network – • – – – MPI network
via connecting cable (see Catalog ST 70)
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0
(bus connector with PG interface)
to max. 2 x S7-300/400
S7-200 via PPI • – – • • 6ES7-901-0BF00-0AA0 2)
S7-200 via MPI (5 m)
(PG/OP communication),
S7-300/400 via MPI
S7-300/400 via PROFIBUS
via PPI network • – – • • PPI network 3)
to max. 2 x S7-200 (see Catalog ST 70)
via MPI network • – – • • MPI network 3)
(PG/OP communication) (see Catalog ST 70)
to max. 4 x S7-200, S7-300, -400,
WinAC
via PROFIBUS network • – – • • PROFIBUS 3) 4)
(PG/OP communication) (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
to max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC
• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) Included in the scope of supply of the OP3
2) Included in the scope of supply of the PG
3) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02
4) Max. 12 Mbit/s; OP7/DP and OP17/DP max. 1.5 Mbit/
2/162 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC S5
■ Overview
Different interfaces can be used for linking SIMATIC OP (not PROFIBUS DP interface (not OP3)
OP3) to SIMATIC S5 (not S5-150U) which differ in terms of type
and performance. S5-115U, -135U, -155U over IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/DP
(except CPU 922 < Version 9, except CPU 928
From the viewpoint of the connected OP, all of them are logical
point-to-point connections i.e. an OP is always permanently as-
[6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947
[6ES5 94•-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 2
signed to a specific PLC. The PLC requires a standard function [6ES5 94•-3UA21], except CPU 946/947
block which must be called for each connected OP (the stan- [6ES5 94•-3UA22] < Version 5)
dard function block must be ordered separately).
A PROFIBUS DP interface allows
AS511 interface (not OP3) • up to 2 OPs to be connected as SLAVES to a SIMATIC S5-95U
S5-90 to 135U (except CPU 945 and CPU 922 < Version 9, with an integrated PROFIBUS DP/master interface [6ES5 095-
except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11]) 8ME01] over a PROFIBUS network.
• up to 30 OPs to be connected as SLAVES to a SIMATIC S5
The AS511 interface uses the PG interface of the SIMATIC S5 with a separate PROFIBUS DP/master interface IM 308C, or
and utilizes the corresponding CPU resources i.e. the perfor- CP 5431 FMS/DP.
mance of the OP depends upon the performance of the SIMATIC
CPU used. The communication between the OP (DP/slave) and SIMATIC S5
(DP/master) is implemented with the help of PROFIBUS DP
FAP interface (not OP3) messages acc. to EN 50170 with a higher-level FAP protocol,
S5-115, -135U over second CPU interface which is processed by the corresponding standard function
(CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B, CPU 945, CPU 928B) block in the PLC.
S5-95U, -100U over CP 521 (except CPU 100 and CPU 102)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U over CP 523 (except CPU 945 and CPU
922 < Version 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11])
The FAP interface either uses the free ASCII interface of a corre-
sponding SIMATIC CPU or the interface modules
CP 521/CP 523. The OP must not be connected over the CP 521
in the ET 200!
Communication between the OP and SIMATIC S5 is based on a
special FAP protocol which is processed by the standard func-
tion block of the PLC.
Several OPs can be connected to a PLC. The performance
depends on the cycle time of the SIMATIC.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/163

SIMATIC S5
PLC SIMATIC HMI
/PP /DP /DP-12
SIMATIC S5 (AS511)
2 S5-90U to 135U • - • - • 6XV1 440-2A...
(1st/2nd PG interface) (max. 1000 m)
except CPU 945,
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11)
(15-pin socket/TTY)
SIMATIC S5 (FAP)
S5-115U/CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B • – • – • 6XV1 440-2A...
(2nd interface) (max. 1000 m)
(15-pin socket/TTY)
S5-115U/CPU 945B, - • – • – • 6XV1 440-2J...
135U/CPU 928B (2nd interface) (max. 1000 m)
(25-pin socket/TTY)
S5-115U/CPU 945B, - • – • – • 6XV1 440-2J...
135U/CPU 928B (2nd interface) (max. 16 m)
S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with
CP 521SI
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2G...
(max. 1000 m)
(25-pin socket/TTY)
S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with
CP 521SI
• – • – • 6XV1 418-0C...
(max. 16 m)
(25-pin socket/RS 232) +
6XV1 440-2DE32
(max. 0.32 m)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U with CP 523 • – • – • 6XV1 440-2F...
except CPU 945, (max. 1000 m)
(25-pin socket/TTY)
SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP + FAP)
Over PROFIBUS DP to • – – • • PROFIBUS 1) 2)
S5-95U/L2-DP/master (see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
(6ES5 928-3UA11)
Over PROFIBUS DP with • – – • • PROFIBUS 1) 2)
IM 308B/IM 308C to (see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11),
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21,
6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Version 5)
Over PROFIBUS DP with • – – • • PROFIBUS 1) 2)
CP 5430/CP 5431 to (see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21,

1) Max. 12 Mbit/s; OP/DP and OP17/DP max. 1.5 Mbit/s
2) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02
2/164 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC 505
■ Overview
Communication between SIMATIC OP (not OP3) and SIMATIC
505 is based on the NITP protocol. The direct connection of an
OP to the programming device interface of a SIMATIC 505
(logical point-to-point relationship) has been tested and
approved. 2
PLC SIMATIC HMI
/PP /DP /DP-12
SIMATIC 505 (NITP)
PLC 525, 535, 565T • – • – • 6XV1 440-2L...
(25-pin female/RS 232) (max. 15 m)
PLC 545, 555 • – • – • 6XV1 440-2K...
(9-pin male/RS 232) (max. 15 m)
PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T • – • – • 6XV1 440-2M...
PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555 • – • – • 6XV1 440-1M...

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/165

Third-party PLCs
■ Overview
Allen Bradley (not OP3) Modicon (not OP3)
Two communications protocols are available for interfacing Communication between SIMATIC OP and Modicon runs on the
between SIMATIC and Allen Bradley. basis of the MODBUS protocol. The following have been tested
2 DF1 interface
and approved:
• Direct connection of an OP to the MODBUS interface of a
This communication between SIMATIC OP and Allen Bradley Modicon 984 or a TSX Quantum (logical point-to-point relation-
executes on the basis of the DF1 protocol (logical point-to-point ship)
relationship). The following have been tested and approved:
• Connection of an OP (MODBUS/Master) to a Modicon 984 or
• Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of an TSX Quantum (MODBUS/slave) over MODBUS using Modicon
Allen Bradley PLC5 MODBUS J878 modems at both ends at distances of up to
• Direct connection of an OP to the DF1 interface of an 4000 m (logical point-to-point relationship)
Allen Bradley SLC500. • Integration of an OP using a Modicon MODBUS PLUS Bridge
Integration of SIMATIC OP over a "Communications adapter“ BM85-000 into a MODBUS PLUS network and communication
from Allen Bradley in their DH+ or DH485 networks has not been between the OP (MODBUS/master) and a Modicon 984 or TSX
approved (communications adapter = gateway)! Quantum (MODBUS/slave) in the network (logical point-to-
point relationship)
DH485 interface • Integration of an OP using the Bridge function of a Modicon
This communication between SIMATIC OP and Allen Bradley is 984-145 or TSX Quantum in a MODBUS PLUS network and
based on the DH485 protocol. The following have been tested communication between the OP (MODBUS/master) and a
and approved: Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum (MODBUS/slave) in the network
• Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of an (logical point-to-point relationship)
Allen Bradley SLC500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point relation- Omron (not OP3)
ship)
Communication between SIMATIC OP and Omron runs on the
• Integration of OP in an Allen Bradley DH485 network and basis of the LINK protocol. Direct connection of an OP to the PG
communication between the OP and one or more SLC 500s or interface of an Omron SYSMAC C (except CQM1 CPU11),
MicroLogix in the network (multi-point link from the viewpoint Omron SYSMAC α or Omron SYSMAC CV has been tested and
of the OP). approved (logical point-to-point relationship).
With regard to the maximum number of connections from the
viewpoint of the OP, the same values apply as for SIMATIC S7. Telemecanique (not OP3)
GE-Fanuc (not OP3) Two communications protocols are available for interfacing
between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique:
Communication between SIMATIC OP and GE-Fanuc runs on
the basis of the SNP/SNPX protocols. The following have been ADJUST interface
tested and approved:
This communication between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique
• Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a GE-Fanuc is based on the ADJUST protocol. Direct connection of an OP to
90-30 or 90-70 (logical point-to-point relationship) the PG interface of a Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107
• Integration of the OP in a GE-Fanuc network and communica- has been tested and approved (logical point-to-point link).
tion between the OP (SNP/master) and one or more GE-Fanuc UNI-TELWAY interface
90-30 or 90-70 (SNP/slaves) in the network (multipoint link from
the viewpoint of the OP). This communication between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique
With regard to the maximum number of connections from the is based on the UNI-TELWAY protocol. The following have been
viewpoint of the OP, the same values apply as for SIMATIC S7. tested and approved:
Mitsubishi (not OP3) • Connection of an OP (UNI-T/slave) through a Telemecanique
TSX SCA62 socket outlet to a Telemecanique TSX 17 or
Communication between SIMATIC OP and Mitsubishi executes TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T/ master) (logical point-to-point rela-
on the basis of the FX protocol. Direct connection of an OP to the tionship)
PG interface of a Mitsubishi FX or FX0 (logical point-to-point • Connection of an OP (UNI-T/Slave) through a Telemecanique
relationship) has been tested and approved. TSX SCA62 + ACC01 socket outlet to a Telemecanique TSX 37
or TSX 57 (UNI-T/master) (logical point-to-point relationship)
• Integration of an OP through a Telemecanique TSX SCA62
socket outlet into a UNI-TELWAY network and communication
between the OP (UNI-T/slave) and a TSX 17, TSX 37, TSX 57 or
TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T/master or slave) in the network
(logical point-to-point relationship).
2/166 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Third-party PLCs
PLC SIMATIC HMI
/PP /DP /DP-12
Allen Bradley (DF1)
SLC 500/03,04,05 • – • – • 6XV1 440-2K... 2
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80
(25-pin female/RS 232)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 • – • – • 6XV1 440-2V...
Allen Bradley (DH485)
SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix • – • – • 6XV1 440-2K...
Via DH485 network • – • – • DH485 network
to max. 4 x SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04 (see online help)
or MicroLogix
Mitsubishi (FX)
Via Mitsubishi PG cable SC-07 • – • – • 6XV1 440-2UE32
to FX0 (0,32 m)
Via Mitsubishi PG cable SC-08 to FX • – • – • 6XV1 440-2UE32
(9-pin female/RS 232) (0,32 m)
FX0
(mini DIN 8-pin female/RS 422)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2P...
(max. 500 m)
FX • – • – • 6XV1 440-2R...
(mini DIN 8-pin female/RS 422) (max. 500 m)
GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)
Via SNP network
to max. 4 x
• – • – • SNP network
(see online help)
GEF 90-30, 70
Modicon (MODBUS)
984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380, • – • – • 6XV1 440-1K...
381, 185, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780, (max. 15 m)
785 or TSX Quantum – CPU 113,
213, 424, 434, 534
Via modem J878/MODBUS • – • – • 6XV1 440-2L...
to 984-120, ... (max. 15 m)
or TSX Quantum – CPU 113, ...
Via Bridge BM85-000 or PLC with • – • – • 6XV1 440-1K...
bridge functionality / (max. 15 m)
MODBUS PLUS network
to 984-120, ... or TSX Quantum –
CPU 113, ...
Omron (LINK)
• SYSMAC C • – • – • 6XV1 440-1X...
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21) (max. 15 m)
• SYSMAC α
• SYSMAC CV

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/167

Third-party PLCs
PLC SIMATIC HMI
/PP /DP /DP-12
Telemecanique (ADJUST)
2 TSX 17 • – • – • 6XV1 440-1E...
TSX 47/67/87/107
(9-pin female/TTY)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-1F...
(max. 1000 m)
Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY)
Via connection socket TSX SCA62
to TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107
• – • – • 6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
Via TSX SCA62 + ACC01 • – • – • 6XV1 440-1E...
connection sockets to TSX 37/57 (max. 20 m)
Via TSX SCA62 connection socket • – • – • 6XV1 440-1E...
and UNI-TELWAY network to (max. 20 m)
1 x TSX 17 or TSX 37/57 or
TSX 47/67/87/107

2/168 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

System interfaces: Panels and runtime software
Overview
■ Overview
SIMATIC Touch Panels (TP), Operator Panels (OP), Mobile Extended functionality with WinCC flexible
Panels, Multifunctional Platforms (MP)1) and SIMATIC HMI soft-
ware packages for PC ProTool/Pro Runtime and WinCC flexible WinCC flexible supports OPC communication for MP 270B,
Runtime support HMI functionality in conjunction with: MP 370 and HTTP communication for all panels with integrated
• SIMATIC S7
Ethernet interface. Both OPC and HTTP communication can be
used in parallel with the process links to SIMATIC S7/S5/505 2
• SIMATIC S5 or non-Siemens PLCs.
• SIMATIC 505 OPC Data Access
• SIMOTION 2) (MP 270B/MP 370, WinCC flexible Runtime only)
• SINUMERIK 3) OPC Data Access is an open standard for exchanging both local
• Non-Siemens PLCs: and remote variables between various applications via Industrial
- Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80 (DF1 protocol) Ethernet. The original version of OPC is based on Microsoft
or via KF2 module/DH+ network with PLC5 and SLC500/03, COM/DCOM and, therefore, requires a Microsoft Windows-
04, 05 based PC operating system (not Windows CE) on both clients
- Allen Bradley SLC500/03, 04, 05 (DF1 protocol) or via KF-3 and servers. As OPC XML, communication is based on the Inter-
module/DH485 network with SLC500 and Micro Logix net standard SOAP/XML and is, therefore, suitable for embed-
- Allen Bradley SLC500/00, 01, 02, 03, 04 and MicroLogix ded systems with Windows CE.
(DH485 protocol) Options that are required: WinCC flexible/OPC Server
- GE Fanuc 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70 (SNP/SNPX protocol) HTTP communication for variable transfer
- LG GLOFA GM with Cnet module (dedicated protocol) between SIMATIC HMI systems
- Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol) (only for Mobile Panel 177 PN, TP/OP 177B DP/PN, TP/OP 270,
- Mitsubishi FX, Series A, Series Q (MP 4 protocol) MP 270B, MP 370, WinCC flexible Runtime)
- Modicon 984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380, 381, 385, 480,
485, 680, 685, 780, 785 (MODBUS protocol) Communication based on HTTP message frames enables
- Modicon TSX Quantum CPU 113, 213, 424, 434, 534 and TSX variables to be exchanged between SIMATIC HMI systems.
Compact (MODBUS protocol) Options that are required: WinCC flexible/Sm@rt Access
- Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC α, SYSMAC CV
(Link/MultiLink protocol)
- Telemecanique TSX 17, TSX 47/67/87/107
(UNI-TELWAY protocol)
- Telemecanique TSX 37, TSX 57 (UNI-TELWAY protocol)
For more detailed information, refer to the ProTool or
WinCC flexible User Manuals, the Communication Manual for
Windows-based systems and the ProTool or WinCC flexible
online help.
1) For the sake of simplicity, SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is always used in the text
below. This is not restrictive, as the information is valid for all systems
referred to above. If there are constraints, direct reference is made to
them in the text.
2) For further information, see Catalog PM 10
3) Required under WinCC flexible: "SINUMERIK HMI copy license
WinCC flexible CE" and "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA".
The SINUMERIK HMI engineering package WinCC flexible is also
required for configuration.
For further information see Catalog NC 60.
Note
Interface options for HMI devices:
See the individual device descriptions.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/169

Overview
Communication standard SIMATIC HMI
Version Mobile Panel 177 PN TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/Pro Connection via
TP 177B DP/PN OP 270 Runtime /
OP 177B DP/PN MP 270B WinCC flexible
Runtime
2 OPC Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM) / V1.0 (XML)

OPC client – – – • Industrial Ethernet
(COM/DCOM) (see Catalog IK PI)
OPC server
(COM/DCOM)
– – – • 1) Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
OPC XML client – – – • 2) Industrial Ethernet
(SOAP/XML) (see Catalog IK PI)
OPC XML server – • 3) • 3) – Industrial Ethernet
(SOAP/XML) (see Catalog IK PI)
HTTP communication for variable exchange between SIMATIC HMI systems
HTTP client • 4) • 4) • 4) • 5) Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
HTTP server • 4) • 4) • 4) • 5) Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)

1) WinCC flexible Runtime: SIMATIC WinCC flexible/OPC Server for WinCC flexible Runtime required
2) DCOM/XML gateway included in the scope of delivery of WinCC flexible supports access to MP 270B and MP 370 OPC XML servers
3) Only MP 270B; MP 370 with WinCC flexible; WinCC flexible/OPC Server option required for SIMATIC Multi Panel
4) Only in combination with WinCC flexible: SIMATIC WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess option required for SIMATIC Panel
5) Only for WinCC flexible Runtime: WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for WinCC flexible Runtime required
2/170 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC S7
■ Overview
The following types of interface are supported in respect of the PPI interface (not for TP 070, OP73micro, TP 177micro, OP 73,
link between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7. OP 77A, TP 177A )
• PPI interface: From the point of view of the concept, the PPI interface is a point-
Link between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7-200 via
PPI. Communication runs on the PPI protocol, a standard FB as
with SIMATIC S5 is not required.
to-point connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (PPI master)
or alternatively a PG (PPI master) and an S7-200 (PPI slave). 2
However, a link between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and/or a PG and
• MPI interface: an S7-200 (sequential logic point-to-point link, i.e., from the point
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated of view of the S7-200 only one connection is ever active at any
PPI interface with S7-200 or MPI interface with S7-300/-400 one time) is also possible. (Network topology: PPI only)
or alternatively via the MPI interface of a separate interface
module and the bus backplane to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. MPI interface/PROFIBUS interface/
Communication runs on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communica- Industrial Ethernet interface
tion), a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required.
The multipoint-capable communication interfaces of
• PROFIBUS interface: SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 are used. Options are:
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated
PROFIBUS interface on the CPU or alternatively via the • Interface between one or a number of TP/OP/MPs (MPI master)
PROFIBUS interface on a separate interface module and the and one or a number of S7-300/400s or WinAC (MPI master).
bus backplane to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs (possible network topology: MPI/PROFIBUS/Industrial Ether-
on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication), a standard FB as net)
with SIMATIC S5 is not required. • Interface between one or a number of TP/OP/MPs
• PROFINET interface: (MPI master) and one or a number of S7-200s (MPI slave) 1)
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated (possible network topology: PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS)
PROFINET interface on the CPU or alternatively via the Indus- Unlike PPI connections, MPI connections are static connections
trial Ethernet interface on a separate interface module and the that are set up during booting and then monitored.
bus backplane to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs
on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication), a standard FB as The original format of a master/master link has in the meantime
with SIMATIC S5 is not required. been joined by a master/slave link, which has enabled integra-
tion of the S7-200 (except CPU 212). 1)
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of one CPU is
determined by its power (see Catalog ST 70); from the point of In principle this type of information exchange between
view of SIMATIC TP/OP/MPs the following restrictions apply: SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 is independent of the
network used, PI, MPI, PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet:
• TP 070, TP 170micro, OP 73micro, TP 177micro : 1 connection SIMATIC TP/OP/MPs are S7 clients and SIMATIC S7-CPUs are
• OP 73: max. 2 connections S7 servers.
• OP 77A, TP 177A, OP 77B, TP 170A, TP 170B, TP177B,
OP 170B, OP 177B, Mobile Panel 177: max. 4 connections 1) Constraints with regard to baud rate for S7-200;
• TP 270, OP 270, MP 270B, MP 370: max. 6 connections see Catalog ST 70.
• PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime: max.
8 connections
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/171

SIMATIC S7
Controller SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD 200 TP 070 TP 170micro OP73 micro OP 73 Connection via
(physics) TP 177micro OP 77A
TP 177A
2 via PPI with S7-200 (PPI) • 1) – • 4) – – MPI cable 8)
8)
via MPI or PROFIBUS – • 2) 3) • 3) 4) • 5) • 6) 7) MPI cable
with S7-200
8)
via MPI or PROFIBUS – – – – • 6) 7) MPI cable
with S7-300, -400
via PPI network (PPI) • 1) – • 4) – – PPI network 9)
with max. 1 x S7-200 (see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
via PPI network • 1) – – • 5) • 6) 7) PPI network 9)
(PG/OP communication) (see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
with max. 4 x S7-200
via MPI or PROFIBUS network – – • 3) 4) • 5) • 6) 7) MPI or PROFIBUS network 9)
with max. 4 x S7-200
via MPI or PROFIBUS network – – – – • 6) 7) MPI or PROFIBUS network 9)
with max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC
via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP) – – – – – Industrial Ethernet
(PG/OP communication) (see Catalog IK PI)
with max. 4 x S7-200, -300, -400,
WinAC

1) TD 200 can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 via PPI (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
Transmission rate max. 187.5 kbit/s; cable included in scope of delivery
2) TP 070 can only be connected to S7-200 via MPI point-to-point (MPI); no network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
Transmission rate max. 19.2 kbit/s
3) Only with passive S7-200
4) TP 170micro can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
5) OP 73micro, TP 177 micro can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 (MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
6) OP 73 can only be interfaced with max. 2 x SIMATIC S7 (MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
7) Transmission rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s
8) MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 kbit/s) included in PG scope of delivery
9) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
2/172 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC S7
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TP 170A OP 77B Mobile TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/ Connection via
(physics) TP 170B Panel 177 OP 270 Pro
OP 170B MP 270B Runtime
Mobile WinCC
Panel 177 DP flexible
TP 177B DP
OP 177B DP
Runtime
2
TP 177B DP/PN
OP 177B DP/PN
10)
via PPI on S7-200 (PPI) • 1) • 1) 4) – • 1) • 1) • 1) 5) MPI cable
10)
via MPI or PROFIBUS • 2) 3) • 3) 4) – • 3) • 3) • 3) 5) MPI cable
on S7-200
10)
via MPI or PROFIBUS • 2) • 4) – – – • 5) MPI cable
with S7-300, -400
via PPI network (PPI) • 1) • 1) 4) – • 1) • 1) • 1) 5) PPI network 11)
with max. 1 x S7-200 (see Catalogs ST 70 and
IK PI)
via PPI network – – – – – • 6) PPI network 11)
(PG/OP communication) (see Catalogs ST 70 and
with max. 4 x S7-200 IK PI)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network • 2) 3) • 3) 4) – • 3) 6) • 3) 6) • 3) 5) 6) MPI or
(PG/OP communication) PROFIBUS network 11)
with max. 4 x S7-200 (see Catalogs ST 70 and
IK PI)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network
• 2) • 4) – • 6) • 6) • 5) 6) MPI or
PROFIBUS network 11)
with max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC (see Catalogs ST 70 and
IK PI)
via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP) – • 7) • 4) • 6) 8) • 6) 8) • 6) 9) Industrial Ethernet
(PG/OP communication) (see Catalog IK PI)
with max. 4 x S7-200, -300, -400,
WinAC

1) Can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 via PPI (PPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible
2) TP 170A under ProTool can only be interfaced with 1 x SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
Transmission rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s
TP 170A under WinCC flexible can be interfaced with max. 4 x SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI); transfer rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s
3) Only with passive S7-200
4) Mobile Panel connection via special connecting cable and junction box (see Mobile Panel section for MLFBs); see Manual for cables used.
5) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface, use the CP 5611 with a standard PC.
6) Depending on the scope of the configuration (communication), up to 8 S7 connections are possible
7) TP 177B DP/PN and OP 177B DP/PN only
8) Not available under ProTool, only when configuring with WinCC flexible:
for MP 270B, MP 370 via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface;
for TP 270, OP 270 a commercially available Ethernet CF card is required.
9) Connection via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface; use the CP 1512, CP 1612 or CP 1613 with a standard PC
If you are using an integrated Industrial Ethernet interface or the CP 1512 or CP 1612, you will also need the SIMATIC NET driver software
Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET S7-Lean 2005 (6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0) or Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET-S7 V6.1 (6GK1704-1CW61-3AA0)
(Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET-S7 Lean 2005 is included in the scope of delivery of WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime)
If you are using the CP 1613, you will also need the SIMATIC NET driver software S7-1613/Windows 2005 (6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0).
10) MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 kbit/s) included in PG scope of delivery
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/173

SIMATIC S5
■ Overview
A variety of interfaces differing in respect of type and perfor- PROFIBUS DP interface
mance are available for linking SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC (not for TP 170A, Mobile Panel 177 PN)
S5 (not S5-150U). However, a feature common to all is that from
the point of view of the connected SIMATIC TP/OP/MP, the con- S5-115U, -135U, -155U via IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/ DP
2 nection is always a logical point-to-point one, i.e., there is always
a fixed assignment between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and a PLC.
(except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA11],
AS511 interface except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA21],
(not for Mobile Panel 177 PN, TP 177B, OP 177B) except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA22] < Version 5)
S5-90U to -135U, -155U (except CPU 922 < Version 9, The PROFIBUS DP interface supports the connection of:
except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], • Up to 2 SIMATIC TP/OP/MP as SLAVES via a PROFIBUS
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA11], network to a SIMATIC S5-95U with integrated
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA21], PROFIBUS DP/master interface [6ES5 095-8ME01]
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA22] < Version 5)
• Up to 30 SIMATIC TP/OP/MP as SLAVES via a PROFIBUS
The AS511 interface runs via the PG interface of SIMATIC S5 and network to a SIMATIC S5 with separate PROFIBUS DP/master
uses the associated CPU resources, i.e., the performance capa- interface IM 308C, or CP 5431 FMS/DP
bility of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is determined by the perfor-
mance capability of the SIMATIC CPU used. Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (DP slave) and
SIMATIC S5 (DP master) runs via PROFIBUS DP message
frames in accordance with EN 50170 with higher-level "HMI
profile". A function block which must be called for each con-
nected SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is required in the PLC (FB included
in ProTool scope of delivery).

Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TP 170A OP 77B TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/Pro Connection via
(physics) TP 170B OP 270 Runtime
OP 170B MP 270B WinCC flexible
Mobile Runtime
Panel 177 DP
TP 177B DP
OP 177B DP
TP 177B DP/PN
OP 177B DP/PN
SIMATIC S5 (AS511)
S5-90U to 155U • • 1) • • 6ES5 734-1BD20 2)
except CPU 922 < Version 9, (3.2 m)
except CPU 946/947 • 6XV1 440-2A...
(max. 1000 m)
(6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21,
6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Version 5) (TTY)
SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP + HMI)
via PROFIBUS DP with – • 3) • • • 4) PROFIBUS 5)
1 x S5-95U/L2-DP/master (see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
[6ES5 095-8ME02]
via PROFIBUS DP with IM 308C to – • 3) • • • 4) PROFIBUS 5)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U (see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21,
via PROFIBUS DP with CP 5431 – • 3) • • • 4) PROFIBUS 5)
FMS/DP to (see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21,

1) Not TP 177B, OP 177B
2) PC cable with integrated level converter (RS 232/TTY); a standard adapter (9-/25-pin male) is required on the PLC
3) Mobile Panel 177 DP connection via special connecting cable and junction box (see Mobile Panel section for MLFBs);
see manual for cables used
4) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface, use the CP 5611 with a standard PC
2/174 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC 505
■ Overview
A variety of interfaces differing in respect of type and perfor- PROFIBUS DP interface
mance are available for linking SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to (not for TP 170A, not for Mobile Panel 177 PN)
SIMATIC 505. However, a feature common to all is that from
the point of view of the connected SIMATIC TP/OP/MP, the con- SIMATIC 505 PLC or SIMATIC 545, SIMATIC 555 with CP 5434
nection is always a logical point-to-point one, i.e., there is always
a fixed assignment between a TP/OP/MP and a PLC.
With the PROFIBUS DP interface, up to 30 SIMATIC TP/OP/MPs
can be connected as SLAVES to one SIMATIC 545, 555 via a
2
PROFIBUS network, with plug-in PROFIBUS DP/master interface
NITP interface (not for Mobile Panel 177 PN) type CP 5434.
The NITP connection runs via the PG interface of SIMATIC 505 Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (DP/slave) and
and uses the associated CPU resources, i.e., the performance SIMATIC 505 (DP/master) is implemented using PROFIBUS DP
capability of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is determined by the perfor- message frames in accordance with EN 50170 with higher-level
mance capability of the SIMATIC CPU used. "HMI profile". An application ladder which must be called for
each connected SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is required in the PLC
(example for application ladder included in ProTool scope of
delivery)

(physics) Mobile Panel 177 DP OP 270 Runtime
TP 170B MP 270B WinCC flexible
OP 170B Runtime
TP 177B DP
OP 177B DP
TP 177B DP/PN
OP 177B DP/PN
SIMATIC 505 (NITP)
PLC 525, 535, 565T • • 1) 2) • – • PPX: 2601 094-8001 3)
(RS 232)
• 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 545, 555 – •1) 2) • – • PPX: 2601 094-8001 3)
(RS 232)
• 6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T
(RS 422)
– • 1) • • • 4) 6XV1 440-2M...
(max. 300 m)
PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555 – • 1) • • • 4) 6XV1 440-1M...
(RS 422) (max. 300 m)
SIMATIC 505 (PROFIBUS DP + HMI
via PROFIBUS DP – • 1) • • • 5) PROFIBUS 6)
to 1 x PLC 545, 555 with CP 5434 (see Catalog
ST 50/IK PI)

1) Mobile Panel 177 DP connection via special connecting cable and junction box (see Mobile Panel section for MLFB);
see Manual for cables used.
2) For TP 177B, OP 177B the RS 422/RS 232 adapter 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 is required
3) A standard adapter (9-/25-pin male) is required on the PLC
4) A commercially available level shifter (RS 232/RS 422) is required on the PC
5) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface, use the CP 5611 with a standard PC
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/175

Third-party PLCs
■ Overview
Allen Bradley (not for Mobile Panel 177 PN) LG GLOFA GM (not for Mobile Panel 177 PN)
Two communication protocols are available for the interface Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and LG GLOFA
between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Allen Bradley: GM runs on the basis of the dedicated protocol; the following
2 DF1 interface
have been tested and released:
• Connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and an
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and LG GLOFA GM with Cnet module (point-to-point link)
Allen Bradley runs on the basis of the DF1 protocol; the following
have been tested and released: • Integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP in an RS 422 network via LG
Cnet module. Communication is possible between SIMATIC
• Direct connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and the PG TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime) and up to 4
interface on an Allen Bradley PLC5 or the DF1 interface on an LG GLOFA GM PLCs on the network (multipoint link from the
Allen Bradley SLC500 (point-to-point link) point of view of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection
• The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP via Allen Bradley KF2 possible with TP 170A)
gateway in an Allen Bradley DH+ network. Communication is
possible between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 SLC 500 Mitsubishi (not for Mobile Panel 177 PN)
PLCs or PLC5s (multipoint link from the point of view of the Two communication profiles are available for the interface
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection possible with between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Mitsubishi:
TP 170A)
FX protocol
• The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP via Allen Bradley KF3
gateway in an Allen Bradley DH485 network. Communication is This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and
possible between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs type Mitsubishi runs on the basis of the FX protocol; the direct con-
SLC 500 or MicroLogix (multipoint link from the point of view of nection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and the PG interface of a
the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection possible with Mitsubishi FX/FX0 (logical point-to-point link) has been tested
TP 170A) and released.
DH485 interface MP4 protocol
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and
Allen Bradley runs on the basis of the DH485 protocol; Mitsubishi runs on the basis of the MP4 protocol; the following
the following have been tested and released: have been tested and released:
• Direct connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and an • Direct connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and a
Allen Bradley SLC500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point link) Mitsubishi Series FX, Series A or Series Q (point-to-point link)
• The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP via Allen Bradley AIC • Integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP in an RS 422 network via
adapter in an Allen Bradley DH485 network. Communication is Mitsubishi converter FX-48SC-IF. Communication is possible
possible between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs type between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 Series FX, Series A
SLC 500 or MicroLogix (multipoint link from the point of view of or Series Q PLCs (multipoint link from the point of view of the
the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection possible with SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection possible with
TP 170A) TP 170A)
• The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro • The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro
Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) in an Allen Bradley DH485 Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) in an RS 422 network.
network. Communication is possible between SIMATIC Communication is possible between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and
TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs type SLC 500 or MicroLogix up to 4 Series FX, Series A or Series Q PLCs (multipoint link
(multipoint link from the point of view of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; from the point of view of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP;
only one connection possible with TP 170A) only one connection possible with TP 170A)
GE-Fanuc (not for Mobile Panel 177 PN) Modicon (not for Mobile Panel 177 PN)
Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and GE-Fanuc Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Modicon runs
runs on the basis of the SNP protocol; the following have been on the basis of the MODBUS protocol; the following have been
tested and released: tested and released:
• Direct connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and a GEF • Direct connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and the
90-Micro, 90-30 or 90-70 (point-to-point link) MODBUS interface on a Modicon 984, TSX Quantum or TSX
• Integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP in an RS 422 network via Compact (point-to-point link)
adapter. Communication is possible between SIMATIC • The integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP via Modicon MODBUS
TP/OP/MP and up to 4 GEF 90-Micro, 90-30 or 90-70 PLCs PLUS bridge BM85-000/the bridge function on a MODICON
(multipoint link from the point of view of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; 984-145/TSX Quantum in a MODBUS PLUS network and com-
only one connection possible with TP 170A) munication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (MODBUS/master)
• The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro and up to 4 Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum PLCs (MOD-
Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) in an RS 422 network. BUS/slave) on the network (multipoint link from the point of view
Communication is possible between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection possible with
up to 4 GEF 90-Micro, 90-30 or 90-70 PLCs (multipoint link from TP 170A).
the point of view of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connec-
tion possible with TP 170A).
2/176 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Third-party PLCs
■ Overview (continued)
Omron (not for Mobile Panel 177 PN) Telemecanique 1) (not for Mobile Panel 177 PN)
Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Omron runs Data exchange between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and
on the basis of the Link/MultiLink protocol; the following have Telemecanique runs on the basis of the UNI-TELWAY protocol;
been tested and released:
• Direct connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and an
the following have been tested and released:
• Connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (UNI-T/slave) via
2
Omron Sysmac C, Sysmac α or Sysmac CV (point-to-point link) Telemecanique outlet TSX SCA62 and a Telemecanique
• Integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP in an RS 422 network via TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T/master) (logical point-to-
Omron converter NT-AL001. Communication is possible be- point link)
tween SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 Sysmac C, Sysmac α • Connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (UNI-T/slave)
or Sysmac CV PLCs (multipoint link from the point of view of via Telemecanique outlets TSX SCA62 + ACC01 and a
the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection possible with Telemecanique TSX 37 or TSX 57 (UNI-T/master) (logical
TP 170A) point-to-point link)
• The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro • The integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP via Telemecanique out-
Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) in an RS 422 network. let TSX SCA62 in a UNI-TELWAY network and communication
Communication is possible between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (UNI-T/slave) and up to 4 TSX 17,
up to 4 Sysmac C, Sysmac α or Sysmac CV PLCs (multipoint TSX 37, TSX 57 or TSX 47/67/87/107 PLCs (UNI-T/master or
link from the point of view of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one slave) on the network (multipoint link from the point of view of
connection possible with TP 170A) the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection possible with
TP 170A).
1) Not available under WinCC flexible

Mobile Panel 177 DP Runtime
TP 177B DP
OP 177B DP
TP 177B DP/PN
OP 177B DP/PN
Allen Bradley (DF1)
4)
SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix • • 1) 2) • – • 1747 CP3
(RS 232)
• 6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
4)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 • • 1) 2) • – • 1784 CP10
(RS 232)
• 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80
(RS 422)
• • 1) • • • 6XV1 440-2V...
(max. 60 m)
4)5)
via KF2 gateway and • 3) • 1) 2) • – • 1784 CP10
DH+ network with up to 5)
4 x SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04 or • 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 232)
4)5)
via KF3 gateway and • 3) • 1) 2) • – • 1784 CP10
DH485 network with up to 5)
4 x SLC 500 or MicroLogix (RS 232) • 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
Allen Bradley (DH485)
SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix • • 1) 2) • • • See online help 6)
(RS 232)
via AIC adapter and • 3) • 1) 2) • • • See online help 6)
DH485 network with up to
4 x SLC 500 or MicroLogix (RS 232)
via DH485 network • 3) • 1) • • – See online help 6)
with up to 4 x SLC 500 or
MicroLogix (RS 485)

3) TP 170A can only be connected to one control unit
4) Allen Bradley PC cable
5) Cable for connection to KF2/KF3 gateway; a gander changer (25-pin bush/25-pin bush) is required on the gateway side
6) Detailed information (cables used) can be found in the online help for ProTool or WinCC flexible and in the
Communication User Manual for Windows-based systems
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/177

Third-party PLCs
TP 177B DP
2 OP 177B DP
TP 177B DP/PN
OP 177B DP/PN
GE-Fanuc (SNP)
GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70 (RS 232) • • 1) 2) • • • See online help 7)
via adapter with up to 4 x GEF 90- • 3) • 1) 2) • • • See online help 7)
Micro, 90-30, 90-70 (RS 232)
with up to 4 x GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, • 3) • 1) • • – See online help 7)
90-70 (RS 422)
LG GLOFA (Dedicated)
GLOFA-GM with Cnet module • • 1) 2) • • • See online help 7)
(RS 232)
with up to 4 x GLOFA-GM with • 3) • 1) • • – See online help 7)
Cnet module (RS 422)
Mitsubishi (FX)
6)
FX0 (RS 422) • • 1) 4) • • 5) • SC-071
• 1) • • – 6XV1 440-2P...
(max. 20 m)
6)
FX (RS 422) • • 1) 4) • • 5) • SC-081
• 1) • • – 6XV1 440-2P...
(max. 20 m)
Mitsubishi (MP4)
• Series FX with comm. module • • 1) 2) • • • See online help 7)
• Series A (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)
with interface module
• Series Q (QnA, QnAS)
with interface module (RS 232)
via FX-48SC-IF converter • 3) • 1) 2) • • • See online help 7)
with up to 4 PLCs
• Series FX with comm. module
with up to 4 PLCs • 3) • 1) • • – See online help 7)
• Series FX with comm. module
Modicon (MODBUS)
984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380, • • 1) 2) • • • See online help 7)
381, 185, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780,
785 or TSX Quantum – CPU 113,
213, 424, 434, 534 (RS 232)
via BM85-000 bridge or PLC with • 3) • 1) 2) • • • See online help 7)
bridge function/
MODBUS PLUS – network
with up to 4 x 984-120, ... or TSX
Quantum – CPU 113, ... (RS 232)
TSX Compact (RS 232) • • 1) 2) • • • See online help 7)

4) Not TP 177B, OP 177B
5) A 15-pin male/9-pin male adapter 6XV1 440-2UE32 is required for a connection using Mitsubishi PC cable
6) Mitsubishi PC cable with integrated level shifter RS 232/RS422
2/178 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Third-party PLCs
TP 177B DP
OP 177B DP
TP 177B DP/PN
2
OP 177B DP/PN
Omron (Link/Multi Link)
• SYSMAC C • • 1) 2) • • • See online help 5)
(außer CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC a
• SYSMAC CV
(RS 232)
via NT-AL001 converter • 3) • 1) 2) • • • See online help 5)
with up to 4 PLCs
• SYSMAC C
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC a
• SYSMAC CV
(RS 232)
with up to 4 PLCs • 3) • 1) • • – See online help 5)
• SYSMAC C
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC a
• SYSMAC CV
(RS 422)
Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY) 6)
via TSX SCA62 outlet with TSX 17
or TSX 47/67/87/107 (RS 485)
• • 1) • • • 4) 6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
via TSX SCA62 + ACC01 outlets
with TSX 37/57 (RS 485)
• • 1) • • • 4) 6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
via TSX SCA62 outlet and
UNI-TELWAY network
• 3) • 1) • • • 4) 6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
with 4 x TSX 17 or TSX 37/57 or
TSX 47/67/87/107 (RS 485)

4) An RS 485 interface card and a suitable cable are required on the PC. Detailed information (board tested, cables used)
can be found in the online help for ProTool and in the Communication User Manual for windows-based systems
6) Not available with WinCC flexible
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/179

HMI accessories
Connecting cables
■ Overview
You can find order numbers for the connecting cables required
to link SIMATIC Panels under selection and ordering data.
2 ■ Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Connecting cables 6ES5 731-1…. Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1F...
for SIMATIC S5 Connecting cable between
(S5-90U to S5-155U), TD/TP/OP (TTY/15-pin socket)
PG6xx (TTY, 20 mA) and TELEMECANIQUE
Standard lengths TSX47/67/87/107
(TTY/9-pin socket)
• 5.0 m 6ES5 731-1BF00
• Max. 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-1F 7 7 7
• 10.0 m 6ES5 731-1CB00
Custom length Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1K...
• Max. 200.0 m 6ES5 731-1 7 7 7 0 Connecting cable between
TD/TP/OP (RS232/15-pin socket)
Connecting cables 6ES5 731-6…. and AEG-MODICON 984 O
TSX QUANTUM (RS232/9-pin
for SIMATIC S5, 6ES5 731-6AG00 socket)
interface adapter for PC 16-20
required for the connection • Max. 15.0 m 6XV1 440-1K 7 7 7
between PG and connecting Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1L...
cable
Connecting cable between
Connecting cables 6ES5 734-1.... TD/TP/OP (RS232/15-pin socket)
for SIMATIC S5, and AEG MODICON J878/
connecting cable between PLC MODBUS (RS232/25-pin socket)
15-pin and PC 25-pin • Max. 16.0 m 6XV1 440-1L 7 7 7
Standard length Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1M...
• 3.2 m 6ES5 734-1BD20 Connecting cable between
Connecting cables 6ES5 734-2.... TD/TP/OP (RS422/9-pin socket)
and SIMATIC 505 PLC 545/
for SIMATIC S5,
CPU1102,555 (RS422/9-pin
connecting cable between PG 7
socket)
and S5-90U to S5-155U
• Max. 300.0 m 6XV1 440-1M 7 7 7
Standard length
• 10.0 m 6ES5 734-2CB00 Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2A...
Custom length Connecting cable between
TD/TP/OP and AG S5-90U
• Max. 1000.0 m 6ES5 734-2 7 7 7 0 to -155U
Connecting cables 6ES7 705-... Standard lengths
for SIMATIC S7 • 3.2 m 6XV1 440-2AH32
PG 702 and SIMATIC S7 via • 5.0 m 6XV1 440-2AH50
PPI/MPI • 10.0 m 6XV1 440-2AN10
Standard length Custom lengths
• 2.5 m 1) 6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 Max. 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2A 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6ES7 901-... Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2B...
for SIMATIC S7 MPI cable Connecting cable between TD/OP
between SIMATIC S7 and PT8./DR via TTY/20MA
and PG via MPI
Standard lengths
Standard length
• 3.2 m 6XV1 440-2BH32
• 5.0 m 2) 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
• 10.0 m 6XV1 440-2BN10
Connecting cables 6XV1 418-0C...
Custom lengths
TD/TP/OP and CP521 via Max. 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2B 7 7 7 0
RS232/V.24 Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2C...
Standard lengths Connecting cable between
• 3.2 m 6XV1 418-0CH32 TD/OP and PT8./DR via V.24
• 10.0 m 6XV1 418-0CN10 Standard lengths
Custom lengths • 3.2 m 6XV1 440-2CH32
• Max. 16.0 m 6XV1 418-0C 7 7 7 • 10.0 m 6XV1 440-2CN10
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1E... Custom lengths
Connecting cable between Max. 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2C 7 7 7 0
TD/TP/OP and
TELEMECANIQUE TSX17 via Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2F...
TTY/9-pin socket and Connecting cable between
TELEMECANIQUE SCA62/ TD/TP/OP and CP523 via TTY
UNI-TELWAY via RS485/15-pin
socket Custom lengths
• Max. 20.0 m 6XV1 440-1E 7 7 7 • Max. 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2F 7 7 7
Length codes Length codes
see Appendix see Appendix
2/180 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI accessories
Connecting cables

Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2G... Configuration cable
Connecting cable between for connecting PC/PG/OP/TD to
TD/TP/OP and CP521 via TTY SIMATIC S7-200/300/400
Custom lengths via 9-pin male/RS232 (serial)
• Max. 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2G 7 7 7 • between PG 702/OP3 1) and
S7-200/300/400 via PPI/MPI
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 2
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2J... • between 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
Connecting cable between OP7/OP17/OP27 2)/TD17 and
TD/TP/OP and CPU928 B, S7-200/300/400 via MPI
CPU945 interface module via
TTY/V.24 for connecting PG 7xx to
SIMATIC S5-90U to S5-155U
• Max. 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2J 7 7 7 via 25-pin socket/TTY (serial) 3)
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2K... Standard lengths

Connecting cable between • 5.0 m 6ES5 734-2BF00
TD/TP/OP and
SIMATIC 505 PLC 545, 555; • 10.0 m 6ES5 734-2CB00
ALLEN BRADLEY SLC500 03,04 Custom lengths
via RS232/15-pin socket and PC
via RS232/9-pin male • Max. 1000.0 m 6ES5 734-2 7 7 7 00
Standard lengths Length codes
• 3.2 m 6XV1 440-2KH32 see Appendix
Custom lengths
• Max. 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2K 7 7 7 Connecting cable
between HMI adapter and PC/TS
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2L... adapter
Connecting cable between (RS232/null MODEM cable)
TD/TP/OP 3) and
SIMATIC 505 PLC 525,535,565T; • 5.0 m 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
ALLEN BRADLEY PLC5/11,20 PROFIBUS connecting cable
via RS232/15-pin socket and PC 830-1T
via RS232/25-pin socket
• Max. 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2L precut/preassembled with two
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2M... sub D connectors, 9-pin, termi-
nated at both ends
TD/TP/OP (RS422/9-pin socket) • 1,5 m 6XV1 830-1CH15
and SIMATIC 505 PLC 535,545/ • 3.0 m 6XV1 830-1CH30
CPU1101 565T (RS422/9-pin
socket)
• Max. 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2M 7 7 7 Note:
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2P... Length codes for connecting cables see Appendix
and MITSUBISHI FX0 1) Included in OP3 scope of delivery
(RS422/MINI DIN 8-pin socket) 2) Included in PG scope of delivery
• Max. 500 m 6XV1 440-2P 7 7 7 3) Except OP3 and OP7/DP
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2R...
and MITSUBISHI FX
(RS422/MINI DIN 25-pin socket)
• Max. 500.0 m 6XV1 440-2R 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2V...
Connecting cable
between TD/TP/OP
(RS422/9-pin socket) and
ALLEN BRADLEY PLC5/11,20
(RS422/25-pin socket)
• Max. 60.0 m 6XV1 440-2V 7 7 7
Length codes
see Appendix
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/181

HMI accessories: Connectors
RS 485 bus connectors
■ Overview ■ Ordering data Order No.

PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
connector RS 485 with 90°
cable outlet
With insulation-piercing terminals,
2 max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
• Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0
• with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC00
bus connector RS 485 Plug 180
With insulation-piercing terminals
and 180° cable outlet for the
industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP,
OLM; max transmission rate
12 Mbit/s
• This is used to connect PROFIBUS stations to the PROFIBUS

bus cable
• Easy installation
• The insulation piercing method of the FastConnect connectors
reduces installation time considerably
• Integrated matching resistors (not for 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0)
• Connection of PG using a special bus connector is possible
without the need to install network nodes.
2/182 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI accessories: Connectors
IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
insulation displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
2
FC installation cables;
with 180° cable outlet;
for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
insulation displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables;
with 90° cable outlet;
• Implementation of direct device connections over distances of for ET 200S
up to 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC installation cable 2 x 2 • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
without patching
• Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core
Twisted Pair installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the need
for special tools
• Error-preventing connection technique thanks to visible con-
nection area as well as colored blade terminals
• Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing, no easily
lost small parts)
• Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing)
• Integrated strain-relief for installation cables
• Compatible to the EN 50173 (RJ45) / ISO IEC 11801 standard
• Additional strain and bending relief of plug connector possible
through latching of plug on device housing, e.g. with
SCALANCE X, SCALANCE S, ET 200S.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/183

HMI accessories: Accessories for SIMATIC Mobile Panels
Junction boxes

DP junction box for
Mobile Panels (MPI/PROFIBUS)
• Basic A 6AV6 671-5AE00-0AX0
2 • Plus
PN junction box for
A 6AV6 671-5AE10-0AX0
Mobile Panel (PROFINET)

• Basic A 6AV6 671-5AE01-0AX0
• Plus A 6AV6 671-5AE11-0AX0
Junction box DP and PN
2/184 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Memory cards
Converters/adapters
■ Overview ■ Overview
The following memory cards are available:
• CF card, 32 MB
• PC card, 64 MB
• MM card, 64 MB 2
PC card, 64 MB A 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0
MM card, 64 MB A 6AV6 671-1CB00-0AX0
The following converters/adapters are available:

• RS232 to TTY converter
• RS422 to RS232 converter
• Adapter between TD/OP and connecting cable 6ES5 735-...
• 90° angle adapter, 9-pin for RS422/485
• Y cable (adapter for OP5)
• Adapter cable between TD/OP and PC cable

Converter
RS232 to TTY converter, 6ES5 743-1BD20
20 mA, between TD/TP/OP and
S5-90U to S5-155U
RS422 to RS232 converter, V.24 A 6AV6 671-8XJ00-0AX0
between TD/TP/OP and
non-Siemens PLC with RS232
interface
Adapter
between TD/OP and
connecting cable 6ES5 735-...
0.32 m 6XV1 440-2DE32
Adapter cable
between TD/OP
(RS 232/15-pin socket) and
non-Siemens PC cable
(RS 232/9-pin socket)
• 0.3 m 6XV1 440-2UE32
90° angle adapter, A 6AV6 671-8XD00-0AX0
9-pin for RS422/485
Y cable (adapter for OP5)
• 0.20 m 6XV1 440-2HE20
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/185

Service packages
■ Overview
The following Service packages are available:
• PP7/17
• TD 17, OP 7/17
2 • OP 73, OP 77A/B, OP 73micro
• TP 170A/B, TP 170micro, TP 070
• TP 177micro, TP 177A, TP/OP 177B
• TP 270 6”, OP 270 6”, MP 270 6” Touch/Key
• TP 270 10”, OP 270 10”, MP 270 10” Touch/Key
• MP 370 Key
• MP 370 Touch

Service packs for PP7/17 6AV3 678-3XC30 Service packs for 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
Consisting of: TP 270 6”, OP 270 6”,
MP 270B 6” Touch/Key
• 1 PP7 gasket
Consisting of:
• 1 PP17-I/PP17-II gasket
• Installation sealings
• 2 sets of labeling strips for OPs
• PP7 plug-in terminal strip
• PP17-I/PP17-II plug-in
terminal strip • Plug-in terminal block
(twin block)
Service packs for TD17, OP7/17 6AV3 678-1CC10
Service packs for 6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0
Consisting of: OP 270 10”, MP 270 10” Key
• 1 TD17 gasket • Consisting of:
• 1 OP7 gasket • Installation sealings
• 1 OP17 gasket • 7 tensioning clamps
• 5 tensioning clamps • Plug-in terminal block
• Plug-in terminal block (twin block)
(twin block)
Service packs for 6AV6 574-1AA00-2BX0
Service packs for 6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0 MP 370 Key
OP 73, OP 77A/B, OP 73micro Consisting of:
Consisting of: • Installation sealings
• Installation sealings • 2 sets of labeling strips for OPs
• 5 tensioning clamps • 7 tensioning clamps
• Plug-in terminal block • Plug-in terminal block
(twin block) (twin block)
Service packs for 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0 • Socket wrench
TP 170A/B, TP 170micro, TP070,
OP 170 Service packs for 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
MP 270B Key, MP 370 Touch,
Consisting of: TP 270 10“, C7 636 Touch
• Installation sealings Consisting of:
• 2 sets of labeling strips for OPs • Installation sealings
• 7 tensioning clamps • 10 tensioning clamps
• Plug-in terminal block • Plug-in terminal block
(twin block) (twin block)
Service packs for 6AV6 671-2XA00-0AX0 • Socket wrench
TP 177micro, TP 177A,
TP/OP 177B
Consisting of:
• Installation sealings
(twin block)
2/186 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Protective covers
Cover foils
Cover foils for:
• TP 070, TP 170A/B
• TP 177micro, TP 177A/B, TP 270 6“, MP 270 6“ Touch
• TP 270 10”, MP 270 10”, MP 370 12” Touch
• MP 370 15” Touch
2
Cover foil for TP 070, TP 170 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
(pack of 10)
Cover foil for TP 270 6“, 6AV6 574-1AD00-4DX0
MP 270B 6“ Touch
(pack of 10)
Cover foil for TP 177micro, 6AV6 574-2XC0-0AX0
TP 177A/B
(pack of 10)
Cover foil for TP 270 10“, 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
Protective covers for: MP 270 10“, MP 370 12“ Touch
• TP 070 (pack of 10)
• TP 177micro Cover foil for MP 370 15” Touch 6AV6 574-1AD00-4EX0
• TP 170A/B (pack of 10)
• TP 177A/B
• T P 270 6“
• MP 270 6“ Touch

Protective covers for 6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
TP 070, TP 177micro,
TP 170A/B, TP 177A/B,
TP 270 6“, MP 270 6“ Touch
(2 sets)
Consisting of:
• 2 cover frames
• 2 base frames
• 2 contoured cover foils
(for TP 070, TP 170A/B)
• 2 flat cover foils
(for TP 177micro, TP 177A/B,
TP 270 6“, MP 270 6“ Touch)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/187

Backup battery

Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah;
for TD17,OP17, OP25, OP27,
OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27,
2 TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B
and MP 370
2/188 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Recommended printers
■ Overview
Print functions
Hardcopy Print log 1) Alarm log Print fault Event Event Print data Print all Recipe Header/
On/Off message message record record data table of footer
OP7 • – •
buffer
•
buffer
•
with filter
– •
records
•
contents
• •
2
OP17 • – • • • – • • • •
OP 77B • • • • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) – • 2)
OP/TP 170B • – • – – – – – – –
OP/TP 177B • • • • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) – • 2)
OP/TP 270 • • • • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) – • 2)
MP 270B • • • • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) – • 2)
MP 370 • • • • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) – • 2)
• Functionality possible
– Functionality not possible
1) Variable, messages, recipes
2) Included in log
Note:
TD17, OP3, OP 73micro, OP 73, OP 77A, TP 070, TP 170micro,
TP 177micro, TP 170A, TP 177A do not have a printer interface
Released printers
Siemens/Tally EPSON OKI GMW HP Brother
T2024 LQ300+ TM-T88II ML 3390 IPP 144-40 GE Deskjet 6840 HL1250
T2150 LQ580 TM-T88III IPP 144-40 GS HL 5140
T2240
OP7 Serial Serial Serial - Serial - -
OP17 Serial Serial Serial - Serial - -
OP 77B - - - USB - USB USB
OP/TP 170B Serial Serial Serial - Serial - -
OP/TP 177B - - - USB - USB or Ethernet USB
OP/TP 270 Serial Serial Serial USB Serial USB or Ethernet USB
MP 270B Serial Serial Serial USB Serial USB or Ethernet USB
MP 370 Serial Serial Serial USB Serial USB or Ethernet USB
Supply sources
Manufacturer Printer name Printer type Physics Applications Ordering address
Brother HL1250 3) Laser B/W Parallel / USB Workstation www.brother.de
HL 5140 3) Laser B/W Parallel / USB Workstation
EPSON LQ300+ 24 dot matrix B/W Serial / parallel Workstation www.epson.de
LQ580 24 dot matrix B/W Serial 1) / parallel Workstation
TM T88II/III 2) Thermal B/W Serial Mounting
GMW IPP 144-40 GE 2) Thermal B/W Serial Mounting www.g-mw.de
IPP 144-40 GS 2) Thermal B/W Serial Mounting
HP Deskjet 6840 3) Color inkjet USB / Ethernet Workstation www.hp.com
OKI ML 3390 24 dot matrix B/W Parallel / USB Workstation www.oki.de
Siemens/Tally T 2024/9; T 2024/24 9 or 24 dot matrix B/W Serial / parallel Workstation www.tallygenicom.de
or
T2150/24 9 or 24 dot matrix B/W Serial / parallel Workstation mall.ad.siemens.de
T 2240/9; T 2240/24 9 or 24 dot matrix B/W Serial 1) / parallel Workstation
1) For serial printing, a module is available as an option.
2) "Hard copy" and "Print log" not possible
3) Line-by-line message printout not possible
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/189

Recommended printers
Printers and printer settings

2
http://www4.ad.siemens.com/news/csi/de/11376409
2/190 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
3/2 Introduction
3/5 SIMATIC Panel PC 577
3/27 Expansion components

3/27 SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
3/28 SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator,
Image & Partition Creator
3/29 3,5"disk drive, USB 1.1
3/30 SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive
3/31 SIMATIC Panel PC Remote Kit
SIMATIC Panel PC
Introduction
■ Overview
SIMATIC Panel PC 677 and 877
High degree of industrial capability
• Vibration resistance during operation: 1.0 g
• Shock resistance during operation: 5.0 g
High investment protection
• Spare parts availability guaranteed for 5 years following the
end of active marketing
• High level of continuity of components
• Equipment configuration is very service-friendly
High degree of industrial functionality
• Built-in PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface
3 • Low mounting depth (Panel PC 677)
• PCI slots
• ISA slots (Panel PC 877)
• Maximum expansion capability (Panel PC 877)
• Distributed configuration (operator control unit and computer
unit can be up to 20 m apart) 1)
• Direct control key module (optional)
SIMATIC Panel PCs are suitable for use in standard control
cabinets, consoles and control panels. High system availability
Typical areas of application can be found in both production and • SIMATIC PC/PG Image&Partition Creator –
process automation. Software tool for backing up hard disk data (expansion compo-
• SIMATIC Panel PC 577, 677 and 877 are able to meet a variety nents)
of requirements. • SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor –
Shared industrial functionality PC diagnostics/alarm software (expansion components)
• IP65 degree of protection, NEMA 4 • Second hard disk
• High EMC: CE mark for industrial applications • RAID1 (on-board on Panel PC 677, optional on Panel PC 877)
• Designed for 24-hour continuous operation
• MTBF backlighting 60,000 h 1) Available as an accessory for the Panel PC 677/877
• Onboard Ethernet, PC 577: 1Gbit/s (10/100/1000 Mbit)
• Ambient operating temperature up to 45 °C (max. configura-
tion)
SIMATIC Panel PC 577
Industrial compatibility
• Vibration resistance during operation: 0.25 g
• Shock resistance during operation: 1.0 g
Investment protection
• Spare parts availability guaranteed for at least 3 years follow-
ing the end of active marketing
• The latest PC technology
• Attractive price
High system availability
• SIMATIC PC/PG Image&Partition Creator –
Software tool for backing up hard disk data (option)
3/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
Introduction
■ Overview SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 577 1) SIMATIC Panel PC 677 SIMATIC Panel PC 877
Design
• Centralized configuration • • •
• Distributed configuration – • 2) • 2)
via remote kit
Display
• Size 12.1”/15.1”/19.1” TFT 12.1”/15.1”/19.1” TFT 12.1”/15.1”/19.1” TFT
• Resolution 800 x 600/ 800 x 600/ 800 x 600 /
1024 x 768/ 1024 x 768/ 1024 x 768 /
1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard • 3) • 3) • 3)
• Touch screen • • • 4) 3
General features
• Processor Intel Celeron Intel Celeron M 370 Intel Celeron
2.0 GHz 1.5 GHz 2.0 GHz
or or or
Intel Pentium 4 Intel Pentium M 730 Intel Pentium 4
2.4 GHz 1.6 GHz 2.8 GHz
or or
Intel Pentium M 760 Intel Pentium 4
2.0 GHz mobile 2.2 GHz
• RAM 256 MB, 256 MByte, 256 MByte,
512 MB, 512 MByte, 512 MByte,
1 GB, 1 GByte, 1 GByte,
expandable to 3 GB 2 GByte 2 GByte
• Free expansion slots 3 x PCI (all slots with card retainer 2 x PCI (all slots with card retainer), 2 x PCI,
and one slot specially prepared 1 x slot for CompactFlash Card 2 x PCI/ISA shared,
for WinAC Slot module) 1 x ISA
(all slots with card retainer)
• Operating system None, None, None,

Windows 2000 Professional MUI/ Windows 2000 Professional MUI/ Windows 2000 Professional MUI/
Windows XP Professional MUI Windows XP Professional MUI Windows XP Professional MUI
Separate PC structure for operator – With remote kit up to 30 m With remote kit up to 30 m
control and computer units
Interfaces
• PROFIBUS / MPI • (using plug-in card) • •
• Ethernet • • •
• USB • • •
• Serial interface • • •
• Parallel interface • – •
• Multimedia interface • – –
• Graphics interface • • •
Ambient conditions
• Vibration load during operation 0.25 g 1g 1g
• Shock loading during operation 1g 5g 5g
• Available
– Not available
1) The mounting dimensions of the Panel PC 577 front are identical to those of the Panel PC 677/877
2) Available as accessories
3) Touch screen devices are only available with 15”/19” displays
4) Membrane keyboard devices are only available with 12”/15” displays
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/3

SIMATIC Panel PC
Introduction
■ Overview
The following symbols have been devised in order to provide a simple means of indicating
the outstanding product features of SIMATIC PCs.
Symbol Description Symbol Beschreibung
Maximum computer performance High resistance against
thanks to state-of-the-art PC tech- vibration/shock and high ambient
nology temperatures
Expandability with supplementary Space-saving system concept

module thanks to minimum outside dimen-
sions
High investment security thanks to Remote PC display

long product life (at least 2.5 years) concept possible
and long-term availability of spare
parts (at least 5 years)
3 High system availability thanks to Centralized PC display concept
data backup options (e.g., RAID1
system)
High system availability thanks to

efficient device diagnostics (e.g.,
monitoring, logging and signaling
function via LAN with SIMATIC
PC DiagMonitor)
■ Benefits
SIMATIC Panel PC 577 Continuity
Industrial compatibility in combination with high perfor- Through continuity in the availability of identical components,
mance at an attractive price such as motherboards designed and produced by Siemens, the
SIMATIC Panel PC 677 and 877 offer very high investment secu-
The SIMATIC Panel PC 577 is the first choice for applications rity.
which require industrial compatibility in conjunction with high-
performance IPC platforms. Service-friendly device design
Integrated interfaces When designing the Panel PCs 677 and 877, particular attention
was paid to outstanding service friendliness. For example, the
The integrated Ethernet interface can be used for communica- PC box and front panel can simply be folded out for speedy
tion in the office world or at management level. The integral component replacement. The inside of the device, where the
USB 2.0 interfaces at the front and rear mean that connection of processor and slots are located, can be accessed easily for sub-
peripheral devices from the PC world is child’s play. sequent expansions.
Once an application is running, devices such as an external
mouse, keyboard, CD-ROM drive or ZIP drive, printer, chip card Integrated interfaces
reader, barcode reader and many others can be installed and
operated with ease. The PCI slots provide leeway for installing The SIMATIC Panel PCs 677 and 877 are supplied with the
PC expansion cards, e.g., communication cards for interfacing PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface already integrated on the mother-
with the process. board – at no extra cost. The Ethernet interface for connecting to
the management level or the Internet is also supplied as stan-
The price dard.
The Panel PC 577 offers industrial compatibility at an attractive Modern service/startup interface
price.
The standard USB (Universal Serial Bus) PC I/O interface makes
SIMATIC Panel PC 677 und 877 connecting components easy, both on the rear and front panels.
Compact, rugged and powerful Compact dimensions
677 and 877 Panel PCs are Panel PCs with full industrial capa- With a maximum mounting depth of 100 mm/130 mm, the
bility. With display sizes of 12”, 15” and 19” and operation via a SIMATIC Panel PC 677 can be used even in the smallest of
membrane keyboard or touch screen, they are able to meet a spaces.
whole variety of requirements in terms of operating concepts. Extendibility
Rugged design With its 5 free PC slots, the SIMATIC Panel PC 877 offers consid-
The overall design aims to achieve maximum safety for vibration erable leeway for expansions.
and shock loads. For example, a special vibration-absorbing Options
suspension of the hard disk ensures operational reliability, even
at high mechanical loads. The SIMATIC Panel PCs 677 and 877 offer specific industrial ca-
pability beyond that of standard PC features. For example, the
so-called distributed configuration via remote kit enables the PC
and control unit to be located separately.
An additional block for operational reliability is the optional direct
control key module. It can be used to run the process indepen-
dently of the operating system and without delay directly on
PROFIBUS DP/MPI.
3/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
The Panel PC 577 comprises a computer unit and an operator
unit.
Components of the computer unit:
• Metal housing, resistant to vibration and shock, with high elec-
tromagnetic compatibility
• Processor:
- Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz
• Memory:
- 256 MB DDR 400
• Hard disk: ≥ 40 GB;
• Diskette drive: 1.44 MB, 3.5”
• Interfaces:
- 1 x GB Ethernet on-board
- 4 x USB port (USB 2.0)
3
- 1 x USB port on front (USB 2.0)
• Free slots for expansion:
- 3 x PCI (slots with card retainer + 1 slot specially prepared for
WinAC Slot module),
• Power supply: 110/230 V AC (wide range), 50/60 Hz
Optional additional components:
• 2.4 GHz Intel Pentium 4 processor
• 512 MB DDR 400, 1 GB DDR 400, expandable to 3 GB
• Industrial PC platform for demanding operator control and • Diskette drive, optional via USB, can be ordered as accessory
monitoring tasks
• DVD-ROM or DVD±RW±R drives optional
• Maximum performance thanks to high processor performance
at an attractive entry-level price Components of the operator control unit:
• Front panel versions: The front panels are available in the following designs:
- 12”, 15” and 19” TFT Touch
- 12” and 15” TFT Key 12” Touch
• 12.1” TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
■ Benefits • Resistive analog touch screen
• USB 2.0 port on front
• Suitable for industrial environments subject to vibration and
shock loads 15” Touch
• Investment protection thanks to guaranteed availability of • 15.1” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
spare parts • Resistive analog touch screen
• USB port for quick and easy connection of required compo- • USB 2.0 port on front
nents
• Integrated Ethernet interface 19” Touch
• Minimization of downtimes thanks to increased system avail- • 19,1” TFT color display, 1280 x 1024 pixels (SXGA)
ability: • Resistive analog touch screen
- Data backup solutions (preventative data backup) • USB 2.0 port on front
- Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, 12” Key
reduces the lifecycle costs • 12.1” TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and
■ Application 36 additional function keys and an integrated mouse
• USB 2.0 port on front
The SIMATIC Panel PC 577 is used in production and process
automation and can be installed into control cabinets and con- 15” Key
trol panels. • 15.1” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
A SIMATIC Panel PC 577 is a platform for PC-based Automation: • Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and
• PC-based visualization locally at the machine with SIMATIC 36 additional function keys and an integrated mouse
WinCC flexible • USB 2.0 port on front
• Complex solutions with SIMATIC WinCC process visualization
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC or with
SIMATIC WinAC Slot PLC
Siemens offers a complete modular system of automation com-
ponents that complement one another perfectly.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs can be ordered in combination with
WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI packages at a special
price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/5

SIMATIC Panel PC
Expansion components 3.5” high density diskettes can be used (1.44 MB).
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator Use of the USB diskette drive with SIMATIC Panel PCs:
• Software tool for preventive data backup of hard disk contents • Windows XP: possible without separate driver
• Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions; appli- • Windows 2000: the required driver is included in the scope of
cation software and special installations are also backed up. supply of the operating system
• Software tool for adaptation of hard disk partitioning SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive
3.5” disk drive, USB • Mobile memory medium for SIMATIC PC/PG
The USB diskette drive is provided for fast exchange of user • Fast data transfer (USB 2.0) and high memory capacity
data, e.g., recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a • Ultra-compact and rugged
cyclic archiving drive. The front-panel installation and degree of • High investment protection
protection IP54 permit data exchange from the front without
opening the control cabinet door. Note:
3 The device is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
Further information can be found under
“Expansion components”
The power is also supplied over the USB interface. The scope of
delivery includes a 1 m long USB cable. The diskette drive com-
plies with the USB 1.1 standard.
Type Panel PC 577 Panel PC 577
General features Monitoring functions
• Processor Intel Pentium 4 technology; • Temperature and watchdog on-board
Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz,
Intel Pentium 4 2.4 GHz Ambient conditions
• RAM 256 MB, 512 MB or 1 GB, • Degree of protection IP65 (front) acc. to EN60529,
maximum expansion to 3 GB NEMA 4
• Free expansion slots 3 x PCI, (slots with card retainer) • Vibration load during operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6:
20 to 58 Hz: 0.0185 mm,
• Operating system Windows 2000 Prof. (Multi 58 to 200 Hz: 2.5 m/s2 (0.25 g)
Language1)), Windows XP Prof.
(Multilanguage1)), • Shock load during operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29:
opt. without OS 10 m/s2 (1g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
• Power supply 110 V/230 V AC (wide range) • EMC CE, EN 55011, EN 55022,
50/60 Hz EN 50081-1, EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4 2)
• MTBF backlighting Typically 50.000 h
(at 24 h continuous operation, • Ambient temperature during +5 to +45 °C
depending on temperature) operation for maximum configuration
Laufwerke • Relative humidity Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3,

DIN IEC 68-2-30,
• Festplatte 2.5” hard disk drive ≥ 40 GB DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80%
at 25 °C (no condensation)
• DVD-ROM Optional on rear, operated from
the side Approval CE, C-Tick, C-UL US LISTED
• Diskettenlaufwerk 1.44 MB, 3.5”, optional via USB, Packages Optional with SIMATIC WinCC
can be ordered as accessory flexible, SIMATIC WinCC
Interfaces
1) Multilanguage comprises: E/F/G/I/SP/CHIN traditional/
• PROFIBUS/MPI Using plug-in card CHIN simplified/Korean/Japanese
• Ethernet On-board, 10/100/1000 Mbit/s, 2) 61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2,
RJ45, no plug-in card required 61000-6-3 replaces 50081-1,
61000-6-4 replaces 50081-2
• USB (universal serial bus) 4 x on rear side (USB 2.0),
1 x on the front (USB 2.0)
• Serial interface COM1: 1x V.24 (RS232) Note regarding SIMATIC PC operating system licenses
• Parallel interface LPT1 (EPP/ECP) The accompanying operating system license is only valid for
installation on the supplied SIMATIC PC. Installation can only be
• Keyboard, mouse PS/2 (external keyboard), performed on these SIMATIC systems in accordance with
PS/2 (external mouse) Microsoft OEM licensing regulations.
• Multi-media Audio In/Out, microphone In
• Graphics interface Can be used for additional display
unit
3/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC

Front panels 12” Touch 12” Key 15” Touch 15” Key 19” Touch
Display
• Size 12.1” 12.1” 15.1” 15.1” 19.1”
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 800 x 600 800 x 600 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024
Control elements
• Keyboard No Yes No Yes No
• Function keys No 36 No 36 No
• Touch screen Yes No Yes No Yes
• Mouse on the front No Yes No Yes No
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes 1) Yes/Yes Yes/Yes 1) Yes/Yes Yes/Yes 1)
Dimensions
• Operator control unit (W x H) 400 x 310 483 x 310 483 x 310 483 x 355 483 x 400 3
in mm (7 HU) (19”, 7 HU) (19”, 7 HU) (19”, 8 HU) (19”, 9 HU)
• Mounting dimensions of 368 x 290 x 152 450 x 290 x 137 450 x 290 x 155 450 x 321 x 162 450 x 380 x 150
centralized model (W x H x D,
without DVD-ROM) in mm
• Additional mounting depth +27 mm +27 mm +27 mm +27 mm +27 mm
(versions with DVD-ROM)
Weights
• Panel PCs in centralized Approx. 11 kg Approx. 12 kg Approx. 13 kg Approx. 13 kg Approx. 15 kg
configuration
Expansion components SIMATIC NET communication modules,
3.5” USB diskette drive, SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
Accessories Touch cover foils Keyboard Touch cover foils Keyboard Touch cover foils
labeling strips labeling strips
1) Input possible using virtual keyboard
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/7

SIMATIC Panel PC

Panel PC configuration Accessories
SIMATIC Panel PC 577 D 6AV7 82 7 -0A 7 7 0- 7 A 7 0 Cover foil
Panel PC 577/677/877
Front panels
To protect the touch front against
• 12” TFT Touch 0 fouling/scratching
• 12” TFT Key 1 • for 12” Touch 6AV7 671-2BA00-0AA0
• 15” TFT Touch 2 • for 15” Touch 6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0
• 15” TFT Key 3 • for 19” Touch 6AV7 672-1CE00-0AA0
• 19” TFT Touch 4 Keyboard labeling strips for
Processor Panel PC 577/677/877
for labeling softkeys and function 6AV7 672-0DA00-0AA0
• Celeron 2.0 GHz A keys, blank, supplied in sets of 10
• Pentium 4 2.4 GHz B
3 RAM
Memory expansion
Set contains two memory chips
for dual-channel mode
• 256 MB DDR 400 0
• 512 MB DDR SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AD30-0FB0
• 512 MB DDR 400 1
(2 x 256 MB)
• 1 GB DDR 400 2
• 1.0 GB DDR SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AD40-0FB0
Optical drives (2 x 512 MB)
• Without1) 0 • 2.0 GB DDR SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AD50-0FB0
(2 x 1.0 GB)
• DVD-ROM 1
Non-heating apparatus cable
• DVD±RW±R (DVD burner) 2 for SIMATIC Box and Panel PC
Operating system SIMATIC PC power cable,
230 V AC, angled, 3 m, for:
• Without operating system A
• Germany 6ES7 900-1AA00-0XA0
• Windows 2000 Professional SP4 B
Multilanguage (English, French, • United Kingdom 6ES7 900-1BA00-0XA0
German, Italian, Japanese,
Korean, simplified Chinese, • Switzerland 6ES7 900-1CA00-0XA0
Spanish, traditional Chinese) • U.S.A. 6ES7 900-1DA00-0XA0
• Windows XP Professional SP2 C • Italy 6ES7 900-1EA00-0XA0
Multilanguage (English, French,
German, Italian, Japanese, Expansion components
Korean, simplified Chinese, SIMATIC PC/PG A 6ES7 648-6AA02-0YX0
Spanish, traditional Chinese) Image & Partition Creator
Software tool for data backup
and hard-disk partitioning for
SIMATIC PCs, incl. manual,
on CD-ROM (Eng/Ger/Fr/Sp/It)
3.5” disk drive, USB A 6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
with 1 m connecting lead
SIMATIC PC USB-FlashDrive A 6ES7 648-0DC20-0AA0
Communication components
CP 1613 A2 A 6GK1 161-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit) for connection
of a programming device or
PC to Industrial Ethernet
CP 5611 A2 A 6GK1 561-1AA01
of a programming device or
PC to PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2 D 6GK1 561-3AA01
of a PC to PROFIBUS
1) Not recommended for applications with WinCC/WinCC flexible

A) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
3/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
Dimensions in mm
W+1 (cutout)
H+1 (cutout)
H
3
W
Front dimensions Installation cutouts
Touch panels W H Touch panels W+1 H+1
12" 400 310 12" 368 290

15" 483 310 15" 450 290
19" 483 400 19" 450 380
G_ST80_XX_00239
Key panels W H Key panels W+1 H+1
12" 483 310 12" 450 290 * In addition: two 25 x 5 mm recesses on the top side
15" 483 355 15" 450 321 * for keyboard slide-in label channels
Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/panel-pc
Note
Do you need a specific modification or option for the
products described here? Then look up “Customized
products”, where you will find information about addi-
tional sector-specific products that can be ordered as
well as about options for customer-specific modification
and adaptation.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/9

SIMATIC Panel PC
• High degree of industrial compatibility thanks to its rugged
design, even when subjected to extreme vibration and shock
• High degree of investment security thanks to the guaranteed
availability of spare parts for the components (5 years beyond
the end of active marketing)
• High degree of continuity of components for long-term
machine concepts without additional engineering costs
• Savings in time and costs thanks to maintenance-friendly
equipment design:
- The computer unit and operator control unit are simply
hinged open for fast replacement of components or future
expansions
- Front and rear USB 2.0 ports for connecting additional hard-
ware components easily and quickly
3 • High industrial functionality thanks to the integral
PROFIBUS DP/MPI and Ethernet interfaces
• Operational reliability:
- With the optional direct control key module, the process can
be operated without delay over PROFIBUS DP, indepen-
dently of the operating system
• Minimization of standstill times thanks to high system availa-
bility
- Efficient self-diagnostics (SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor)
- solutions for data backup (preventive data backup)
■ Application
• PC platform with high degree of industrial compatibility for
demanding tasks in the area of PC-based automation The SIMATIC Panel PC 677 is designed for implementation
directly at the machine. The shallow mounting depth of only
• Rugged construction: 104/130 mm allows it to be installed in extremely confined
The PC can withstand the harshest mechanical stress and spaces.
maintains reliable operation
• Compact design The PC is used both in manufacturing automation and in process
automation, installed in control cabinets and desks, 19” cabi-
• High investment protection nets/racks and swing arms (girders).
• Fast integration capability
A SIMATIC Panel PC is the ideal platform for PC-based Automa-
• Front panel versions: tion:
- 12”, 15” and 19” TFT Touch
- 12” and 15” TFT Key • PC-based visualization locally at the machine with SIMATIC
WinCC flexible
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC software PLC or with
Siemens offers the complete building block set of automation
components that are perfectly matched to one another.
WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI packages at a special
price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).
3/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
■ Design
The Panel PC 677 comprises a computer unit and an operator Components of the operator control unit:
control unit.
The operator control units are available in the following versions:
Components of the computer unit: 12” Key
• Rugged metal casing, resistant to vibrations and shocks, with • 12.1” TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
high electromagnetic compatibility.
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and
• Processor: 36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse
- Mobile Intel 915 GM Express Chipset
- Intel Celeron M 370/1.5 GHz or 12” Touch
- Intel Pentium M 730/1.6 GHz or • 12.1” TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
- Intel Pentium M 760/2.0 GHz
• Resistive analog touch screen
• Main memory, standard configuration:
256 MB 15” Key
• 3.5” SATA hard disk: ≥ 40 GB; • 15,1” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
the special vibration-absorbing hard-disk holder ensures reli-
able operation even in case of extremely high mechanical
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and 3
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse
loading
15” Touch
• Graphics on-board
• 15,1” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
• Interfaces:
- 2 x Ethernet on-board • Resistive analog touch screen
- PROFIBUS DP/MPI on-board, electrically isolated 19” Touch
- 4 x USB 2.0 connection
• 19,1” TFT color display, 1280 x 1024 pixels (SXGA)
• Free slots for expansion:
- 2 x PCI (slots for card retainers) • Resistive analog touch screen
- 1 x slot for Compact Flash Card The operator control units feature a USB 2.0 port on the front for
• Power supply: 110 V/230 V AC (autorange), 50/60 Hz or connecting an external peripheral device, such as a mouse or
24 V DC keyboard. They fulfill the requirements of degree of protection
IP65 and NEMA 4. All operator control units are also available
Optional additional components: without a USB port on the front.
• Main memory expansion to 512 MB or 1 GB
The computer unit is connected via a connecting cable attached
• 512 MB to 1 GB, expandable to 2 GB at the rear of the operator control unit.
• SATA hard disk ≥ 80 GB
• DVD-ROM drive Side view of the Panel PC 677
• CD-RW/DVD drive
• Direct control key module
• 2 x ≥ 60 GB hard disk system (RAID1 controller function is in-
tegrated into the chip set and can be connected to implement
a mirror disk system over BIOS; no PCI card required)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/11

SIMATIC Panel PC
Expansion components 3.5” disk drive, USB
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor The USB disk drive is provided for fast exchange of user data,
• PC diagnostics/signaling software for early detection and diag- e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a cyclic
nostics of PC problems archiving drive. The front-panel installation and degree of pro-
tection IP54 permit data exchange from the front without open-
• Comprehensive monitoring of temperature, fans, hard disks ing the control cabinet door.
(SMART), watchdog
• Operating hours counter for preventive maintenance The device is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
The power is also supplied over the USB interface. The scope of
• Integral recording function, comprehensive text messages, delivery includes a 1 m long USB cable. The disk drive complies
online help (German/English) with the USB 1.1 standard. 3.5” high density diskettes can be
• Network-wide monitoring via SNMP and OPC interface possi- used (1.44 MB).
ble Use of the USB disk drive with SIMATIC Panel PCs:
3 SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
• Software tool for preventive data backup of hard disk contents
• Windows XP: possible without separate driver
• Windows 2000: the required driver is included in the scope of
• Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions; appli- supply of the operating system
cation software and special installations are also backed up. SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive
• Software tool for adaptation of hard disk partitioning • Mobile memory medium for SIMATIC PC/PG
• Fast data transfer (USB 2.0) and high memory capacity
• Ultra-compact and rugged
Note:
3/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
Type SIMATIC Panel PC 677 Type SIMATIC Panel PC 677
• Processor Mobile Intel 915GM Express • Temperature and watchdog Onboard
Chipset
Intel Celeron M 370/1.5 GHz, • Status LEDs Power, temperature (on front)
400 MHz FSB, 1 MB SLC Ambient conditions
Intel Pentium M 730/1.6 GHz,
533 MHz FSB, 2 MB SLC • Degree of protection IP65 (front) acc. to EN60529,
Intel Pentium M 760/2.0 GHz, NEMA 4
533 MHz FSB, 2 MB SLC • Vibration load during operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6:
• RAM 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, • 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm
expandable to 2 GB
• 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1 g)
• Free expansion slots for 2 x PCI (all slots with card
expansions retainers) • Shock load during operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29:
• Operating system
1 x slot for Compact Flash Card
Windows 2000 Prof. • EMC
50 m/s2 (5 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
CE, EN 55011, EN 61000-6-2,
3
(Multi Language1)), EN61000-6-4 2)
Windows XP Prof.
• Ambient temperature during +5 to +45 °C
(Multilanguage1)),
operation (maximum configuration)
opt. without OS
• Relative humidity Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3,
• Power supply 110 V/230 V AC (autorange)
DIN IEC 68-2-30,
50/60 Hz or 24 V DC
DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80%
• MTBF backlighting Typically 60,000 h at 25 °C (no condensation)
(at 24 h continuous operation,
Approval CE, cULus
depending on temperature)
Packages Optional with SIMATIC WinCC
Drives
flexible, SIMATIC WinCC
• Hard disk 3.5” SATA hard disk drive
≥ 40 GB, vibration-damped 1) Multilanguage comprises: E/F/G/I/SP/CHIN traditional/
Optional: CHIN simplified/Korean/Japanese
2 x 2.5” SATA hard disk module 2) 61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2,
(≥ 60 GB), vibration-damped 61000-6-4 replaces 50081-2
• DVD-ROM Optional
• DVD/CD-R/W Optional Note regarding SIMATIC PC operating system licenses:
Interfaces The accompanying operating system license is only valid for
• PROFIBUS/MPI On-board, isolated, installation on the supplied SIMATIC PC. Installation can only be
max. 12 Mbit/s, performed on these SIMATIC systems in accordance with
no plug-in card required Microsoft OEM licensing regulations.
• Ethernet 2 x on-board, 10/100 Mbit/s,

RJ45, no plug-in card required
• USB (universal serial bus) 1 x on front, 4 x on rear
• Serial interface COM1: 1 x V.24 (9-pin)
• Graphics interface Integral graphics, resolution in
each case as on integral display
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/13

SIMATIC Panel PC

Front panels 12” Touch 15” Touch 19” Touch 12” Key 15” Key
Display
• Size 12.1” 15.1” 19.1” 12.1” 15.1”
• Resolution (pixels) 800 x 600 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024 800 x 600 1024 x 768
Control elements
• Keyboard no no yes 1) yes yes
• Function keys no no no 36 with LEDs 36 with LEDs
• Touch screen yes yes yes no no
• Mouse on the front no no no yes yes
• Numeric/alphanumeric input yes / yes1) yes / yes1) yes / yes1) yes / yes yes / yes
Remote Kit yes yes yes yes yes
3 Dimensions
• Operator control unit 400 x 310 483 x 310 483 x 400 483 x 310 483 x 355
(W x H) in mm (7 HE) (19”, 7 HE) (19”, 7 HE) (19”, 8 HE)
• Mounting dimensions (W x H x D, 368 x 290 x122 450 x 290 x 120 450 x 380 x 129 450 x 290 x 104 450 x 321 x 123
without DVD-ROM) in mm
• Additional mounting depth +20 mm +20 mm +20 mm +20 mm +20 mm
(versions with DVD-ROM)
Weights
• Panel PC Approx. 11 kg Approx. 13 kg Approx. 18 kg Approx. 12 kg Approx. 13 kg
Expansion components Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), SIMATIC NET communication boards,
3.5” USB diskette drive, SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator, SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor,
PC USB FlashDrive
Accessories Touch cover foils Touch cover foils Touch-Touch Keyboard Keyboard
cover foils labeling foil, labeling foil,
direct key module direct key module
1) Using software keyboard
3/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC

Panel PC configurator (contract-based production and delivery) Delivery variants (from stock)
SIMATIC Panel PC 677 D 6AV7 80 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 A 7 0 12” TFT Touch E 6AV7 800-0BB10-1AA0
Front panels 110/230 V AC power supply
Intel Pentium M 730, 1.6 GHz
• 12” TFT Touch 0 512 MB RAM
• 12” TFT Key 1 ≥ 40 GB hard drive
DVD-ROM drive
• 15” TFT Touch 2 without OS
• 15” TFT Key 3 12” TFT Key E 6AV7 801-0BB10-1AA0
• 19” TFT Touch 4 110/230 V AC power supply
Options for the front: 512 MB RAM
• With front USB port 0 ≥ 40 GB hard drive
DVD-ROM drive
• Without front USB port 1 without OS
Power supply 15” TFT Touch E 6AV7 802-0BB10-1AA0 3
• 24 V DC A 110/230 V AC power supply
• 110/230 V AC, B 512 MB RAM
power cable for Europe ≥ 40 GB hard drive
Processor DVD-ROM drive
without OS
• Intel Celeron M 370/1.5 GHz, A
400 MHz FSB, 1 MB SLC 15” TFT Key E 6AV7 803-0BB10-1AA0
110/230 V AC power supply
• Intel Pentium M 730/1.6 GHz, B Intel Pentium M 730, 1.6 GHz
533 MHz FSB, 2 MB SLC 512 MB RAM
• Intel Pentium M 760/2.0 GHz, C ≥ 40 GB hard drive
533 MHz FSB, 2 MB SLC DVD-ROM drive
without OS
RAM expansion
19” TFT Touch E 6AV7 804-0BB10-1AA0
• 256 MB DDR2 0
110/230 V AC power supply
• 512 MB DDR2 1 Intel Pentium M 730, 1.6 GHz
512 MB RAM
• 1 GB DDR2 2 ≥ 40 GB hard drive
• 2 GB DDR2 3 DVD-ROM drive
without OS
Mass storage
12” TFT Key D 6AV7 801-0AA00-1AC0
• ≥40 GB SATA hard disk 0
CD 24 V power supply
• ≥80 GB SATA hard disk 1 Intel Pentium M 370, 1.5 GHz
256 MB RAM
• Double hard disk module 2 x 2 ≥ 40 GB hard drive
≥ 60 GB SATA for RAID DVD-ROM drive
Optical drives without OS
• Without 0
• DVD-ROM 1
• CD-RW/DVD combined drive 2
Operating system
• Without operating system E A
• Windows 2000 Professional B
Multilanguage
• Windows XP Professional C
Multilanguage
CHIN simplified/Korean/Japanese
E) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 4A994
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/15

SIMATIC Panel PC

Accessories Expansion components
Cover foil Panel PC 577/677/877 SIMATIC PC/PG DiagMonitor C 6ES7 648-6CA02-2YX0
V2.2
To protect the touch front against
fouling/scratching Software tool for monitoring
(10 Stück im Paket) SIMATIC PCs, incl. manual,
on CD-ROM (German/English)
• for 12” Touch 6AV7 671-2BA00-0AA0
SIMATIC PC/PG A 6ES7 648-6AA02-0YX0
• for 15” Touch 6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0 Image & Partition Creator
• for 19” Touch 6AV7 672-1CE00-0AA0 Software tool for data backup
and hard-disk partitioning for
Keyboard labeling strips for SIMATIC PCs, incl. manual,
Panel PC 577/677/877 on CD-ROM (Eng/Ger/Fr/Sp/It)
for labeling softkeys and function 6AV7 672-0DA00-0AA0 3.5” disk drive, USB 6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
keys, blank, supplied in sets of 10
with 1 m connecting lead
3 Memory expansion
• 128 MB DDR2 533 SODIMM A 6ES7 648-2AG10-0GA0
SIMATIC PC USB-FlashDrive A 6ES7 648-0DC20-0AA0
512 MB, USB 2.0, metal
• 256 MB DDR2 533 SODIMM A 6ES7 648-2AG20-0GA0 enclosure, boot capability
• 512 MB DDR2 533 SODIMM A 6ES7 648-2AG30-0GA0 SIMATIC Panel PC Remote Kit
Direct control key module for A 6AV7 671-7DA00-0AA0 for the separate configuration of
Panel PC 677/877 control unit and PC
Option package for direct 6ES7 648-0AA00-0XA0 • 24 V DC, 5 m A 6AV7 671-1EA00-5AA1

control key module • 24 V DC, 10 m A 6AV7 671-1EA01-0AA1
Transfer module for interface • 24 V DC, 20 m A 6AV7 671-1EA02-0AA1
connection to 16 I/Os
• 110/220 V AC, 5 m A 6AV7 671-1EA10-5AA1
Non-heating apparatus cable
for SIMATIC Box and Panel PC • 110/220 V AC, 10 m A 6AV7 671-1EA11-0AA1
SIMATIC PC power supply cable, • 110/220 V AC, 20 m A 6AV7 671-1EA12-0AA1
230 V AC, flexible, 3 m,
for: Uninterruptible power supplies
• Germany 6ES7 900-1AA00-0XA0 SITOP power, 15 A DC UPS 6EP1 931-2EC41
module with RS 232 interface
• United Kingdom 6ES7 900-1BA00-0XA0
with charger unit for
• Switzerland 6ES7 900-1CA00-0XA0 24 V lead battery,
input 24 V/16 A DC,
• U.S.A. 6ES7 900-1DA00-0XA0 output 24 V/15 A DC
• Italy 6ES7 900-1EA00-0XA0 SITOP power, battery module 6EP1 935-6MD11
24 V/3.2 Ah
for DC UPS module 15 A
PCI interface card
With COM1, COM2 and A 6ES7 648-2CA00-0AA0
LPT interfaces
C) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
3/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
K
Dimensions in mm
M
H
G
3
J
L
Operator panels PC 677 G H J K L M N
N
Touch panels
12" 289 271 141 11 53 369 71
15" 289 271 138 11 24 367 42
19" 378 271 147 11 18 376 36
G_ST80_XX_00208
Key panels
12" 289 271 122 11 42 351 59
15" 324 271 141 11 31 370 48
All dimensions without screw protrusions
Operator control unit and complete unit
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/17

SIMATIC Panel PC
■ Dimension drawings (continued)

Dimensions in mm
W+1 (cutout)
H+1 (cutout)
H
3
W
12" 400 310 12" 368 290

15" 483 310 15" 450 290
19" 483 400 19" 450 380
G_ST80_XX_00239
12" 483 310 12" 450 290 * In addition: two 25 x 5 mm recesses on the top side
15" 483 355 15" 450 321 * for keyboard slide-in label channels
Mounting cutout
Note
described here? Then look up “Customized products”, where
3/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC

• Wide scope of industrial functionality thanks to PROFIBUS
■ Overview DP/MPI and Ethernet interfaces
• Reliability of operation:
- With the optional direct key input module, the process can be
operated without delay over PROFIBUS DP, independently of
the operating system
• Minimization of standstill times due to high system availability
- Efficient self-diagnostics (SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor)
- Solutions for data security (preventative data security)
Increased productivity, minimized engineering outlay, reduced
lifecycle costs
■ Application
The SIMATIC Panel PC 877 is designed for use on site at the
machine. 3
The PC is used both in production automation and in process
automation, built into control cabinets and control desks,
19” cabinets/racks and in gantries.
A SIMATIC Panel PC is the ideal platform for PC-based auto-
mation:
• PC-based visualization on site at the machine with
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC or with
Siemens offers the complete set of building blocks of harmoni-
ously designed automation components.
WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI Packages at an
advantageous price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).
• PC platform with high degree of industrial compatibility for
demanding tasks in the area of PC-based automation ■ Design
• Rugged construction:
The Panel PC 877 comprises a computer unit and an operator
The PC can withstand the harshest mechanical stress and
control unit.
maintains reliable operation
• Flexible expansion capability Components of the computer unit:
• High investment protection • Rugged metal casing, resistant to vibrations and shocks, with
high electromagnetic compatibility.
• Fast integration capability
• Processor:
• Front panel versions:
- Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz or
- 15” and 19” TFT Touch
- Intel Pentium 4 2.8 GHz
- 12” and 15” TFT Key
- Intel Pentium 4 mobile 2.2 GHz
• Main memory, standard configuration:
■ Benefits 256 MB
• High degree of industrial compatibility thanks to rugged con- • EIDE hard disk: ≥ 40 GB;
struction, even in the case of extreme vibration and impact the special vibration-absorbing hard-disk holder ensures reli-
• High degree of investment security thanks to assured availabil- able operation even in case of extremely high mechanical
ity of spare parts (5 years after the end of active marketing) loading
• Continuity of components for long-term machine concepts • Diskette drive: 1.44 MB, 3.5”
without the need for further engineering outlay • Graphics on-board
• Savings in time and costs due to service-friendly equipment • Interfaces:
construction: - Ethernet on-board
- Operator unit and computer unit can be simply hinged apart - PROFIBUS DP/MPI on-board, electrically isolated
for fast replacement of components and for future expansions - 2 x USB 2.0 connection
- Front and rear USB 2.0 interfaces for the quick and easy con- • Free slots for expansion:
nection of additional hardware components - 2 x PCI, 2 x ISA/PCI shared, 1 x ISA (slots for card retainer)
• Power supply: 110 V / 230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz or
24 V DC
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/19

SIMATIC Panel PC
Optional additional components: Expansion components
• Main memory expansion to 512 MB, 1 GB or 2 GB SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
• EIDE hard disk ≥ 80 GB • Software tool for preventive data backup of hard disk contents
• DVD-ROM drive • Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions; appli-
• CD-RW/DVD drive cation software and special installations are also backed up.
• Direct control key module • Software tool for adaptation of hard disk partitioning
• Double hard disk (2 x ≥ 40 GB) SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
• RAID system (PCI plug-in card) • PC diagnostics/signaling software for early detection and diag-
nostics of PC problems
Components of the operator control unit:
• Comprehensive monitoring of temperature, fans, hard disks
The operator control units are available in the following versions: (SMART), watchdog
12” Key • Operating hours counter for preventive maintenance
3 • 12.1” TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) • Integral recording function, comprehensive text messages,
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and online help (German/English)
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse • Network-wide monitoring via SNMP and OPC interface possi-
ble
15” Key
• 15,1” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) 3.5” disk drive, USB
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and The USB disk drive is provided for fast exchange of user data,
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a cyclic
archiving drive. The front-panel installation and degree of pro-
15” Touch tection IP54 permit data exchange from the front without open-
• 15,1” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) ing the control cabinet door.
• Resistive analog touch screen The device is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
19” Touch The power is also supplied over the USB interface. The scope of
delivery includes a 1 m long USB cable. The disk drive complies
• 19,1” TFT color display, 1280 x 1024 pixels (SXGA) with the USB 1.1 standard. 3.5” high density diskettes can be
• Resistive analog touch screen used (1.44 MB).
The operator control units feature a USB 2.0 port on the front for Use of the USB disk drive with SIMATIC Panel PCs:
connecting an external peripheral device, such as a mouse or • Windows XP: possible without separate driver
keyboard. They fulfill the requirements of IP65 degree of protec-
tion and NEMA 4. • Windows 2000: the required driver is included in the scope of
supply of the operating system
The computer unit is connected via a connecting cable attached
at the rear of the operator control unit. SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive
• Mobile memory medium for SIMATIC PC/PG
Side view of the Panel PC 877
• Fast data transfer (USB 2.0) and high memory capacity
• Ultra-compact and rugged
Note:
3/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
Type SIMATIC Panel PC 877 Type SIMATIC Panel PC 877
• Processor Intel Pentium 4 technology • Temperature and watchdog on board
Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz
Intel Pentium 4 2.8 GHz • Status LEDs Power, temperature (on front)
Intel Pentium 4 mobile 2.2 GHz Ambient conditions
• RAM 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB • Degree of protection IP65 (front) acc. to EN60529,
• Free expansion slots 2 x PCI, 2 x PCI/ISA shared, NEMA 4
1 x ISA (all slots with card retainer) • Vibration load during operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6:
• Operating system Windows 2000 Prof. •10 to 58 Hz: 0.075mm
(Multilanguage1)),
Windows XP Prof. •58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1 g)
(Multilanguage1)), • Shock load during operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29:
opt. without OS
• Power supply 110 V/230 V AC (autorange) • EMC
50 m/s2 (5 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
CE, EN 55011, EN 61000-6-2,
3
50/60 Hz; or 24 V DC EN61000-6-4 2)
(only in conjunction with
Pentium 4 mobile processor) • Ambient temperature during +5 to +45 °C
operation for maximum configuration
• MTBF backlighting Typically 50,000 h
(at 24 h continuous operation, • Relative humidity Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3,
depending on temperature) DIN IEC 68-2-30,
DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80%
Drives at 25 °C (no condensation)
• Hard disk 3.5” EIDE hard disk drive Approval CE, cULus
≥ 40 GB, vibration-damped
Optional: 2 x 2.5” EIDE Packages Optional with SIMATIC WinCC
hard disk module (> 40 GB), flexible, SIMATIC WinCC
vibration-damped
Optional: RAID 1 with
2 x 2.5” SATA hard disk module CHIN simplified/Korean/Japanese
2) 61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2, 61000-6-4 replaces 50081-2
• DVD-ROM Optional in computer unit
• DVD-ROM/CD-R/W Optional in computer unit
Note for SIMATIC PC operating system licenses:
Interfaces
The accompanying operating system license is only valid for
• PROFIBUS/MPI On-board, isolated, installation on the supplied SIMATIC PC. Installation can only be
max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card performed on these SIMATIC systems in accordance with
required, compatible with CP5611 Microsoft OEM licensing regulations.
• Ethernet On-board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45,
no plug-in card required
• USB (universal serial bus) 1 x on front, 2 x on rear
• Serial interface COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232),
COM2: 1 x V.24 (RS232C)
• Parallel interface LPT1 (EPP/ECP)
• Graphics interface Integral graphics, respective
resolution as for integral display,
16-bit color depth, up to 32 MB
graphics memory
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/21

SIMATIC Panel PC

Front panels 12” Key 15” Touch Front panels 15” Key 19” Touch
Display Display
• Size 12,1” TFT 15,1” TFT Touch • Size 15.1” TFT 19.1” TFT Touch
• Resolution (pixels) 800 x 600 1024 x 768 • Resolution (pixels) 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024
Control elements Control elements
• Keyboard Yes No • Keyboard Yes No
• Function keys 36 with LEDs No • Function keys 36 with LEDs No
• Touch screen No Yes • Touch screen No Yes
• Mouse on the front Yes No • Mouse on the front Yes No
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes 1) • Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes 1)
Use of Remote Kit Yes Yes Use of Remote Kit Yes Yes
3 Dimensions Dimensions
• Operator control unit 483 x 310 483 x 310 • Operator control unit 483 x 355 483 x 400
(W x H) in mm (19”, 7 HU) (19”, 7 HU) (W x H) in mm (19”, 8 HU) (19”, 9 HU)
• Mounting dimensions (W x H x D, 450 x 290 x 191 450 x 290 x 208 • Mounting dimensions (W x H x D, 450 x 321 x 210 450 x 380 x 217
without DVD-ROM) in mm without DVD-ROM) in mm
• Additional mounting depth +20 mm +20 mm • Additional mounting depth +20 mm +20 mm
(versions with DVD-ROM) (versions with DVD-ROM)
Weights Weights
• Panel PC Approx. 16 kg Approx. 17 kg • Panel PC Approx. 17 kg Approx. 19 kg
Expansion components Uninterruptible power supply Expansion components Uninterruptible power supply
(UPS), SIMATIC NET- (UPS), SIMATIC NET
communication boards, communication boards,
3.5” USB diskette drive, 3.5” USB diskette drive,
SIMATIC PC/PG SIMATIC PC/PG
Image & Partition Creator, Image & Partition Creator,
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor,
SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive
Accessories Keyboard Touch cover
labeling foil, foils Accessories Keyboard Touch cover
direct key labeling foil, foils
module direct key
module
1) Using software keyboard 1) Using software keyboard
3/22 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC

Panel PC configurator (contract-based production and delivery) Delivery variants (from stock)
SIMATIC Panel PC 877 D 6AV7 81 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 A 7 0 12” TFT Key (standard) D 6AV7 811-0BB11-1AC0
Front panels 110 V/230 V AC power supply
Intel Pentium 4 2.8 GHz
• 12” TFT Key 1 512 MB SDRAM
• 15” TFT Touch 2 ≥ 80 GB EIDE hard disk
DVD-ROM drive
• 15” TFT Key 3 Windows XP Professional
Multilanguage
• 19” TFT Touch 4
15” TFT Touch (standard) D 6AV7 812-0BB11-1AC0
Options for the front:
110 V/230 V AC power supply
• With front USB port 0 Intel Pentium 4 2.8 GHz
• Without front USB port 1 512 MB SDRAM
≥ 80 GB EIDE hard disk
Power supply DVD-ROM drive
• 24 V DC A
Windows XP Professional
Multilanguage
3
• 110/230 V AC, B 15” TFT Key (standard) D 6AV7 813-0BB11-1AC0
power cable for Europe
110 V/230 V AC power supply
Processor Intel Pentium 4 2.8 GHz
• Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz, A 512 MB SDRAM
400 MHz FSB, 128 KB SLC ≥ 80 GB EIDE hard disk
DVD-ROM drive
• Intel Pentium 4 2.8 GHz, B Windows XP Professional
533 MHz FSB, 512 KB SLC Multilanguage
• Intel Pentium 4 Mobile 2.2 GHz, C 15” TFT Touch (standard) D 6AV7 812-0BB11-2AC0
400 MHz FSB, 512 KB SLC 110 V/230 V AC power supply
RAM expansion Intel Pentium 4 2.8 GHz
512 MB SDRAM
• 256 MB SDRAM 0 ≥ 80 GB EIDE hard disk
• 512 MB SDRAM 1 CD-RW/DVD combined drive
Windows XP Professional
• 1 GB SDRAM 2 Multilanguage
• 2 GB SDRAM 3
Mass storage
• ≥ 40 GB EIDE hard disk 0
• ≥ 80 GB EIDE hard disk 1
• Double hard-disk module 2 x 2
≥ 40 GB EIDE
• RAID1, 2 x ≥ 40 GB 3
SATA (2.5”), (1 PCI less)
Optical drives
• Without 0
• DVD-ROM 1
• CD-RW/DVD combined drive 2
Operating system
• Without operating system E A
• Windows 2000 Professional B
Multilanguage
• Windows XP Professional C
Multilanguage
CHIN simplified/Korean/Japanese
E) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 4A994
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/23

SIMATIC Panel PC

Accessories Expansion components
Cover foil for SIMATIC PC/PG DiagMonitor C 6ES7 648-6CA02-1YX0
Panel PC 577/677/877 V2.1
To protect the touch front Software tool for monitoring
against contamination/scratching SIMATIC PCs, incl. manual,
(set of 10) on CD-ROM (German/English)
• for 15” Touch 6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0 SIMATIC PC/PG A 6ES7 648-6AA02-0YX0
• for 19” Touch 6AV7 672-1CE00-0AA0
Software tool for data backup
Keyboard labeling strips for and hard-disk partitioning for
Panel PC 577/677/877 SIMATIC PCs, incl. manual,
for labeling softkeys and function 6AV7 672-0DA00-0AA0 onCD-ROM (Eng/Ger/Fr/Sp/It)
keys, blank, supplied in sets of 10 3.5” disk drive, USB 6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
Memory expansion with 1m connecting lead
3 • 128 MB SDRAM A 6ES7 648-2AD10-0EA0 SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive A 6ES7 648-0DC20-0AA0
• 256 MB SDRAM A 6ES7 648-2AD20-0EA0 512 MB, USB 2.0,
metal enclosure, boot capability
• 512 MB SDRAM A 6ES7 648-2AD30-0EA0
SIMATIC Panel PC Remote Kit
• 1 GB SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AD40-0EA0
for the separate configuration
Direct control key module for A 6AV7 671-7DA00-0AA0 of control unit and PC
Panel PC 677/877
• 24 V DC, 5 m A 6AV7 671-1EA00-5AA1
Option package for direct 6ES7 648-0AA00-0XA0
control key module • 24 V DC, 10 m A 6AV7 671-1EA01-0AA1
Transfer module for interface • 24 V DC, 20 m A 6AV7 671-1EA02-0AA1

connection to 16 I/Os • 110/220 V AC, 5 m A 6AV7 671-1EA10-5AA1
Non-heating apparatus cable • 110/220 V AC, 10 m A 6AV7 671-1EA11-0AA1
for SIMATIC Box and Panel PC
• 110/220 V AC, 20 m A 6AV7 671-1EA12-0AA1
SIMATIC PC power cable,
230 V AC, angled, 3 m, for: Uninterruptible power supplies
• Germany 6ES7 900-1AA00-0XA0 SITOP power, 15 A DC UPS 6EP1 931-2EC41
module with RS 232 interface
• United Kingdom 6ES7 900-1BA00-0XA0
with charger unit
• Switzerland 6ES7 900-1CA00-0XA0 for 24 V lead battery,
input 24 V/16 A DC,
• U.S.A. 6ES7 900-1DA00-0XA0 output 24 V/15 A DC
• Italy 6ES7 900-1EA00-0XA0 SITOP power, battery module 6EP1 935-6MD11
24 V/3.2 Ah
for DC UPS module 15 A
CP 1613 A2 A 6GK1 161-3AA01
of a programming device
or PC to Industrial Ethernet
CP 5613 A2 D 6GK1 561-3AA01
of a PC to PROFIBUS

3/24 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
Dimensions in mm K
H
G
M
3
J
Operator panels PC 877 G H J K L M N
Touch panels
15" 289 285 226 11 146 477 163
L
19" 378 285 234 11 140 486 157
N
Key panels
12" 289 285 209 11 146 461 163
G_ST80_EN_00206
15" 324 285 328 11 147 480 164
All dimensions without screw protrusions
Operator control unit and complete unit
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/25

SIMATIC Panel PC

Dimensions in mm
W+1 (cutout)
H+1 (cutout)
H
3
W
15" 483 310 15" 450 290

19" 483 400 19" 450 380
G_ST80_XX_00240
12" 483 310 12" 450 290
15" 483 355 15" 450 321 * * In addition: two 25 x 5 mm recesses on the top side
for keyboard slide-in label channels
Mounting cutout
Note
described here? Then look up “Customized products”, where
3/26 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
The SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor monitors, signals and communi-
cates with an external server, acts in the event of an alarm and
logs the system states of the SIMATIC PCs.
It monitors
• the processor and internal device temperatures
• the fans
• the system status by means of “watchdog” and “heartbeat”
• the function of the hard disk or RAID 1
It signals
• the number of operating hours for activating maintenance
periods
• every alarm and logs them in lists
• overshoot/undershoot of permissible operating temperature 3
• program interruption following a watchdog timeout
• hard disk problems through evaluation of the diagnostic bytes
Measuring the internal enclosure temperature at various measuring It communicates

points • locally with an OPC client
• locally via DLL or SNMP with a central server
The SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor software for monitoring and re-
mote signaling detects possible hardware and software faults • remotely over LAN, e-mail, text messages
at an early stage. • with diagnostic LEDs on the device
It is used with SIMATIC Box PC 620/627/840, Rack PC 840/ It acts in the event of an alarm
IL 40 S V2, Panel PC 670/677/870/877 and can be ordered • by starting customer applications
directly via the PC configurator or as an individual product.
• by executing a “Reset”
• by simple linking/activation of PC tools
It logs
• all messages and commands in a log file automatically
• the measuring data (temperature, fan) over the operating
period
It visualizes
• the recorded measuring data (with trend analysis)
It synchronizes
• system time over LAN (e.g. maintenance-free operation without
CMOS battery)
System requirements:
Executable under Windows NT WS,
Windows 2000/XP Professional

SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor C 6ES7 648-6CA02-1YX0
Software tool for monitoring the
SIMATIC PC, incl. manual on
CD ROM (English, German)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/27

SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator,

SIMATIC PC/PG
Image Creator V1.1
Software tool for preventative Can be ordered via the
data back-up for SIMATIC PCs, SIMATIC PC configurator
incl. manual on CD-ROM
(German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian)
SIMATIC PC/PG A 6ES7 648-6AA02-0YX0
Image & Partition Creator V1.1
Software tools for data back-up
and hard disk partitioning for
SIMATIC PCs/programming
devices, incl. manual on CD-ROM
(German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian)
3 A) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator is the software tool for quick

and easy back-up and restoring of the content of hard disks
(images of individual partitions or complete hard disks).
This software can be ordered through the Configurator for the
SIMATIC PCs.
The single product SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
comprises in addition to the SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator the
software tool SIMATIC PC/PG Partition Creator, which allows
subsequent hard disk partitioning without the loss of data.
Both products are designed for easy handling:
• Direct starting by booting the CD. No installation required
• Extremely easy handling over user menus
• “Virtual manual” (start under Windows operating system!)
explains the main user actions with multimedia (picture and
sound)
• Menu-driven creation of alternative start media is possible
(bootable USB stick, boot diskettes) if an optical drive
(CD/DVD) is not available on the device to be processed
3/28 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC
3.5" disk drive, USB 1.1
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Product name SINUMERIK 3.5” disk drive, USB
Power consumptionmax. 2.5 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
- Front IP54
- Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance Class 3K5 condensation
with EN 60721-3-3 and icing excluded.
Low air temperature 0 °C.
Relative humidity
- Storage 5 ... 90% at -22 ... +60 °C
- Transport 5 ... 95% at -40 ... +65 °C
- Operation 20 ... 80% at 5 ... 50 °C 3
Ambient temperature
- Storage -20 … +60 °C
- Transport -20 … +60 °C
The 3.5” floppy disk drive is suitable for archiving user data and
can be installed in front panels. The connection is made via the Max. distance to PC 5m
USB interface. Weight approx. 0.32 kg
Dimension
■ Function - Width 145 mm
The 3.5” floppy disk drive is designed for the transfer of user - Hight 50 mm
data. Installation in front panels makes it possible to transfer - Depth 161 mm
data without opening the control cabinet door. You can use high
density (1.2/1.44 MB) 3.5” disks to store user data.
■ Integration SINUMERIK 3.5” disk drive, A 6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
USB 1.1
The floppy disk drive is suitable for connecting to: incl. connecting cable
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP Length: 1 m (3.28 ft)
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows NT 4.0 and Accessories
PCU-Base software 07.03.03 or higher Cover for disk drive 6FC5 247-0AA20-0AA0
• SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 with masking frame, cover and
bearing bracket
• SINUMERIK TCU
• SIMATIC Panel PC 577/677/877 with Windows 2000/XP A) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
Note for SIMATIC Panel PCs
The USB floppy disk drive is approved for the Windows 2000/XP
operating systems. The appropriate drivers for the floppy disk
drive are supplied with the operating system software.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/29

SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive
The following functions have been integrated:
• Formatted for boot capability incl. preinstalled operating sys-
tem (FreeDOS) for use as a boot medium, e.g. for SIMATIC PC
Image Creator
• High performance for faster data transmission - USB 2.0
(high-speed)
• Large memory capacity of 512 MB
(replaces approx. 355 diskettes)
• Simple installation – “Plug & Play”, no driver necessary
(except for Windows 98SE)
• High degree of data security thanks to write protection switch
• Status LED for data transmission and operating state
3 • SIMATIC BIOS Manager, a software tool for SIMATIC PCs for

testing and duplication of Bios Setup settings (CMOS data)
included in scope of supply
• No external power supply necessary
Recommended operating systems:
The SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive is the ideal mobile storage me-
dium for SIMATIC PC /PG. Thanks to the rugged and ultra-com- • Windows 2000 / XP
pact construction in a metal enclosure, fast data transfer (USB
2.0) and the high memory capacity of 512 MB, the USB Flash-
Drive offers optimal values for use in industrial applications. It
can be used to replace diskettes or CD-ROMs as data storage SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive
and it is supplied with boot capability. Supported operating systems Windows 98SE/2000/XP
Write protection Via switch
■ Benefits Approval CE
Ultra-compact and rugged Temperature
• Two USB Flash drives can be plugged into the SIMATIC PC one • During operation 5 to 55 °C
above the other
• Storage 20 to 70 °C
• Suitable for use in industrial environments thanks to the metal
enclosure Equipment dimensions 52.7 x 13.5 x 5.5
(L x W x H) in mm
High investment protection Weight, approx. 13.5 g
• Faultless operation (system test) with SIMATIC PC/PG
(hardware and software)
• Automation License Manager V2.0 can be installed ■ Ordering data Order No.
SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive A 6ES7 648-0DC20-0AA0
■ Application 512 MB, USB 2.0, metal
enclosure, boot capability
The SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive is the fastest and simplest
method for saving your data (e.g. recipes, configuration data) A) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
and transporting it from one place to another, or it can be
used as boot medium, e.g. for SIMATIC PC BIOS Manager or
SIMATIC PC Image Creator.
Typical users are development and servicing engineers as well
as application and technical consultants.
3/30 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panels PC Remote Kit
Design Subsequent installation on the
Panel PC 677/877
operator control unit
Supported operator control units All Panel PC 677/877
operator control units:
• 12” Touch/Key
• 15” Touch/Key
• 19” Touch
Cable sets •5m
• 10 m
• 20 m
Front panel functionality As centralized installation with
the following constraint in respect
of USB functionality:
3
• Distance 5 m: USB 2.0,
and only one external 2.0 Hub
The Remote Kit makes it possible to separate the Panel PC • Distance > 5 m: USB 1.1,
677/877 operator control unit from the computer unit and only one external 1.1 Hub
and install them up to 20 m apart. External ports With the addition of a USB port on
the remote module (on the rear of
the remote operator control unit)
■ Benefits Power supply 24 V DC; 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC or
• Maintaining the full Panel PC front functionality 110-240 V AC; 50/60 Hz
- Status LEDs (temperature/power)
Approvals CE, cULus (UL 508)
- LEDs on the keys, Piezo mouse
- USB 2.0 on front (up to 5 m), USB 1.1 (up to 20 m) Scope of delivery • Remote module
- Dimmable backlighting • Cable set
- Programmable keyboard controller • Mounting accessories for the
- Direct control key module option available and mountable PC677/877 computer unit
• Makes an ultra-compact operator control unit possible • European power supply cable
• Suitable for subsequent modification/upgrade by the customer (with the AC option)
• For use with all SIMATIC Panel PC 677 and PC 877
• Pure hardware solution and, therefore, independent of the op-
erating system
• Remote front with the option of AC or DC power supply
• Operator control unit can be located up to 20 m away from the
computer unit
• Competitive price
■ Application
The Panel PC Remote Kit is designed for use exclusively with a
Panel PC 677 or Panel PC 877. BIOS version V05.01.05 or higher
is required when using a Panel PC 677. The Remote Kit can only
be operated using the cables included in the scope of delivery.
■ Aufbau
The Remote Kit consists of the following components:
• Remote module (mounted on the rear of the operator control
unit)
• Video connecting cable (industrial grade DVI-D cable)
• USB connecting cable (up to 5 m with a standard USB cable;
at 5 m and longer, the USB signal is transmitted via a CAT6 ca-
ble with external amplification)
• Mechanical components (for mounting the computer unit in-
side a control cabinet, console or machine)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 3/31

SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC Remote Kit Accessories
24 V DC, 5 m A 6AV7 671-1EA00-5AA1 Power supply cable
24 V DC, 10 m A 6AV7 671-1EA01-0AA1 Europe: D/F/NL/E/B/A/S/FIN 1) 6ES7 900-1AA00-0XA0
24 V DC, 20 m A 6AV7 671-1EA02-0AA1 United Kingdom 6ES7 900-1BA00-0XA0
110/220 V AC, 5 m A 6AV7 671-1EA10-5AA1 Switzerland 6ES7 900-1CA00-0XA0
110/220 V AC, 10 m A 6AV7 671-1EA11-0AA1 U.S.A. 6ES7 900-1DA00-0XA0
110/220 V AC, 20 m A 6AV7 671-1EA12-0AA1 Italy 6ES7 900-1EA00-0XA0
Components of the Remote Kit
(only available individually as
spare parts)
24 V DC remote module with A 6AV7 671-1EX01-0AA0
3 fixing accessories
110-240 V AC remote module A 6AV7 671-1EX01-0BA0
with fixing accessories
USB amplifier/CAT6 converter A 6AV7 671-1EX02-0AA0
5 m cable set 6AV7 671-1EX10-5AA0
(DVI, USB standard cable)
10 m cable set (DVI, Cat 6 cable) 6AV7 671-1EX11-0AA0
20 m cable set (DVI, Cat 6 cable) 6AV7 671-1EX12-0AA0
1) A European power supply cable is included in the scope of delivery of
the AC (110-240 V) version of the Remote Kit.
Dimensions in mm
Front dimensions W H
H
Touch panels
12" 400 310
15" 483 310
19" 483 400
Key Panels
12" 483 310
15" 483 355
D 10,5
W
W+1 (cutout)
Installation cutout W+1 H+1 D
Touch panels
12" 368 290 95
15" 450 290 93
H+1 (cutout) 19" 450 380 102
Key Panels
12" 450 290 77
15" 450 321* 96
G_ST80_XX_00238
* In addition: two recesses 25 x 5 mm on the top side

for keyboard slide-in label channels
3/32 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
4/2 Introduction 4/48 SIMATIC WinCC SCADA system

4/48 SIMATIC WinCC
4/6 SIMATIC ProTool 4/63 WinCC options
configuration software
4/6 SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC WinCC Options
SIMATIC ProTool 4/64 WinCC/Server
4/66 WinCC/Web Navigator
4/10 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
4/70 WinCC/Redundancy
visualization software
4/72 WinCC/ProAgent
4/10 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
4/73 WinCC/Messenger
4/18 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro options
4/74 WinCC/Guardian
4/19 SIMATIC WinCC flexible 4/75 WinCC/Dat@Monitor
engineering software 4/76 WinCC/Connectivity Pack
4/19 SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES 4/78 WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
4/80 SIMATIC WinBDE
4/24 SIMATIC WinCC flexible
4/82 WinCC/Client Access License
ES options
(CAL)
4/24 SIMATIC WinCC flexible /
4/83 WinCC/User Archives
ChangeControl
4/84 WinCC/Storage
4/25 SIMATIC WinCC flexible 4/85 WinCC/Batch
runtime software 4/89 WinCC/Basic Process Control
4/25 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT 4/90 FDA Options
4/93 WinCC/IndustrialX
4/33 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT 4/94 WinCC/ODK and
options WinCC/Comprehensive Support
4/33 WinCC flexible /Archives
4/35 WinCC flexible /Recipes 4/95 WinCC Add-ons and
4/37 WinCC flexible /Audit partner management
4/38 WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess
4/97 SIMATIC ProAgent
4/41 WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService
process diagnosis software
4/44 WinCC flexible /OPC Server
4/97 SIMATIC ProAgent
4/46 WinCC flexible /ProAgent
HMI Software
Introduction
■ Overview
With the SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC WinCC product families, • SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC HMI offers visualization and configuration software for is the process visualization or SCADA system (PC-based
the complete scope of applications: HMI system) for visualizing and controlling processes, produc-
• SIMATIC ProTool tion flows, machines and plants in all sectors – from the simple
covers applications directly at the machine ranging from single-user system through to the distributed multi-user system
PC-based HMI solutions for single-user systems based on with redundant servers and remote solutions with Web clients.
ProTool/Pro through to the SIMATIC HMI operator panels. For WinCC is, at the same time, the information hub for company-
the configuration of the ProTool/Pro runtime for PCs as well as wide vertical integration (process visualization and platform for
SIMATIC HMI operator panels, the ProTool family offers the uni- IT and business integration).
form and scalable configuration tools ProTool/Lite, ProTool and
ProTool/Pro CS.
WinCC
ProTool/Pro CS
ProTool
Engineering
4 ProTool/Lite
TP-Designer
SIMATIC Micro Panel SIMATIC Panels SIMATIC Panels und PC based PC based
TP 070 Text Panels/170er Serie Multi Panels ProTool/Pro RT WinCC
270er/370er Serie RT
Runtime
G_ST80_DE_00079
4/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
Introduction
SIMATIC WinCC flexible • Further productivity improvements (configuration efficiency)
when creating HMI projects
is the consistent further development of the SIMATIC HMI soft-
ware products. WinCC flexible offers an essential hub for appli- • Implementation of innovative TCP/IP and web-based automa-
cations close to the machine (until now this has been covered by tion and HMI concepts
the ProTool family) with respect to configuration efficiency and • Increase of the availability of the machines and systems
new automation concepts. For process-oriented plant and me- through new service concepts
chanical engineering as well as series production of machines, • Safe, flexible and world-wide access to process data
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 also offers:
• New SIMATIC HMI devices
WinCC RC
WinCC flexible Advanced
WinCC flexible Standard

ES
WinCC flexible Compact

4
WinCC flexible
Micro
SIMATIC Micro Panel SIMATIC Panels SIMATIC Panels and PC based PC based
TP 177micro 70/170 Series Multi Panels WinCC flexible WinCC
270/370 Series Runtime RT
RT
G_ST80_EN_00080
Changing from the ProTool family to WinCC flexible is possible

by simply using the same or converting the old configuration
data. The ProTool family, however, will be available alongside
WinCC flexible for the foreseeable future.
SIMATIC WinCC will remain the process visualization system for
plant monitoring with single or multiple station solutions and the
platform for IT & Business integration under Windows 2000 and
XP Professional.
The next step will be to use WinCC flexible also as the platform
for integrating the SIMATIC WinCC visualization system. As is the
case today for ProTool V6 projects, WinCC V6 projects will then
also be compatible.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/3

HMI Software
Introduction
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software SIMATIC WinCC process visualization system
• The integrated family of configuration systems (ProTool/Lite, • PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualiz-
ProTool, ProTool/Pro CS) for SIMATIC operator panels, the HMI ing and controlling processes, production flows, machines and
part of the SIMATIC C7 as well as the PC-based visualization plant in all sectors - from simple single-user stations through to
software ProTool/Pro RT: distributed multi-user systems with redundant servers and
- SIMATIC TD17 Text Panels, OP3/OP7/OP17 as well as cross-location solutions with Web clients. WinCC is the infor-
C7-621/626/633/634 mation hub for company-wide vertical integration (process
- SIMATIC Panels of the 170/270 series as well as C7-635 and visualization and platform for IT & business integration).
C7-636 (Key) • For universal use thanks to solutions for all sectors, e.g., con-
- SIMATIC Multi Panels of the 270/370 series (not MP270B 6") forming to FDA 21 CFR Part 11, and multiple languages for
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT worldwide use
• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT • All HMI functions on-board with industry-standard functions for
4.0/2000/XP signaling and acknowledging events, archiving of messages
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): and measured values, logging of all process and configuration
STEP 7, SIMOTION, Component Based Automation (CBA) data, user administration and visualization (WinCC basic soft-
ware).
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT visualization software
• Configuring is easy and efficient using object libraries, modular
• PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems directly at the systems, tools for mass data processing and online loading of
machine changes
• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and • Company-wide, flexible client/server structures with operator
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP stations on the Web, distributed servers and data integrity
• Complete system with functions for visualizing, signaling, thanks to redundancy
logging, recipes and archiving • Easy to integrate over standard interfaces such as OPC (OLE
4 • Specific applications can be added with VB scripts and
customized ActiveX controls
for Process Control), WinCC OLE-DB, VBA (Visual Basic for
Applications), VB script, C-API (ODK)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES engineering software • Integration platform in the company thanks to the Historian
functionality integrated into WinCC based on the Microsoft SQL
• Newly developed family of configuration systems with WinCC Server 2000, standard and programming interfaces and tools
flexible Micro/Compact/Standard/Advanced for SIMATIC oper- and clients for evaluation
ator panels, the HMI part of SIMATIC C7 as well as for the PC-
based visualization software WinCC flexible RT • Modular expansion with options and add-ons as well as indi-
- SIMATIC Micro Panels vidual function expansions with VB Script, Visual Basic for Ap-
- SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 plications, C-API (ODK) and integration of ActiveX elements
- SIMATIC Panels of the 70/170/270 series as well as C7-635 • Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
and C7-636 (Key) Increases productivity, minimizes engineering outlay, reduces
- SIMATIC Multi Panels of the 270/370 series lifecycle costs
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
• Executable under Windows 2000/XP Professional
• Expanded integration into Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
STEP 7, SIMOTION, Component Based Automation (CBA)
• Maximum configuration efficiency thanks to preconfigured ob-
jects, modular system, intelligent tools and mass data process-
ing
• Optionally expandable with functions for version administration
and logging changes (WinCC flexible/ChangeControl)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT visualization software
• Modular PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems di-
rectly at the machine (further development of ProTool/Pro RT)
• Executable under Windows 2000/XP Professional
• Basic package providing a cost-effective means of getting
started in respect of visualization, signaling and logging. can
be expanded specifically with option packages
• Flexible expansion with VB scripts and customized ActiveX
controls (Open Platform Program)
• Can be integrated into innovative automation solutions based
on TCP/IP networks
• Expanded service concepts with remote operation, diagnos-
tics and administration over the intranet and Internet as well as
e-mail communication (using options)
• Can be expanded with WinCC flexible/Audit for recording op-
erations in an audit trail
4/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
Introduction
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT SIMATIC WinCC
Area of application HMI software designed primarily for HMI software designed primarily for Process visualization software for
use in in-process applications in use in in-process applications in controlling and monitoring both
(series) machine production (series) machine production simple and complex automation
solutions
Configurations Single-user system, usually based Single-user system, usually based Single- and multi-user system as
on a panel PC on a panel PC well as distributed systems
Support of simple distributed oper- Internet capability using the
ating stations in TCP/IP networks WinCC/Web Navigator option
Innovative service concepts featur- Data integrity with redundant solu-
ing e-mail, remote control, monitor- tions
ing and administration via Integrated Historian functionality
Intranet/Internet
Processing of high quantity frame-
works
Strategies Integrated solution system taking in Integrated solution system taking in High-quality SCADA functionality
both operator panels and PC-based both operator panels and PC-based and integration platform for
operator stations running Pro- operator stations running WinCC ERP/MES solutions based on the
Tool/Pro Runtime flexible Runtime integrated Historian functionality
(IT & business integration)
Configuring An integrated family of configuration An integrated family of configuration Flexibility thanks to individual
tools for integrated solutions tools for integrated solutions dynamization options
Fast configuration due to preconfig- Fast configuration due to preconfig- Object library and function block
ured objects ured objects and referenced image technology (incl. referencing)
blocks Efficient configuration of mass data
Table-based editors for efficient
mass data processing
thanks to configuration tool
Simple configuration of control
4
Intelligent tools to simplify the system applications, text library for
configuration of complex tasks, signaling system
e.g., user guidance, automatic Online loading of changes in active
compilation projects
Functional scope HMI scope of available functions HMI basic functionality can be High-performance and comprehen-
tailored to machine applications expanded using option packages sive SCADA functionality
Standard functions can be Standard functions can be Standard functions can be
expanded quickly and easily using expanded quickly and easily using expanded quickly and easily using
VB scripts VB scripts VB scripts and C scripts
Jog mode is possible Jog mode is possible Integral component of the PCS 7
process control system
Openness/expansion Customized solutions based on Customized solutions based on Can be expanded with open Win-
capability ActiveX controls are possible ActiveX controls are possible dows interfaces for integration into a
(Open Platform Program) factory-/company-wide information
Access to runtime display objects system
using VB scripts Standard SQL database with
WinCC OLE DB Provider
C-APIs (ODK), access to the COM
object model of WinCC RT using
VB script and WinCC CS using VBA
OPC: Access to WinCC RT data
using OPC DA, OPC HDA and
OPC A&E (connectivity pack)
Extensive range of options
and add-ons
SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software

• Process diagnosis software for fast, targeted fault diagnosis in • ProAgent
plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI - provides optimum support for plant and machine personnel
• A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC com- in respect of troubleshooting and fault rectification
ponents: - increases plant availability and
Optimized interaction between STEP 7 engineering tools and - reduces downtimes
SIMATIC HMI • No further configuration overhead for diagnostics functionality
• Standardized user interface • Frees up PLC capacity with regard to memory and program ex-
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): ecution time
Increases productivity, minimizes engineering outlay, reduces • No special operator know-how is required thanks to clearly
lifecycle costs comprehensible indication of the cause of error
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/5

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool
SIMATIC ProTool can be used to configure SIMATIC Operator
Panels from the Text Panel up to the Multi Panel. SIMATIC
ProTool/Lite is a low-cost subset of SIMATIC ProTool and as such
is limited to configuring the text-based devices (text panels), the
smaller graphical devices (panels of the 170 series) and the
Mobile Panels 170 as well as the HMI part of SIMATIC C7.
■ Function
The functions described below are determined by the device
used.
• Efficient configuration with short familiarization time
• Process visualization via Windows-compliant user interface
with predefined screen objects
• Alarms and messages
• Archiving of alarms and process values
• Logging with log editor for time-driven and event-driven project
documentation
• Uniform configuring software for SIMATIC Operator Panels as • Recipes
well as for the HMI part of SIMATIC C7
• Flexibility thanks to Visual Basic Script and OLE-Automation
• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and
Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP Professional • Function block library for predefined/user-defined picture ele-
ments
• Current versions:
4 - SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP3
- SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP3
• DP direct keys
• Functional enhancements for multifunctional platforms
(MP 270B 10"/MP 370)
■ Benefits • Integration of ProTool in STEP 7
• Complete simulation of ProTool configuration
(Windows CE-based systems);
Enhanced productivity, reduction of engineering outlay, reduc-
a complete configuration can be simulated quickly and effi-
tion of lifecycle costs thanks to integration in STEP 7; i.e. man-
ciently on the configuration PC: The entire HMI target system is
agement of HMI projects using SIMATIC Manager within STEP
displayed on the configuration PC. The device’s softkeys/func-
7 projects and sharing of STEP 7 data such as symbol tables,
tion keys, for example, can be activated via the mouse.
communications parameters and signaling systems
In addition to the ProTool simulator, the SIMATIC S7 PLCSIM
• Once configurations have been created, they can be easily engineering tool can also be used for the simulation of control
reused within the system family. hardware and the animation of variables.
Projects can be ported to different HMI platforms. This means
• Interfacing of ProTool with STEP 7 Lite
reduced maintenance and service costs and investment secu-
rity. • Integration of ProTool in SIMOTION SCOUT engineering tool
• Shorter familiarization time and efficient configuration; • Import/export of all project texts (static texts, text lists, mes-
e.g. through the standard operating mechanisms of Windows, sages, info texts, etc.) for easy translation of HMI projects with
validity checks, integral online Help with direct assistance and standard text editors
the copying of project data from one project to another • Conversion of projects with different resolutions
• Straight-forward configuration that is easy to change thanks to Converting a project for a different HMI system can be imple-
object-oriented symbolic data management and cross-refer- mented in a few steps, even if the display resolution is higher
ence lists with direct access at the click of the mouse button. or lower (e.g., OP37 10” to MP 370 12”). All screen content
is automatically "zoomed" to the new resolution. The function
• Display editor with comprehensive possibilities for fast and
covers all graphics-based devices that can be configured in
efficient configuring of displays
ProTool.
• Graphics libraries with a large selection of graphics objects
• Conversion of OP27/37, TP27/37 projects for Windows CE-
that are ready to use
based devices;
• Library management for structured storage of reusable graph- the "Configuration Guide for Beginners" is available to assist
ics objects with the conversion process.
• Complete simulation of the project including variable simula- • Project download to SIMATIC Operator Panels (in accordance
tion at the configuration PC – even without the PLC and the with available device interface)
panel.
• Export/import of all texts of a project for easy translation.
• Can be used worldwide thanks to extensive language support,
also for Asian ideographic languages
4/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software

System requirements The following can be configured using
Operating system SIMATIC ProTool/Lite:
• Minimum Windows 98 SE, Windows ME • Text panels
• Recommended Windows NT 4.0 SP 6a, Windows - TD17 Text Display
2000 SP3, Windows XP Profes- - OP3, OP7, OP17 Operator Panels
sional, for multilingual configura- • Panels of the 170 series
tions Windows 2000 SP3 MUI, - TP 170A, TP 170B Touch Panels
Windows XP Professional MUI - OP 170B Operator Panels
Processor - 170 Mobile Panels
• Minimum Pentium II, 233 MHz • HMI components of the SIMATIC C7 control system
- C7-621, C7-623, C7-624, C7-633, C7-634, C7-635
• Recommended ≥ Pentium III, 500 MHz
Graphics SIMATIC ProTool:
• Minimum SVGA • Text panels
- TD17 Text Display
• Recommended SVGA with hardware acceleration - OP3, OP7, OP17 Operator Panels
Resolution • Panels of the 170 series
• Minimum 800 x 600 1) - TP 170A, TP 170B Touch Panels
- OP 170B Operator Panels
• Recommended 800 x 600 - 170 Mobile Panels
2)
RAM • Panels of the 270 series
• Minimum 64 MB - OP27 Operator Panels
- TP27 Touch Panels
• Recommended ≥ 128 MB
Hard disk (free memory space) ≥ 300 MB for ProTool +
- OP 270 Operator Panels
- TP 270 Touch Panels 4
40 MB for each additional
language • Multi Panels of the 270 and 370 series
- MP 270B (10"), MP 370
CD-ROM for software installation
• HMI components of the SIMATIC C7 control system
1) ProTool/Lite also 640 x 480 - C7-621, C7-623, C7-624, C7-626, C7-633, C7-634, C7-635,
C7-636 Key
2) RAM requirements are determined primarily
by the size of the graphics used. Note:
For further information on communication, see
Options "Operator control and monitoring devices/system interfaces"
SIMATIC ProAgent
• Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plant and ma-
chines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC com-
ponents
• No further configuration overhead for diagnostics functionality
• Frees up PLC capacity with regard to memory and program ex-
ecution time
Note:
For further information, refer to
"SIMATIC ProAgent Process Diagnostics Software".
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/7

HMI Software

SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP3 D 6AV6 581-3BX06-0DX0 Documentation
configuring software including
ProAgent V6.0 + SP3 1) ProTool User Manual for config-
uring line-oriented displays
(ProAgent for OP; ProAgent/MP),
language versions: • German 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AA0
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES, incl. native • English 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AB0
drivers on CD-ROM; electronic
documentation (.pdf/.chm) • French 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AC0
in English, French, German,
Italian, Spanish on CD-ROM • Italian 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AD0
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 + D 6AV6 580-3BX06-0DX0 • Spanish 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AE0

SP3 configuring software ProTool User Manual for config-
Language versions: uring graphics devices
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES, incl. native • German 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0
drivers on CD-ROM; electronic
documentation (.pdf/.chm) • English 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0
Italian, Spanish on CD-ROM • French 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0
Power Pack • Italian 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0
• ProTool/Lite to D 6AV6 571-3AB06-0DX0 • Spanish 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0

ProTool V6.0 + SP3 ProTool User Manual for config-
Upgrade uring Windows-based systems
• ProTool/Lite to D 6AV6 580-3BX06-0DX4 • German 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0

ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP3 • English 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
4 • ProTool to
ProTool V6.0 + SP3
D 6AV6 581-3BX06-0DX4 • French
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
1) The runtime licenses for ProAgent must be purchased separately.
2) For a period of 12 months and for a fixed price, the customer is
automatically provided with all upgrades and service packs Communication User Manual
per installed ProTool and/or ProTool/Lite package. Instructions for connecting
The contract is automatically extended by a further year unless TD/OP/TP to the controller
canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiration.
• German 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1 • English 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
• French 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
• Italian 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
• Spanish 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0
Instructions for connecting
Windows-based systems to the
controller
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
on CD-ROM
5 languages
(English, French, German,
Italian and Spanish); contains:
all currently available user
manuals, manuals and communi-
cation manuals for SIMATIC HMI
4/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
Notes for creating Asian configurations
ProTool offers extensive language support, also for Asian char-
acters (simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and
Japanese). The prerequisite for configuring Asian characters
using ProTool V6.0+SP2 is an appropriate Asian version of
Windows (98SE/NT4-SP6/2000/XP) or a multi-language
Win2000/XP version with Asian language support installed and
an Asian language as the system language. The configuration
interface remains with 5 languages (English, French, German,
Italian or Spanish)
If configuration is to be performed in ProTool under an Asian user
interface, if for example, the menus, dialogs and online Help are
in Chinese, you will need the ProTool/Pro Configuration
V6.0+SP2 ASIA visualization software. This package supports
the English, Chinese (simplified), Chinese (traditional), Korean
and Japanese configuration interfaces (see visualization soft-
ware)
Notes on configuration support:
For the TP170A, TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP27/37,
TP27/37, TP/OP 270, MP 270B 10“ and MP 370, texts with
Chinese (simplified/traditional) or Korean characters can be
configured.
It is also possible to configure Japanese texts for the TP170A,
TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Panel 170, TP/OP 270, MP 270B 10“,
MP 370. The OP27/37 and TP27/37 do not support Japanese
4
characters.
All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17 , OP25, OP35 and C7
units) can only be configured with Latin characters.
http://www.siemens.com/protool
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/9

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro is up-to-date visualization software for sim-
ple visualization tasks at the machine level. It can be used as a
single-user solution for all automation applications in production
automation, process automation and building services automa-
tion.
ProTool/Pro includes the functions of ProTool for configuring
SIMATIC Operator Panels, but also enables implementation of
machine visualization tasks with PC-based systems.
■ Design
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro consists of:
• Configuring software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS)
for configuring PC-based systems as well as SIMATIC Opera-
tor Panels
• SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software for PC-based sys-
tems
The SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software is available as a
• PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems directly at software package with 128, 256, 512 or 2048 PowerTags. The
the machine term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that have a
• SIMATIC ProTool/Pro comprises: process connection to the PLC. Variables without process inte-
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software for PC-based sys- gration, constant variable and message limits (up to 2000 fault
tems messages and 2000 operating messages) are available as ad-
4 - SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) configuration soft-
ware for configuring PC-based systems and for configuring
ditional system features.
all SIMATIC operator panels ■ Function

• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and • Efficient configuration with short familiarization time
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP Professional
• Process visualization via Windows-compliant user interface
• Current version: with predefined screen objects
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP3
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 + SP3 • Alarms and messages
■ Benefits • Logging with log editor for time- and event-driven project doc-
umentation with user-definable layout
The full integration of ProTool/Pro in the SIMATIC S7 environ- • Recipes
ment provides conformity in communications, in data manage- • Flexibility thanks to Visual Basic Script and OLE-Automation
ment and in configuration and programming • Function block library for predefined/user-defined picture ele-
• Openness: ments
Consistent support of the Windows standards such as OLE- • Online connection via Teleservice (analog/ISDN,
Automation and OPC (OLE for Process Control) ProTool/Pro RT)
• Flexibility: • OPC (client/server)
Individual function expansions can be implemented with Visual
Basic scripts • Integration of ProTool/Pro configuration in STEP 7
Archiving of process data and alarms, e.g. in an ODBC (Open • Complete simulation of ProTool/Pro configuration (Windows
Data Base Connectivity) database CE-based systems)
• Convenient process visualization: • Interfacing of ProTool/Pro configuration with STEP 7 Lite
Ranging from archiving through print functions, graphics librar- • Integration of ProTool/Pro configuration in SIMOTION SCOUT
ies, trend displays, messaging system, logging system, recipe engineering tool
management through to comprehensive controller drivers
• Import/export of all project texts (static texts, text lists, mes-
• Language selection: sages, info texts, etc.) for easy translation of HMI projects with
Reduction in handling and configuration costs by management standard text editors
of up to 32 languages in the project and online switching of up
to 5 languages on the device • Conversion of OP27/37, TP27/37 projects for Windows CE-
based devices;
the "Configuration Guide for Beginners" is available to assist
with the conversion process.
• Project download to SIMATIC operator panels and PC systems
running ProTool/Pro Runtime (depending on the device inter-
face available)
4/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Options
System requirements for ProTool/Pro ProTool
runtime configuration SIMATIC WinBDE machine data management
software software
With the SIMATIC WinBDE machine data management system,
Operating system
the operator panel becomes the central human-machine inter-
• Minimum Windows 98 SE, Windows ME face, permitting comprehensive analyses to be carried out di-
(ME not for ASIA version) rectly at the machine.
• Recommended Windows NT 4.0 SP 6a, The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event
Windows 2000 SP3, of faults, an increase in machine runtimes and proof of the avail-
Windows XP Professional,
for multilingual configurations ability of production facilities and production units.
Windows 2000 SP3 MUI, Note:
Windows XP Professional MUI For further information, refer to
Processor "SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Options".
• Minimum Pentium II, 233 MHz

SIMATIC ProAgent
• Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plant and ma-
Graphics chines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• Minimum VGA SVGA • Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC com-
• Recommended SVGA with SVGA with ponents
hardware accel- hardware accel- • No further configuration overhead for diagnostics functionality
eration eration
• Frees up PLC capacity with regard to memory and program
Resolution execution time
• Minimum 640 x 480 800 x 600 Note:
• Recommended 800 x 600 For further information, refer to
4
RAM 1)
• Minimum 64 MB
Hard disk ≥ 100 MB ≥ 300 MB
(free memory space) 2) for ProTool
+ 40 MB for
each additional
language
Diskette drive 3) 3.5"/1.44 MB -
1) RAM requirements are determined primarily by the size of the graph-

ics used
2) Without taking archives into account.
In addition to the space needed by ProTool, Windows also requires
space on the hard disk, e.g., for the swap file. The following formula
has proven itself in the past:
The size of the swap file = 3 x the size of the RAM.
For further information, refer to your Windows documentation
3) For the authorization of the runtime software
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/11

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ Integration
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) can be used to con-
Protocol PC interfaces
figure:
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
• Text Panels
- Text Display TD17 S7-200 with CP 243-1 CP 1512 8)9)
- OP3, OP7, OP17 Operator Panels S7-300 with CP 343-1 CP 1612 8)9)
CP 1613 10)
• 170 Series Panels S7-400 with CP 443-1 CP 1613 A2 10)
- TP 170A, TP 170B Touch Panels WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
- OP 170B Operator Panels
- 170 Mobile Panels WinAC RTX
• 270 Series Panels SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface
- OP27 Operator Panels WinAC Basis (V2.0 and higher) Internal system interface
- TP27 Touch Panels WinAC RTX
- OP 270 Operator Panels
- TP 270 Touch Panels SIMATIC 505 NITP
• 270 and 370 Series Multi Panels SIMATIC 500/505 RS 232/RS 422 COM1/COM2
- MP 270B (10"), MP 370 SIMATIC 505 via PROFIBUS DP
• HMI components of the SIMATIC C7 control systems SIMATIC 545/555 CP 5511 2)
- C7-621, -623, -624, -626, -633, -634, -635, -636 Key with CP 5434 CP 5512 2)
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870/IL 70 and other PC-based systems CP 5611 2)
(Touch/Key) 11)
SIMOTION
12)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime supports linking to: SINUMERIK
Protocol PC interfaces PLCs from other manufacturers
4 SIMATIC S5 via AS511 (TTY)

S5-90U COM1/COM2
Allen Bradley (DF1/DH485) 13)
GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)
COM1/COM2
COM1/COM2
S5-95U LG GLOFA GM COM1/COM2
S5-100U (CPU 100, 102, 103) Mitsubishi (FX/MP4) COM1/COM2
S5-115U Modicon (Modbus) COM1/COM2
(CPU 941, 942, 943, 944, 945) OMRON (Link/Multilink) 14) COM1/COM2
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B) Telemecanique (Uni-Telway) RS 485 interface board 6)
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948) OPC (client + server)
SIMATIC S5 via PROFIBUS DP 1) Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 CP 1512 8)
S5-95U/L2-DP master CP 5511 2) CP 1612 8)
CP 5512 2)
S5-115U 2) 1) ProTool/Pro RT is passive (DP slave); the function block required for
(CPU 941, 942, 943, 944, 945) CP 5611
the link is included in the scope of delivery of ProTool/Pro.
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B) 2) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal MPI interface
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948) 3) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download, operating
systems: Windows 98/ME/2000/XP;
SIMATIC S7 via PPI Order No.: 6ES7 901-3CB30-0AX0
S7-200 CP 5511 2) 4) Constraint with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70
CP 5512 2) 5) ProTool/Pro RT is active (master); communication with S7 functions
CP 5611 2)
CP 5613 2) 6) See ProTool online help
CP 5613 A2 2) 7) Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;
CP 5614 2) no configuration download, operating systems: Windows
PC/PPI adapter 3) 98/ME/2000/XP;
Order No.: 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
SIMATIC S7 via MPI
8) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal Ethernet interface
S7-200 (except CPU 212) 4) CP 5511 2) 9) Also required: SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6.2 for Industrial Ethernet
S7-300 CP 5512 2) (6GK1 704-1LW62-3AA0) or SOFTNET-S7 V6.2 for Industrial Ethernet
CP 5611 2) (6GK1 704-1CW62-3AA0)
S7-400 CP 5613 2)
CP 5613 A2 2) 10) Also required: S7-1613/Windows V6.2 (6GK1 716-1CB62-3AA0)
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
CP 5614 2) 11) For further information, see Catalog PM 10
WinAC RTX PC/MPI adapter 7) 12) "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA" option required; for further infor-
TeleService V5.1 mation, see Catalog NC 60
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP 5) 13) DH485 interface only for Windows NT4.0/2000/XP operating systems
14) OMRON interface only for Windows NT4.0/2000/XP operating sys-
S7-215 4) CP 5511 2)
tems
S7-300 CPUs CP 5512 2)
with integr. PROFIBUS interface CP 5611 2) Note:
CP 5613 2) For further information, see "Operator control
S7-300 with CP 342-5 CP 5613-A2 2) and monitoring units/System interfaces"
S7-400 CPUs CP 5614 2)
with integr. PROFIBUS interface
S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467
WinAC RTX
4/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ Integration (continued)
Higher-level
visualisation system
WinCC
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP
On-site visualisation
OPC-Server OPC-Server
ProTool/ ProTool/
Pro Pro
OPC-Client
OPC-Server
PROFIBUS 4
G_ST80_DE_00003
SIMATIC S7-300 Third-party PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro application example
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/13

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Type SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime Type SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime
The specifications are Images (continued)
maximum values
• Graphics lists 1) 500
Operating system MS Windows 98 SE/ME
(ME not for ASIA version), • Text lists 1) 500
MS Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP • Number of entries in symbol tables 3500
Professional
Variables 2048 3)
Messages 4000
Password protection
• Message text 70
(number of characters) • Password levels 10 (0 ... 9)
• Size of message buffer 1024 • Number of passwords 50
• Pending message events 500 Visual Basic scripts 50
Archive (number) 100 • Number of lines 100
• Archivable data Process values (max. 100), Online languages, max. 5
messages Communication
• Max. number of entries per archive 500,000 SIMATIC S7 MPI interface/
(incl. sequence archive) PROFIBUS DP interface
• Archive types Short-term archive, sequence • Number of connectable stations, Depending on the scope of the
archive (max. 40 per archive) max. configuration (communication)
from the point of view of
• Data storage format CSV (Comma Separated ProTool/Pro, up to 8 connections
Variable) and interface to are possible
ODBC database (database not
4 Recipes
included in scope of delivery)
1000
SIMATIC S7 PPI interface
• Number of connectable stations, 1 from the point of view
max. of ProTool/Pro
3)
• Entries per recipe 2000
SIMATIC S5 loop-through operation No
• Data records 5000 2)
SIMATIC S5
Images 300 PROFIBUS DP interface
• Fields per screen 400 • Number of connectable stations, 1 from the point of view
max. of ProTool/Pro
• Variables per screen 400
• Static text 30,000
• Graphics objects 2000
• Complex objects per display 40
(e.g., bars) 1) Together only 500 text and graphics lists
2) Dependent on memory medium used
• Trends 800
3) Dependent on number of licensed PowerTags

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro D 6AV6 582-2BX06-0DX0 Upgrade
Configuration V6.0 + SP3 incl.
ProAgent V6.0 + SP3 3) • ProTool/Pro to D 6AV6 582-2BX06-0DX4
ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP3 1)
Language versions:
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES on CD-ROM, • ProTool/Pro RT to D 6AV6 584-3AX06-0DX4
containing: ProTool/Pro RT V6.0 + SP3
• ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) PowerPacks
V6.0 + SP3 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT
• Simulation software for PowerTags from
Mobile Panel 170, TP 170A/B, • 128 to 256 PowerTags D 6AV6 570-1BC00-0AX0
OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270,
MP 270, MP 270B 10", MP 370 • 128 to 512 PowerTags D 6AV6 570-1BD00-0AX0
and ProTool/Pro Runtime • 128 to 2048 PowerTags D 6AV6 570-1BF00-0AX0
• Native drivers • 256 to 512 PowerTags D 6AV6 570-1CD00-0AX0
• Electronic documentation • 256 to 2048 PowerTags D 6AV6 570-1CF00-0AX0
(.pdf/.chm) in English, French,
German, Spanish, Italian • 512 to 2048 PowerTags D 6AV6 570-1DF00-0AX0
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime • SIMATIC ProTool/Lite to D 6AV6 571-2AC06-0DX0
V6.0 + SP3 for PC systems incl. ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP3
ProAgent V6.0 + SP3 3) • SIMATIC ProTool to D 6AV6 571-2BC06-0DX0
on CD-ROM with license ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP3
(single license) for
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) D 6AV6 584-1AB06-0DX0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) D 6AV6 584-1AC06-0DX0 1) Upgrade for configuration station (CS) as well as runtime (RT) station
2) The runtime licenses for ProAgent/PC must be purchased separately
• 512 PowerTags (RT 512) D 6AV6 584-1AD06-0DX0
for each target system.
• 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) D 6AV6 584-1AF06-0DX0 D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
4/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

Versions for China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan Communication via Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configu- D 6AV6 582-2BX06-0CV0 CP 1613 A2 A 6GK1 161-3AA01
ration V6.0 + SP2 ASIA PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
Language/script versions: a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
English/simplified and traditional (communications software must
Chinese/Korean/Japanese; be ordered separately)
containing:
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
• ProTool/Pro Configuration Software for S7 and S5
(CS) V6.0 + SP2 ASIA communication,
• Simulation software for incl. PG/OP communication,
Mobile Panel 170, TP 170A/B, OPC server and NCM PC;
OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270, up to 120 connections,
MP 270, MP 270B 10", MP 370 Single License for one installation,
and ProTool/Pro Runtime Runtime software, software and
electronic manualon CD-ROM,
• Electronic documentation license key on diskette, Class A,
(.pdf/.chm) in: Chinese for 32 bit Windows XP Profes-
(traditional and simplified), sional, 2003 Server, Windows
English, Japanese and Korean 2000 Professional/Server;
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
V6.0 + SP2 ASIA for PC systems German/English
on CD-ROM with license CP 1612 A 6GK1 161-2AA00
(single license) for PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) D 6AV6 584-1AB06-0CV0 a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) D 6AV6 584-1AC06-0CV0 separately).
• 512 PowerTags (RT 512) D 6AV6 584-1AD06-0CV0 Softnet-S7 Edition 2005 6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0 4
• 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) D 6AV6 584-1AF06-0CV0 Software for S7 and S5
compatible communication,
A) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H incl. PG/OP communication,
D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1 OPC server and NCM PC;
up to 64 connections,
Single License for one installation,
Runtime software, software and
license key on diskette, Class A,
for 32 bit Windows XP Profes-
sional, 2003 Server, Windows
2000 Professional/Server;
for CP 1512 and CP 1612
German/English
Softnet-S7 Lean Edition 2005 6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
Software for S7 and S5
compatible communication,
incl. PG/OP communication,
OPC server and NCM PC;
German/English
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/15

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

Communication via PROFIBUS Documentation (must be ordered separately)
CP 5613 A2 D 6GK1 561-3AA01 ProTool/Pro Runtime
PCI card (32-bits) for connecting User Manual
a PC to PROFIBUS (communica- • German 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AA0
tions software must be ordered
separately). • English 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AB0
CP 5614 A2 D 6GK1 561-4AA01 • French 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AC0
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting a • Italian 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AD0
PC to PROFIBUS (communica-
tions software must be ordered • Spanish 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AE0
separately). ProTool User Manual
S7-5613 Edition 2005 6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0 for configuring Windows-based
systems
communication, • German 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
incl. PG and FDL protocol,
Single License for one installation, • French 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
electronic manualon CD-ROM, • Italian 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
license key on diskette, Class A, • Spanish 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
sional, 2003 Server, Windows ProTool User Manual
2000 Professional/Server; for configuring line-oriented
for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2, displays
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, • German 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AA0
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO
4 German/English • English
• French
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AB0
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AC0
CP 5512 6GK1 551-2AA00
PCMCIA card (CARDBUS 32-bit) • Italian 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AD0
for connecting a PG/Notebook • Spanish 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AE0
to PROFIBUS or MPI
(communications software ProTool User Manual
included in ProTool/Pro) for configuring graphics
devices
CP 5611 A2 6GK1 561-1AA01
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting • German 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0
a PG/PC to PROFIBUS • English 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0
(communications software
included in ProTool/Pro) • French 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0
CP 5611 MPI 6GK1 561-1AM01 • Italian 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0
Comprising PCI card CP 5611 • Spanish 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0
(32-bit) and MPI cable, 5 m
PC/PPI adapter A 6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0 for Windows-based systems
RS 232, 9-pin; • German 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
male with RS 232/PPI converter,
max. 19.2 kbit/s • English 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
PC adapter USB 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0 • French 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
For Windows 2000/XP • Italian 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
on CD-ROM
SIMATIC HMI

4/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Asian language version of ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2 Contact:
ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2 is also available in simplified Chinese, • Simplified Chinese
traditional Chinese, Japanese, Korean and English specifically Siemens Ltd. China
for the Asian market. To run this version of ProTool/Pro, you need A&D Group
a Chinese (simplified or traditional), Korean or Japanese version 7, Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu
of Windows 98 SE or Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP. ProTool/Pro V6.0 Chaoyang District
+ SP2 ASIA features a language-specific configuration inter- P.O.Box 8543
face. Beijing 100102, P.R.China
Texts featuring Chinese (simplified/traditional) or Korean charac- • Traditional Chinese
ter sets can be configured for TP170A, TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Siemens Ltd. Taiwan
Panel 170, OP27/37, TP27/37, TP/OP 270, MP 270B 10”, MP 370 A&D Group
as well as for ProTool/Pro Runtime for PC. For these systems, the Tun-Hua S. Road Sec. 2
online help is also available in simplified Chinese, traditional Taipei
Chinese, Korean and English. Taiwan, R.O.C.
P.O.Box 26-755 Taipei
Furthermore, texts featuring Japanese character sets can • Korean
be configured for TTP170A, TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Panel, Siemens Ltd. Seoul
TP/OP 270, MP 270B 10”, MP 370 as well as for ProTool/Pro A&D Group
Runtime for PC. For these systems, the online help is also avail- 726 Asia Building 10th floor
able in Japanese. Yeoksam-dong,
Support of Japanese character sets is not offered for OP27/37, Kangnam-Gu
TP27/37. Seoul 138-080 Po-Box 3001
These devices can only be configured using the Japanese con- Korea
figuration interface with Latin character sets. • Japanese
All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17 , OP25, OP35 and C7
devices) can only be configured using the Chinese, Korean,
Siemens K.K.
AS Sect. A&D Dept.
4
Japanese or English configuration interface with Latin character Gotanda GE Edison Building 4F
sets. 25-11 Higashi-Gotanda1-Chome,
Shinagawa-ku,
The required operating system packages can be ordered from Tokyo 141-0022,
the relevant Siemens representative. For indirect export to Japan
China, Taiwan, Korea or Japan, a special configuration of Win-
dows 2000/XP can be used to facilitate the configuring process.
The ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP2 ASIA configuration
software and the ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 + SP2 ASIA runtime
software are supplied as separate products (CD-ROM) contain-
ing, in addition to the English version, the simplified and tradi-
tional Chinese versions as well as the Korean and Japanese ver-
sions.
The runtime licenses are not language-specific. The English http://www.siemens.de/protoolpro
handling program (AuthorsW) can run on the Chinese, Korean
and Japanese versions of Windows listed above.
Documentation in Chinese, Korean and Japanese can be or-
dered from the Siemens regional companies in China, Korea,
Taiwan or Japan.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/17

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro options
■ Overview
SIMATIC WinBDE
Supervisor
SIMATIC WinBDE
Workstation
PROCESS BUS
4
SIMATIC S7 Third-party PLCs
G_ST80_XX_00004
SIMATIC S7
• SIMATIC WinBDE is the machine data management software

program for the acquisition, evaluation and analysis of ma- ■ Benefits
chine data. • Vivid representation of machine sequences enables:
• The operator panel becomes the central acquisition and con- - Support for fast counter-measures in the event of a fault
trol terminal for machine data, either directly at the machine - Increased machine runtimes
(workstation) or plant-wide (supervisor). - Detection of bottlenecks in the process
- Assessment of the efficiency of the machines used through
• Current version: the calculated KPI/OEE indicators (availability, performance,
- SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation V7.2 + SP2 quality, OEE)
- SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor V7.2 + SP2
• Automatic data acquisition and processing support the gener-
ation of objective availability verification for production equip-
ment and manufacturing units
• WinBDE can be used for everything from individual machines
right up to complete production plants
Note:
For further details on SIMATIC WinBDE, see
"SCADA system SIMATIC WinCC / WinCC options"
4/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro/Compact/Standard/Advanced
are innovative engineering tools for configuring SIMATIC HMI
devices, the operating component of SIMATIC C7 devices, the
SIMOTION/SINUMERIK Panel PCs, and the PC-based visualiza-
tion system WinCC flexible Runtime.
Various target systems can be configured depending on the se-
lected product:
• WinCC flexible Micro
- Micro Panels: OP 73micro, TP 170micro, TP 177micro
• WinCC flexible Compact
- Mobile Panels: Mobile Panel 177
- 70 Series Panels: OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
- 170 Series Panels: TP 170A, TP 177A, TP 170B, TP 177B,
OP 170B, OP 177B
- C7 devices: C7-635 (Touch), C7-635 (Key)
- Mobile Panels: Mobile Panel 177
- 70 Series Panels: OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
- 170 Series Panels: TP 170A, TP 177A, TP 170B, TP 177B,
• Integrated family of engineering tools for configuring SIMATIC OP 170B, OP 177B,
HMI operator units, the operator control part of SIMATIC C7 - 270 Series Panels: TP 270, OP 270
systems, SIMOTION/SINUMERIK Panel PCs as well as the - 270 Series Multi Panels: MP 270B
PC-based visualization software WinCC flexible Runtime - 370 Series Multi Panels: MP 370
- C7 devices: C7-635 (Touch), C7-635 (Key), C7-636 (Key)
4
• Executable under Windows 2000 / XP Professional
• WinCC flexible Advanced
• Current version: - Micro Panels: OP 73micro, TP 170micro, TP 177micro
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 Advanced - Mobile Panels: Mobile Panel 177
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 Standard - 70 Series Panels: OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 Compact - 170 Series Panels: TP 170A, TP 177A, TP 170B, TP 177B,
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 Micro OP 170B, OP 177B,
- 270 Series Panels: TP 270, OP 270
■ Benefits - 270 Series Multi Panels: MP 270B
- 370 Series Multi Panels: MP 370
• Uniformity of configuration software reduces training, mainte- - C7 devices: C7-635 (Touch), C7-635 (Key) , C7-636 (Key)
nance and updating requirements, and guarantees future - Standard PC
compatibility - SIMATIC Panel PCs: Panel PC 577, Panel PC 677,
• Minimization of engineering requirements and reduction in life Panel PC 877
cycle costs through Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) - SIMOTION Panel PCs: P012K, P015K, P012T, P015T, PCR,
PCR-Touch
• Minimization of configuration requirements through repeated - SINUMERIK Panel PCs: OP010, OP012, OP015, TP012,
use of scalable, dynamic objects TP015, OP015A
• Intelligent tools for simple and efficient configuration:
- Wizard for definition of basic structure for an HMI project For configuration, an HSP (Hardware Support Package) is required that
- Table-based editors simplify the generation and processing can be downloaded free of charge via the following link:
of objects of the same type, e.g. for variables, texts or mes- http://www4.ad.siemens.de/ww/view/de/19241467
sages
- Graphic configuration simplifies complex tasks such as the
definition of trajectories or the generation of fundamental ■ Design
operator prompting
The engineering tools of the SIMATIC WinCC flexible range are
• Comprehensive support of multi-language configurations for based on one another. The available editors largely depend on
global use the respectively configured target systems and their functions.
- Selectable views for multi-language input of configuration A more comprehensive engineering tool such as WinCC flexible
data Standard also offers the facilities of the smaller engineering
- System-specific and user-specific dictionaries tools, e.g. WinCC flexible Compact or Micro.
- Export/import of language-dependent texts
Upgrading of a smaller engineering tool to a larger one is possi-
• Investment protection through
ble using a Powerpack. An exception is WinCC flexible Micro.
- Importing of configuration from the configuration tools of the
ProTool range The scope of functions of the WinCC flexible engineering tools
- Transfer of static picture components and variables from already includes project support for the Runtime options
WinCC V6.0 available for SIMATIC Panels or WinCC flexible Runtime, inde-
pendent of the RT licenses purchased. Separate licensing is
required for the target system in order to use the configured
Runtime options.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/19

HMI Software
■ Function
Integration into automation systems Tabular editors
• Integration into SIMATIC STEP 7 (Version V5.3 and higher or • Quick and easy generation and modification of configuration
Professional Edition 2004) objects of the same type, e.g., variables, texts or messages, in
- Administration of the HMI projects within STEP 7 tabular editors
- Shared use of communication settings and process point • Intelligent defaults, depending on previously configured data,
definitions, i.e., symbols and messages e.g., automatic upcounting of addresses when generating con-
- Display of the HMI engineering objects in the SIMATIC secutive variables
manager of STEP 7
- Transfer of configuration data to PROFIBUS via routing • Modification of properties by means of easy access to
Properties dialog without excessive user intervention
• Integration into Component Based Automation (CBA) with ("Always on Top")
SIMATIC iMap (released separately)
- Management of CBA components with runtime and HMI • Simultaneous modification of common object properties
components in SIMATIC iMap Object-based data management with user-friendly search
- Connection of CBA components with/without HMI compo- and edit options
nents in SIMATIC iMap
- Generation of HMI basic data in SIMATIC iMap for WinCC • Cross-reference list with direct access to all objects,
flexible Advanced, e.g. tag list and connected HMI modules e.g., for editing or selection
• Search for objects in entire project
Configuration interface
• Central reassignment of variables
• Innovative engineering tools based on the latest SW
technology, Microsoft.NET • Text search and replace functions
• Comprehensive and fast access to editors and project data via Project documentation
Workbench applications • Selective project documentation printout or save to file
• Adaptive user interface of engineering tools depending on (.pdf, rtf, htm, tif, txt)
4 configured target system
• User-definable user interface settings, e.g., layout, toolbars,
Libraries for predefined/user-defined configuration objects
object defaults • Large number of scalable and dynamizable screen objects
included in scope of delivery
Project handling • Size-scalable WMF-format graphics for industrial applications
• Device independent configuration data can be used on a included in scope of delivery
variety of target systems without the need for conversion; • Preview function for library objects
the interface adapts to the functional possibilities of the device
currently configured. • Storage of all engineering objects in library, e.g., blocks and
even entire displays or variables;
• Cross-device utilization of common configuration data picture blocks can be created on a customer- or project-spe-
(e.g., text library) in multi-device projects cific basis by combining simple screen objects. Changes to
• Wizard-assisted definition of basic structure of HMI projects these picture blocks can be made centrally (block definition).
(e.g., display layout, operator prompting)
Language support
Screen editor with extensive options for • Multilingual project creation (max. 32 languages) in editors
efficient and fast screen configuration thanks to selectable views
• Generation of interconnected screen objects via Drag&Drop, • Automatic translation on basis of system- and user-specific
e.g., tags for the creation of input/output fields with process dictionaries in central text library
interfacing or buttons with screen selection function
• Central management of language-specific texts and graphics
• Templates for the definition of global screen objects and func- in libraries
tions (comparable with the Slide Master in MS PowerPoint)
• Edit, export and import of texts for translation
• User-friendly editor for the creation of image blocks with
defined external interface from screen objects • Language-specific graphics
• Graphics-based configuration of motion paths Visual Basic Script support
• Layer technology with up to 32 layers • IntelliSense function for fast programming of access to runtime
• Tools for the Align, Rotate and Mirror functions objects
• Easy creation of control sequences in script code;
script debugging in Simulator and WinCC flexible Runtime
4/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
Graphics-based configuration of operator prompting
System requirements for WinCC flexible ES
• Simple operator prompting concept based on hierarchical
menu tree Operating system Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP
Test and startup support Professional SP1 and SP2
For multilingual configurations:
• Simulation of HMI projects on engineering PC Windows 2000 SP4 MUI,
• Jump to error cause based on alarm messages in the Compiler Windows XP Professional SP1
and SP2 MUI
• Advanced ProSave service tool for all operating systems sup-
ported by WinCC flexible or ProTool Processor
Scheduler for the definition of all global tasks • Minimum Pentium 4
• Configuration of global system functions or time-driven events • Recommended ≥ Pentium 4, 2.0 GHz
Resolution
ChangeControl (option)
• Minimum 1024 x 768
• Management of project versions, with rollback and compare
function • Recommended ≥ 1280 x 1024
• Logging of configuration changes, e.g., for regulated indus- RAM
tries • Minimum 512 MB
Default runtime data in engineering tools • Recommended ≥ 1 GB, ≥ 512 MB
• Users and passwords with WinCC flexible Micro;
• Recipe data records Hard disk (free memory space) 1) ≥ 1 GB
Diskette drive 2) 3.5"/1.44 MB
Migration of existing HMI projects
• Complete data transfer in projects for ProTool/Pro RT as well as
170, 270 and 370 Series control units
4
1) In addition to the space needed by WinCC flexible, Windows also
• Conversion of configuration data with OP/TP27 and OP/TP37; requires space on the hard disk;
analog conversion within ProTool V6.0 e.g., for the swap file. The following formula has proven itself in the
past: The size of the swap file = 3 x the size of the RAM.
• Conversion of OP3 or OP7 configuration data to OP73 or For further information, refer to your Windows documentation
OP77B
2) For license key transfer
• Transfer of WinCC V6.0 project components (in version
2004/2005 static picture components and variables only)
Options
Compatibility
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/ChangeControl
• Integrated upward compatibility Further processing of WinCC
flexible configuration data with future versions without loss of WinCC flexible/ChangeControl enables continuous backup of
data configuration data. Delivered customer projects, approved ref-
erence states or development stages are managed in a data-
• Integrated downward compatibility: Generation of configura-
base. Changes to project data can be integrated without prob-
tion data for older versions of WinCC flexible engineering tools
lem into the version management using new versions. A rollback
(can be used with versions > 2004)
is possible at any time.
The history of changes can be verified down to the last detail for
applications requiring interruption-free proof for the complete life
cycle of a product. Comparisons between configuration data
permit recognition of differences between project versions.
Note:
"WinCC flexible ES options".
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/21

HMI Software

WinCC flexible 2005 Advanced D 6AV6 613-0AA01-1CA5 Power Packs
Floating license, on CD-ROM SIMATIC WinCC flexible
incl. license key, includes: Power Packs
• Engineering software for con- Floating license, license key only
figuring WinCC flexible Runtime
as well as 70/170/270/370 • WinCC flexible Standard to D 6AV6 613-2CD01-1AD5
Series Micro Panels and WinCC flexible 2005 Advanced
Panels incl. C7-635/636 • WinCC flexible Compact to D 6AV6 613-2BD01-1AD5
• SW for WinCC flexible/Change- WinCC flexible 2005 Advanced
Control engineering option 1) • WinCC flexible Compact to D 6AV6 612-2BC01-1AD5
• Simulation software for WinCC flexible 2005 Standard
WinCC flexible Runtime Software Update Service
as well as 70/170/270/370
Series Micro Panels and Software Update Service
Panels incl. C7-635/636 SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2)
• Native drivers • WinCC flexible Advanced D 6AV6 613-0AA00-0AL0
• Electronic documentation (.pdf) • WinCC flexible Standard D 6AV6 612-0AA00-0AL0
Italian, Spanish • WinCC flexible Compact D 6AV6 611-0AA00-0AL0
WinCC flexible 2005 Standard D 6AV6 612-0AA01-1CA5 Upgrades

Floating license, on CD-ROM incl. SIMATIC ProTool to
license key, includes: SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005
• Engineering software for • ProTool/Lite to WinCC D 6AV6 611-3AA01-1CE5
configuring 70/170/270/370 flexible 2005 Compact
4 Series Micro Panels and
Panels incl. C7-635/636
• ProTool to WinCC
flexible 2005 Standard
D 6AV6 612-3AA01-1CE5
• SW for WinCC flexible/Change- • ProTool to WinCC D 6AV6 613-3AA01-1CE5

Control engineering option 1) flexible 2005 Advanced
• Simulation software for SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 to
70/170/270/370 Series SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005
Micro Panels and Panels
incl. C7-635/636 • WinCC flexible 2004 Compact to D 6AV6 611-0AA01-1CE5
WinCC flexible 2005 Compact
• Native drivers
• WinCC flexible 2004 Standard to D 6AV6 612-0AA01-1CE5
• Electronic documentation (.pdf) WinCC flexible 2005 Standard
Italian, Spanish • WinCC flexible 2004 Advanced D 6AV6 613-0AA01-1CE5
to WinCC flexible 2005
WinCC flexible 2005 Compact D 6AV6 611-0AA01-1CA5 Advanced
Floating license, on CD-ROM incl.
license key, includes: 1) A separate license for WinCC flexible/ChangeControl must be
purchased for each engineering station.
• Engineering software for
configuring 70/170 Series 2) For a period of 12 months and for a fixed price, the customer is
Micro Panels and Panels automatically provided with all upgrades and service packs for each
incl. C7-635/636 installed WinCC flexible engineering system or option.
The contract is automatically extended by a further year unless
• SW for WinCC flexible/Change- canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiration.
Control engineering option 1) D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
• Simulation software for
70/170 Series Micro Panels
and Panels incl. C7-635/636
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
Italian, Spanish
WinCC flexible 2005 Micro 6AV6 610-0AA01-1CA5
Single license, on CD-ROM w/o
license key, includes:
• Engineering software for
configuring Micro Panels
Italian, Spanish
4/22 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software

Versions for China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan Documentation (must be ordered separately)
WinCC flexible 2005 ASIA D 6AV6 613-0AA11-1CA5 User Manual
Advanced WinCC flexible Compact/
Standard/Advanced
Floating license, on CD-ROM
incl. license key, includes: • German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• Engineering software for con- • English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
figuring WinCC flexible Runtime
as well as 70/170/270/370 • French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
Series Micro Panels and • Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• SW for WinCC flexible/
ChangeControl engineering User Manual
option 1) WinCC flexible Micro
• Simulation software for • German 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AA0
WinCC flexible Runtime • English 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AB0
as well as 70/170/270/370
Series Micro Panels and • French 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0
• Native drivers
User Manual
in English, Japanese, Korean,
simplified Chinese, traditional
Chinese • German 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
WinCC flexible 2005 ASIA D 6AV6 612-0AA11-1CA5 • English 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
Standard
Floating license, on CD-ROM
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0 4
incl. license key, includes: Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
• Engineering software for con-
figuring 70/170/270/370 Series 5 languages (English, French,
Micro Panels and Panels German, Italian, Spanish);
incl. C7-635/636 contains: all currently available
• Simulation software for communication manuals for
70/170/270/370 Series Micro SIMATIC HMI
Panels and Panels
incl. C7-635/636
• Native drivers
in English, Japanese, Korean,
simplified Chinese, traditional
Chinese
1) A separate license for WinCC flexible/ChangeControl must be
purchased for each engineering station. ■ More information
D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1 Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.de/wincc-flexible
Note
described here? Then look up "customer-specific products",
where you will find information about the Open Platform Program
for the creation of user-specific functions and controls for WinCC
flexible.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/23

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES options
SIMATIC WinCC flexible /ChangeControl
• In machine/special machine construction for project manage-
ment, e.g. delivered customer versions and their modifications
• For saving of intermediate states during complex new develop-
ments or expansions, with rollback facility
• During work for specific orders as basis for calculating costs
for modifications
• In regulated sectors as proof of state of plants or machines and
any modifications made to them
■ Function
• Integral GUI for management of project versions (version tree
with main line and secondary lines for modified project ver-
sions)
• Comparison function for determination of differences between
two project versions, i.e. between the current version and a
saved version
• Modification log can be activated/deactivated and shows who
carried out modifications, and when/which.
• Options for the versioning of configuration data and for tracing Modification reasons can be entered as comments
configuration changes (e.g. as verification in regulated sec-
tors) ■ Ordering data Order No.
• For the engineering tool SIMATIC WinCC flexible Com-
4 pact/Standard/Advanced
• One license is required for each configuration computer
WinCC flexible/ChangeControl
for WinCC flexible 2005
Compact/Standard/Advanced 1)
6AV6 613-6AA01-1AB5
Floating license, option, license

■ Benefits key only
• Consistent saving of configuration data 1) The ChangeControl option has not been released for integrated
- Delivered versions, approved reference states or develop- operation with STEP 7.
ment states are managed in a database.
- Changes to project data can be integrated without problem
into the version management using new versions. A rollback
is possible at any time. Note
- Comparisons between configuration data permit recognition Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
of differences between project versions. described here? Then look up "Customized products", where
• Tracking of modifications in configuration you will find information about the Open Platform Program for the
- The history of changes can be proven for applications requir- creation of user-specific functions and controls for WinCC flexi-
ing interruption-free proof for the complete life cycle of a ble.
product.
4/24 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is the high-performance visu-
alization software for simple visualization tasks at machine level.
It can be used as a single-user solution for all automation appli-
cations in manufacturing automation, process automation and
building services automation.
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime can be used in combination
with the following operator panels:
• SIMATIC Panel PCs
- Panel PC 577
- Panel PC 677
- Panel PC 877
• SIMOTION Panel PCs
- P012K, P015K, P012T, P015T
- PCR, PCR-Touch
• SINUMERIK Panel PCs
- OP010, OP012, OP015
- TP012, TP015, OP015A
• Standard PCs with resolutions (W x H in pixels) of:
• PC-based visualization software for single-user systems at - 640 x 480, 800 x 600, 1024 x 768, 1280 x 1024, 1600 x 1200
the machine
• Executable under Windows 2000/XP Professional ■ Design
• Current version:
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime with 128, 512 or SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is available as a software pack-
2048 PowerTags1) age with 128, 512 and 2048 PowerTags. The term PowerTags is
applied only to process variables that have a process connec- 4
tion to the PLC. Variables with no process link, constant limit
■ Benefits values of variables and messages (up to 4000 bit-triggered mes-
sages) are also available as additional system performance.
• Optimum price/performance ratio thanks to individually scal-
able system functionality The scope of WinCC flexible Runtime functions includes the cen-
• Functions for all visualization tasks: tral HMI components for visualization and signaling, and can be
Operator functions, graphical and plot representations, signal- expanded appropriate to requirements and costs using option
ing system, log system, archiving (option), recipe management packages.
(option), Audit Trail (option), process fault diagnostics (option) SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is configured using the
• Flexible runtime functionality thanks to Visual Basic scripts SIMATIC WinCC flexible Advanced configuration software.
• Innovative service concepts with remote operation, diagnos-
tics and administration via intranet and Internet as well as
e-mail communication to increase availability (option)
• Support for simple distributed automation solutions based on
TCP/IP networks at the machine level (option)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/25

HMI Software
■ Function
Visualization via Windows-compliant user interface Open communication between HMI systems and with
higher-level systems 1)
made up of parameterizable screen objects and image blocks
created on a project-specific basis: • OPC server
• Numeric and alphanumeric input/output fields • Sm@rtAccess for communication between HMI systems based
on Ethernet networks, or via the intranet/Internet:
• Static text and graphic display plus vector graphics
• Read and write access to variables;
• Dynamizable graphics from HMI symbol library WinCC flexible Runtime or SIMATIC Panels make data (vari-
• Bar graph, trend curve graph with scroll and zoom function as ables) available to other SIMATIC Panels or Office applications.
well as read line • A SIMATIC HMI system can be used to control or monitor an-
• Signal-specific text and graphic lists other system remotely;
• Buttons and switches for operator-process communication entry level for client/server configurations for distributed oper-
ator stations or for solutions with headend or control room.
• Editing fields for process values (signals)
• Analog display, slider as example for further screen objects Sm@rtService for remote control, diagnostics and
administration via intranet and Internet 1)
• Project-specific image blocks created from system basic
objects • Display and control of process images on remote PC or Panel
• Graphic displays for various standard graphic formats, e.g., • Sending of e-mails on demand or event-driven
bitmaps, .jpg, .wmf • System diagnostics visualized via device-specific HTML
pages
Alarms and messages
• Discrete alarms and analog messages as well as event-driven 1) Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime; separate runtime licenses
Alarm-S message procedure with SIMATIC S7 must be purchased
• Freely-definable message classes for definition of acknowl-
4 edgment response and display of message events
Archiving of alarms and process values 1)
Functional enhancements in comparison with
ProTool/Pro Runtime V6
• Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases • Expansion of graphic system with addition of variable blocks
• Online evaluation of process value archives through trend and language-specific graphics
curve graphics • Expansion of the signaling system through addition of analog
• Evaluation of alarm logs using e.g., standard Microsoft tools message frame procedure and freely-definable message
classes
Recipes 1)
• Improved access protection according to requirements of reg-
• Generation of data records for machine or production data ulated sectors
• Display or entry of data records via a configurable screen ob- • Access via scripts to runtime screen objects, xP270 and PC
ject or via process images when distributed within the project and higher
• Transmission of data records from or to the PLC • Expanded communication options for operation, service and
• Import/export of CSV files diagnostics
- Multiprotocol support
Documentation of process data, alarm events and recipes - Remote control, diagnostics and administration
• Time- or event-driven report output - Event-driven sending of e-mails
• User-definable layout - Device-specific HTML pages
- HTTP communication between SIMATIC operator panels
Flexible expansion of system function using Visual Basic
script Changes in comparison with ProTool/Pro Runtime V6
• Archiving, messages, OPC server available as optional func-
Language support for multilingual projects tion at reduced basic price
• Recording of operator actions in Audit Trail 1)
• Up to 16 online languages (incl. Asian and Cyrillic)
• Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Language selection during runtime
User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of regulated sectors
• Authentication with user ID and password
• User-group-specific rights
PLC link for a wide variety of PLCs on-board
• Simultaneous connection using several protocols: OPC Client
or SIMATIC HMI HTTP protocol are additive, i.e., can be used
in conjunction with other PLC links
• Communication via native drivers and standard OPC channel
4/26 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible /Audit
System requirements for WinCC flexible Runtime
• Recording of operator actions in an Audit Trail
Operating system Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP • The ChangeControl option supports users in respect of plant
Professional SP1 and SP2 validation.
For multilingual configurations: • Can be checked using security mechanism if changes are
Windows 2000 SP4 MUI, made subsequently.
Windows XP Professional SP1
and SP2 MUI • Simplified compliance with GMP directives
Processor 4) SIMATIC WinCC flexible/OPC Server
• Minimum Pentium II, 233 MHz • Incorporation of automation components from different ven-
dors into a single automation concept
• Communication for data exchange between HMI systems
Graphics and/or higher-level control system
• Minimum VGA • Communication with applications from different vendors,
• Recommended SVGA with hardware acceleration e.g., MES, ERP or applications in the office sector
Resolution SIMATIC WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService
• Minimum 640 x 480 • Remote maintenance and servicing of machines and plant via
• Recommended 1024 x 768 to 1600 x 1200
Internet/intranet
• Event-driven sending of e-mails
RAM 1)
• System diagnostics visualized via device-specific html pages
• Minimum 128 MB
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess
• Flexible solution for access to process data from any location
Hard disk (free memory space)
Diskette drive 3)
2)
≥ 100 MB
3.5"/1.44 MB
• Communication between different SIMATIC HMI systems 4
Note:
CD-ROM for software installation For further information, refer to
"SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options".
1) RAM requirements are determined primarily by the size of the graph-
ics used.
2) Without taking archives into account. SIMATIC WinCC flexible/ProAgent
In addition to the space needed by WinCC flexible, Windows also re- • Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plant and ma-
quires space on the hard disk; e.g., for the swap file. The following for- chines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
mula has proven itself in the past: The size of the swap file = 3 x the
size of the RAM. • Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC com-
For further information, refer to your Windows documentation ponents
3) For the authorization of the runtime software • No further configuration overhead for diagnostics functionality
4) More powerful systems (Pentium 4 and higher) may be required in or- • Frees up PLC capacity with regard to memory and program
der to use options
execution time
Note:
Options For further information, refer to
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/Archives "SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnosis software".
- Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases SIMATIC WinBDE
- Online evaluation of process value archives through trend • With the SIMATIC WinBDE machine data management system,
curve graphics the operator panel becomes the central acquisition and control
- Evaluation of alarm logs using e.g., standard Microsoft tools unit for machine data, permitting comprehensive analyses to
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/Recipes be carried out directly at the machine.
• Generation and management of data records for machine or • The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event
production data of faults, an increase in machine runtimes and proof of the
- Display or entry of data records via a configurable screen ob- availability of production facilities and production units.
ject or via process images when distributed within the project Note:
- Transmission of data records from or to the PLC For further information, refer to "SCADA system SIMATIC
- Import/export of CSV files WinCC/WinCC options"
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/27

HMI Software
■ Integration
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports linking to:
Protocol PC interfaces Protocol PC interfaces
9)
SIMATIC S5 via AS511 (TTY) SIMOTION
10)
S5-90U COM1/COM2 SINUMERIK
S5-95U PLCs from other manufacturers
S5-100U (CPU 100, 102, 103) Allen Bradley (DF1/DH485) 11) COM1/COM2
S5-115U GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX) COM1/COM2
(CPU 941, 942, 943, 944, 945)
LG GLOFA GM COM1/COM2
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B)
Mitsubishi (FX/MP4) COM1/COM2
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948)
Modicon (Modbus) COM1/COM2
SIMATIC S5 via PROFIBUS DP 1)
OMRON (Link/Multilink) COM1/COM2
S5-95U/L2-DP master CP 5511 2) 11) 13)
CP 5512 2) OPC (client + server)
S5-115U CP 5611 2)
(CPU 941, 942, 943, 944, 945) Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM) / CP 1512 7)
V1.0 (XML) client only CP 1612 7)
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B)
HTTP communication for data CP 1512 7)
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948) exchange between SIMATIC HMI CP 1612 7)
(client + server) 12) 13)
SIMATIC S7 via PPI
S7-200 CP 5511 2) 1) WinCC flexible RT is passive (DP slave); the function block required
CP 5512 2) for the link is included in the scope of delivery of WinCC flexible.
CP 5611 2)
4 CP 5613 2)
CP 5613-A2 2)
2) For Panel PC 677/877 and IL 77 via internal MPI interface
3) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download, operating
systems: Windows 2000/XP;
CP 5614 2)
PC/PPI adapter 3) Order No.: 6ES7 901-3CB30-0AX0
4) Constraint with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70
SIMATIC S7 via MPI 5) WinCC flexible RT is active (master); communication with S7 func-
S7-200 (except CPU 212) 4) CP 5511 2) tions
CP 5512 2) 6) Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;
S7-300 CP 5611 2) no configuration download, operating systems: Windows 2000/XP;
S7-400 CP 5613 2) Order No.: 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0 (COM) or 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0
CP 5613-A2 2) (USB)
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher) CP 5614 2) 7) For Panel PC 677/877 and IL 77 via external Ethernet interface
WinAC RTX PC/MPI adapter 6)
PC adapter USB 6) 8) Also required: S7-1613 2005 (6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0)
Teleservice V5.1 9) For further information, see Catalog PM 10
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP 5) 10) "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA" option required; for further infor-
mation, see Catalog NC 60
S7-215 4) CP 5511 2) 11) OPC Client included in scope of delivery, "WinCC flexible/OPC Server
CP 5512 2) for WinCC flexible Runtime" required for OPC Server
S7-300 CPUs CP 5611 2)
with integr. PROFIBUS interface 12) "WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for WinCC flexible Runtime" options
CP 5613 2)
required
S7-300 with CP 342-5 CP 5613-A2 2)
CP 5614 2) 13) OPC and HTTP communication are additive, i.e., can be used in con-
S7-400 CPUs junction with the PLC links listed above
with integr. PROFIBUS interface 14) A Softnet Lean License is supplied with every WinCC flexible 2004
S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467 Runtime package. This means that an Ethernet link to SIMATIC S7
(max. 8 connections) is included in the basic package.
For information about SIMATIC Panels that support OPC/http communi-
WinAC RTX cation, see the overview under "System interfaces".
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP) 14)
S7-200 with CP 243-1 CP 1512 7) Application note
CP 1612 7)
S7-300 with CP 343-1 CP 1613 8) In conjunction with each and every PLC link WinCC flexible Run-
S7-400 with CP 443-1 CP 1613 A2 9) time supports the use of the OPC Client channel; this enables,
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher) for example, connection to an SNMP OPC Server for the purpose
of visualizing the data stored there. The SNMP OPC Server pro-
WinAC RTX vides a means of monitoring network components of any type
SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface (e.g., switches) which support the SNMP protocol. For further in-
formation, see Catalog IK PI.
WinAC Basis (V2.0 and higher) Internal system interface
Note:
WinAC RTX
For further information, see
SIMATIC 505 NITP "HMI devices/System interfaces"
SIMATIC 500/505 RS 232/RS 422 COM1/COM2
SIMATIC 505 via PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC 545/555 with CP 5434 CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
4/28 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
Higher level
visualization system
WinCC
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP
On-site visualization
OPC-Server OPC-Server
OPC-Client
PROFIBUS
3rd Party
4
OPC-Server
G_ST80_EN_00077
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime application example
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/29

HMI Software
Type SIMATIC WinCC flexible Type SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Runtime Runtime
The specifications are Recipes 4) 1000
maximum values
• Elements per recipe 2000 3)
Operating system MS Windows 2000 /
XP Professional • Records per recipe 5000 2)
Diagrams 500 Password protection
• Fields per diagram 400 • User privileges 32
• Variables per diagram 400 • No. of user groups 10
• Static text 30000 Visual Basic scripts 200
• Graphics objects 2000 Online languages, max. 16
• Complex objects per picture 40 Communication

(e.g. bars) SIMATIC S7 MPI interface/
• Trend curves 800 PROFIBUS DP interface
• Graphics lists 1) 500 • Number of connectable partners, WinCC flexible Runtime permits
max. up to 8 connections, depending
1)
• Text lists 500 on the scope of configuration
(communication)
• Number of entries in symbol lists 3500
SIMATIC S7 PPI interface
Variables 2048 3)
• Number of connectable partners, 1 for WinCC flexible Runtime
Messages bit-triggered/analog 4000 / 500 max.
• Message text 80
4 (number of characters)
SIMATIC S5
PROFIBUS DP interface,
• Number of connectable partners, 1 for WinCC flexible Runtime
message max.
• Message buffer size 1024 Multi-protocol operation Yes;
• Pending message events 500 OPC client or SIMATIC HMI HTTP
protocol are additive, that is, they
Archive 4) 100 can be used in combination with
• Archivable data Process values (max. 100) , other controller connections
messages
• Max. number of entries per archive 500000
(incl. sequential archive)
• Archive types Short-term archives, sequential
archives (max. 400 per archive)
• Data storage format CSV (Comma Separated
Variable) and interfacing to
ODBC database (database not
included in scope of supply)
1) Only 500 text and graphics lists in total

2) Depends on the storage medium used
3) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags
4) Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
4/30 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software

SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 Versions for China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan
Runtime
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005
for PC systems; incl. SW ASIA Runtime
for options for PC systems 1)
for PC systems; incl. SW for
Single license, on CD-ROM incl. options for PC systems 1)
authorization, for: Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) D 6AV6 613-1BA01-1CA0 authorization, for:
• 512 PowerTags (RT 512) D 6AV6 613-1DA01-1CA0 • 128 PowerTags (RT 128) D 6AV6 613-1BA11-1CA0
• 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) D 6AV6 613-1FA01-1CA0 • 512 PowerTags (RT 512) D 6AV6 613-1DA11-1CA0
Power Packs • 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) D 6AV6 613-1FA11-1CA0
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 Documentation (must be ordered separately)
Runtime User Manual
Single license, only authorization WinCC flexible Runtime
for PowerTags, from
• German 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AA0
• 128 to 512 PowerTags D 6AV6 613-4BD01-1AD0
• English 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AB0
• 128 to 2048 PowerTags D 6AV6 613-4BF01-1AD0
• French 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AC0
• 512 to 2048 PowerTags D 6AV6 613-4DF01-1AD0
• Italian 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AD0
Upgrade
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AE0
• ProTool/Pro Runtime D 6AV6 613-3BB01-1CE0
128 PowerTags to User Manual
WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime WinCC flexible Communication
128 PowerTags
• ProTool/Pro Runtime D 6AV6 613-3CD01-1CE0
• German
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
4
256 PowerTags to
WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
512 PowerTags Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
• ProTool/Pro Runtime D 6AV6 613-3DD01-1CE0
512 PowerTags to 5 languages
WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime (English, French, German,
512 PowerTags Italian, Spanish);
• ProTool/Pro Runtime D 6AV6 613-3FF01-1CE0 user manuals, manuals and
2048 PowerTags to communication manuals for
WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime SIMATIC HMI
2048 PowerTags
• SIMATIC D 6AV6 613-1XA01-1CE0
WinCC flexible RT 2004 to
WinCC flexible RT 2005
128 PowerTags
incl. runtime options for:
WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess
Sm@rtService
OPC Server
Archives
Recipes
ProAgent
• Panel options: D 6AV6 618-7XX01-1AF0
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004
to WinCC flexible 2005
SIMATIC Panel Options
for WinCC flexible 2005:
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess
for SIMATIC Panel
WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService
for SIMATIC Panel
WinCC flexible OPC Server
for SIMATIC Multi Panel
WinCC flexible ProAgent
for SIMATIC Panel
1) Runtime licenses for WinCC flexible Runtime options must be
purchased separately for each target system.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/31

HMI Software

Communication via Industrial Ethernet Communication via PROFIBUS (continued)
CP 1613 A2 A 6GK1 161-3AA01 CP 5512 6GK1 551-2AA00
PCI card (32 bits) for connecting PCMCIA card (32-bit CARDBUS)
a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet for connecting a PG/Notebook
(communications software must to PROFIBUS or MPI
be ordered separately) (communications software
included in WinCC flexible).
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
Software for S7 and S5 CP 5611 A2 6GK1 561-1AA01
communication, PCI card (32-bit) for connecting a
incl. PG/OP communication, PG/PC to PROFIBUS (communi-
OPC server and NCM PC; cations software included in
up to 120 connections, WinCC flexible basic package)
Runtime software, software and CP 5611 MPI 6GK1 561-1AM01
electronic manualon CD-ROM, Comprising CP 5611 (32-bit)
license key on diskette, Class A, and MPI cable, 5 m
PC/PPI adapter 6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
2000 Professional/Server; RS 232, 9-pin;
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2 male with RS 232/PPI converter,
German/English max. 19.2 kbit/s
CP 1612 A 6GK1 161-2AA00 PC/MPI adapter 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0

PCI card (32 bits) for connecting RS 232, 9-pin;
a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet male with RS 232/MPI converter
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered PC adapter USB 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0
separately).
4 Communication via PROFIBUS
For Windows 2000/XP
CP 5613 A2
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting a
D 6GK1 561-3AA01
PC to PROFIBUS (communica- Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
separately).
CP 5614 A2 D 6GK1 561-4AA01
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS (communica-
separately). http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible
S7-5613 Edition 2005 6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
communication, Note
incl. PG and FDL protocol, Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
OPC server and NCM PC; described here? Then look up "customer-specific products",
where you will find information about the Open Platform Program
electronic manualon CD-ROM, for the creation of user-specific functions and controls for WinCC
license key on diskette, Class A, flexible.
for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO
German/English
4/32 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Archives
• Message and process value archives permit foresighted diag-
nostics which prevents downtimes
• Early detection of danger or fault states
• Increase in product quality and productivity thanks to regular
evaluation of process value and message archives
■ Application
• Further use of archives for evaluation and long-term archiving
• Record of repeated fault states
• Optimization of maintenance cycles
• Ensured quality standards
• Control of quality as well as production capacity utilization
• Documentation of process sequence
■ Function
• Time-controlled, manual or process-controlled relocation of
process values and messages to the long-term archive
• Relocated data read in during runtime, and selective analysis
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime for archiving using WinCC flexible Runtime
process values and messages - Presentation and evaluation of archived process values using
a configurable trend display. Reading the values is supported
• Archiving of process values and messages supports the
acquisition and processing of process data from an industrial
by a read line.
- Presentation and evaluation of archived messages using a
4
plant or machine. Evaluation of the archived process data
configurable message display.
provides information about the operating states of the plant or
- Convenient navigation in the archives
machine
• External evaluation of the archives through standard Microsoft
• One license is necessary for each operator station
tools
• Different types of archive are supported: sequence archives
and short-term archives
• Archiving of process values and messages on external ar-
chiving media supported by Windows
- CSV files
- ODBC databases (e.g. MS-Access)
• Powerful standard functions permit convenient and flexible use
of the archives
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/33

HMI Software
WinCC flexible /Archives

Type WinCC flexible /Archives WinCC flexible /Archives for D 6AV6 618-7ED01-1AB0
WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime 1)
The specifications are maximum
values Single license, license key only
Execution platform SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime WinCC flexible/ D 6AV6 618-7GD01-1AB0
Archives+Recipes for
Operating system MS Windows 2000 Professional / WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime 1)
XP Professional
Single license for each option,
Archive 100 License Key only
• Archivable data Process values (max. 100),
messages 1) One license is required for each operator station.
A license is not required for the engineering system for configuring the
• Cyclic trigger for archiving 1 sec. runtime option.
process values (variables) D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
• Max. number of entries per 500,000 1)
archive (incl. sequential archive)
• Archive types • Short-term archives
Note
• Sequential archives
(max. 400 per archive) Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
• Data storage format CSV (Comma Separated Vari-
you will find information about the Open Platform Program for the
able) and interfacing to ODBC
creation of user-specific functions and controls for WinCC flexi-
database (database not included
ble.
in scope of supply)
1) Depends on the storage medium used
4/34 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC flexible /Recipes
• Generation and management of machine parameters and pro-
duction data on the basis of data sets, and exchange with the
automation equipment, e.g. with the machine
• Clear tabular representation of data elements with support of a
configurable graphic object, or representation in technical re-
lationships for several process graphics
• Simple operator prompting using standard functions
• Export/import of data sets for further processing with other
tools (e.g. MS Excel)
■ Application
• Assignment of plant/machine parameters in the production
industry
• Batch-oriented production, e.g. in the food or plastics industry
■ Function
• Input of data sets (e.g. operating parameters for a machine,
production data for a plastics processing machine) in WinCC
flexible Runtime, their storage, and passing on to the PLC
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime for managing data • Display and input of data sets using a configurable graphics
sets in recipes that contain related machine or production data object, or distributed among several process displays within
the project
• The data of a data set can be transferred, for example, from the
operator panel to the PLC to switch production to a different • Data set elements are coupled to the process using direct link- 4
product version ing of the variables
• One license is necessary for each operator station • Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
• Powerful interfaces permit synchronized exchange of data with
the PLC
• Saving of data sets on local media or on remote data servers
via networks
• Import/export of data sets as CSV files
• Logging of data sets, e.g. as batch report/shift report
• Convenient and flexible management of data sets using pow-
erful standard functions
WinCC flexible recipes and the associated data sets are conve-
niently created using a separate editor in the WinCC flexible
Advanced engineering tool, and assigned default data. A con-
figurable table object is used to display the data during runtime.
Furthermore, the individual data set elements can also be di-
rectly output for several process displays on the basis of stan-
dard input/output boxes. The data can therefore be clearly pre-
sented for the operator in technological layers.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/35

HMI Software
WinCC flexible /Recipes

Type WinCC flexible /Recipes WinCC flexible /Recipes for D 6AV6 618-7FD01-1AB0
The specifications are maximum WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime 1)
values Single license, license key only
Execution platform SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime WinCC flexible/ D 6AV6 618-7GD01-1AB0
Operating system MS Windows 2000 Professional / Archives+Recipes for
1)
XP Professional WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime
Recipes 1000 Single license for each option,

license key only
)
• Entries per recipe 2000 1
1) One license is required for each operator station.
• Records per recipe 5000 2) A license is not required for the engineering system for configuring the
• Useful data length in 8000 KB 2) runtime option.
bytes per data record D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
1) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags.

2) Depends on the storage medium used. ■ More information
Note
ble.
4/36 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC flexible /Audit

• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC WinCC flexible/Audit
Panels for recording operations in an audit trail, and electronic
Archive for Audit Trail • Plug-in Flash memory card on
signature use on the Panel the Panel
• An easy-to-use configuration included as standard in WinCC • on the higher-level PC (storage
flexible 2005 enables you to set: medium) connected to the Panel
- The operator actions to be recorded in the audit trail during via Ethernet
runtime
Archive for Audit Trail use of On the PC (storage medium)
- The important operator actions requiring electronic signa- WinCC flexible Runtime
ture/comments during runtime
Execution platform
• The audit option combined with the ChangeControl option sup-
ports the user with plant validation. • SIMATIC Panels OP 270, TP 270
• Available for the following SIMATIC HMI systems: OP270, • SIMATIC Multi Panels MP 270B, MP 370
TP270, MP270B, MP370, WinCC flexible Runtime • SIMATIC PC SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
• A runtime license is required for every operator control unit Operating system Windows 2000 Professional/
(Panel/PC) XP Professional/Windows CE
• The WinCC flexible Sm@rtAccess and Sm@rtService options
are not released for use with Audit in production plants that
have special quality requirements. ■ Ordering data Order No.
WinCC flexible/Audit for D 6AV6 618-7HB01-1AB0
■ Benefits SIMATIC Panel
Single license, license key only
• Audit supports the user in meeting special quality require- WinCC flexible/Audit for D 6AV6 618-7HD01-1AB0
ments, e.g., WinCC flexible RT 2005
- Production plant requiring validation according to Single license, license key only
21 CFR Part 11 FDA 2)
- In respect of traceability according to EU 175/2002 3) D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
4
• Entries in the audit trail are allocated to individual users.
This ensures that responsibilities can be clearly identified. ■ More information
• The audit trail, stored as a CSV file 1), can be checked via a se-
Note
curity mechanism to find out if subsequent changes have been
made. Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
• For particularly important user actions, e.g., starting produc- you will find information about the Open Platform Program for
tion or loading new recipes, electronic signatures and com- the creation of user-specific functions and controls for WinCC
ments can be configured and then called up and logged dur- flexible.
ing runtime.
• Restrictions:
- WinCC flexible/Audit cannot be used in combination with
Asiatic character sets on panels.
1) CSV Comma Separated Values

2) The FDA (Food and Drug Administration) is the
American public health body
3) 21 CFR Part 11- law on plant validation
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/37

HMI Software
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime plus SIMATIC • Flexible solution for location-independent access to HMI sys-
Panels for communication between various SIMATIC HMI tems and process data
systems. • Reduction in load on fieldbuses:
• Available for the following SIMATIC HMI systems: WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC Panels permit a
- Mobile Panel 177 PN control system, for example, to access the process data. The
- TP 177B PN/DP, OP 177B PN/DP sensitive field level is not loaded by the control level as far as
- OP 270, TP 270 the communications requirements are concerned. The require-
- MP 270B, MP 370 ments are processed by WinCC flexible Runtime and the
- WinCC flexible Runtime SIMATIC Panels.
• Communication between HMI systems is established on the • Simple, fast configuration of communications relationships
basis of Ethernet networks, or via the intranet/Internet: using the WinCC flexible engineering software
- Read and write access to variables;
WinCC flexible Runtime or SIMATIC Panels make data (vari-
ables) available to other SIMATIC Panels or Office applica- ■ Application
tions. • Use of HMI systems at machine level as data servers for
- A SIMATIC HMI system can be used to control or monitor an- higher-level automation components such as control systems
other system remotely; or office systems. For example, process values from various
entry level for client/server configurations for distributed op- machines can be output in a master display.
erator stations or for solutions with headend or control room.
• Control and monitoring of spatially distributed machines with
• Local operation, visualization and data processing is as possi- several operator stations by just one operator
ble as plant-wide access to information or central archiving of
• Operator control and monitoring of HMI systems at machine
process data. Integrated information flows ensure an overview
level from a central station (e.g. the master station of a produc-
of the status of all processes.
tion line, or from a control room)
• One license is required for each operator station.
4
Master Control Station
HTTP Data Client
SIMATIC HMI HTTP Protocol
Industrial Ethernet
Server 1 Server 2 Server 3 Server 4
HTTP Data HTTP Data HTTP Data HTTP Data

Server/Client Server/Client Server/Client Server/Client
PROFIBUS
G_ST80_DE_00070
Communication between HMI systems using Industrial Ethernet:

use of HMI systems at machine level as data servers for higher-level automation components
4/38 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
Sm@rtServer Sm@rtClients
Master Station Operator Station 1 Operator Station x Operator Station n
...
Industrial Ethernet
G_ST80_DE_00071
Application of Sm@rtClient concept: coordinated operation of several operator stations
Master Control Station

Sm@rtClient display
Industrial Ethernet
Server 1 Server 2 Server 3 Server 4
Sm@rtServer Sm@rtServer Sm@rtServer Sm@rtServer
PROFIBUS
G_ST80_DE_00072
Application of Sm@rtClient display: operator control and monitoring of HMI systems used at machine level from a central station
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/39

HMI Software
■ Function ■ Technical specifications

Communication between different SIMATIC HMI systems or Type WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess
between the units of a machine or plant is carried out via The specifications are maximum
Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet on the basis of Sm@rt- values
Access Execution platform
Possible communication relationships: • SIMATIC Panels Mobile Panel 177 PN , OP 270,
• Reading and writing the variables of a SIMATIC HMI system on TP 270, OP 177 PN /DP
the basis of an HTTP protocol • SIMATIC Multi Panels MP 270B, MP 370
- Reading and writing the variables of different HMI systems
- Simple configuring of variables in the HMI client configuration • SIMATIC PC WinCC flexible Runtime
using browsers in the WinCC flexible engineering tool Operating system
- Reading and writing the variables of an HMI system using • for Panels/Multi Panels Windows CE V3.0
standard applications such as MS Excel. Communication is
made possible by embedding a script in the application, on • for WinCC flexible Runtime MS Windows 2000 Professional/
the basis of the SOAP protocol (Simple Object Access Proto- XP Professional
col) superimposed by HTTP Sm@rtAccess
• Remote control of an operator station; SIMATIC HMI HTTP protocol
the HMI application and communication with the PLC are via Number of connections for
the master station. In the case of spatially distributed ma- one client
chines/plants (which require a larger number of operator pan- • for Panels/Multi Panels 8
els), so-called Sm@rtClients can be activated from here which
are then assigned access to the master station and thus to the • for WinCC flexible Runtime 16
process. Access procedures guarantee that only one operator Sm@rtAccess
system can actively access the process at a time. Sm@rtClient concept
- A configurable graphic object (Sm@rtClient display) embed-
Number of Sm@rtClients that can
4 ded in process displays represents the screen of the associ-
ated HMI system (Sm@rtServers)
connect to a Sm@rtServer at the
same time1) 2)
- Powerful standard functions permit convenient and flexible
operation of the display • Mobile Panel 177 PN, 3 for 6” devices
OP 177B PN/DP, TP 177B PN/DP, 2 for 10” devices
Password protection can be optionally activated for access to OP 270/TP 270/MP 270B
variables or for remote operation of an HMI system. as Sm@rtServer
• MP 370 as Sm@rtServer 3 for 12” devices
2 for 15” devices
• for WinCC flexible Runtime 5
Number of Sm@rtClient displays
per screen
• for Panels/Multi Panels 1
• for WinCC flexible Runtime 2
1) Including 1 Service Client

2) The Sm@rtServer and the WinCC flexible/Pro Agent option cannot be
used simultaneously on OP/TP/MP 270/370.

for SIMATIC Panel 1)
Single license, only authorization D 6AV6 618-7AB01-1AB0
for WinCC flexible 2005
Runtime 1)
Single license, only authorization D 6AV6 618-7AD01-1AB0
1) One license is necessary for each operator station.
A license is not required for the engineering system for configuring the
runtime option.
Note
ble.
4/40 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime and SIMATIC Remote operation and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems
Panels for remote maintenance and servicing of machines/ over Industrial Ethernet or over intranet/Internet
plant via the Internet/intranet
• Available for the following SIMATIC HMI systems: For access to an HMI system, Microsoft Internet Explorer
- OP 177B PN/DP, TP 177B PN/DP, Mobile Panel 177 PN, V6.0 SP1 and higher is all that is required.
OP 270, TP 270 Integrated web server to provide standard HTML pages
- MP 270B, MP 370 The following functions can be accessed from the Homepage:
- WinCC flexible Runtime • Remote operation of the HMI system over the intranet/Internet
• One license is required for each operator station but not for the with the Internet Explorer
Remote Service PC. • Starting and stopping HMI runtime for maintenance purposes
• Remote access to recipe data sets, passwords and information
■ Benefits specific to the HMI system
• Fast elimination of faults and downtimes, thus increase in • Access to the files of the HMI system using the file explorer
productivity through global access to machines/plants by the • Downloading configuration data from the intranet/Internet
servicing and maintenance personnel
• Supplement with own HTML pages
• Avoidance of costly visits by personnel
Sending e-mails to the maintenance personnel over SMTP
server (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)
■ Application • Events that trigger sending of an e-mail:
• Remote maintenance and servicing of machines and plants via - Message of a message class
Internet/intranet - Configurable standard functions: changes in value of a vari-
• Calling of system information, control of target systems, and able, operation of a function key, scripts, etc.
updating of data sets via Internet/intranet • Possible contents of an e-mail
• Automatic sending of e-mails to experts for fast elimination of
faults
- Title
- Message text with process variables
4
- date/time
• Optional implementation of e-mail/text message gateways
supports access to standard networks (external service pro-
vider is necessary)
Standard functions support convenient use of maintenance and
service functions. With WinCC flexible, maintenance and service
functions can be configured quickly and easily.
Password protection can be activated for access to the HMI sys-
tem as an option. Different passwords can be configured for dif-
ferent functions.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/41

HMI Software
Engineering Station Case 2:
Engineering Station PC/PG Operator control and
PC/PG monitoring using the
Internet/Intranet with access
to the complete device;
accesss to soft keys
and function keys
Case 1:
using the Miicrosoft Internet Explorer
ISDN/DSL
Modem/Router
Industrial Ethernet
TCP/IP
ISDN/DSL
Modem/Router
4 Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS

G_ST80_DE_00073
G_ST80_DE_00076
Remote operation and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems over Remote operation and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems over
Industrial Ethernet or over intranet/Internet Industrial Ethernet or over intranet/Internet
SMTP-Server ISDN/DSL
Engineering Station Modem/Router
Internet
PC/PG Service
Provider
ISDN/DSL
Modem/
Router Industrial
Ethernet
TCP/IP
WWW, MES,
Office area
ISDN/DSL
Modem
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS
G_ST80_DE_00075
G_ST80_DE_00074
Remote operation and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems over Sending e-mails to the maintenance personnel over SMTP server
Industrial Ethernet or over intranet/Internet (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)
4/42 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software

Type WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService
for SIMATIC Panels 1)
Execution platform
Single license, only authorization D 6AV6 618-7BB01-1AB0
• SIMATIC Panels OP 177B PN/DP, TP 177B PN/DP,
Mobile Panel 177 PN, OP 270, WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService
TP 270 for WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
• SIMATIC Multi Panels MP 270B, MP 370 Single license, only authorization D 6AV6 618-7BD01-1AB0
• SIMATIC PC SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime 1) One license is required for each operator station.
Operating system The remote service PC and engineering system do not require a
license for configuring the runtime option.
• for Panels/Multi Panels Windows CE V3.0 D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
• for WinCC flexible Runtime MS Windows 2000 Profes-
sional/XP Professional
Sm@rtService 1)
Note
Remote access via Internet Explorer V6.0 SP1 and
higher Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
HTML pages
• for Panels/Multi Panels HTML V1.1 (no support for creation of user-specific functions and controls for WinCC flexi-
ActiveX, Java, ASP) ble.
• for WinCC flexible Runtime HTML V1.1
Sending e-mails • via SMTP server
• Subject, message texts with
250 characters of text per
e-mail; date/time of message,
message no.
4
1) The Sm@rtServer and the WinCC flexible /Pro Agent option cannot be
used simultaneously on OP/TP/MP 270/370.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/43

HMI Software
WinCC flexible /OPC Server
■ Overview
Higher-level
visualization system
WinCC
OPC-Client
On-site visualisation
OPC-Server OPC-Server OPC-Server
OPC-Client
4 PROFIBUS
3rd Party
OPC-Server
G_ST80_DE_00078
SIMATIC S7-400
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime as well as multi

panels for communication with applications (e.g. MES, ERP, or ■ Benefits
applications in the office sector) from different vendors • Incorporation of automation components from different ven-
• Available for the following SIMATIC HMI systems: dors into an automation concept
- MP 270B, MP 370 (use of OPC based on XML) • Saving of development costs through communication between
- WinCC flexible Runtime (use of OPC based on DCOM) automation systems based on a homogeneous, uniform proto-
• One license is necessary for each operator station col
• Reduction in load on fieldbuses:
WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC Panels permit a
control system, for example, to access the process data.
The sensitive field level is not loaded by the control level as far
as the communications requirements are concerned. The re-
quirements are processed by WinCC flexible Runtime and the
SIMATIC Panels.
4/44 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC flexible /OPC Server
■ Application ■ Technical specifications

OPC (OLE for Process Control) is a standardized, open, uniform Type WinCC flexible/OPC Server
and multi-vendor software interface. OPC is based on the Win- The specifications are maximum
dows technology of COM (Component Object Model), DCOM values
(Distributed COM) or on XML. Execution platform
Windows-based systems such as SIMATIC Panel PC or SIMATIC • SIMATIC Multi Panels MP 270B, MP 370
Multi Panels are used for tasks at the machine and process lev-
els, and can communicate with all OPC-compatible applications • SIMATIC Standard PC SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
via Ethernet using TCP/IP and OPC. WinCC flexible Runtime or Operating system
the SIMATIC Multi Panel (OPC server) provide data for one or • for Multi Panels Windows CE V3.0
more OPC clients. As a result, local visualization and data pro-
cessing are possible to the same extent as plant-wide calling of • for WinCC flexible Runtime MS Windows 2000 Professional/
information or archiving of process data. Uniform flows of infor- XP Professional
mation guarantee an overview of the status of all processes. OPC server
Communication with OPC-compatible applications from different • XML server for Multi Panels Supports the OPC XML Data
vendors (e.g. MES, ERP, or applications in the office sector) is Access specification V1.0 1)
possible. • DCOM server for WinCC flexible Supports the OPC Data Access
Runtime specification V1.0a and V2.0
OPC Foundation
• Number of connections that an 8
Additional information can be found in the Internet under: OPC server can accommodate
1) Data access via XML has a functional scope that is similar to OPC
Data Access. A software adapter is required that must be installed on
the OPC client PC to enable DCOM-based OPC clients to access the
OPC XML server without any modification. The software adapter is in-
http://www.opcfoundation.org
cluded in the scope of supply of the ”WinCC flexible/OPC server op-
tion for SIMATIC Multi Panels”. 4
■ Function ■ Ordering data Order No.
• Use of a visualization system as a data server (OPC server) for WinCC flexible/OPC Server for
higher-level automation components such as control systems SIMATIC Multi Panels 1)
or office systems Single license, license key only D 6AV6 618-7CC01-1AB0
- OPC-XML server for multi panels
- OPC server (DCOM) for WinCC flexible Runtime WinCC flexible/OPC Server for
WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
• The WinCC flexible engineering system can conveniently se-
lect a desired OPC item from the variables function of the OPC Single license, license key only D 6AV6 618-7CD01-1AB0
server using an OPC browser (component of the OPC server). 1) A license is required for each operator station.
To do this, the OPC server must be started and must be acces- The engineering system does not require a license for configuring the
sible for the engineering system. runtime option.
Note
ble.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/45

HMI Software
WinCC flexible /ProAgent
■ Overview
• Targeted and rapid process diagnostics in plants and ma-

ponents
• No further configuration overhead for diagnostics functionality
execution time
Note:
4/46 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC flexible /ProAgent

WinCC flexible /ProAgent Note
Software option package for Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
process diagnostics based on described here? Then look up "Customized products", where
S7-PDIAG V5.1 and higher, you will find information about the Open Platform Program for the
S7-HighGraph V5.3 and higher;
S7-GRAPH V5.2 and higher, func-
tional enhancement for SIMATIC ble.
WinCC flexible; electronic docu-
mentation in English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish
• WinCC flexible/ProAgent for D 6AV6618-7DB01-1AB0
SIMATIC Panels 1)
Runtime license (single license)
executable on: TP/OP 270,
MP 270B and MP 370
• WinCC flexible/ProAgent for D 6AV6618-7DD01-1AB0
WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
on CD-ROM
5 languages
Italian and Spanish); contains: all
currently available user manuals,
4
manuals for SIMATIC HMI
1) One license is required for each operator station.
The engineering system does not require a license for configuring the
runtime option.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/47

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC SCADA system
SIMATIC WinCC
• Suitable for universal use
Multilingual solutions for all industries for use all over the world,
can be integrated into any automation solution
• All HMI functions are on-board
User management, operator control and monitoring, reporting,
acknowledgement and archiving of events, acquisition, com-
pression and archiving of measured values (incl. backup), log-
ging and documenting of process and configuration data
• Quick and easy to configure
Configuration wizards create scope for essential tasks thanks
to cross-reference list and screen properties display, configu-
ration of multilingual applications, configuration tool for config-
uring mass data
• Integrated scalability
Can be expanded from single-user to client-server configura-
tions, increased availability thanks to redundant server, pro-
cess visualization via the Web with the WinCC WebNavigator
• Open standards make integration easy
- MS SQL Server 2000
• PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualiz- - powerful real-time database, ActiveX-Controls
ing and operating processes, production flows, machines and - open for application modules, Visual Basic for Applications
plants in all sectors – with the simple single-user station - for individual enhancements, OLE for Process Control
through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant - for cross-vendor communication
servers and cross-location solutions with Web clients. WinCC • Process visualization with Plant Intelligence
4 is the information hub for corporation-wide vertical integration.
• The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software) in-
Integrated powerful Historian based on Microsoft SQL Server
2000, integrated evaluation function for online analysis (statis-
cludes industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowl- tical process control), production optimization with the assis-
edging events, archiving of messages and measured values, tance of various options
logging of all process and configuration data, user administra- • Can be expanded using options and add-ons
tion and visualization. Options for scalable configurations, options for increased
• The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of availability, options for IT & Business integration, options for
different applications. Based on the open programming inter- SCADA enhancements, options for validation acc. to FDA 21
faces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens A&D) and CFR Part 11
WinCC add-ons have been developed (by Siemens-internal • Part of Totally Integrated Automation
and external partners). Direct access to SIMATIC PLC variable and message configu-
• Current versions: ration, integrated diagnostics functions for increased produc-
- SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP3: tivity
Runs under Windows XP Professional/Windows 2003 Server
and Windows 2000
- SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP2: ■ Application
Runs under Windows NT 4.0/2000 SIMATIC WinCC is designed for visualizing and operating pro-
cesses, production flows, machines and plants. With its powerful
process interfaces (to the SIMATIC range in particular) and se-
cure data archiving, WinCC provides fault-tolerant solutions for
instrumentation and control.
The non-sector-specific basic system can be implemented uni-
versally in all automation applications. Sector-specific solutions
can be implemented, for example, using WinCC options (e.g.
FDA options for the pharmaceuticals industry) and sector-spe-
cific add-ons (e.g. for water processing).
4/48 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Design WinCC editors Task or configurable

runtime functionality
SIMATIC WinCC is available as a complete package and as a
WinCC Explorer Centralized project management
runtime package with 128, 256, 1024 and 64K PowerTags (for for fast access to all project data
WinCC V6 additionally: 8K PowerTags). Only data points which and central settings
have a connection to PLCs or other data sources via a WinCC
channel are referred to as PowerTags. Up to 32 signals can be WinCC Graphics Designer Graphics system for user-defined
visualization and operation via
derived from one data point. Furthermore, internal variables pixel-graphic objects
without a coupling are available as additional system perfor-
mance. WinCC V6 additionally contains 512 archive variables. WinCC Alarm Logging Signaling system for detecting
The archive variables can be upgraded using Archive Power- and archiving events with display
packs. and control options according to
DIN 19235; freely selectable mes-
Licenses for a multi-user configuration sage classes, message display
and logging
The system software must be installed on the server with the
WinCC Tag Logging Process archiving for the acquisi-
required number of PowerTags as well as the WinCC/Server option, compression and storage of
tion. In the basic configuration, an RT128 license is adequate for measured values, e.g., presenta-
the clients. An RC128 license is, however, required for configu- tion in trend and table format as
ration on the clients. well as further processing
WinCC Report Designer Report and log system for time-
■ Function and event-controlled documenta-
tion of messages, operator inter-
The powerful configuration functions of SIMATIC WinCC contrib- ventions and current process
ute to a reduced engineering and training overhead and lead to data in the form of user reports or
project documentation in a freely
a more flexible use of personnel and greater operational reliabil- selectable layout
ity. If you are familiar with Microsoft Windows, you will be able to
master WinCC Explorer, WinCC’s central control point. WinCC User Administrator Tool for user-friendly administra-
In combination with other SIMATIC components, the system

WinCC Global Script
tion of users and authorizations
Processing functions with limitless
4
makes use of additional functions such as process error diagno- functionality by means of the use
sis and maintenance. All SIMATIC engineering tools work to- of VBScript and ANSI-C
gether when functions are configured.
SIMATIC WinCC offers a complete base functionality for process Interfaces
visualization and operation. To this end WinCC has a number of Task or configurable
editors and interfaces that can be used to individually configure runtime functionality
this functionality according to application.
Communication channels For communication with subordi-
nate controls (SIMATIC protocols,
PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS FMS,
DDE and OPC server in the scope
of delivery)
Standard interfaces For the open integration of other
Windows applications via WinCC,
WinCC-OLE-DB, ActiveX, OLE,
DDE, OPC, etc.)
Programming interfaces For individual access to WinCC
data and functions and for inte-
gration in user programs with
VBA, VB Script, C-API (ODK),
C-Script (ANSI-C)
Compatibility
WinCC version Windows NT4.0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows XP Windows server Internet Explorer
SP6a Professional; Professional Professional SP2 2003
Server; Advanced
Server; with SP2,
SP3, SP4
V5.1 SP2 1) • • – – – IE V5.5 ; IE V6.0,
IE V6.0 SP1
V6.0 SP3 1) – • • • • IE V6.0 SP1
V5.1 ASIA 2) • • 3) – – – IE V6.0
V6.0 SP3 ASIA 2) – • • • • IE V6.0 SP1
1) Released for Microsoft operating systems with English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, MUI language options
2) Released for Microsoft operating systems with English, Japanese, Korean, MUI, simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese language options
3) Only released for SP2
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/49

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Integration
Integration in enterprise-wide solutions Mixed operation with different PLCs
(IT and Business Integration)
With their multiprotocol stack, CP 1613 and CP 5613 communi-
WinCC is based on Microsoft technologies, ensuring maximum cations processors support the parallel operation of two proto-
openness and scope for integration. ActiveX controls support cols, e.g., for mixed operation of a variety of PLCs, via a bus
technology- and sector-specific expansions. Even cross-vendor cable. WinCC supports the operation of two interface boards of
communication is made easy. Why? Because WinCC is OPC- the same type only in conjunction with the following channels:
compliant and can, therefore, be used as an OPC client and SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7
server. Furthermore, in addition to access to current process val- Protocol Suite (2 x CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) and PROFIBUS DP
ues, it also supports standards such as OPC HDA (Historical (4 x CP 5613; max. 122 slaves per CP 5613). In addition to com-
Data Access) and OPC Alarm & Events. Other important fea- munication via Industrial Ethernet CP 1613 or PROFIBUS
tures include: Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) for user-spe- CP 5613 one CP 5511 or CP 5611 can be used for communica-
cific expansions to the WinCC Graphics Designer and Visual Ba- tion with SIMATIC S7 via MPI.
sic Scripting (VBS) as an easy-to-learn, open runtime language.
Professional application developers can also use ANSI-C on re- Client/server communication
quest. What’s more, the ODK (Open Development Kit) makes ac- Communication between the clients and server takes place on
cess to APIs really easy. TCP/IP. We recommend setting up a separate PC LAN. For small
For the first time, the WinCC V6 basic system features an inte- projects with a correspondingly low volume of message frames,
grated powerful and scalable Historian function based on the a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process
Microsoft SQL Server 2000. The possibilities thereby afforded to communication (WinCC/Server ↔ PLC) and for PC-PC commu-
users are endless: From high-performance archiving of current nication (WinCC/Client ↔ WinCC/Server).
process data through long-term archiving with high data com- Communication redundancy
pression and beyond to a central information hub in the form of
an enterprise-wide Historian Server. Versatile clients and tools WinCC itself does not support redundant LAN interfaces. The
for evaluation, open interfaces, special options (Connectivity S7-REDCONNECT software package is required for the redun-
dant connection of PCs via 2 x Industrial Ethernet on SIMATIC
4 Pack , IndustrialDataBridge, Client Access licenses) provide the
basis for effective IT and Business Integration. S7. This connects the SIMATIC S7 with applications on the PC,
e.g., SIMATIC WinCC. Pure communications redundancy can
Integration in automation solutions also be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog IK PI).
(valid for WinCC V6.0 and higher)
Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP
WinCC is an open process visualization system and supports
the connection of all types of PLC. In accordance with the PROFIBUS standard, there is always a
fixed assignment between DP/slaves and a DP master, i.e., a
Released communications software second WinCC station (DP/master) cannot have access to the
same PLCs (DP/slave). This means that redundant operation of
Only communications software with the versions listed (or two WinCC stations using the PROFIBUS-DP link is not possible.
higher) can be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET updates are
available for upgrading older versions and releases (these are Connection to third-party PLCs:
supplied with the WinCC basic package/upgrade).
OPC (OLE for Process Control) is recommended for the connec-
Number of connectable PLCs tion of third-party PLCs.
The number of PLCs that can be connected via Industrial For up-to-date instructions and information about OPC servers
Ethernet CP 1613 with a maximum message-frame length of from all vendors, please visit:
512 KB is determined as follows: http://www.opcfoundation.org/05_man.asp
WinCC supports the following standards:
Type of connection Number of stations • OPC Data Access 1.1
• OPC Data Access 2.0
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet up to 60 • OPC Data Access 3.0
Layer 4 + TCP/IP
• OPC XML Data Access (Connectivity Pack)
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF up to 60
• OPC HDA V1.0 (Connectivity Pack)
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite up to 64
• OPC A&E V1.02 (Connectivity Pack)
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet up to 60
Layer 4 + TCP/IP
Up to 8 (with CP 5611) or up to 44 (CP 5613) PLCs can be con-
nected via PROFIBUS. The use of Industrial Ethernet is recom-
mended for approx. 10 PLCs and more.
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-connectivity
4/50 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
Overview of interfaces (WinCC V6.0 and higher)
Protocol Description
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions via MPI, PROFIBUS or Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for S5-Layer 4 communication + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Channel DLL for S5-TF communication
SIMATIC S5 Programmer Port AS511 Channel DLL and driver for serial communication with S5 via AS511 protocol on programmer port
SIMATIC S5 Serial 3964R Channel DLL and driver for serial communication with S5 via RK512 protocol
SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL Channel DLL for S5-FDL
SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505 Serial Channel DLL and driver for serial communication with 505 via NITP/TBP protocol on
SIMATIC 535/545/555/565/575
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for 505-Layer 4 communication
SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP Channel DLL for 505-TCP/IP communication
Cross-vendor
Windows DDE Channel DLL for DDE communication, WinCC can acquire data from DDE server applications
OPC client 1) Channel DLL for OPC communication, WinCC can acquire data from OPC server applications
OPC server Server applications for OPC communication; WinCC makes process data available for OPC clients 4
PROFIBUS FMS Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS DP Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
1) Application note:
The parallel use of the OPC client channel supports, for example, connection to an SNMP OPC Server
for the purpose of visualizing the data stored there.
The SNMP OPC Server provides a means of monitoring network components of any type (e.g., switches)
which support the SNMP protocol. For further information, see Catalog IK PI.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/51

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
Components for communication between PG/PC and SIMATIC (WinCC V6.0 and higher)
Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC Order No.
S5 S5 S5 S7 505 505
Ethernet Ethernet TCP/IP Protocol Ethernet TCP/IP 1)
(TF) Layer 4 Suite Layer 4
WinCC – Channel DLL
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF • Included in the
Channel DLL basic package
for S5-TF communication
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 • • Included in the
Channel DLL for S5-Layer 4 commu- basic package
nication + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite • Included in the
Channel DLL for S7 functions basic package
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 • Included in the
for 505 Layer 4 communication
SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP 1) • Included in the
for 505 TCP/IP communication
Communication components for OS/OP expansion
CP 1612 • • • 6GK1 161-2AA00
PCI card for connecting a PG/PC
4 to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7
must be ordered separately)
CP 1512 • • • 6GK1 151-2AA00
PCI card (Cardbus 32-bit) for
connecting a PG/PC to Industrial
Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 must be
ordered separately)
SOFTNET-S7 2005 • • 6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
Communications software for
S7 functions (max. 64 connections)
• for Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
SOFTNET-S7 Lean 2005 • • 6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
S7 functions (max. 8 connections)
CP 1613 • • • • • • 6GK1 161-3AA00
to Industrial Ethernet (communica-
separately)
CP 1613 A2
• • • • • • 6GK1 161-3AA01
to Industrial Ethernet (communica-

separately)
S7-1613 2005 • • • • 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP
TF-1613 2005
• • • • 6GK1 716-1TB63-3AA0
TF functions and S5/505 Layer 4

communication with TCP/IP
• for Windows 2000/XP
• System interface possible
1) Via any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface; Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
no separate communications software required
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/de/14627901
4/52 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
Components for communication between PG/PC and SIMATIC (WinCC V6.0 and higher)
PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC S7 PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS FMS Order No.
PROFIBUS FDL Protocol Suite
WinCC – Channel DLL
SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS FDL
Channel DLL for S5-FDL
• Included in the
basic package
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite • Included in the
Channel DLL for S7 functions basic package
PROFIBUS DP • Included in the
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP basic package
PROFIBUS FMS • Included in the
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS basic package
Communication components for OS/OP expansion
CP 5611 • 6GK1 561-1AA00
PC card for connecting a PG/PC to
PROFIBUS or MPI (communications
software included in the WinCC basic
package)
CP 5511 • 6GK1 551-1AA00
PCMCIA card (16-bit) for connecting
a PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI (com-
munications software included in the
WinCC basic package)
CP 5512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32-bit) for
• 6GK1 551-2AA00 4
connecting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS or
MPI (communications software
included in the WinCC basic pack-
age)
PC/MPI adapter
RS 232, 9-pin;
• 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
male with RS 232/MPI converter

max. 19.2 kbit/s
CP 5613 • • • • 6GK1 561-3AA00
PCI card for connecting a PG/PC to
PROFIBUS (communications soft-
ware must be ordered separately)
CP 5613 A2 • • • • 6GK1 561-3AA01
PCI card for connecting a PC to
PROFIBUS (communications soft-
ware must be ordered separately)
S7-5613 2005 • • 6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
S7 functions + FDL
DP-5613 2005 • • 6GK1 713-5DB63-3AA0
DP master + FDL
FMS-5613 2005 • • 6GK1 713-5FB63-3AA0
PROFIBUS-FMS + FDL
• System interface possible
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/de/14628484
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/53

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
Communication examples
Standard-PC
with WinCC SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS (S7 functions)
WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k - CP 5613-A2
6GK1 561-3AA01
- S7 5613
(communications software)
6GK1 713-5CB62-3AA0
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300
- IM 467 (DP/M, S7)

6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0 - CP 342-5 (DP, S7, S/R)
6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
- CP 443-5 Extended
(DP/M, S7, S/R) - CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)
4 6GK7 443-5DX03-0XE0
- CP 443-5 Basis (FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0
- NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual
6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0 (SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
- NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual Manual
Manual
(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
G_ST80_XX_00010
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS with S7 communication
Standard-PC
SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet (S7 functions)
with WinCC WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k - CP 1613
6GK1 161-3AA00
- S7 1613
6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0
Industrial Ethernet
- CP 443-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP

6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0 - CP 343-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP
6GK7 343-1EX11-0XE0
- CP 443-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7 443-1GX11-0XE0 - CP 343-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7 343-1GX11-0XE0
- NCM S7 manual
Industrial Ethernet - NCM S7 manual
(SIMATIC NET CD bzw. Industrial Ethernet
Internet Download) (SIMATIC NET CD or
Manual Manual Internet Download)
G_ST80_XX_00011
WinCC single-user system: Industrial Ethernet with S7 communication
4/54 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
Standard PC
with WinCC SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS
WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k - CP 5613-A2
6GK1 561-3AA01
+ FMS channel DLL
- FMS-5613
6GK1 713-5FB62-3AA0
PROFIBUS FMS
SIMATIC S5-
115/135/155U

- CP 343-5 - CP 443-5 Basic
(FMS, S7, S/R) (FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0 6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0
4
- CP 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1 543-1AA01
G_ST80_XX_00012
- COM 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS FMS
without + TCP/IP up to 4 clients

operator controls: WinCC interface module WinCC with operator
WInCC Server/Standard PC
with WinCC WinCC 32 clients (e.g. CP 1612) controls
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k + 3 Web clients
or
+ server option
50 Web clients
+ TCP/IP interface module Client Client
+ 1 client
(e.g. CP 1612)
Server TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP
PROCESS BUS (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS)
This allows you to set up the following application examples

- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7-functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7-functions
G_ST80_DE_00013
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS
WinCC multi-user system with operator-controllable server (for WinCC V6)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/55

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
Higher-level
visualisation system - OPC server functionality
WinCC (included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP interface board
required
OPC-Client
- OPC server On-site visualization - OPC server

functionality OPC-Server OPC-Server functionality
(included in ProTool/ (included in
ProTool/Pro Pro WinCC
Runtime basic package)
basic package) - TCP-IP interface
board
required
4 - integrated
PROFIBUS OPC-Client
- OPC server
OPC-Server
PROFIBUS functionality
interface (included in
WinCC
basic package)
- OPC server
required for
interfacing with
G_ST80_DE_00015
SIMATIC S7-300 Third-party PLCs third-party PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400
OPC link
4/56 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
Type SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP2 SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP3
Operating system Windows NT4.0/ Windows XP Professional/
Windows 2000 Windows 2000 Professional, Windows 2000 Server
and Windows 2003 Server
Additional WebClient: Additional WebClient/Dat@Monitor Client:
Windows 98, Windows NT4.0/
Windows ME, Windows XP Home,
Windows 2000 terminal services Windows 2000 terminal services
PC hardware requirements
Processor type 1)
• Minimum Pentium II, 400 MHz Single-user station/server:

Pentium III, 800 MHz
Central archive server:
Pentium IV, 2 GHz
Client:
WebClient/Dat@Monitor Client:
• Recommended Pentium III, 400 MHz Single-user station/server:
Pentium IV, 1400 MHz
Central archive server:
Pentium IV, 2.5 GHz
Client: Pentium III, 800 MHz
WebClient/Dat@Monitor Client:
Pentium III, 800 MHz 4
Main memory RAM
• Minimum ≥ 128/256 MB (single-user station/server), Single-user station/server: 512 MB
≥ 128 MB (client) 2) Central archive server: 1 GB
Client: 256 MB
WebClient/Dat@Monitor Client: 128 MB
• Recommended ≥ 256 MB (single-user station/server), Single-user station/server: 1 GB
≥ 256 MB (client) 2) Central archive server: ≥ 1 GB
Client: 512 MB
WebClient/Dat@Monitor Client: 256 MB
Graphics card
• Minimum SVGA (4 MB), 800 x 600 SVGA (16 MB), 800 x 600
• Recommended XGA (8 MB), 1024 x 768 SXGA (32 MB), 1280 x 1024
Hard disk
• Minimum > 3 GB Single-user station/server: 20 GB
Client: 5 GB
WebClient/Dat@Monitor Client: 5 GB
• Recommended > 3 GB Single-user station/server: 80 GB
Client: 20 GB
WebClient/Dat@Monitor Client: 10 GB
• Hard disk (free memory space
for installation)
- Minimum 650 MB Server: 1 GB
Client: 700 MB
- Recommended ≥ 650 MB Server: > 10 GB
Client: > 1.5 GB
CD-ROM/DVD-ROM/diskette drive for software installation for software installation
1) An AMD system with comparable performance can also be used

2) Online configuration requires at least another 32 MB.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/57

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC

Type SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP2 SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP3
Functionality/Quantity framework
Messages (number) 50.000 50.000
• Message text 10 x 256 10 x 256
(number of characters)
• Alarm log > 500,000 messages 1) > 500,000 messages 1)
• Process values per message 10 10
• Continuous load messages, max. 2 /s Central archive server: 100/s
Server/single-user station: 10 /s
• Burst of messages, max. 2000 in 10 minutes Central archive server. 15,000/10 sec. every 5 min
Server/single-user station: 2000/10 sec. every 5 min
Archives
• Archive-data points Max. 30,000 per server Max. 80,000 per server 2)
• Archive types Short-term, sequence archives Short-term archive with and
without long-term archiving
• Data storage format Sybase SQL 7 or Dbase III 3) Microsoft SQL Server 2000
• Measured values per second, Server/single-user station: 360/s (500/s dBase III) Central archive server: 10,000 /s
max.
Server/single-user station: 5,000 /s
User archive
• Archives (recipes) 500 System-limited 1)
4 • Data records per user archive

• Fields per user archive
65,536
500 4)
4) 65,536 4)
500 4)
Graphics system
• Number of screens System-limited 1) System-limited 1)
1)
• Number of objects per screen System-limited System-limited 1)
1)
• Number of controllable fields per System-limited System-limited 1)
screen
Process variables 64 K 5) 64 K 5)
Trends
• Curve windows per image 8 25
• Curves per curve window 15 80
User administration
• User groups 28 128
• Number of users 128 128
• Authorization groups 999 999
Runtime languages > 9 per project > 9 per project
Configuration languages 5 European (eng, fre, ger, ita, spa), 5 European (eng, fre, ger, ita, spa),
4 Asian (simpl.+trad. chi/kor/jpn) 4 Asian (simpl.+trad. chi/kor/jpn)
Reports
• Message sequence reports 1 per server/single-user station 1 per server/single-user station
(concurrent)
• Message archive reports 1 3
(concurrent)
• Application reports System-limited 1) System-limited 1)
• Report lines per group 66 66
• Variables per report 300 6) 300 6)
Multi-user station
• Server 6 12
• Clients for server with operator 3 4
station
• Clients for server without operator 16 32 clients + 3 WebClients or
station 50 WebClients + 1 client
1) Dependent on available memory space 5) Dependent on number of licensed PowerTags

2) Dependent on number of licensed archive variables 6) The number of variables per report is dependent on
3) Dbase III only with TagLogging short-term archives process communication performance
4) The product of the number of fields and number of data sets
must not exceed a value of 320,000
4/58 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC

SIMATIC WinCC system software V5.1 SP2 SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.0 SP3
Runtime packages on CD-ROM Runtime packages on CD-ROM
Language versions: Language/script versions:
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES; with license for DE/EN/FR/IT/ES; with license for
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 6AV6 381-1BC05-1CX0 • 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 6AV6 381-1BC06-0DX0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 6AV6 381-1BD05-1CX0 • 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 6AV6 381-1BD06-0DX0
• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) 6AV6 381-1BE05-1CX0 • 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) 6AV6 381-1BE06-0DX0
• 64K PowerTags (RT Max) 6AV6 381-1BF05-1CX0 • 8 K PowerTags (RT 8K) 6AV6 381-1BH06-0DX0
Complete packages on CD-ROM • 64 K PowerTags (RT Max) 6AV6 381-1BF06-0DX0
Language versions: Incl. 512 archive tags each
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES; with license for
Complete packages on CD-ROM
• 128 PowerTags (RC 128) 6AV6 381-1BM05-1CX0
Language versions:
• 256 PowerTags (RC 256) 6AV6 381-1BN05-1CX0 DE/EN/FR/IT/ES; with license for
• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) 6AV6 381-1BP05-1CX0 • 128 PowerTags (RC 128) 6AV6 381-1BM06-0DX0
• 64 K PowerTags (RC Max) 6AV6 381-1BQ05-1CX0 • 256 PowerTags (RC 256) 6AV6 381-1BN06-0DX0
SIMATIC WinCC system software V5.1 ASIA • 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) 6AV6 381-1BP06-0DX0
Runtime packages on CD-ROM • 8 K PowerTags (RC 8K) 6AV6 381-1BS06-0DX0
Language/script versions: • 64 K PowerTags (RC Max) 6AV6 381-1BQ06-0DX0
English/simplified and traditional
Chinese/Korean/Japanese; Incl. 512 archive tags each
with license for
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 6AV6 381-1BC05-1AV0
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.0 SP3 ASIA
Runtime packages on CD-ROM
4
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 6AV6 381-1BD05-1AV0 Language versions:
• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) 6AV6 381-1BE05-1AV0 English/simplified and traditional
Chinese/Korean/Taiwanese/Japa-
• 64 K PowerTags (RT Max) 6AV6 381-1BF05-1AV0 nese; with license for
Complete packages on CD-ROM • 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 6AV6 381-1BC06-0DV0
Language/script versions: • 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 6AV6 381-1BD06-0DV0
English/simplified and traditional
Chinese/Korean/Japanese; • 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) 6AV6 381-1BE06-0DV0
with license for • 8 K PowerTags (RT 8K) 6AV6 381-1BH06-0DV0
• 128 PowerTags (RC 128) 6AV6 381-1BM05-1AV0 • 64 K PowerTags (RT Max) 6AV6 381-1BF06-0DV0
• 256 PowerTags (RC 256) 6AV6 381-1BN05-1AV0 Incl. 512 archive tags each
• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) 6AV6 381-1BP05-1AV0 Complete packages on CD-ROM
• 64 K PowerTags (RC Max) 6AV6 381-1BQ05-1AV0 Language versions:
SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 Power Packs English/simplified and traditional
Chinese/Korean/Taiwanese, Jap-
For upgrading from: anese; with license for
Runtime packages • 128 PowerTags (RC 128) 6AV6 381-1BM06-0DV0
• 128 to 256 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BD05-0AX0 • 256 PowerTags (RC 256) 6AV6 381-1BN06-0DV0
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BE05-0AX0 • 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) 6AV6 381-1BP06-0DV0
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BF05-0AX0 • 8 K PowerTags (RC 8K) 6AV6 381-1BS06-0DV0
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BG05-0AX0 • 64 K PowerTags (RC Max) 6AV6 381-1BQ06-0DV0
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BH05-0AX0 Incl. 512 archive tags each
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BJ05-0AX0
Complete packages
• 128 to 256 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BD15-0AX0
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BE15-0AX0
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BF15-0AX0
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BG15-0AX0
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BH15-0AX0
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BJ15-0AX0
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/59

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC

SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP3 PowerPacks SIMATIC WinCC Upgrade/Comprehensive Support
For upgrading from: WinCC V5 Upgrade 1)
Runtime packages For upgrading RT and RC
software packages and stations
• 128 to 256 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BD06-0DX0 to the latest version
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BE06-0DX0 • V4.x to V5.1 SP2 6AV6 381-1AA05-1CX4
• 128 to 8 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BK06-0DX0 • V5.x to V5.1 SP2 6AV6 381-1AA05-1CX3
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BF06-0DX0 • V4.x/V5.x ASIA to V5.1 ASIA 6AV6 381-1AA05-1AV3
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BG06-0DX0 WinCC V6 Upgrade 1)
• 256 to 8 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BL06-0DX0 For upgrading the RT version:
• from V5.x to V6.0 SP3 6AV6 381-1AA06-0DX4
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BH06-0DX0
• from V5.x ASIA to V6.0 SP3 ASIA 6AV6 381-1AA06-0DV4
• 1024 to 8 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BM06-0DX0
For upgrading the RC version:
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BJ06-0DX0
• from V5.x to V6.0 SP3 6AV6 381-1AB06-0DX4
• 8 K to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BN06-0DX0
• from V5.x ASIA to V6.0 SP3 ASIA 6AV6 381-1AB06-0DV4
Complete packages
WinCC Comprehensive
• 128 to 256 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BD16-0DX0 Support 2)
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BE16-0DX0 Contains current updates/
upgrades for WinCC basic
• 128 to 8 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BK16-0DX0 software and options and the
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BF16-0DX0 WinCC Knowledge Base CD
• 1 license 6AV6 381-1AA00-0AX5
4 • 256 to 1024 PowerTags
• 256 to 8 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BG16-0DX0
6AV6 371-1BL16-0DX0
• 3 licenses 6AV6 381-1AA00-0BX5
• 10 licenses 6AV6 381-1AA00-0CX5
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BH16-0DX0
SIMATIC WinCC documentation (to be ordered separately)
• 1024 to 8 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BM16-0DX0
SIMATIC WinCC V5 basic
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BJ16-0DX0
documentation in a slipcase
• 8 K to 64 K PowerTags 6AV6 371-1BN16-0DX0 Includes the WinCC Manual and
SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP3 Archive PowerPacks software protection description
• German 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AA0
For upgrading archiving from:
• English 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AB0
• 512 to 1500 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AX3
• French 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AC0
• 512 to 5000 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0BX3
SIMATIC WinCC V5 Configura-
• 512 to 30,000 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0EX3 tion & Communication Manual
• 512 to 80,000 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0GX3 comprising: Configuration Manual
• 1500 to 5000 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AB3 + CD with examples, Communi-
cation Manual, Getting Started
• 1500 to 30,000 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AE3 • German 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AA0
• 1500 to 80,000 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AG3 • English 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AB0
• 5000 to 30,000 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0BE3 • French 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AC0
• 5000 to 80,000 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0BG3 SIMATIC WinCC V6
• 30,000 to 80,000 archive tags 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0EG3 Communication Manual
Communication manual for pro-
cess communication and OPC
communication from WinCC V6
Basic documentation
SIMATIC WinCC V6
Includes the WinCC Manual and
software protection description
• German 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AA0
• English 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AB0
• French 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AC0
• Italian 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AD0
• Spanish 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AE0
1) In accordance with license stipulations, 1 upgrade package must be 2) Comprehensive support runs for one year. The contract is automatical-
ordered for each WinCC station. ly extended by a further year unless canceled 3 months prior to expi-
ration. In accordance with license stipulations, 1 comprehensive
support package must be ordered for each WinCC station.
4/60 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC communication

Communication through Industrial Ethernet Communication through Industrial Ethernet (continued)
CP 1612 A 6GK1 161-2AA00 S7-1613 Edition 2005 D 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
PCI card (32 bits) for connecting Software for S7 and S5
a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet communication,
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered incl. PG/OP communication,
separately). OPC server and NCM PC;
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 D 6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0 Single License for one installation,
Software for S7 and S5 Runtime software, software and
compatible communication, electronic manualon CD-ROM,
incl. PG/OP communication, license key on diskette, Class A,
OPC server and NCM PC; for 32 bit Windows XP Profes-
up to 64 connections, sional, 2003 Server, Windows
Single License for one installation, 2000 Professional/Server;
Runtime software, software and for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
electronic manualon CD-ROM, German/English
for 32 bit Windows XP Profes- TF-1613 2005 D 6GK1 716-1TB63-3AA0
sional, 2003 Server, Windows Software for TF protocol,
2000 Professional/Server; S5-compatible communication
for CP 1512 and CP 1612 incl. OPC, PG/OP communication
German/English (S5/505 Layer 4 communication
with TCP/IP), for Windows 2000
SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2005 D 6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
Software for S7 and S5 Channel DLL SIMATIC S5 PMC 6AV6 371-1CD05-0PX0
compatible communication, Ethernet Layer 4
incl. PG/OP communication,
(only for WinCC V5.1)
Additional software packages
4
up to 8 connections, required for S5-PMC
Runtime software, software and • PMC/LS-B message functions
• PMC/LS-B Status, standard dis-
plays from V4.3 upwards
sional, 2003 Server, Windows • Parameterization software PMC
2000 Professional/Server; Pro from V2.2 upwards, German
• Parameterization software PMC
German/English Pro from V2.2 upwards, English
CP 1613 A2 A 6GK1 161-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting
to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100 Mbit/s), with ITP and
RJ45 connection over S7-1613
and S7-Redconnect incl. driver
for Windows (32-bit), 2000
Pro/Server, XP Pro, 2003 Server
(communications software must
be ordered separately)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/61

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC

Communication through PROFIBUS Communication through PROFIBUS (continued)
CP 5611 A2 6GK1 561-1AA01 DP-5613 Edition 2005 D 6GK1 713-5DB63-3AA0
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting a Software for DP protocole incl.
PG/PC to PROFIBUS (communi- PG/OP Communication, FDL,
cations software included in the DP-OPC-Server, for 32 bit
WinCC basic package) Windows XP Professional, 2003
CP 5611 MPI 6GK1 561-1AM01 Server, 2000 Professional/Server;
Comprising CP 5611 (32-bit) German/English
and MPI cable, 5 m FMS-5613 Edition 2005 D 6GK1 713-5FB63-3AA0
CP 5512 6GK1 551-2AA00 Software for FMS protocole incl.
PCMCIA card (CARDBUS 32-bit) PG/OP Communication, FDL,
for connecting a PG/Notebook FMS-OPC-Server, for 32 bit
to PROFIBUS or MPI (communi- Windows XP Professional, 2003
cations software included in the Server, 2000 Professional/Server;
WinCC basic package) German/English
PC/MPI adapter 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0 Channel DLL SIMATIC S5 PMC 6AV6 371-1CD05-0NX0
RS 232, 9-pin; PROFIBUS
male with RS 232/MPI converter, (only for WinCC V5.1)
max. 19.2 kbit/s
Additional software packages
CP 5613 A2 D 6GK1 561-3AA01 required for S5-PMC
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting • PMC/LS-B message functions
a PC to PROFIBUS (communica-
tions software must be ordered • PMC/LS-B Status, standard
separately). displays from V4.3 upwards
4 S7-5613 Edition 2005 6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0 • Parameterization software PMC

Pro from V2.2 upwards, German
communication, • Parameterization software PMC
incl. PG and FDL protocol, Pro from V2.2 upwards, English
for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO
German/English
WinCC language versions Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
SIMATIC WinCC is also available in simplified Chinese, tradi-
tional Chinese, Japanese and Korean specifically for the Asian
market. These versions of WinCC are aimed at machine manu-
facturers, plant engineering companies and exporters servicing
China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan.
In addition to all the familiar WinCC functions, WinCC ASIA http://www.siemens.com/wincc
features the configuration interface in the relevant national lan-
guage as well as in English. The online help is available in
simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean, Japanese and
English. A Chinese, Korean, Japanese or multilingual Windows
operating system is required for operation.
WinCC ASIA is supplied on a separate CD-ROM containing all
the language versions listed above. The associated documenta-
tion can be ordered from the Siemens subsidiaries in China,
Korea, Taiwan or Japan.
The runtime licenses are not language-specific. The English
data handling program (Automation License Manager – ALM)
can run on the Chinese, Korean and Japanese versions of
Windows..
4/62 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC options
■ Overview
Options for IT and Business Integration
• WinCC/Dat@Monitor (for WinCC V6.0 only)
- For display and analysis of current process states and
historical data on office PCs with standard tools
C
WinCd-on • WinCC/Connectivity Pack (for WinCC V6.0 only)
Ad - Access to WinCC archive via OPC HDA, OPC A&E,
C C
WinCtion WinCtion OPC XML Server and WinCC OLE-DB/OLE-DB
Op Op
C
WinCis-SW • WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
Bas C, RT - Configurable link to databases and IT systems
R
• WinCC/Client Access license (for WinCC V6.0 only)
C
WinCd-on - Access from (Office) PCs to WinCC archive data
Ad • SIMATIC WinBDE
C
WinCtion - Machine data acquisition and evaluation
Op
Options for SCADA expansions
• WinCC/User Archives
C - To manage data sets in user archives
WinCd-on
Ad • WinCC/Storage (for WinCC V5.1 only; WinCC V6.0 features a
comparable functionality in the basic system)
G_ST80_XX_00175
- For the long-term acquisition of process data, messages and

protocols
Options for process control
• WinCC/Basic Process Control (for WinCC V5.1 only;
• The WinCC basic software, which is suitable for industrial use,
standard feature in WinCC V6.0 basic system)
- With functional expansions for instrumentation and control
4
is at the heart of modular enhancements. These functional en-
hancements can be obtained in the form of WinCC options and Options for industry-specific expansions (FDA-compliant)
as WinCC add-ons. • WinCC/Advanced User Administrator (for WinCC V5.1)
• WinCC options are created under the responsibility of WinCC - Central management of WinCC users, plant-wide
Development and are Siemens Automation & Drives products. (to CFR 21 Part 11)
They are supported by specialist support and the central hot- • SIMATIC Logon Service (for WinCC V6.0)
line. - Central management of WinCC users, plant-wide
Options for scalable plant configurations (to CFR 21 Part 11)
• WinCC/Server • WinCC/Audit (for WinCC V6.0) change management
- To build a powerful client/server system - Generation of audit trails for engineering and runtime
• WinCC/Web Navigator Options for individual system expansions
- To control and monitor plant via the Internet, in-house intranet • WinCC/IndustrialX
or LAN - For the creation of customized WinCC Active-X objects in a
Options to increase availability VB development environment
• WinCC/redundancy; • WinCC/ODK
- For increased system availability through redundancy - For the use of open programming interfaces
(Open Development Kit)
• WinCC/ProAgent
- For reliable process error diagnosis Options for comprehensive support
• WinCC/Messenger (for WinCC V5.1 only) • WinCC/Comprehensive Support
- For the automatic or manual sending of text, voice and image - Comprehensive support package; contains current
data via e-mail directly from within WinCC updates/upgrades for WinCC basic software and options and
• WinCC/Guardian (for WinCC V5.1 only) the WinCC Knowledge Base CD
- For the integration of live camera images into WinCC images,
video monitoring and storage of video sequences in a data-
base
WinCC options
http://www.siemens.com/wincc/options
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/63

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Server
■ Overview
WinCC WinCC WinCC
Client Client Client
TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP
PROCESS BUS
G_ST80_DE_00005
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC, which permits the configuration of
a powerful client/server system ■ Benefits
4 • One of the following operating systems must be available to in- • Plant-wide scalability from the single-user system to the cli-
ent/server solution
stall the option on the server: Windows 2000 Server, Windows
2000 Advanced Server or Windows Server 2003 (for V6 only) • Significantly higher quantity framework, relieving the individual
• A number of coordinated HMI stations can be operated in a servers and better performance due to distributing the com-
single group with networked automation systems plete application or tasks over several servers
• Client/server solution: • Low-cost configuration on the client is possible
- One server can supply up to 32 connected clients with pro- (the minimum RC license is sufficient)
cess and archive data, messages, images and reports
- Depending on the size of the plant, up to 12 servers and
32 clients can be used
■ Application
• Requirement: Network connection (TCP/IP) between the server In a complex plant, WinCC can also be configured as a distrib-
PC and the connected clients 1) uted system according to requirements:
• One license is required for each server. • functional distribution (e.g. message servers, archive servers,
etc.) or
Note for V5.1
• distribution according to the physical plant structure
WinCC V5.1 supports up to 16 clients and up to 6 servers. (e.g. body-in-white, paintshop, etc.)
WinCC clients cannot be configured as Web servers but need a
WinCC server (or single-user system).
■ Function
1) One of the following operating systems is installed on a WinCC server: Each client can access several servers simultaneously. Clients
Windows 2000 Server, Windows 2000 Advanced Server or Windows can also be used for configuration on the server.
Server 2003
The configuration of WinCC clients as central Web servers – if re-
quired, as a distributed system – with a view of all server projects
in the plant is also possible.
For the clients, you need only the smallest runtime license,
RT128. If you also want to use the client for configuring your sys-
tem, you will need the smallest full license, RC128. This makes it
possible to configure low-cost operating and configuration sta-
tions in a network. The configuration can be performed online
without any detrimental affect on the functions of the server and
operating stations.
4/64 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/Server

WinCC/Server
• for WinCC V5.1 6AV6 371-1CA05-0AX0
• For WinCC V6.0 SP3 6AV6 371-1CA06-0DX0
WinCC Options V5 Manual
comprising:
WinCC/User Archives,
WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• English 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AB0
• French 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AC0
comprising:
WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• Spanish 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AE0 4
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/65

HMI Software
WinCC/Web Navigator
■ Overview
WinCC
Dat@-Monitor
WinCC
WinCC Web-Client
WinCC
ern
nntt e r nee
tt
ii
INTERNET
WinCC
SCADA-Clients WinCC WinCC WinCC
SCADA-Client Web-Client Dat@-Monitor
+ Web-Server
WinCC WinCC WinCC
WinCC WinCC
WinCC
LAN LAN
4
WinCC WinCC WinCC
SCADA-Server
PROCESS BUS
G_ST80_DE_00021
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC for operator control and monitoring New features in WinCC V6 and higher:
of plants via the Internet, in-house intranet or LAN • Installation of the Web Server - in distributed systems - also on
• Configuration from: a WinCC Client;
- a Web Server running the SIMATIC WinCC software as single- - Access to up to 12 subordinate WinCC stations (servers) pos-
user, client or software version and sible
- a Web Client for operator control and monitoring of a current - Web Clients offer common views of data on various WinCC
WinCC project via an Internet browser with ActiveX support Servers
The WinCC basic system does not have to be installed on the - If you are using WinCC/Redundancy, the Web Clients will also
computer. transfer via the subordinate WinCC Servers (requires WinCC
• Licensing: Client running as Web Server).
- A license is required in order to use the Web Server. - Separating the Web functionality from the WinCC data serv-
- Licenses are available for access to the Web Server by 3, 10, ers makes the overall system safer and more scalable in re-
25 or 50 clients. spect of load.
- Low-cost Web Navigator Diagnostics licenses are available • Integrated user management with WinCC V6:
for remote diagnostics via a number of distributed Web Serv- The configured WinCC operator authorizations are taken into
ers. account on the Web Client.
• Access to user archives
• VB scripts are supported in the same way as the new objects
and RT functions in WinCC V6
• User-friendly services and tools for distributing customized ob-
jects (controls, files) to Web Clients can be supplied for use as
an integration platform. These components can then also be
integrated into cross-Web/Server navigation.
• Distribution of load across a number of Web Servers in order to
run several hundred Web Clients in a single system;
Web Clients are distributed across Web Servers automatically.
4/66 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/Web Navigator
■ Benefits ■ Design
• Operator control and monitoring over large distances on differ- Licenses for the Web Navigator
ent platforms (PC, on-site panel, mobile PDA)
• Large configurations with up to 50 operator stations The Web Navigator Client software can be installed as many
times as required without the need for a license.
• Fast updating thanks to event-driven communication
• Server-based licensing;
• Optimally dimensioned clients for HMI, evaluation, service & a license is required in order to use the Web Navigator Server.
diagnostics Licenses are available for simultaneous access to the Web
• Loading configuration data for the Web usually without modifi- Server by 3, 10, 25 or 50 clients.
cation • Diagnostics client licensing;
• Low maintenance costs due to central software administration for optimum-cost access by one or a small number of Web
• High security standards and availability Navigator Clients to numerous Web Servers (e.g., for the pur-
- Increased security due to separating WinCC server and Web pose of diagnostics). This client license provides guaranteed
server (Web server in a reliable environment) access to Web Servers at any time. In respect of function there
- Support of prevalent security mechanisms (router, firewall, is no difference compared with regular Web Navigator Clients
proxy server) and the two can be mixed.
- Access rights and user administration Web Navigator Clients can:
• Access a number of different Web servers or
■ Application • Access data on a number of higher-level WinCC stations simul-
taneously via a remote Web server
Apart from the typical application of the Web Navigator in the
WAN field (Wide Area Network), the Web Navigator can also be On the server side, only one Web Navigator Diagnostics Server
used for extremely cost-effective solutions. This particularly in- license or, alternatively, one Standard Web Navigator license is
cludes applications that have a widely distributed structure (wa- required.
ter/sewage, oil and gas), or in which there is only sporadic ac-
Alternatively, a number of Web Navigator Servers with the same
cessing of process information (buildings management).
The Web Navigator also supports vertical integration, i.e. a net-
WinCC project can be combined to create a "server farm". This
means that it is possible for several hundred Web Clients to have
4
worked IT landscape with company-wide data flow between the access to the same database. The service ensures that the cli-
planning and operational levels of a company. The only tool that ents accessing are distributed evenly across all servers. If a
is required for direct access to up-to-date process information is server fails the Web Client is automatically forwarded to the next
a standard browser. available server.
The Web server can have its own direct process connection. Al- In order to use this functionality you will need to install a Web
ternatively coupling is possible by means of OPC or a Web Load Balancing license on the Web Servers involved. Each Load
server subordinate to a WinCC client. This not only increases re- Balance package contains 2 licenses.
liability, but also reduces the data traffic within the system.
An inexpensive expansion option for Web Load Balancing is
In addition to the standard Web navigator license, a so-called di- available for redundant WinCC stations on which the Web Navi-
agnostics client exists which basically has the same functions gator is also installed. For this purpose, you need to install a Web
but which is particularly suitable for the following applications: Load Balancing Step-up license on the Web Servers involved.
• Remote diagnostics/operation by several unmanned WinCC Each StepUp package contains 2 licenses.
stations ThinClient solutions
• Central control rooms with multiple Web server support through
The Web Navigator can also run under Windows 2000/2003 ter-
a single user interface
minal services. A Windows 2000/2003 Server (or higher) operat-
• Power users who require guaranteed access to the server at ing system is required. This makes it possible, for example, to
any time, regardless of how many users are already logged on connect even Windows CE-based visualization systems such as
SIMATIC MP 370 with the ThinClient MP or MOBIC T8 option, to
WinCC.
For this purpose, the Windows terminal services must be in-
stalled on the PC on which the Web Client is installed. A Win-
dows 2000 Server (or higher) operating system is required. Up
to 25 ThinClients can be connected to one terminal server.
Applications:
• Mobile devices
• Handhelds
• Rugged on-site visualizations
Hybrid configuration
WebNavigator and Dat@Monitor Clients can be mixed in a single
system.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/67

HMI Software
WinCC/Web Navigator
■ Function
The Web Configurator (Wizard) makes setting up and configur- The operator on the Web Client is integrated into the central
ing a Web Navigator Server very easy. WinCC process screens WinCC user management and his configured access rights to
to be visualized via the Internet are created as usual using the system will determine whether he can simply observe or also
WinCC Graphics Designer. Under normal circumstances the intervene in the process (WinCC V5 only). On the Web Navigator
project can be worked on locally without modification. The Web Client, WinCC V6 works with the operator authorizations of
Publishing Wizard optimizes the screens for transmission and WinCC. The Web Navigator supports popular security mecha-
display on the Internet. A standard browser (MS Internet Ex- nisms that can be used for applications on the Internet, e.g.,
plorer V6.0 or higher) is all that is required to display WinCC pro- routers, firewalls and proxy servers.
cess screens on the Web Client.

WinCC/Web Navigator WinCC/Web Navigator
Diagnostics Client
V1.2 SP2; for WinCC V5.1 SP2
• for WinCC V5.1 SP2 6AV6 371-1DH05-1EX8
• Base Pack (3 client licenses) 6AV6 371-1DH05-1AX8
• for WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan 6AV6 371-1DH05-1EV0
• 10 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH05-1BX8
• for WinCC V6.0 SP3 6AV6 371-1DH06-1EX0
• 25 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH05-1CX8
• for WinCC V6.0 SP3 ASIA 6AV6 371-1DH06-1EV0
• 50 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH05-1DX8
WinCC/Web Navigator
V6.1; for WinCC V6.0 SP3 2) Diagnostics Server
• Base Pack (3 client licenses) 6AV6 371-1DH06-1AX0 • for WinCC V5.1 SP2 6AV6 371-1DH05-1FX8
• 10 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH06-1BX0 • for WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan 6AV6 371-1DH05-1FV0
4 • 25 client licenses
• 50 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH06-1CX0
6AV6 371-1DH06-1DX0
• for WinCC V6.0 SP3
• for WinCC V6.0 SP3 ASIA
6AV6 371-1DH06-1FX0
6AV6 371-1DH06-1FV0
V6.1 ASIA; for WinCC V6.0 SP3 WinCC/Web Navigator Upgrade
ASIA
V1.x to V6.1
• Base Pack (3 client licenses) 6AV6 371-1DH06-1AV0
• For 3 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1AX4
• 10 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH06-1BV0
• For 10 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1BX4
• 25 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH06-1CV0
• For 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1CX4
• 50 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH06-1DV0
• For 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1DX4
WinCC/Web Navigator
China/Taiwan WinCC/Web Navigator Upgrade
V1.2; for WinCC V5.1 1) V1.x ASIA to V6.1 ASIA
• Base Pack (3 client licenses) 6AV6 371-1DH05-1AV0 • For 3 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1AV4
• 10 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH05-1BV0 • For 10 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1BV4
• 25 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH05-1CV0 • For 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1CV4
• 50 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DH05-1DV0 • For 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1DV4
WinCC/Web Navigator WinCC/Web Load Balancing
PowerPacks V6.1
V1.x • Load Balancing 6AV6 371-1DH06-1JX0
• 3 to 10 clients 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AB0 • Load Balancing StepUp 6AV6 371-1DH06-1FJ0
• 3 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AC0 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
• 3 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AD0 Manual
WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2
• 10 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DH05-0BC0
• 10 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH05-0BD0
• 25 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH05-0CD0
WinCC/Web Navigator
PowerPacks V6.1 and higher
also for ASIA versions
• 3 to 10 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1AB0
• 3 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1AC0
• 3 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1AD0
• 10 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1BC0
• 10 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1BD0
• 25 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-1CD0
1) Requires WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan
2) V6.0 and higher in English, French, German, Italian and Spanish
4/68 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/Web Navigator
System requirements - Web server System requirements - Web client
For WinCC/Web Navigator V6.1 For WinCC/Web Navigator V6.1
• Operating system: • Windows XP Professional with service pack 1 or service pack 2
- Windows 2000 Professional with SP3 or SP4, • Windows 2000 Professional service pack 3 or service pack 4
with up to 3 Web clients
- Windows 2000 Server with SP3 or SP4, • Windows 2000 Server service pack 3 or service pack 4
for up to 50 Web clients • Windows XP Home with service pack 1 or service pack 2
- Windows XP Professional with and without SP1, • Windows NT SP6a or higher
for up to 3 Web clients
- Windows Server 2003 for up to 50 Web clients • Windows 2000 Server terminal services
• Internet Information Server (IIS) • Windows Server 2003 terminal services
The IIS is supplied on the CD with Windows 2000/XP. It is in- • Internet Explorer V6.0 SP1 or higher
stalled automatically with the Windows 2000 Server. If you are
using Windows 2000 Professional, you will have to install the IIS For WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2 SP2
separately. • Windows XP Professional with service pack 1
• Internet Explorer V6.0 SP1 or higher • Windows XP Home
• SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP3 • Windows 2000 Professional service pack 2, 3 or service pack 4
• SIMATIC WinCC option Web Navigator Server installation • Windows NT SP6a
For WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2 SP2 • Windows ME
• Operating system: • Windows 98
- Windows 2000 Professional with SP3 or SP4 • Windows 2000 Server terminal services
with up to 3 Web clients (Win9x, WinCE, Win3.x..)
- Windows 2000 Server with SP3 or SP4,
for up to 50 Web clients
• Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher 4
- Windows NT 4.0 workstation with SP6a, WinCC Web Navigator V1.2 China/Taiwan
with up to 3 Web clients;
Windows NT 4.0 server with SP6a (requires SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan)
with up to 50 Web clients; The functions included in this version differ from the standard
in both cases the Windows NT 4.0 OptionPack version of WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2 as follows:
is required (included in the scope of delivery) • Executability of the server and client on Windows 2000 MUI
• Internet Information Server (IIS) (Multilingual User Interface) and the relevant local language
The IIS is supplied on the CD with Windows 2000. It is installed versions simplified Chinese and traditional Chinese.
automatically with the Windows 2000 Server. If you are using • Executability of the client on Windows ME simplified Chinese
Windows 2000 Professional, you will have to install the IIS sep- and traditional Chinese
arately. In Windows NT 4.0, it can be installed via the Option-
Pack supplied. • Operation under Microsoft terminal services
• Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher • This version does not allow a Chinese Web Navigator client to
access a non-Chinese server and vice versa.
• SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP2
• SIMATIC WinCC/Web Navigator Server installation WinCC Web Navigator V6.1 ASIA
(requires SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP3 ASIA)
The functions included in this version differ from the standard
version of WinCC/Web Navigator V6.1 as follows:
• This version does not allow an Asian Web Navigator client to
access a non-Asian server and vice versa.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/69

HMI Software
WinCC/Redundancy
■ Overview
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC, supporting the parallel operation of
two interfaced WinCC single-user systems or process data
WinCC WinCC servers for mutual monitoring
• If one of the two server PCs or one of the two WinCC stations
fails, the second will take over control of the entire system.
Client Client Once the failed server or station is restored to operation, the
content of all the message and process value archives are
copied to it.
TERMINAL BUS • One WinCC/Redundancy package is required for each redun-
WinCC WinCC
dant pair of servers.
■ Benefits
Server Server • Increased system availability with continuous data integrity
• Automatic changeover of client in the event of failure of a server
PROCESS BUS or failure of the communication to a server
• Continuous operator control and visualization thanks to auto-
matic client changeover to the intact server
G_ST80_XX_00082
• Automatic updating of all archives in the background after rec-
tification of the fault
■ Function
4 WinCC WinCC
Normally, two WinCC stations or process data servers run in par-
allel. Each station has its own process connection and its own
data archives. WinCC/Redundancy ensures automatic matching
of system and user archive data.
Client Client If one of the two server computers or WinCC stations fails, the
second will take over the archiving of messages and process
data, thereby ensuring seamless data integrity. In client/server
TERMINAL BUS mode, the clients are automatically switched from the failed
server to the redundant partner. This ensures continuous plant
WinCC WinCC
visualization and operation on every operator station.
When the failed partner resumes operation, all process values,
messages and data archived during the fail period are automat-
Server Server ically matched with the partner. This process runs in the back-
ground and does not affect plant continuity. Once this is com-
PROCESS BUS plete, two equivalent servers/stations will be available again.
Communication with the SIMATIC S7 PLC can also be config-
ured with redundancy (an H Series SIMATIC S7 is required) by
G_ST80_XX_00083
plugging in two communication modules and configuring two

communication paths (S7-REDCONNECT software package).
The use of failsafe H Series SIMATIC S7 PLCs can, if required,
further increase availability at control level.
WinCC WinCC
Client Client
TERMINAL BUS
WinCC WinCC
Server Server
PROCESS BUS
G_ST80_XX_00084
4/70 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/Redundancy

WinCC/Redundancy
• for WinCC V5.1 6AV6 371-1CF05-0AX0
• For WinCC V6.0 SP3 6AV6 371-1CF06-0DX0
comprising:
WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
comprising:
WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• Spanish 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AE0 4
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/71

HMI Software
WinCC/ProAgent
■ Overview
• Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and ma-

ponents
• No further configuration for diagnostics functionality
• Reduces PLC memory and processor usage
Note:
For further details, see
"SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software"

SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent Upgrade
Software options package for • to SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4
process diagnostics based on V5.6
S7-GRAPH from V5 and 6AV6 371-1DG06-0CX4
S7-PDIAG from V5, functional • to SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent
expansion for SIMATIC WinCC; V6.0 SP2
electronic documentation in Documentation (must be ordered separately)
English, French, German;
functions and standard screens SIMATIC HMI C 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
for use on an FI45, Document Collection
PC (1024 x 768 pixels resolution) Electronic documentation,
and Panel PC 670/870 15“ on CD-ROM
(1024 x 768 pixels resolution) 5 languages
in English, French and German, (English, German, French,
runtime license (single license), Italian, Spanish);
for WinCC Version: comprising:
• V5.1 (ProAgent V5.6) 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0 all currently available user
manuals, product manuals and
• V6.0 SP3 (ProAgent V6.0 SP2) 6AV6 371-1DG06-0CX0 communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
4/72 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/Messenger
• Fast diagnostics due to the automatic sending of fault mes-
sages
• Interactive fault rectification by e-mail through multimedia infor-
mation exchange between operating and service personnel
• Minimum requirements for diagnostics computer: an e-mail
connection is sufficient
• Good service availability by redirecting e-mails to SMS mes-
sages and pager services
■ Function
The Messenger functionality is implemented with ActiveX con-
trols. These can be easily integrated into the process displays of
SIMATIC WinCC and can be freely connected with the WinCC
process signals. In accordance with the situation, for example,
as the result of an alarm status, e-mails can be sent during pro-
cess operation that can contain text and to which language and
graphical information can be added (such as comments for
clarification purposes or freely drawn lines for highlighting pur-
poses). If required, these e-mails can be converted to SMS mes-
sages and pagers.
• WinCC/Messenger supports both operator-controlled and au-

WinCC/Messenger V2.0 + SP1
Option for WinCC V5.1 only
6AV6 371-1EJ05-0DX0 4
tomatic transmission of messages from WinCC with important
information on the process. These messages can be received
by any computer with e-mail access
• WinCC/Messenger comprises:
- a multimedia e-mail system
- a freely distributable, license-free Messenger Viewer for re-
ceiving and viewing e-mail messages on any computer
• Option only for WinCC V5.1
• Each operator station must be licensed for sending e-mail;
receiving e-mails does not require a license
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/73

HMI Software
WinCC/Guardian
■ Overview
• WinCC/Guardian enables cess diagrams and responses to specific events (for example
- Integration of live camera images in WinCC pictures motion or color inversions) defined. When a defined event oc-
- Video monitoring curs, WinCC is notified and can generate messages or trigger
- Storage of video sequences in a database actions. Processes can also be recorded automatically in a da-
• WinCC/Guardian is available in the following variants: tabase. The archived video sequences can then be retrieved for
- Guardian Single User Edition analysis at any time.
Video data management system with built-in monitoring func- To use a local camera, you need only a video card that is com-
tions. Integration of this functionality in WinCC pictures is patible with Video for Windows; to stream videos to other sta-
achieved using the supplied ActiveX controls tions, we currently recommend the following two video cards1):
- Guardian Network Edition
Also supports video data streaming to up to 15 further sta- Osprey 100:
tions in the network. The video images can be viewed on the http://www.osprey.com
destination client (i.e. a WinCC station or a Web Navigator Winnov Videum AV:
client) with a freely distributable, license-free camera viewer http://www.winnov.com
As streaming transmits both video and audio signals, we recom-
• Only servers (or single-user systems) require individual mend using the Winnov Videum AV card as a sound card which
licenses is already built into the video board.
■ Benefits 1) Video cards are not included in the delivery.

• Always in the picture worldwide thanks to event-driven embed-
ding of live camera pictures ■ Ordering data Order No.
• Video-supported automation of process operations
WinCC/Guardian V2.0 + SP1
• Cost savings due to the integration of separate monitoring
screens in the WinCC process visualization Option for WinCC V5.1 only
• Subsequent process diagnostics and process evaluation due • Single User Edition 6AV6 371-1EJ05-0EX0
to the storage of video sequences in the database • Network Edition 6AV6 371-1EJ05-0FX0
■ Function
In addition to live images from multiple cameras, which are either
installed locally or on other computers, WinCC/Guardian fea-
tures an event-controlled video monitoring functionality with an
integrated database. Video images can be viewed within pro-
4/74 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/Dat@Monitor
• All tools are fully Internet-compatible and, therefore, support
access via any type of connection (LAN, GSM, radio, modem,
Internet, etc.).
• All popular security mechanisms such as login/password,
firewalls, encryption, etc. are supported.
• Users can combine the available tools at will. Licensing only
takes into account simultaneous access to one Web server.
• For display purposes, screens from the WinCC project can be
used or special overview displays configured. Animations,
scripts, navigation and access rights remain valid.
• The WinCC/Dat@Monitor supports a display function only
(local access to the process sequence is not possible).
• Evaluation options:
Enterprise-wide Excel reports containing historical and current
process values can be stored centrally for general access
(reports, statistics). However, local queries to meet individual
requirements can be compiled and executed online. Plot and
tabular representation are supported for archive data already
swapped out.
• Higher-level navigation provides the various tools in the Suite
with a common framework (all Web servers) and also enables
additional components to be integrated.
■ Ordering data Order No. 4

• WinCC/Dat@Monitor is used for displaying and evaluating
current process statuses and historic data on Office PCs with WinCC/Dat@Monitor
standard tools such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Microsoft WebEdition V6.1;
for WinCC V6.0 SP3
Excel. It is supplied with current and historic process data and
alarms by a Web server. • 3 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DN06-1AX0
• The Dat@Monitor Web Edition is a suite of tools with Internet • 10 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DN06-1BX0
compatibility: • 25 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DN06-1CX0
- Dat@Symphony - tool for monitoring and navigating only via
WinCC pictures using Internet Explorer (view only) • 50 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DN06-1DX0
- Dat@View - Internet Explorer-based display tool (tables and WinCC/Dat@Monitor
curves) for WinCC archives and for swapped data WebEdition V6.1 ASIA ;
- Dat@Workbook - logging tool that integrates WinCC archives for WinCC V6.0 SP3 ASIA
and online values into MS Excel and also supports online • 3 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DN06-1AV0
analysis
• 10 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DN06-1BV0
• 25 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DN06-1CV0
• Dat@Monitor Web Edition does not require manual client instal-
lation. Instead, it loads the required components from the Web • 50 client licenses 6AV6 371-1DN06-1DV0
server. Thus no additional administration is required. WinCC/Dat@Monitor
• Licenses for simultaneous access from 3, 10, 25 or 50 WebEdition Powerpack
Dat@Monitor clients. Dat@Monitor and Web Navigator licenses (also for ASIA variants)
can be mixed in any combination in one application. • From 3 to 10 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-1AB0
• From 3 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-1AC0
■ Benefits • From 3 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-1AD0
• Display and evaluation of current process states and historical • From 10 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-1BC0
data on office PCs with standard tools such as the Microsoft
Internet Explorer or Excel. • From 10 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-1BD0
• No additional configuring work thanks to direct use of displays • From 25 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-1CD0
from the WinCC project
• Evaluation via preconfigured templates for special analyses of
the corporate processes (e.g. reports, statistics)
• Historical data can be assembled online as required.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/75

HMI Software
WinCC/Connectivity Pack
■ Overview
VB VB Script
MES MES Featuring
Microsoft
Visual Basic
for Applications
Online data access Online messages Online data access Database access
to variables forward/acknowledge to historical data through 3rd party application
XML DA A&E HDA WinCC OLE-DB
SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC Microsoft
4 SQL Server 2000
Automation Network
G_ST80_EN_00066
Cross-vendor communication in the automation sector has al-
ways been of primary importance for WinCC. This is even more ■ Benefits
true for the release of preprocessed production data for higher- • Access to variables, historical WinCC data, alarm data and
level information systems (e.g., MES = Management Execution user archives from any computer
System, ERP = Enterprise Resource Planning or Office pack- • Options for analyzing and evaluating process data with spe-
ages = MS Excel, MS Access etc.). WinCC features integrated cialist tools or user-defined applications (e.g., via VisualBasic)
OPC Data Access and OPC XML DA servers for access to all on-
line values in the system and makes open interfaces available
for access to historical WinCC data.
• New features in WinCC V6 include OPC XML DA, OPC HDA 1.0
(Historical Data Access), OPC A&E 1.02 (Alarm & Events) and
a WinCC OLE-DB interface which even allows remote comput-
ers without WinCC to access WinCC archive and alarm data.
• The function of the OPC servers (XML DA, HDA and A&E) is as-
sured by the WinCC/Connectivity Pack. In order to access data
in the database via WinCC OLE-DB/OLE-DB, you will also need
a license for the WinCC/Connectivity Pack.
• A Connectivity Pack license is required for every WinCC sys-
tem to be accessed.
• Access to WinCC archive and alarm data from a computer
without installed WinCC basic system license or WinCC option
via the interfaces of the Connectivity Pack requires a
WinCC/Client Access license on the client side. (See
WinCC/Client Access License for more information.)
4/76 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
■ Function ■ Ordering data Order No.
As an OPC HDA server, WinCC makes historical data from the WinCC/Connectivity Pack 6AV6 371-1DR06-1AX0
WinCC archive system available to other applications. An OPC V6. 1
HDA client (e.g., a reporting tool) can define the time interval for
the required data by entering a start and end time. OPC HDA
servers also support the generation of a variety of aggregate
functions on the server itself (e.g., standard deviation, variance,
mean values, integral values, etc.), thereby helping to relieve the
load on the network, as only preprocessed data are transmitted.
OPC A&E servers are used to forward WinCC messages (along
with all associated process values) to any client at production or
enterprise control level. Filter mechanisms and subscriptions en-
sure that only selected modified data are transmitted. Acknowl-
edgement is of course also supported.
WinCC OPC XML DA servers make cross-platform communica-
tion between Windows and non-Windows systems possible,
even via the Internet. This enables read and write WinCC online
values (external and internal WinCC variables) to be exchanged
with third-party systems.
WinCC OLE-DB makes standardized and user-friendly access to
WinCC archive data possible (MS SQL Server 2000). In exactly
the same way as access via the OPC HDA and OPC A&E inter-
faces, access via the WinCC OLE DB provider makes all WinCC
archive data available along with the associated process values
and message/user texts. The WinCC OLE-DB provider also sup-
ports analysis functions such as minimum, maximum, message
hit list, etc.
4
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/77

HMI Software
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
■ Overview
Microsoft Microsoft
Office 2000 SQL Server 2000
Online data file Online reading of data
OLE-DB
SIMATIC NET SIMATIC NET

OPC Server ProTool/Pro
9i
WinCC/
Online data transfer DA Industrial OLE-DB Data export
DataBridge
SIMATIC
WinCC
4
WinCC
DA OLE-DB
G_ST80_EN_00067
SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC Microsoft
SQL Server 2000
• The WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge option uses standard inter-

faces in order to connect the automation world with the world ■ Benefits
of IT and ensure two-way information flow. Typical examples of • Connecting the automation level with the IT world
such interfaces are OPC in the field of automation and SQL da- • Integration of systems from different manufacturers via a host
tabase interfaces in the world of IT. of standard interfaces (including OPC, OLE-DB, Office for-
• For example, SIMATIC WinCC with its OPC DA server interface mats)
is the data source and an external database is the data desti- • Simple configuration with standard software without program-
nation. ming and thus at low cost
• In addition to access to WinCC variables, access to messages, • High-performance data transfer between several systems
process values and user archive data (in the WinCC database) simultaneously
is also supported.
• As a stand-alone application with its standard interfaces, such
as OPC DA and OLE-DB, WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge can be ■ Design
even be used, e.g., in conjunction with ProTool/Pro, WinCC
The software comprises a configuration environment and a run-
V5.1, SIMATIC NET and SIMATIC WinAC.
time environment. The different data interfaces are integrated via
• Option only for WinCC V6.0 software modules. In each case, one module is required as the
• A WinCC/Client Access license is required for computers with- data source and one module as the data destination. The differ-
out installed licenses for the WinCC basic system or a WinCC ent modules can be combined in any way.
option and to which the WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge option The connections between data source and data destination are
has read/write access (see WinCC/Client Access License op- created in the configuration environment. In the runtime environ-
tion for more information). ment, the IndustrialDataBridge establishes the connection au-
tonomously and transfers the data of the linked variables.
4/78 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
■ Function
Interfaces:
As data source:
• OPC Data Access 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0 (e.g., SIMATIC WinCC,
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinAC and SIMATIC NET as
OPC Server)
• WinCC OLE-DB
• SQL/OLE DB/ODBC databases (MS Access, MS SQL 2000
and Oracle)
• Send/Receive with TCP native, UDP, ISO on TCP
• WinAC ODK
As data destination:
• OPC Data Access 1.0 and 2.0 and 3.0 (e.g., SIMATIC WinCC,
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinAC and SIMATIC NET as
OPC Server)
• SQL/OLE DB/ODBC databases (MS Access, MS SQL 2000
and Oracle)
• IndustrialDataBridge establishes a link between the source • Microsoft Excel (97/2000)
and destination interfaces and transfers data on the basis of a • Send/Receive with TCP native, UDP, ISO on TCP
change in value, once a configurable period of time has • WinAC ODK
elapsed or when a specific event occurs.
Note:
• IndustrialDataBridge exchanges data between automation Access to the WinCC database is released separately.
systems from different vendors, e.g., via OPC. The connection
of OPC servers via IndustrialDataBridge enables communica-
4
tion between a variety of devices, data sources and data des-
tinations. The OPC international interface standard is the key to ■ Ordering data Order No.
open systems both now and in the future. Thanks to Industrial-
DataBridge, OPC data exchange can already be supported. WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
• WinCC supports access to variables, tag logging, alarm log- V6.1 option for WinCC V6.0 SP3
ging and user archive data. for data exchange with databases
and OPC servers, language ver-
• Storage of process data in Office formats such as Excel or sions: German/English
Access. Databases can also be integrated for the archiving of
larger aggregates. • with 128 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1AX0
• One of the features of IndustrialDataBridge is a Send/Receive • with 512 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1BX0
interface supporting data transfer to SIMATIC S5/S7 stations or • with 2048 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1CX0
other Send/Receive-compatible devices.
• with 10000 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1DX0
• IndustrialDataBridge enables SCADA and control systems
from different vendors to be linked via the OPC interface. Com- WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
Power Pack
munication via RFC1006 or Send/Receive is also supported.
• SQL databases are available as data destinations for produc- • from 128 to 512 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1AB0
tion data acquisition. Data can be transferred from the data • from 128 to 2048 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1AC0
source on an event-driven basis with the OPC module or sent • from 128 to 10000 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1AD0
directly from the PLC with the Send/Receive module.
• from 512 to 2048 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1BC0
• Cyclic data archiving can be implemented via the OPC Data
Access, WinAC ODK or Send/Receive data sources and the • from 512 to 10000 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1BD0
SQL database data targets. On the database side, various • from 2048 to 10000 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-1CD0
transmission mechanisms are supported.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/79

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinBDE
■ Overview
SIMATIC WinBDE
Supervisor
SIMATIC WinBDE
Workstation
PROCESS BUS
4
SIMATIC S7 Third-party PLCs
G_ST80_XX_00004
SIMATIC S7
• SIMATIC WinBDE is the machine data management software

for the acquisition, evaluation and analysis of machine data. ■ Design
• The WinCC operator station becomes the central acquisition SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation
and control terminal for machine data, either directly at the ma- • Direct acquisition and evaluation of machine data on SIMATIC
chine (workstation) or plant-wide (supervisor). panel PC or standard PC
• Current version: • Comparison of the machines detected by the workstation
- SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation V7.2 + SP2
- SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor V7.2 + SP2 • Scalability for connecting one to 32 machines/units
SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor
■ Benefits • On SIMATIC panel PC or standard PC
• Machine sequence displays permit: • Central evaluations and comparison of individual machines
- Fast response to faults • Central customizing for the WinBDE application
- Increased machine running times
- Detection of bottlenecks in the process • License for connection of up to 128 machines/units through
- Evaluation of the efficiency of the machines used thanks to lower-level WinBDE Workstation
calculated KPI/OEE key figures (availability, performance, SIMATIC WinBDE terminal server clients
quality, OEE)
• WinBDE Workstation and WinBDE Supervisor, with the corre-
• Automatic data acquisition and processing supports the cre- sponding license, can execute under the terminal services of
ation of objective availability reports for production facilities Windows 2000 server
and manufacturing equipment.
• Up to 10 terminal server clients can then access the WinBDE
• WinBDE can be used for individual machines through to com- evaluations
plete production plant.
4/80 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC WinBDE
SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor:
■ Function • PC (min. Pentium II, 400 MHz)
Data acquisition • 256 MB RAM
• Automatic acquisition via WinCC or ProTool/Pro • Runtime VGA, recommended XGA, customizing at least XGA
• Manual acquisition of machine states via screen dialogs • Ethernet connection
• Creation of parts type master data via screen dialogs • Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP
Machine data evaluation Terminal server:
• Fault analysis and diagnostics with duration and frequencies • Windows 2000 Server with SP4 or higher incl. installed terminal
• Status analysis with time sequence services
• Machine performance through objective determination of • Min. 512 MB RAM
availability Licenses:
• Quantity evaluations through machine counters • CAL (Client Access License) 1)
• Calculation of KPI/OEE values (availability, performance, qual- • TS CAL (Terminal Services Client Access License) 1)
ity, OEE)
• WinBDE Workstation or Supervisor
• Calculation of mean time between failures (MTBF)
• Associated WinBDE Terminal Server license
• Calculation of the mean time to repair (MTTR)
• Evaluations on the basis of work shifts, days, weeks, etc. 1) One Microsoft license is required for each device running as a client
• Detailed logbook/protocol on the Terminal Server.
2) See documentation for number of PowerTags required.
• Exporting and printing evaluation data
Production data evaluation
• Quantity evaluations based on part types
• Machine-specific quantity evaluations
• Calculation of KPI/OEE values (performance, quality, OEE)
SIMATIC WinBDE V7.2 + SP2
Complete packages (runtime
4
incl. configuration software)
on CD-ROM
■ Integration Machine data management
workstation
Workstation connection
License for the connection of:
• Up to 32 machines/units via ProTool/Pro or WinCC (note the
max. possible number of ProTool/Pro connections) • 1 machine/unit of equipment 6AV6 371-1EW06-0AX0
• 8 machines/units of equipment 6AV6 371-1EW06-0CX0
Supervisor connection:
• 32 machines/units of equipment 6AV6 371-1EW06-0EX0
• Up to 128 machines/units via subordinate SIMATIC WinBDE
workstations Machine data management
supervisor
Requirements License for the connection of:
SIMATIC WinBDE workstation: • 64 machines/units of equipment 6AV6 371-1EW06-0GX0
• At least the resources recommended for the HMI software used • 128 machines/units of equip- 6AV6 371-1EW06-0HX0
• PC (min. Pentium II, 400 MHz) ment
• Min. 128 MB RAM WinBDE Terminal Server
licenses
• Ethernet connection (for operation with WinBDE Supervisor)
• Runtime VGA, recommended XGA, customizing at least XGA • for workstation 6AV6 371-1EW06-0LX0
• Windows NT 4.0,Windows 2000, Windows XP • for supervisor 6AV6 371-1EW06-0MX0

• ProTool/Pro V5.2 + SP3 or V6.0, WinCC V5.1 or V6.0;
WinCC flexible 2005 for PC (+WinCC flexible/OPC Server)2)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/81

HMI Software
WinCC/Client Access License (CAL)

• In the case of a system on which a WinCC (WinCC basic sys- WinCC/Client Access License 6AV6 371-1ES06-0AX0
tem or WinCC option) is not installed, the WinCC data can be
For client access to historical
accessed via the interfaces of the WinCC/Connectivity Pack or WinCC data
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge options.
WinCC/Client Access License 6AV6 371-1ES06-0CX0
• One WinCC/Client Access License (CAL) per processor can per processor
be used to access WinCC data for any number of systems
(multi-processor systems) without WinCC (WinCC basic sys- For access to historical WinCC
tem or WinCC option) via the interfaces of the WinCC/Connec- data; any number of clients per
tivity Pack or WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge options. A CAL must processor
be purchased for each processor of the WinCC system.
■ Function
With the integrated MSSQL Server, WinCC V6 offers an excellent
basis for integrated data management and diverse methods of
integration into modern IT structures. Access to the data avail-
able in WinCC requires the relevant license on all accessing
computers - the WinCC Client Access License. The WinCC/CAL
is installed on these accessing systems along with a WinCC
basic package or a WinCC option. On all other systems, a
WinCC/CAL must be obtained separately. It allows users to fur-
ther process WinCC data with their own tools and make them
available to other users and applications. Use of the "Per Proces-
sor License" allows access by any number of computers to this
4 WinCC system.
4/82 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/User Archives
• Entry of parameter sets (e.g. operating parameters for a ma-
chine) in WinCC, storage in the user archive and transfer to the
automation level
• Continuous acquisition of production parameters by the auto-
mation system and their transfer to WinCC at the end of a shift
• Acquisition of batch data
• Entry of production parameters
• Management of stock-keeping data
Using a special editor, WinCC user archives can be simply
created and filled with data. Special ActiveX controls (table view
and formula view) are used to display data from the user ar-
chives at runtime.
Data records and fields from the user archives are linked to the
process with direct tag linking.
Import and export functions support the import and export of
data from and to external applications (for example MS Excel).
Freely selectable filter criteria support the clearly comprehensi-
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC for managing data sets in user ble display of records. The view can be switched between a ta-
archives that contain related data ble view and a formula view.
• WinCC and its automation partners (e.g., a SIMATIC S7 PLC) WinCC provides functions for the user-defined organization of
write these data sets and exchange them if required. data storage in the user archives, which influence the archive,
• A license is only required for the server (or single-user system). data records and fields. Archives can thus be created, opened,
New features in WinCC V6 and higher:

closed or reset and records or field contents can be read, written
or overwritten. 4
The WinCC/User Archives option can now also be used in the Sequential archives can record batch data, shift production or
context of the WinCC/Web Navigator (see also WinCC/Web Nav- product quality data and fulfill statutory documentation require-
igator option). ments by recording on a continuous basis.
■ Benefits ■ Ordering data Order No.

• Storage and management of any user data in records WinCC/User Archives
• Flexible display using ActiveX controls, either in table or for- • for WinCC V5.1 6AV6 371-1CB05-0AX0
mula view
• for WinCC V6.0 SP3 6AV6 371-1CB06-0DX0
• Easy interfacing of record fields to the process via direct vari-
able interfacing Documentation (to be ordered separately)
• Import/export functions for further processing with other tools WinCC Options V5 Manual
(e.g. MS Excel) Comprising:
WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
Comprising:
WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• Spanish 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AE0
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/83

HMI Software
WinCC/Storage
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC for long-term archiving of process • Swapping of process values, messages and reports to external
data, messages and logs archiving media supported by Windows
• Only for WinCC V5.1; for WinCC V6.0, functions for backing up • Reading swapped data and selectively analyzing it with WinCC
archive data are already included in the basic system tools (e.g. message or trend windows)
• A WinCC/Storage license is only required for the single-user • Management of swapped data by log book
system or the server. Clients can access the data managed by
Storage without a license.
■ Benefits WinCC/Storage V5.2 6ES7 652-0XX05-2YC0

Option for WinCC V5.1
• Manual or time-driven swapping of process values, messages
and reports to the long-term archiving
• Reading swapped data for subsequent analysis with WinCC
• Export in CSV format for further processing with external tools
(e.g. MS Excel)
4/84 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/Batch
■ Overview ■ Configuration
• WinCC in connection with the SIMATIC Batch product range
offers a solution for the implementation of batch processes WinCC/Batch
• WinCC/Batch is offered as a package as WinCC/Batch Collec- SIMATIC BATCH
WinCC
tion PO1501) and PO300 for small and medium-sized plant. · SERVER BASIC (PO150)
· 8K Power Tags (RF 8K) · HIERARCHICAL RECIPES
• WinCC/Batch can be used either as a single-user-station solu- · SEPARATION FORMULAS
tion or as a client/server system.
• For PO, WinCC/Batch can be extended using SIMATIC BATCH
Power Packs for (300, 600, 1800 and > 1800 PO) as well as
WinCC Power Packs.
Process bus
1) PO: Process Objects – instances of plant sections and technical
equipment
Current versions:
• WinCC/Batch Collection V6.0 SP3:
- WinCC V6.0 SP3
- SIMATIC Batch V6.1 SP1
G_ST80_EN_00263
Third-party system
S7-400
S5-135U
WinCC/Batch Collection PO 150

4
WinCC/Batch
Client
WinCC SIMATIC BATCH
· 128 Power Tags (RT 128) · BATCH CC
Terminal bus
WinCC/Batch
Server SIMATIC BATCH
WinCC · SERVER BASIC
· Server · PO Option (PO300)
· 64K Power Tags · HIERARCHICAL RECEPIES
(RT 64K) · SEPARATION FORMULAS
Process bus
Third-party system
S7-400
G_ST80_EN_00264
S5-135U
WinCC/Batch Collection PO 300
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/85

HMI Software
WinCC/Batch
■ Benefits ■ Function
• WinCC/Batch supports the user in the implementation of batch Only the functions of SIMATIC Batch bundle components are
processes listed below (the components of WinCC are not repeated, as in-
• Modular architecture with flexible scalability and optimum cus- formation about these is available in the catalog).
tomization according to plant size and individual requirements The SIMATIC Batch Server Basic Package contains:
• High availability via redundant system configurations provides • Batch Server Software for 150 Batch POs
protection against loss of batch data
• A SIMATIC Batch BatchCC (Batch Control Center)
• Cross-subsystem recipes with significant simplification of rec-
ipe management and validation procedures • A SIMATIC Batch Recipe System (recipe editor)
• Hierarchical recipes in accordance with ISA S88.01 for the cre- It can be used to run a small SIMATIC Batch project on a single-
ation of recipes oriented toward process engineering user station or a client/server combination (Batch Client and
• Storage, archiving and extensive logging of batch data in XML Batch Server).
format The capacity of the Server Basic Package can be extended by
• Validation support in accordance with 21 CFR Part 11 via audit means of SIMATIC Batch PO-options and Power Packs to
trail (change log), versioning of recipes, recipe operations and Batch PO 300, 600, 1800 or unlimited.
formulas, electronic signature and access protection BatchCC offers powerful functions for the following tasks:
• Formula support • Reading in and updating the plant data of the basic automation
• Definition of user privileges for all SIMATIC Batch functions, for
■ Application clients or for plant sections
WinCC/Batch has been designed for • Definition of material names and codes
• Batch processes in the WinCC environment • Management of master recipes, and starting the recipe editor
in order to enter the recipe structure
• Users of S7-300, S7-400, S5 or third-party controllers
• Management of libraries with recipe elements (library opera-
4 • Users of STEP 5/STEP 7 tions)
• Editing of formula categories and management of associated
■ Design formulas (parameter sets)
WinCC/Batch is available in two packages depending on plant • Creation of batches with master recipes
size: • Starting of batch processing and controlling of batches
WinCC/Batch Collection PO150: • Monitoring and diagnostics of batch processing
• WinCC 8 K PowerTags (RT 8K) runtime package • Recording and archiving of recipes and batch data
• SIMATIC BATCH SERVER BASIC with 150 POs (process ob- SIMATIC Batch hierarchical recipes are hierarchical recipes in
jects), BatchCC und recipe system accordance with ISA-88.01.
• SIMATIC BATCH hierarchical recipes
• SIMATIC BATCH separation, procedures, formulas
WinCC/Batch Collection PO300:
• WinCC 64 K PowerTags (RT 64K) runtime package
• WinCC 128 PowerTags (RT 128) runtime package
• WinCC/Server
• SIMATIC BATCH SERVER BASIC with 150 POs (process ob-
jects), BatchCC und recipe system
• SIMATIC BATCH hierarchical recipes
• SIMATIC BATCH separation, procedures, formulas
• SIMATIC BATCH BATCHCC
• SIMATIC BATCH PO option (PO300)
For plant using WinCC/Batch it is assumed that the relevant
WinCC Engineering or RC licenses are available as standard
and for this reason, only RT licenses are included the package.
Furthermore, each package, either WinCC/Batch Collection
PO150 or PO300, includes an interface description with applica-
tion examples for the integration of SIMATIC BATCH and WinCC.
All components of SIMATIC BATCH can be utilized to expand or
configure a plant. Individual components of SIMATIC Batch are,
as a rule, only supplied as licenses without software. A
WinCC/Batch basic package is therefore a mandatory require-
ment (see PCS 7 Product Catalog).
4/86 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/Batch
Recipe
Plant procedure
Partial recipe
Unit procedure
Recipe
operation
Technical Recipe
Equipment function
Individual
control unit
Unit Individual
control unit
Plant
Technical
Equipment
SIMATIC Batch and SIMATIC PCS 7 form a functional unit that Batch separation, procedures and formula offers powerful
4
fully covers the models described in the ISA-88.01 standard. functions for the following tasks:
The hierarchical recipe structure is mapped on the plant module
as follows:
• Recipe procedure for controlling the process or the production
in a plant
• Partial recipe procedure for controlling a process step in a
plant unit
• Recipe operation/function to implement the process engineer-
ing task/function in a technical facility
Formula 1 Formula 2 Formula 3
Quantity 1000 kg 500 kg 900 kg
Temperature 90 °C 80 °C 95 °C
Time 10 min 15 min 12 min
Salt Yes Yes No
Pepper No No Yes
Sugar 100 g 150 g 50 g
Master Recipe #1 Master Recipe #2 Master Recipe #3
The flexibility achieved by recipes which are independent of

plant units can be increased even further if the procedure and
parameter sets (formulas) are separated from one another. Vari-
ous master recipes can be created by linking several formulas
using a recipe procedure. This enables central modification of
procedures. The formula structure is determined by the formula
category defined by the user.
Compatibility
In respect of compatibility, please note that only the WinCC and
SIMATIC Batch versions included in the product package are
compatible with each other. Earlier versions of SIMATIC Batch
and WinCC cannot be used.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/87

HMI Software
WinCC/Batch
■ Integration ■ Ordering data Order No.
A detailed description of how to integrate SIMATIC Batch in SIMATIC WinCC/ 6AV6 371-1FA06-0DX0
WinCC appears in the interface description "Batch V6.1 SP1 Batch Collection PO150
Configuration Guide". The examples on the product CD based Software bundle for the creation
on Excel make it easy for the user to configure the interface be- of recipes and control of batch
tween WinCC and SIMATIC Batch. processes based on SIMATIC
BATCH.
• WinCC 8 K PowerTags (RT 8K)
• SIMATIC BATCH:
- Server Basic
- Hierarchical recipes
- Separation, procedures,
formulas
• V6.0 SP3 (Collection)
SIMATIC WinCC/ 6AV6 371-1FA16-0DX0
Batch Collection PO300
Software bundle for the creation
of recipes and control of batch
processes based on SIMATIC
Batch.
• WinCC 64 K PowerTags
(RT 64K)
• WinCC 128 PowerTags (RT 128)
• WinCC/Server
• SIMATIC BATCH:
4 - SERVER BASIC
- PO option (PO 300)
- BatchCC
- Hierarchical recipes
- Separation, procedures,
formulas
• V6.0 SP3 (Collection)
4/88 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/Basic Process Control
■ Overview
• WinCC/Basic Process Control is an option which has additional

objects and configuration tools for the easy implementation of ■ Ordering data Order No.
typical instrumentation and control requirements WinCC/Basic Process Control
• Only for WinCC V5.1; in WinCC V6 the functionality is included • V5.2; for WinCC V5.1 6ES7 652-0XX05-2YA0
in the basic system (hardware options must be ordered sepa-
rately in both cases) Hardware for I&C functions 4
• The licenses for WinCC/Basic Process Control must be in- DCF-77 receiver
stalled on all operator stations and servers For time-of-day synchronization
• DCF77 (Europe) 2XV9 450-1AR14
■ Benefits • GPS (worldwide) F 2XV9 450-1AR13
• Expansion of a WinCC station for I&C tasks with minimal engi- Multi-VGA
neering outlay
• 2 screens 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE0
• 4 screens 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE1
■ Function Chip card reader 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XC0
Basic Process Control features the following additional configu- Chip card for chip card reader 6ES7 652-0XX05-1XD1
ration options:
(10 items in pack)
• Basic data
for efficient screen layout (overview, working and key areas) F) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 7A994
• Split Screen Wizard Note:
for setting screen resolution and multi-channel mode For further information on I&C options,
• Picture Tree Manager see Catalog ST PCS7
for the graphics-based configuration of a process image hier-
archy
• Alarm-Logging-Wizard
for an easy-to-parameterize message window with pages for
new, old and sent messages, operator input, I&C and history
lists and for connection of an audible signal device
• 3D bar graphs and group displays as additional Smart objects
Powerful functions are available in runtime mode:
• Scroll in screen hierarchy
• Store/call user-specific screen composition
• Select process images by name
• Group display for operator prompting in screen hierarchy
• Sign-of-life monitoring for process links with plant configuration
screen and automatic I&C messages
• Triggering of external signal transmitters
• Time synchronization
(setting of PC clock via DCF77 or GPS; distribution on
PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet)
The Basic Process Control functionality cannot be mapped in
WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/89

HMI Software
FDA Options
• Central, plant-wide user management
• High security thanks to precautions on administrator and user
side
• Quick and easy monitoring of all operator interventions
• Quick and easy monitoring of configuration changes
• Simple and effective organization of separate audit trail
• Full support for single-user and multi-user systems, single-
project and multi-project solutions, client/server architectures
and redundancy systems in respect of audit trail
• Document management and versioning of PDL, script and
other files/documents
• Minimization of plant downtimes thanks to traceable and fast
analysis of changes made
• Reduction of engineering outlay in order to meet the require-
ments of FDA 21 CFR Part11 & EU 178/2002
• Compliance with the requirements of the Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) for the food, beverages and tobacco
industries
• SIMATIC Logon Service for WinCC V6.x and WinCC/Advanced
User Administrator for WinCC V5.x are software option pack-
ages supporting the central administration of all WinCC users ■ Design
on a plant-wide basis.
- Central user administration with SIMATIC Logon Service uses In the SIMATIC WinCC environment, the Advanced User Admin-
4 Windows mechanisms. SIMATIC Logon Service must be in-
stalled on all WinCC machines involved.
istrator and SIMATIC Logon Service can run on a whole variety
of structures, from single-user stations to client/server architec-
• WinCC Audit is used in the context of change management/to tures.
record all operations and monitor changes in engineering in a The SIMATIC Logon Service can be used for the coordination of
falsification-proof long-time audit trail database. a number of WinCC stations. Operation in a Windows Workgroup
The WinCC Audit RC package is required for configuring or even in a domain is possible. High availability is assured
change monitoring. One package is required for each config- thanks to primary/secondary domain controllers.
uring station. It also contains an RT license.
One WinCC Audit RT license is required for each additional WinCC Audit comprises three components. The configuration
station to be monitored for changes. tool for configuring change control and the management of PDL
files, script files and other documents such as plant documenta-
• The FDA options WinCC Audit and SIMATIC Logon support us- tion.
ers in respect of plant validation and meet the requirements of
FDA CFR 21 Part 11. A declaration of conformity (white paper) The audit trail, which tracks all changes in respect of both engi-
offers proof of this. neering and plant operation in a separate SQL database. It can
• For WinCC V6.x: SIMATIC Logon Service and WinCC/Audit be set up as a central audit trail for a number of projects or even
For WinCC V5.x: WinCC/Advanced User Administrator just for a single project. The audit trail supports both single-user
and multi-user systems, client/server architectures and even the
WinCC redundancy system.
The Viewer is used to visualize the audit trail and supports export
to an Excel file.
4/90 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
FDA Options
■ Function
SIMATIC Logon Service and Monitoring RT operation
WinCC/Advanced User Administrator
In addition to recording operator activities, the audit trail also
The options feature numerous security mechanisms, both for records the starting and modifying of recipes (customized ta-
administrators and users. Users receive a unique user ID, user bles). At specific objects or events, such as function buttons or
name and password. This information is encoded and stored at sliders, the plant operator can also record activities of an individ-
a central location (in the case of AUA, in its own database, and ual nature (e.g., pressing a button) in the audit trail using a func-
with the SIMATIC Logon Service, in the Windows user manage- tion known as Audit Entry.
ment). Functions such as limited validity of the password, auto-
matic log-off after a pre-defined time, and blocking following
repeated entry of an incorrect password guarantee the highest
level of operational security.
In the case of the SIMATIC Logon Service, user administration is
integrated into the security system and user administration of MS
Windows.
To meet in particular the Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
requirements for the pharmaceuticals and food processing in-
dustry, all user and administrator actions, such as log in, log out,
password changes, incorrect password inputs, and creating
and deleting users, are recorded with timestamp in a secure da-
tabase.
In addition, Advanced User Administrator and SIMATIC Logon
Service allow the administrator to set up new users online,
plant-wide and across applications, or to block existing users.
SIMATIC Logon Service also supports electronic signature.
WinCC/Audit Monitoring configuration changes
4
WinCC Audit is used for monitoring changes both of operator ac- WinCC Audit differentiates here between configuration changes
tions in the RT area and during the engineering phase for record- that modify the WinCC database orchanges carried out via the
ing changes to the configuration. All change data are recorded WinCC Explorer, such as changes to variables or the creation of
in a falsification-proof database called the audit trail. The user a user group, and those that are limited to the modification of
visualizes the audit trail using the Audit Viewer. WinCC Audit’s files, referred to as document check. The document check cov-
functions support plant and mechanical equipment manufacturers plant views, scripts, and log layouts, and customer-specific
ers and help operators to meet the requirements of FDA 21 CFR documents. This means that all these documents or files can be
Part 11. monitored for changes by WinCC Audit, intermediate versions
can be created or restored using a Rollback function. Overall,
An RC license is required for monitoring the audit trail. One RT monitoring can be configured extremely easily and in a user-
license is required for each station (client/server) to be moni- friendly and integrated way.
tored. One RC license always includes one RT license.
The plant engineering company and the plant operator can use
this to discover easily and conveniently, for example, during
plant downtimes, which modifications have been implemented
in the plant. This provides support in plant analysis and reduces
plant downtimes.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/91

HMI Software
FDA Options
■ Function (continued) ■ Ordering data Order No.
Audit Trail database and Audit Viewer WinCC/Advanced

User Administrator
All modification data such as operator actions, configuration
Extended user administration for
changes and document changes are stored in the Audit Trail da- WinCC V5.1
tabase. The most important data fields in audit trail data are:
• Engineering license for 1 project 6DL5 401-8AX22-0XX0
• Date and time of the modification including 1 runtime license for
• Object name an operator station, electrical
documentation (Eng./Ger.)
• Old value and new value on CD-ROM
• User name
• Runtime license 6DL5 401-8AX22-0XX1
• Event/function for an operator station
• Comment (reason for change) Central user management
for WinCC V6.0, runtime license
Audit trail data are visualized using the Audit Viewer. Users se- for an operator station
lect the desired view of the audit trail data via filters and they can
export the data to an Excel file. Audit trail data are falsification- SIMATIC Logon Service 6ES7 658-7BX11-2YA0
proof and can thus not be modified or deleted. WinCC Audit WinCC/Audit
therefore also satisfies the FDA requirements to 21CFR Part 11 for WinCC V6.0 SP3
in this respect. • WinCC/Audit RT V6.0 SP2 – C 6AV6 371-1DV06-0AX2
Creation of audit trails in RT
• WinCC/Audit RC V6.0 SP2 – C 6AV6 371-1DV16-0AX2
Configuration of audit trails with
RT license
4
Information about FDA can be found in a White Paper:
Declaration of conformity of SIMATIC WinCC to
FDA21 CFR Part 11.
http://www.ad.siemens.com/hmi/html_76/products/
software/wincc/fda01.htm
4/92 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC/IndustrialX
IndustrialX controls create standardized presentations and allow
flexible customization to the requirements of a wide range of ap-
plications, e.g. applications in the chemical, glass or paper man-
ufacturing industries.
■ Function
• Configuration of intelligent, sector-specific objects (graphical
display and logical processing) with know-how protection
• Data structures supply objects (templates)
• By active process data supply, customized ActiveX compo-
nents compliant to Web Navigator can be created
• Integration in WinCC through structure names

WinCC/IndustrialX
• V1.1 6AV6 371-1EL15-0AX0
• WinCC/IndustrialX makes it even easier to develop a visualiza-
tion solution in which customized objects can be standardized
• A license must be installed on every development computer
(the current version of Visual Basic is required on the develop-
ment computer)
4
■ Benefits
• Easy creation with configuration assistants (Wizards)
• Rapid familiarization due to the use of standards: ActiveX tech-
nique, creation with the aid of Visual Basic
• Central creation and modification of object representations of
a similar type (typing) saves time and money
• Configuration of intelligent, sector-specific objects (graphical
display and logical processing) with know-how protection
• Flexible implementation: in WinCC displays and in other
Windows applications (e.g. Internet Explorer, Excel)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/93

HMI Software
WinCC/ODK and
WinCC/Comprehensive Support
WinCC/ODK (Open Development Kit) • With Comprehensive Support, WinCC offers an SUS (Software
Update Service) as a comprehensive support package.
• WinCC option for using the open programming interfaces that
can be used to access the data and functions of WinCC con- • The overall package includes the latest updates/upgrades for
figuration and the WinCC runtime system WinCC incl. options.
• The interfaces are designed as "C application programming • The WinCC user receives a welcome package and update
interfaces" (C-APIs). products are sent automatically for a period of 12 months. The
contract is automatically extended by a further year unless
• Scope of supply: canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiration.
- CD-ROM with examples
- Voucher for a one-day intensive seminar • WinCC Comprehensive Support has to be purchased for each
WinCC System (single-user system, server, client). In order to
ensure that users of multiple systems can gain access to
■ Benefits WinCC Comprehensive Support at a competitive price, in
WinCC V6 and higher, in addition to the package with one
• Individual system expansions via an open, standard program-
license, a discounted package with 3 and 10 licenses is avail-
ming language
able.
• Access to data and functions of the WinCC configuration and
runtime system
• Development of customer’s own applications and add-ons for ■ Benefits
the WinCC basic system • Efficient support reduces configuration times and answers any
questions that arise quickly and cost-effectively
■ Function • The automatic supply of current updates and Service Packs for
WinCC ensures that the latest WinCC version is always avail-
The API functions are configuration and runtime functions, and able
include:
4 • MSRTCreateMsg: Creates a message ■ Ordering data Order No.
• DMGetValue: Gets the value of a variable
WinCC/Comprehensive
• PDLRTSetProp: Sets the object properties in a display Support 1)
• DBExport: Exports the database table Automatic delivery of current
updates/upgrades for WinCC
They can be used in the following places: basic software and options as
• within WinCC, for example in global scripts or as part of C ac- well as the Knowledge Base CD
tions in the Graphics Designer, valid for
• in Windows applications in the programming language C • 1 license 6AV6 381-1AA00-0AX5
(the current version of Microsoft Visual C++ is necessary as a • 3 licenses 6AV6 381-1AA00-0BX5
development environment for WinCC).
• 10 licenses 6AV6 381-1AA00-0CX5
■ Ordering data Order No. 1) Comprehensive Support runs for one year.
The contract is automatically extended by a further year
WinCC/ODK unless canceled 3 months prior to expiration.
• V5 SP1; for WinCC V5.1 6AV6 371-1CC05-0BX0
• V6; for WinCC V6.0 6AV6 371-1CC06-0AX0
WinCC/ODK upgrade 6AV6 371-1CC06-0AX4
To V6
WinCC/CDK
• for WinCC V5.1 6AV6 371-1EE05-0AX0
• for WinCC V6.0 On request
4/94 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
WinCC Add-ons and partner management
■ Overview
Premium Add-ons for connectivity:
• PM OPEN Hosts
connectivity tool for connecting SAP/R3
• PM OPEN Export
for exporting WinCC data to local memory media or memory
media enabled on the network
• PM OPEN TCP/IP
enables bidirectional exchange of WinCC data (variables,
messages) with one or more computers communicating via the
TCP/IP protocol
• PM OPEN PI
enables a flexible and quickly configured connection of WinCC
to the software product PI (Plant Information System from OSI
Inc.)
Premium Add-ons for process management:
• PM MAINT
is a production plant maintenance tool
• PM CONTROL
is a recipe system for user-friendly creation and modification of
recipes
• PM QUALITY
is an archive system for managing order-related and batch-
related production and process data
Premium Add-ons for SCADA expansions:
4
WinCC Add-ons – solutions for all sectors and technologies • PM ANALYZE
The basic system has been designed to be technology- and for analyzing fault and status messages, as well as process
sector-neutral, modular and flexibly expandable. It enables sim- values
ple single-user systems in mechanical equipment manufacture, • FunkServerPro
as well as complex multi-user solutions or even distributed sys- for transferring fault messages via different communications
tems with several servers and clients in systems engineering. channels such as GSM, LAN, e-mail
WinCC Add-ons have been created by competent partners Premium Add-on for diagnostics:
within sector and technology solutions, and they represent inter-
esting expansions to WinCC. • System diagnostics process control system
for reading out the status of the process control system
Two categories of WinCC Add-on are distinguished:
WinCC 3rd Party Add-ons do not comply with any special quality
• WinCC Premium Add-ons requirements checked by Siemens and are marketed and sup-
• WinCC 3rd Party Add-ons ported exclusively by the relevant Add-on manufacturer in each
WinCC Premium Add-ons are checked for their compatibility case. Nevertheless, they also represent interesting expansions
with the WinCC basic system in the Siemens Test Center and to SIMATIC WinCC.
supported in the first instance by the central Hotline. In addition,
the suppliers of the WinCC Premium Add-ons must observe cer-
tain marginal conditions. As important application- and sector-
specific add-ons to SIMATIC WinCC, they are marketed jointly
by Siemens and the relevant Premium Add-on supplier. You can
find the WinCC Premium Add-on products on the Internet and in
the "Online WinCC Premium Add-on Catalog".
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/95

HMI Software
WinCC Add-ons and partner management
WinCC Professionals
WinCC Professionals are external system integrators who have
Competent partners established themselves in the field of process visualization and
With SIMATIC WinCC, not only do you get excellent products for thanks to numerous projects implemented with WinCC have built
your requirements, but we also support you in selecting a part- up a corresponding pool of expertise. They often also market
ner for your automation solution. In our global network of Sie- their software solutions as add-ons for WinCC.
mens Automation Solution Providers, you can find competent Siemens Automation Solution Provider
partners in your area at any time. In addition, the Siemens-inter-
nal WinCC Competence Centers and the WinCC Professionals The partner program of A&D sets standards with regard to the
implement and support external system integrators on the basis special expertise of the participating firms and the worldwide
of WinCC customer-specific and sector-specific, low-cost solu- network of partners. Thanks to careful selection and continuous
tions. training of our Solution Providers, you will always find competent
contacts in your area who are always up to date with the latest
WinCC Competence Centers technology.
Within the SIMATIC WinCC environment, authorized WinCC
Competence Centers offer ■ More information
• Consulting
WinCC Premium Add-on
• Engineering
• Development Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
• System integration
• Configuration
• Customer-/project-specific training
as well as WinCC add-on products.
http://www.siemens.com/winCC/addons
Our experience in the fields of automation and industry and
4 knowledge of the WinCC system ensure efficient and profes-
sional solutions.
WinCC Competence Centers
WinCC Competence Centers
• Mannheim, key area process management
- Cross-sector solutions and products for production, environ-
mental, maintenance and diagnostics applications
- Connectivity tools, system integration, connection to SAP R/3
- Support with FDA validation and WinCC ODK
- Support of advanced users when using ODK and VBA
• Stuttgart, key area production engineering http://www.siemens.com/competencecenter
- Solutions for maintenance management
- Web-based solutions with WinCC
• Erlangen, key area process automation WinCC Professionals
- MES Connectivity Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
- Plant information, maintenance, batch and quality manage-
ment
- Web-based solutions with WinCC
- Customized database links
• Barcelona, key areas production automation and logistics
- Solutions for integrating WinCC into MES and ERP
- Development of WinCC add-ons http://www.siemens.com/professional
• Nice
- Solutions in the areas of food and beverages, pharmaceuti-
cals, and I&C Siemens Automation Solution Provider
- Batch processes Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
- Migration from Simatic TI, Teleperm M and PCS systems to
WinCC
- Customized expansions
- FDA support
- Migration from TI systems
http://www.siemens.com/solution-provider
4/96 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnosis software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Overview
• Process diagnostics software for quick, selective fault diagnos-
tics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC com-
ponents:
Optimum interaction between STEP 7 engineering tools and
SIMATIC HMI
• Standard user interface
Process fault diagnostics with ProAgent for ProTool and WinCC flexible/ProAgent as well as the STEP 7 engineering tools
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/97

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
Process fault diagnostics with WinCC/ProAgent and the STEP 7 engineering tools
■ Benefits ■ Application
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): Increased productivity is being achieved more and more by cut-
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, re- ting costs. In this context, the focus is increasingly on mainte-
duces the lifecycle costs nance. The emphasis here is on rectifying faults as quickly and
• ProAgent: efficiently as possible. Ideally, the operating personnel should
- Provides optimum support for plant and machine personnel also perform part of the maintenance tasks. The operating per-
in respect of troubleshooting and fault rectification sonnel are on-site, they are familiar with the procedures and can
- Increases plant availability intervene quickly. This saves time and reduces costs. It is pre-
- Reduces downtimes cisely here that ProAgent can assist operating personnel in iden-
• No further configuration overhead for diagnostics functionality tifying faults quickly, in particular in the automotive and machine
tool industries.
execution time In the event of a process fault, process fault diagnosis with
SIMATIC ProAgent will provide information about the location
• No special operator know-how is required thanks to clearly and cause of that fault and support personnel with trouble-
comprehensible indication of the cause of error shooting.
The ProAgent solution has been optimized specifically for use
with SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400 and SIMATIC WinAC. It can be
used in combination with the S7-PDIAG, S7-GRAPH and
S7-HiGraph1) STEP 7 engineering tools. The ProAgent option
package features standard displays that are updated with pro-
cess-specific data during runtime.
1) Process diagnostics with S7-HiGraph in combination with

TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/MP 370, ProTool/Pro RT and
ProTool/ProAgent, as well as with WinCC flexible/ProAgent.
4/98 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Function
• Context-sensitive activation of diagnostics based on a process Standardized user interface with standard views
error message • Message view
• Output of operands with symbols and comments • Unit overview diagram
• Ability to switch between LAD, STL and a signal list • Diagnostics detail view
• Support for fault rectification by means of direct process ac- • Motion view
cess using the motion view
• Sequencer operating view
• Output of the faulty operands directly in the message complete
with address, symbol and comment1) The display contents shown refers to the previously selected
• Consistency check in RT: units or messages. This means that starting from a message or
Icons are used to identify inconsistent diagnostic units. Rapid a selected technology unit, the right context-sensitive diagnos-
localization of faults with regard to the configured data is pos- tics display can be called up.
sible in the start-up phase. Message view
• Direct, unit-oriented jump to the diagnostics view from user dis- All active process messages are displayed in the message view.
plays by means of ProAgent functions On the basis of a selected message, it is possible to branch to
• Unit-oriented or message-driven activation of STEP 7 other diagnostic views context sensitively. The operating per-
(LAD/STL/FDB editor, S7-GRAPH, HW-CONFIG (with system sonnel can also read the faulty operands directly from the mes-
error messages)), fully automated support2) sage and respond immediately without the need to perform fur-
• S7-GRAPH OCX for graphical presentation of sequences ther operations on the HMI device. ProTool supports this function
(overview representation)3) on the Windows CE-based panels TP 270/OP 270,
MP 270B/MP 370 as well as on the PC-based system Pro-
1) In combination with TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/MP 370, ProTool/Pro RT, Tool/Pro RT. The function is available for WinCC/ProAgent Ver-
WinCC/ProAgent V6.0 and higher and WinCC flexible /ProAgent sion 6.0 and higher. WinCC flexible /ProAgent also supports this
2) WinCC/ProAgent V5.5 and higher only function.
3) WinCC/ProAgent V5.6 and higher in combination with S7-GRAPH V5.1
and higher (OCX is delivered with S7-GRAPH 5.1 and higher)
4
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/99

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Overview
Unit overview diagram Motion view

All technology units and their subunits (subsystems/machine The motion view is used to support debugging. Each motion line
components) are presented in tabular form in the unit overview. contains a comment line that describes the motion (e.g. x-axis),
The user can see in this view, for example, in which operating two actions for performing the motion, acknowledgement for ac-
mode or state the specific unit is in. The operating mode can be tivation of a motion and information concerning the limits
4 changed by the operator if necessary.
Faulty units are marked using attributes.
reached (max. 16 limits).
The motion itself is controlled in the case of the SIMATIC Panels
and Multi Panels using the softkeys on the side. Time-critical mo-
tions can be directly activated via the PLC inputs (if supported
by the target hardware: 24 V direct keys, DP direct keys over
PROFIBUS).
Diagnostics detail view Sequencer operating view

The diagnostics detail view shows the faulty operands and time The sequencer operating view offers support with the control of
of occurrence of a process fault. Up-to-date status information sequences. In a similar manner to the Status/Control functions in
can also be displayed as an option. The diagnostic results are S7-GRAPH, functions such as sequence initialization and ac-
either presented in the ladder diagram (LAD), in the statement knowledgement, single-step activation/deactivation and setting
list (STL), or in a clearly comrehendible signal list. The operands the operating mode are possible. The steps are output in a list
are output for each presentation format with symbols and com- complete with step number/name. Attributes for identifying an
ments from the S7 symbol table. Only those operands are dis- active/faulty step provide the operating personnel with an over-
played and marked with a highlighting attribute which caused view of the current status of the sequence.
the error. It is also possible to switch to a view in which the cur-
rent statuses of all operands in the PLC are scanned.
4/100 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
ProAgent for OP ProAgent/MP ProAgent/PC WinCC/ProAgent WinCC flexible /
ProAgent 1)
Interfaces
• Can be used in conjunction with SIMATIC S7: SIMATIC S7: SIMATIC S7: SIMATIC S7: SIMATIC S7:
programmable controllers S7-300/S7-400 S7-300/S7-400 S7-300/S7-400, S7-300/S7-400; S7-300/S7-400;
WinAC WinAC WinAC
• Types of connection SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite: Protocol Suite: Protocol Suite: Protocol Suite: Protocol Suite:
MPI, PROFIBUS DP MPI, PROFIBUS DP MPI, PROFIBUS DP, MPI, PROFIBUS DP, MPI, PROFIBUS DP,
Industrial Ethernet, Industrial Ethernet, Industrial Ethernet,
TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP
(V6.0 SP2 and
higher)
Display units
Standard images for: Standard displays
for easy embedding
in user displays;
example project for
OP 270
• Device/resolution in OP27/320 x 240/ TP 270/OP 270, 6" PC/1024 x 768 PC/1024 x 768
pixels/display monochrome
OP27/320 x 240/ MP 270B, PC/800 x 600
color 10" Key/Touch
OP37/640 x 480/ MP 370, Panel PC Panel PC 677/877
color Key/Touch 15”/1024 x 768,
Key/Touch
15”/1024 x 768,
Key/Touch 4
TP27-6/320 x 240/ Panel PC
monochrome 12”/800 x 600,
Key/Touch
TP27-6/320 x 240/ Panel PC,
color 10”/640 x 480
TP27-10/640 x 480/ Panel PC 577;
color 15”/1024 x 768,
Touch
TP37/640 x 480/ FI45/1024 x 768 FI45/1024 x 768
color
C7-626/320 x 240/
monochrome
Number of languages for 5 (German/English/ 5 (German/English/ 5 (German/English/ 3 (German/English/ 5 (German/English/
online language selection French/Spanish/ French/Spanish/ French/Spanish/ French) French/Spanish/
Italian) Italian) Italian) Italian)
Functionality
Modification of HMI diagnostics No No No WinCC/ProAgent No
data management in RT V6.0 and higher
Unit overview Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Message display Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sequencer operating display No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostics detail display Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Display Yes/Yes/Yes Yes/Yes/Yes Yes/Yes/Yes Yes/Yes/Yes Yes/Yes/Yes
STL/LAD/signal list
• Display of operands with OP27, C7-626, Yes Yes Yes Yes
symbol and comment TP27-6: Default
setting symbols
Criteria analysis When fault occurs/ When fault occurs/ When fault occurs/ When fault occurs/ When fault occurs/
current status current status current status/ current status/ current status
can be archived
Motion display
• Number of viewable OP27, C7-626, 6 6 6 6
movements TP27-6: 4;
OP37, TP27-10,
TP37: 5
• Directions of motion 2 2 2 2 2
• Number of viewable 8 16 16 16 16
end positions per movement
1) WinCC flexible/ProAgent is only available with WinCC flexible 2004 Service Pack 1 or higher.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/101

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
ProAgent for OP ProAgent/MP ProAgent/PC WinCC/ProAgent WinCC flexible /
ProAgent 1)
Documentation
In electronic format German/English/ German/English/ German/English/ German/English/ German/English/
French/Spanish/ French/Spanish/ French/Spanish/ French; included in French/Spanish/
Italian; included in Italian; included in Italian; included in scope of delivery Italian; included in
delivery scope of delivery scope of delivery scope of delivery
Requirements
HMI software ProTool V6.0 ProTool V6.0 ProTool/Pro V6.0 WinCC V5.1 WinCC flexible 2005
(ProAgent V5.6)/
WinCC V6.0 + SP3
(ProAgent V6.0 +
SP2)
Operating system: Windows 98SE/ME, Windows 98SE/ME, Windows 98SE/ME, WinCC/ProAgent Windows 2000 +
Configuration Windows NT + SP6, Windows NT + SP6, Windows NT + SP6, V5.6: SP3,
Windows 2000 + Windows 2000 + Windows 2000 + Windows NT + Windows XP + SP1,
SP2, Windows XP SP2, Windows XP SP2, Windows XP SP6a, Windows
(ProTool V6.0 + SP2 (ProTool V6.0 + SP2 (ProTool V6.0 + SP2 2000 + SP2;
and higher) and higher) and higher) WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0:
Windows 2000 +
SP3, Windows XP
Operating system Runtime Operator Windows CE 3.0 Windows NT + SP6, WinCC/ProAgent WinCC flexible/
Runtime Panel Windows 2000 + V5.6: ProAgent for
SP2, Windows XP Windows NT + SIMATIC Panels:
4 (ProTool V6.0 + SP2
and higher)
SP6a, Windows
2000 + SP2
Windows CE 3.0
WinCC flexible/
WinCC/ProAgent ProAgent for
V6.0: WinCC flexible
Windows 2000 + Runtime:
SP3, Windows XP Windows 2000 +
SP3
Windows XP + SP1
STEP 7 V5.0 and higher V5.0 and higher V5.0 and higher WinCC/ProAgent V5.3 and higher
V5.6:
V5.1 + SP2 and
higher
WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0 + SP1:
V5.3 and higher
• S7-GRAPH V5.0 and higher V5.0 and higher V5.0 and higher V5.3 and higher V5.2 + SP3 and
higher
• S7-PDIAG V4.02 and higher V4.02 and higher V4.02 and higher WinCC/ProAgent V5.1 and higher
V5.6:
V5.0 and higher
WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0:
V5.1 and higher
• S7-HiGraph No V5.0 and higher V5.0 and higher No V5.3 or higher
Type of delivery License key Runtime license Runtime license CD-ROM/ Runtime license
(one license is required for Runtime license
each target hardware)
1) WinCC flexible/ProAgent is only available with WinCC flexible 2004 Service Pack 1 or higher.
4/102 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent

SIMATIC ProAgent SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent
Software option package for Software option package for
process diagnostics based on process error diagnosis based on
S7-GRAPH, S7-PDIAG and S7 GRAPH V5 and higher and
S7-HiGraph 1), can be loaded S7 PDIAG V5 and higher,
with SIMATIC ProTool configuring functional enhancement for
software V6.0 and higher2); SIMATIC WinCC, electronic
functional enhancement for documentation in English, French
ProTool, electronic documentation and German; functions and stan-
in English, French, German, dard screens for use on an FI45,
Italian and Spanish PC (resolution 1024 x 768 pixels)
and Panel PC 670/870 15”
• SIMATIC ProAgent for OP C 6AV3 681-1AB06-0AX0 (resolution 1024 x 768 pixels)
Functions and standard screens in English, French and German,
for use on an OP27/OP37, runtime license (single license)
TP27/TP37 or C7-626
in English, French, German, WinCC version:
Italian and Spanish, runtime
license (single license) • V5.1 (ProAgent V5.6) 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP C 6AV3 681-1CB06-0AX0 • V6.0 (ProAgent V6.0 SP2) 6AV6 371-1DG06-0CX0
Functions and standard screens Upgrade
for use on an OP 270/TP 270
and MP 270/MP 370 (Key) • to V5.6 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4
in English, French, German, • to V6.0 (SP2) 6AV6 371-1DG06-0CX4
Italian and Spanish, runtime
license (single license) SIMATIC WinCC flexible /
ProAgent
• SIMATIC ProAgent/PC C 6AV3 681-1BB06-0AX0
Functions and standard screens
for use on a Panel PC 670/870
10”, 12” and 15” Key, FI45, PC
Software option package
for process error diagnosis based
on S7 PDIAG V5.1 and higher,
4
(resolutions 640 x 480, 800 x 600 S7 GRAPH V5.2 + SP3 and
and 1024 x 768 pixels) higher; S7 HiGRAPH V5.3 and
in English, French, German, higher.
Italian and Spanish, runtime Functional enhancement for
license (single license) SIMATIC WinCC flexible;
electronic documentation
Italian and Spanish
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent for D 6AV6 618-7DB01-1AB0
SIMATIC Panels
executable on TP/OP 270,
MP 270B and MP 370
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent for D 6AV6 618-7DD01-1AB0
WinCC flexible Runtime
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
on CD-ROM
5 languages
Italian, Spanish);
SIMATIC HMI
1) Only in combination with ProAgent/MP and ProAgent/PC
2) Configuring software included on ProTool CD V6
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 4/103

HMI Software
4/104 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

HMI complete systems
5/2 HMI Packages with ProTool/Pro,

WinCC flexible and WinCC
5/2 Overview
HMI Packages with ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible and WinCC
Overview
■ Overview
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

• SIMATIC Panel PC packages with ProTool/Pro are an innovative
■ Benefits
5 solution for simple visualization tasks directly at the machine in
the field of HMI.
• Simple to order
• Cost savings compared to individual components
• This package can only be supplied if a Panel PC is ordered • Optimally matched hardware for the SIMATIC HMI software
together with the ProTool/Pro Runtime software. • System-tested solution
It is unfortunately not possible to place subsequent orders.
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• SIMATIC Panel PC packages with WinCC flexible are an
■ Design
innovative solution for simple visualization tasks directly at the SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
machine in the field of HMI.
The order configurator gives you a free choice of how the Panel
• This package can only be supplied if a Panel PC is ordered PC hardware is configured – depending on individual require-
together with the WinCC flexible Runtime software. ments for display and system performance.
It is unfortunately not possible to place subsequent orders.
Customers must install the desired ProTool/Pro Runtime software
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC and the communication hardware and software themselves. The
• The SIMATIC Panel PC packages with WinCC make it easy to corresponding runtime software is supplied with the devices.
order all the components required for an HMI solution on the
Runtime licenses are required for ProTool/Pro Runtime. You can
basis of a Panel PC.
choose from the following types of license:
• This package can only be supplied if a Panel PC is ordered
• License for 128 PowerTags
together with the WinCC software. It is unfortunately not possi-
ble to place subsequent orders. • License for 256 PowerTags
The term PowerTags is used exclusively to describe process
variables that have a process link to the controller.
Variables without process link, constant limit values of variables,
and messages are also available for additional system perfor-
mance.
5/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Overview
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC
The order configurator gives you a free choice of how the Panel The order configurator gives you a free choice of how the Panel
PC hardware is configured – depending on individual require- PC hardware is configured – depending on individual require-
ments for display and system performance. ments for display and system performance. Only the minimum
requirements of WinCC in terms of basic hardware need to be
Customers must install the desired WinCC flexible Runtime soft- taken into account.
ware and the communication hardware and software them-
selves. The WinCC flexible Runtime software is supplied with the Minimum configuration:
devices. The package also contains the runtime options for • Processor: Pentium III 933 MHz or Celeron 650 MHz or higher
WinCC flexible/Archives and WinCC flexible/Recipes.
• 12" or 15" display (at least 600 x 800 pixels resolution)
Runtime licenses are required for WinCC flexible Runtime. • Main memory min. 256 MB
You can choose from the following types of license:
• Min. 10 GB with CD-ROM
• Windows 2000 multilingual or
• License for 512 PowerTags Windows XP Professional multilingual
For process communication, you can choose between the on-
The term PowerTags is used exclusively to describe process board, CP5611-compatible PROFIBUS interface or the powerful
variables that have a process link to the controller. modules CP 1613 for Industrial Ethernet and CP 5613 for
Variables without process link, constant limit values of variables, PROFIBUS.
and messages are also available for additional system perfor- From the configurator for the WinCC package, another order
mance. item can be selected that then contains the relevant WinCC soft-
ware package and the communication module.
Both order items are delivered together. Customers must install
the communication hardware and the WinCC software them-
selves.
Licenses are required for WinCC Runtime. You can choose from
the following types of license:
• License for 8K PowerTags (with WinCC V6.0)
• License for 64K PowerTags
The term PowerTags is used exclusively to describe process
5
variables that have a process link to the controller. Variables
without process link, constant limit values of variables, and mes-
sages are also available for additional system performance.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 5/3

Overview

1)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro D 6AV6 584-4A 7 00-0AX0 SIMATIC WinCC Package 6AV6 382-1 7 7 06-0AX0
Package 1) 2)
WinCC V6.0 Runtime
Includes runtime license
• 128 PowerTags C
• 128 Power Tags B
• 256 PowerTags D
• 256 Power Tags C
• 1024 PowerTags E
• 512 Power Tags D
• 8k PowerTags H
• 2048 Power Tags F
• 64k PowerTags F
SIMATIC WinCC flexible D 6AV6 623-2 7 A00-0AA0
Package 1) 2) Communication board
Includes runtime license • Without/via onboard interfaces A
• 128 Power Tags B • Industrial Ethernet B

(with CP 1613)
• 512 Power Tags D
• PROFIBUS (with CP 5613) C
• 2048 Power Tags F
SIMATIC WinCC Package1) 6AV6 382-2 7 7 06-0AX0
SIMATIC WinCC Package 6AV6 382-1 7 7 00-0AX0
(Archives and Recipes) 1) WinCC V6.0 Runtime 2) 3)
WinCC V5.1 Runtime • 128 Power Tags C
• 128 PowerTags C • 256 Power Tags D
• 256 PowerTags D • 1024 Power Tags E
• 1024 PowerTags E • 8k Power Tags H
• 64k PowerTags F • 64k Power Tags F
Communication board Communication board
• Without/via onboard interfaces A • Without/via onboard interfaces A
• Industrial Ethernet B • Industrial Ethernet B

(with CP 1613) (with CP 1613)
• PROFIBUS (with CP 5613) C • PROFIBUS (with CP 5613) C

Communication software see chapter 4
for CP 1613/CP 5613
1) Only if ordered with a Panel PC
5 2) The current version will always be delivered
3) Via license, not via authorisation
Note:
For ordering data for Panel PCs and accessories,
D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1 see configurators in “SIMATIC Panel PCs”
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-hmi
5/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized
Products
6/2 Introduction
6/2 Product modifications
6/4 Sector products

6/4 HMI operator stations
for the automotive industry
6/6 OEM PP17 PROFIsafe
for the automotive industry
6/9 Panel PC 477 OEM
6/13 Embedded Panel PC
for the mechanical engineering
6/16 Panels and Panel PC
for the food, beverages and
tobacco industries
6/19 Customized product

modifications
6/19 Customized design
6/27 OEM products
6/31 HMI operator stations
6/36 Open Platform Program
Customized products
Introduction
Product modifications
■ Overview
Sector-specific products Customized design products

SIMATIC HMI products are fitted with additional features in order Customized design SIMATIC HMI products are entirely compat-
to facilitate optimum use in specific sectors of industry. Stainless ible with standard products in respect of technology and func-
steel front panels for the food, beverages and tobacco industry tion.
are one such example. With the exception of their front panels,
the devices are identical to standard products in respect of func- The similar technology enables the use of standard devices in
tion and technology. We can offer products for the following sec- case of unit failure if the machine or plant supplier does not have
tors: a customized product available in their own spare parts store at
the time.
• Automotive industry - HMI for factory automation
Integrated in the SIMATIC world, they are configured with
• Food, beverages and tobacco industries SIMATIC ProTool or WinCC. They differ from standard products
• Chemical and pharmaceuticals industries only in respect of their design, i.e.,:
• Different logo and type designation
• Different keyboard colors, key labels and key symbols
• Different housing color (front frame)
6/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Introduction
Product modifications
■ Overview
OEM products Open Platform Program

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) products for OEM cus- Open Platform Program software tools for the creation of soft-
tomers are suitable for individual industrial automation tasks that ware enhancements for ProTool and ProTool/Pro or customer
cannot be solved using standard products or panels that were applications based on SIMATIC HMI/WinCE platforms and Panel
simply modified in respect of their design. PC products.
Customized products are individual solutions based on stan- The Open Platform Program supports the implementation of op-
dard components. They are specified, offered, developed and timized customized hardware and software solutions. HMI plat-
supplied on an individual customer-specific basis. forms for other CE software can also be used in accordance with
requirements. Customers can write their own software or add
For this purpose, we simply combine - as in a system of building their own specific functions to ProTool. Any Windows CE-based
blocks - standard components, customized components and SIMATIC Panel (TP 170B and higher) (standard device or OEM
additional software function enhancements required to create a configuration) can be used as a hardware platform. We can pro-
SIMATIC HMI OEM device. vide you with the necessary development package, including
Possible modifications: support services.
• Changes to keyboard layout, key size/design and key layout Software Development Kits (SDKs) contain the necessary
SIMATIC HMI devices with modified layout are virtually identi- software tools for the implementation of the following software
cal to standard devices in respect of technology and function. solutions:
They differ from standard products only in respect of keyboard • Customer-defined applications
configuration.
• Expansions of HMI ProTool software using own ActiveX
As panels with customized layout are compatible with standard controls
devices in respect of mechanics and function, in the event of unit
failure, standard devices can replace customized ones. How- • Project functions or tasks that interact with ProTool
ever, the keyboard/user interface will of course change.
• Customer-defined front dimensions and device mechanics,
6
housing for desktop or support arm versions
• Different processors and memory media
• Different display technologies, sizes and resolutions
• Distributed configuration up to 500 m
• Additional modules or interfaces, e.g.,
direct control key module
• Freely-selectable Windows versions as operating system,
preinstalled SIMATIC HMI software packages
It is frequently the case, however, that new OEM products can
be based on existing OEM products efficiently and cost-effec-
tively. In such cases, the end product is considered to be a
customized modification of an existing OEM product.
Our OEM devices are available in all performance classes:
from OEM Push Button Panels through Text Displays, Touch and
Operator Panels right up to multifunctional panels (MP) and
Panel PCs with far-reaching changes in hardware, equipment
and software. Customized OEM products are developed and
produced in various stages in accordance with quality stan-
dards.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/3

Customized products
Sector products
HMI operator stations for the automotive industry
• Modern design combined with outstanding functionality
• Increased heat dissipation thanks to ribbed aluminum frame
and backpanel heat sink
• Easy access to controls thanks to hinged front frame or hinged
backpanel
• Modular system for precise customization and tailoring to
Panel or Panel PC
• High-quality aluminum press-drawn section with clean surface
finish
• Colors to complement design, also possible in customized
RAL colors
• Rugged and maintenance-friendly device design
• Very high EMC
• Distributed configuration for large machines and distributed
installations
• Optimized high-speed operator control thanks to:
- Reduced number of control elements
- Optimum control element layout
- 24 V DC hardware direct keys or high-speed PROFIBUS com-
munication for direct keys
• Use of high-capacity mass storage for large software applica-
tions
• Silicone-free device configuration
• Chemically-resistant surfaces (resistant to lubricants and fill-
ers, oils, etc., in particular)
• Welding sputter-resistant surface
• Project-specific software ready installed
■ Application
Operator PC unit operator panel + PLC, HMI operator control unit, In automotive production, the fault-free operation of production
operator terminal (OT) facilities is of paramount importance. The requirements of indus-
trial control housings in respect of impermeability to dust and
The fully-populated and wired turnkey solutions in a variety of water, as well as those in respect of the management of the in-
designs are ideal for the requirements of the automotive industry. ternal heat balance are therefore very high. In addition to the
Panel PC477 OEM and the Panel PC677, the Panel PC877 and
Flat Panels are also suitable for use as operator PCs for the au-
tomotive industry.
■ Design
• The modular design with a variety of aluminum frames and
6 expansions can support all required device combinations.
A variety of operator stations appear in the overview:
- Modular aluminum control housing system for the installation
of an HMI Panel or Panel PC (see "Overview" figure on top
right)
- Modular aluminum control housing system for the combina-
tion of a number of HMI Panels (see "Overview" figure on bot-
tom right)
- Modular aluminum control housing system for the combina-
tion of a number of HMI Panels, Panel PCs and Simatic S7
PLCs (see "Overview" figure on left)
• Can be accessed via hinged front frame or hinged backpanel
• Integrated support arm elements at the top and bottom for the
direct attachment of support arm couplings
• Integrated handle attachments facilitate handling and under-
line the design image
Certifications/Approvals
• IP65
• NEMA 4/EEMAC Type 12
• UL-/CSA
6/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Sector products
HMI operator stations for the automotive industry
Examples from the automotive industry
Type HMI operator control unit Operator PC unit operator panel Operator terminals (OTs)
+ PLC
Components
Computer unit Panel PC 677 PC Box V3 based on Panel PC677
• Pentium M 1.6 GHz, 512 MB RAM • Pentium M 2 GHz, 1 GB RAM • PP17-I PROFISAFE
• 40 GB HD, DVD/CD-RW • 40 GB HD • PP17-II
• MPI/Profibus + Ethernet • MPI/Profibus + 2 x Ethernet • TP 170B
interface 10/100 Mbit interface 10/100 Mbit
• Europe default 230 V • Europe default 230 V
Front panel PC 677 15“ Touch, Customized front with
15“ XGA 1024 x 768 resolution 2 x 6 B control keys,
15“ XGA 1024 x 768 resolution
Additional components • PP17-I PROFISAFE
• PP17-II
• S7-400 configuration
Additional components
Operator panel housing CC-4000 • VIP 6000 (upper part) VIP 6000
• IW 6900 (lower part)
Dimensions 578 x 764 x183 mm 630 x1870 x 636 mm 622 x 585.5 x 210 mm
Operator panel with slide-in label –
Keyboard Cherry keyboard (optional) Sasse stainless steel keyboard
Mouse Trackball (optional) Optical mouse
Elements 16 x 3SB3 elements, 2 x 4 add-on controls, • 16 short-stroke keys,
1 x EMERGENCY STOP 1 x EMERGENCY STOP 2 x 4 add-on controls,
1 x EMERGENCY STOP
• 32 short-stroke keys
• 3 x SIMATIC DP connecting plugs
Locking • E1 lock for keyboard drawer and Customized housing lock Customized housing lock
housing lock
• E7 key-operated switch
Mounting Installation in operator panel Installation in operator panel Installation in operator panel
housing with electrical wiring housing with electrical wiring housing with electrical wiring
Ventilation 24 V fan without integrated power –
supply unit
Terminals Use of 3-wire terminals Use of Wago terminals
Core identification Yes Yes Yes
Base profile • 2 x machining M32
(1 x Murr, 1 x blanking plug)
• Icotec
• RJ45 Ethernet port
6
• RJ45 Ethernet port
• HAN 25, HAN 7
Software: • Win XP SP 1, Prof. Multilanguage • Win 2003 Server
• Win CC SP3 • SIMATIC Softnet S7 for IE V 6.x
• SIMATIC Step 7 Prof ED 2004 • SIMATIC Step 7 V 5..x
• Norton Antivirus 2005 • SIMATIC S7-Graph V 5.x
• Norton Ghost V 9.0 • SIMATIC DistributedSafety V 5.x
• InTouch Runtime V 9.x
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/5

Customized products
Sector products
OEM PP17 PROFIsafe for the automotive industry
The pushbutton panel has been designed for use in the automo-
tive industry
PP17-I PROFIsafe: Front and rear views Possible applications for the operator panel
Pushbutton panel with 16 illuminated short-stroke keys and free The operator panel is used to display the operating states of ma-
digital inputs and outputs, supplemented by four fail-safe input chines or plants and to control the process. The operator panel
channels (F-DI) for simple emergency stop applications. is designed for mounting in control panels and replaces individ-
ually installed and wired keys, switches and LEDs. You should
install the operator panel in an installation cutout and connect it
■ Benefits to a controller of type SIMATIC S7-416F-2 via PROFIBUS. The
The control unit offers a wide range of features that can be used operator panel is pre-configured and is operational almost im-
without the need for programming: mediately. In comparison to conventional wiring, substantially
less time is needed for commissioning and the device provides
• Short-stroke keys with two-color flat surface LEDs increased failure safety during runtime.
• Additional 24 V digital inputs and outputs
(maximum of 14 can be used in standard mode) Use in fail-safe mode
• All short-stroke keys and digital inputs can also be individually Thanks to integrated PROFIsafe communication, the operator
configured as switches panel can be utilized in SIMATIC S7-416F-2 fail-safe mode for
• Integrated lamp test simple emergency stop applications. Up to four two-channel
emergency stop buttons can be connected. Concerning safety-
• Integrated flash rate relevant signals, at least SIL2/Category 3 can be achieved. For
• LED colors: red, green, yellow applications requiring the higher SIL 3/Category 4, an additional
• Configurable pulse stretching fail-safe F-FB must be integrated into your STEP 7 safety pro-
gram.
• Pre-perforated cut-outs for 22.5 mm standard add-on compo-
nents such as key switches and emergency stop The fail-safe operator panel features a simple non-configurable
diagnostics function. The diagnostics are always activated and
• SIMATIC control unit design, can be mounted side-by-side are automatically made available by the HMI in STEP 7 and
6 without gaps
• Fail-safe operation of 1 to a maximum of 4 emergency stop
passed on to the CPU in the event of a fault.
buttons by means of PROFIsafe communication The diagnostic function passes the following diagnostics infor-
mation to the CPU:
• Simultaneous standard mode and fail-safe mode
• Communication error
• Non-interchangeable coded plug-type terminals Communication between the operator panel as DP slave and
the CPU as DP master has been interrupted (e.g., due to an in-
correct PROFIBUS address or PROFIsafe address).
• Hardware error
External wiring or internal hardware error, data corruption or
procedural error.
• Parameterization error
Error in the PROFIsafe configuration
6/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Sector products
■ Design
External dimensions and mounting cutout are the same as those for the standard product PP17-I.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/7

Customized products
Sector products
Only technical specifications that differ from the data of PP17-I SIMATIC PP17-I PROFIsafe A 6AV3 688-4CX02-0AA0
appear in the following list: Pushbutton panel with PROFIsafe
communication and max. 4 F-DI
Type PP17-I PROFIsafe for emergency stop applications,
• Number of F-channels for emer- 1 up to 4 incl. mounting accessories and 1
gency stop sheet of slide-in labels
Two digital inputs and two
digital outputs are required for Delivery time can be delivered from stock
each F-channel Minimum order quantity none
• Additional digital inputs Max. 14 (depending on the Repairs over spare parts service
number of emergency stops)
• Additional digital outputs Max. 14 (depending on the
number of emergency stops) PP17-I PROFIsafe User Manual
incl. CD-ROM, with Word tem-
• Output aggregate current Max. 300 mA plate for creating slide-in labels,
• Connection to controller S7-416F-2 with GSD file and F-FB for
No MPI communication SIL3/Cat. 4
• Requirements SIMATIC S7 - Distributed Safety • German 6AV3 991-1XB01-0AA0
V5.3 and higher • English 6AV3 991-1XB01-0AB0
Other technical specifications correspond to the specifications PP17-I PROFIsafe Short
of the standard PP17-I. Operating Instructions
• German 6AV3 678-8LA00-0AA0
• English 6AV3 678-8LA00-0AB0
Slide-in label set 6AV3 671-8CB00
containing 2 sheets
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
6/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Sector products
Panel PC 477 OEM
• Increased protection against tampering
• Increased system availability (faster booting, write-protected
system partition)
• Increased data security thanks to Compact Flash memory
• Full industrial compatibility
• Full scalability
• Without fans
• Retentive memory
• Compact or distributed configuration
• Worldwide service network
• Turnkey product, ready to use (pre-installed software, operator
station)
• Customer support for producing user-specific Windows XP
embedded images
• Free evaluation tool from Microsoft for the production of user-
specific images
Rugged and powerful systems are required in industrial appli-
cations. SIMATIC Panel PCs have been designed to a high ■ Application
standard, offering special resilience for use in industrial environ-
ments as well as strong performance capability. Where the solu- The Windows XP embedded and Windows XP Professional op-
tions required for individual automation tasks cannot be imple- erating systems combine the openness of a PC with the security
mented using standard products, OEM devices can be used. of an embedded system. The innovative WinCC flexible visual-
The SIMATIC Panel PC 477 OEM is the ideal embedded solution ization software and automation software based on WinAC are
for use in harsh industrial environments. This particularly com- ideal for configuration. The SIMATIC Panel PC 477 OEM product
pact and rugged Panel PC is ideal for use on machines and, due specification is tailored to customer requirements. Individual
to its lack of fans and hard disk, it is completely maintenance- hardware, software and design modifications and expansions
free. are available on request.
• Combining particularly compact dimensions with high perfor- Application examples
mance • Printing machines
• Maintenance-free in operation with Compact Flash due to ab- • Pick-and-place systems
sence of fans
• Brake test stands
• Ambient temperature up to 50 °C without fans
• Paint mixing plants
• High degree of ruggedness thanks to high resistance to shock
and vibration • Wind power plants
• Processors up to Intel Pentium III, 933 MHz • Injection molding machines
• RAM expandable up to 512 MB • Information terminals
• Compact Flash memory from 256 MB for maximum availability • Building management
• Option second Flash card or a combination of Flash card and • Warehouse systems
hard disk for temporary data.
• Ethernet and PROFIBUS (optional) on-board
• Battery-backed hard disk add-on for memory-intensive appli-
cations
6
• Long-term availability of PC components from the Intel embed-
ded range
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/9

Customized products
Sector products
Panel PC 477 OEM
Display Interfaces
Size/resolution (pixels) 12“ TFT / 800 x 600 PROFIBUS/MPI 12 Mbit/s (isolated, compatible
15“ TFT / 1024 x 768 with CP 5611, RS 485), optional
Alternative: Touch or Keys
Ethernet 2 x 10/100 Mbit/s
General features
USB (universal serial bus) 3 x rear side (USB V2.0)
Processor Intel Celeron 400 MHz or 650 MHz 1 x front side (USB V2.0)
Intel Pentium III 933 MHz
(depending on version supplied) Serial interface COM1 (RS232)
RAM 128 MB, 256 MB or 512 MB Graphics interface VGA via DVI-I connector
Operating system Microsoft Windows XP Profes- Ambient conditions

sional or Microsoft Windows XP Degree of protection IP 65 (front),
embedded IP 20 (rear)
Power supply 24 V DC or 120/230 V AC Vibration load during operation Tested in accordance with
MTBF for backlighting Typically 60,000 hours DIN IEC 68-2-6:
(24 hours continuous duty, 10 to 58 Hz, 0.075 mm
temperature-dependent) 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/2 (1 g)
Drives Shock loading during operation Tested in accordance with

DIN IEC 68-2-29:
Compact Flash memory 256 MB, 512 MB or 1 GB optional 50 m/s2 (5 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
Hard disk 40 GB Ambient temperature during +5 to +45 °C with HD
operation +50 °C with CompactFlash Card
Floppy/CD-ROM drive Can be connected via USB port
(not included in scope of supply) Relative humidity during operation Tested in accordance with
DIN IEC 68-2-3/68-2-30/68-2-56:
5% to 80% at +25 °C
(no condensation)
Approval CE
Dimensions
Front panel (W x H in mm) 483 x 310
Mounting cutout (W x H in mm) 450 x 290
Mounting depth 70 mm
Depending on configuration, Panel PC 477 OEM is available

as of 11/2005.
6/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Sector products
Panel PC 477 OEM
■ Ordering data
Quotation preparation Type of communication
Product specification according to customer requirements. • Via integrated interfaces
Quotation preparation by SIMATIC HMI specialists, specification • Industrial communication modules
of: Preinstalled software
• Non-recurring costs • Software supplied with the product
• Prototype costs • Customer-defined SW image installed prior to delivery 1) 2) 3)
• Standard unit prices • Siemens-specific SW image installed prior to delivery1) 2) 3)
• General conditions (product agreement) • The WinAC and WinCC flexible TIA software products are
• Training in XP embedded generation tested with standard operating system images and released on
a customer-specific basis. If changes are made to the operat-
There is a minimum annual quantity/purchase quantity (minimum ing system constellation (generation under Windows XP em-
quantity per type: 20), which is agreed with the customer for the bedded), you will need to confirm the functionality of the TIA
project. software by means of a system test.
Customized products can only be ordered in conjunction with a Operator station
product agreement.
The devices can be supplied mounted in optimized operator sta-
Options for the PC477 OEM tions.
Bulk storage Non-recurring costs
• Hard disk • Customer training for Windows XPe and 5 h hotline support
• 256 MB Compact Flash memory • Creating a customized image for Windows XPe, if applicable
• 512 MB Compact Flash memory with WinCC flexible 2005 + WinAC RTX 2005
• 1024 MB Compact Flash memory • Creating a customized image for Windows XPe with customer
• Combined hard disk and Flash memory applications
Operating system
1) Only available when ordered with a Panel PC
• Windows XP Professional with hard disk only
2) Only in conjunction with a product agreement
• Windows XP embedded 3) Take non-recurring costs into account for software image generation
by Siemens
HMI software
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 128 PowerTags (RT) A customer-specific order number is allocated during the pro-
duct agreement process.
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 512 PowerTags (RT)
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 2048 PowerTags (RT)
Soft PLC software
• WinAC RTX 2005
Example configurations with 15" Touch display

Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3
Processor Intel Celeron 400 MHz Intel Celeron 650 MHz Intel Pentium III 933 MHz 6
RAM 128 MB RAM 256 MB RAM 512 MB RAM
PROFIBUS – On-board On-board
Mass storage 256 MB CF card Hard disk Hard disk
Operating system Windows XP embedded Windows XP Professional Windows XP Professional
Power supply 120/230 AC 120/230 AC 120/230 AC
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/11

Customized products
Sector products
Panel PC 477 OEM
Dimensions in mm
H
10,5
D
W
W+1 (cutout)
Touch panels
15" 483 310
H+1 (cutout)
Touch panels
G_ST80_XX_00238
15" 450 290 75
6/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Sector products
Embedded Panel PC
■ Overview
SIMATIC HMI embedded Panel PCs Customized project-based configurations
Hardware basis: Panel PC 477 OEM/677
Operator control units:
• Compact, remote
• Touch 12“, 15“, 19“
• Key 10”, 12“, 15“
Bulk storage:
• Compact Flash 256 MB – 1 GB hard disk
• Larger storage capacity on request
• Alternative:
- Hard disk instead of Compact Flash with Windows XP
embedded
- 2. Compact Flash card
- Compact Flash + hard disk
Operating system:
• Windows XP embedded
TIA integration:
• WinCC flexible 2005 as HMI software
• WinAC RTX 2005 as Soft PLC
Rugged and powerful systems are required in industrial applica- • TIA software products are tested with standard images of the
tions. In this respect, SIMATIC Panel PCs offer a very high stan- operating system and are released on a customer-specific ba-
dard, featuring special resilience for industrial applications in sis. If the operating system constellation (generation) changes,
addition to high performance capability. the functionality of the TIA software has to be confirmed by
Due to popularity and ease of use, these PC systems are usually means of a system test.
supplied with Windows 2000 or Windows XP. Although highly Software:
reliable, these operating systems need a hard disk as boot and
• Preinstalled, predefined Windows XP embedded
working drive due to their performance range and wide applica-
tion scope. • Generation of a customized Windows XP embedded image on
request
However, due to considerations in respect of durability, suscep-
tibility to error or low heat dissipation, hard disk drives are not • SW installed prior to delivery (ready to run incl. customer appli-
always the ideal basis for every application. Flash memory sys- cations)
tems are often a better solution. • Provision of HW components for Microsoft development tools
for easy creation of own operating system image
If you wish to use Flash memory, the standard operating systems
(Windows 2000 or Windows XP) are not an option. However, if Operator stations:
you need their flexibility or require applications only available for • The devices can be offered as optimum operator stations
these operating systems, Windows XP embedded can provide (see "Operator stations").
the ideal solution.
Unlike XP Professional, the embedded version is not installed on
the target system. Instead an operating-system image is gener-
ated using the Microsoft Target Designer. We can provide com-
ponents tailored precisely for SIMATIC Panel PC systems for this
6
tool and offer our customers the option of either generating the
operating system themselves or having us generate it in abso-
lute accordance with their requirements.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/13

Customized products
Sector products
Embedded Panel PC
• Increased protection against tampering • HW base as Panel PC 477 OEM / 677
• Increased system availability (faster booting, write-protected • Optional:
system partition) - Combined hard disk and Compact Flash memory
• Increased data security thanks to Compact Flash memory - Compact or distributed design
- Installation in operator stations
• Full industrial compatibility
• Full scalability
• Without fans (Micro Panel PC)
• Retentive memory (Micro Panel PC) All the technical features of the PC 677 and Micro Panel PC have
been retained for the embedded versions and further informa-
• Compact or distributed configuration tion can be obtained by referring to the corresponding product
• Worldwide service network information.
• Turnkey product, ready to use (pre-installed software, Deviations:
operator station)
• When using Windows XP embedded:
• Customer support for producing user-specific Windows XP Depending on the generation of the image, functionality may
embedded images be restricted in comparison with Windows XPpro.
• Free evaluation tool from Microsoft for the production of user- • When using a Compact Flash card:
specific images Write- and read-data transfer rates are slower than with a hard
The use of Windows XP embedded in conjunction with SIMATIC disk
Panel PCs provides an outstanding platform in respect of secu- Versions
rity, ruggedness and flexibility. It enables the flexibility of the PC
world, combined with the security of an embedded system, to be Microsoft Windows XP embedded is the standard operating sys-
used in industrial applications. The Windows XP embedded sup- tem when using a SIMATIC Panel PC 677 embedded. Hardware-
port package provides the basis for the effective and fast gener- only product solutions without operating systems are possible
ation of a platform tailored to meet requirements. and support customer flexibility in enabling other embedded op-
We gladly work together with you to generate and deliver the erating systems to be used.
customized SIMATIC hardware and software combined to meet The hardware-description components for the Microsoft Target
the requirements of your particular application. This can save Designer are supplied with the product to facilitate image gen-
you both time and money during the installation process, leaving eration.
you free to deal with more important issues. The operating-system image can be generated by the customer
or by Siemens. Once generated, the image can be installed prior
to delivery of every hardware order placed.
■ Application The WinCC flexible and WinAC software packages complete the
Embedded systems provide additional options wherever hard embedded spectrum for the PC 677.Both software products are
disks have reached the limit of their specification and potential customized during Siemens generation in order to minimize stor-
weak points can be identified. age capacity usage on Flash cards.
Example:
• Directly at the machine in the production industry, in the
mechanical engineering industry, for packaging machines,
in sheet metal working, process engineering, or building
systems
In such applications, MTBF can be affected significantly by
machine vibrations and ambient temperatures.Flash memory
can be used for higher temperatures and can withstand an in-
6 crease of up to 10 times in respect of vibration.
• On support-arm systems/cabinet doors
This is a very popular operator system configuration. If, how-
ever, the swing range of the support arm or cabinet door is not
limited by soft end stops, harsh impact can generate shock
loads which can damage the hard disk in the long term. Flash
memories do not have bearings or moving reader heads which
can damage magnetic memory media. The shock resistance of
Compact Flash memory is more than 100 times that of hard
disks.
• As information terminals in public places
The modular structure of Windows XP embedded enables spe-
cific functions to be masked out. This reduces system resource
usage and increases operational reliability by excluding the
possibility of operator errors and tampering.
• A space-saving, high-performance, single-platform solu-
tion for control and visualization tasks
Smaller systems have the option of implementing the visualiza-
tion and control tasks compactly in a single device, without an
additional control cabinet.
6/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Sector products
Embedded Panel PC
■ Ordering data
Selection guide/Quotation preparation Type of communication
SIMATIC Embedded Panel PCs are modified on the basis of the • Via integrated interfaces
PC 477 OEM/677 hardware, or possible modifications are out- • Industrial communication modules
lined below.
Preinstalled software
Quotation preparation • Software supplied with the product
Product specification according to customer requirements. • Customer-defined SW image installed prior to delivery 1) 2) 3)
Quotation preparation by SIMATIC HMI specialists, • Siemens-specific SW image installed prior to delivery1) 2) 3)
specification of:
Non-recurring costs
• Non-recurring costs
• Customer training for Windows XPe and 5 h hotline support
• Prototype costs
• Creating a customized image for Windows XPe, if applicable
• Standard unit prices with WinCC flexible 2005 + WinAC RTX 2005
• General conditions (product agreement) • Creating a customized image for Windows XPe with customer
• Training in XP embedded generation applications
There is a minimum annual quantity/purchase quantity (minimum
1) Only available when ordered with a Panel PC
quantity per type: 20), which is agreed with the customer for the
project. 2) Only in conjunction with a product agreement
3) Take non-recurring costs into account for software image generation
Customized products can only be ordered in conjunction with a by Siemens
product agreement.
Optionen für OEM embedded Panel PC A customer-specific order number is allocated during the prod-
uct agreement process.
Bulk storage
• Hard disk
• 256 MB CF module (without optical drive)
• 512 MB CF module (without optical drive) Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
• 1024 MB CF module (without optical drive)

• Combined hard disk and Flash memory
Operating system
• Without operating system
• Windows XP embedded http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
HMI software
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 128 Power Tags (RT) Contact:
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 512 Power Tags (RT) Please contact your local/national Siemens HMI representative.
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 1024 Power Tags (RT)
Soft PLC software
• WinAC RTX 2005
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/15

Customized products
Sector products
Panels and Panel PC
for the food, beverages and tobacco industries
• Resistant and rugged stainless steel fronts with a smooth sur-
face for ease of cleaning
• Optimized frame design with low projection from the control
cabinet and for liquid runoff
• Minimized slots and gaps as well as increased resistance to
detergents and disinfectants
• Non-migrating seal material suitable for use in the food and
beverages industry (flat seal in accordance with
FDA 21 CFR 177.2006) and shatter-proof display to prevent
contamination of foodstuffs
• Device front developed on the basis of EN 1672-2
• Decoration foil tested against chemicals in accordance with
DIN 42115, Part 2
• Field-proven functionality of the SIMATIC HMI standard
products
■ Application
Panels and Panel PCs with touch screen and stainless steel front
are designed for use in the food, beverages and tobacco in-
dustry for operation and monitoring at the food processing ma-
chinery.
Panels and Panel PCs with stainless steel front for the food, beverages
and tobacco industry
■ Design
• External dimensions and installation cutout as on the corre-
Panels and Panel PCs with touch screen and stainless steel front sponding standard product
have been designed for use in the food, beverages and tobacco • Optimized frame profile and low projection of the device over
industry for operating and monitoring machinery in that sector. the control cabinet
They have been developed on the basis of EN 1672-2 "Food Pro- • Degree of protection IP66 on front
cessing Machinery – Safety and Hygiene Requirements".
• Surface with 240 grit
• Easy cleaning and disinfection:
- Stainless steel surface with 240 grit • Minimized slots and gaps
- Foil over the display cutout tested for resistance to chemicals • Decoration foil chemically tested
- Minimized slots and gaps • Shatter-proof display
- Optimized frame profile for liquid runoff
• Sealing suitable for food and beverages industry
• Shatter-proof display
• Clamping frame on rear for even pressure on the seal
• Degree of protection IP66
6/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Sector products
Panels and Panel PC
Touch Panel TP 170B Touch Panel TP270 Multi Panel MP 370 Panel PC 677
Display 5,7” color STN Touch 10,4” color STN Touch 15,1” TFT Touch 15,1” TFT Touch
Resolution (pixels) 320 x 240 640 x 480 1024 x 768 1024 x 768
MTBF of background lighting 50,000 h 60,000 h 50,000 h 50,000 h
(at 25 °C)
General features
Processor RISC 32 bits, 66 MHz RISC CPU RISC CPU Intel Pentium
M Technology
Intel Celeron M370
1.5 GHz;
Intel Pentium M730
1.6 GHz;
Intel Pentium M760
2.0 GHz
Memory 768 KB RAM; 2048 KB Flash/RAM 12 MB Flash 256 MByte RAM
23 KB Flash to 2 GByte
Power supply 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC AC 110V / 230 (autorange)
50 / 60 Hz or DC 24 V
Operating system Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE Windows 2000 Prof.
(Multi-Language),
Windows XP Prof.
(Multi-Language),
opt. without op.sys.
Interfaces 2 x RS 232, 2 x RS 232 1 x TTY / RS 232, 1 x COM 1, V.24,
1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 422 1 x RS 232, 2 x RJ45 Fast Ethernet,
1 x RS 485, 1 x RS 485 1 x RS 422 7 RS 485, 1 x PROFIBUS/MPI,
1 x CompactFlash 1 x USB 1 x PC Card Slot, 4 x USB on rear,,
card slot 1 x CompactFlash 1 x CompactFlash 2 free PCI slots
card slot card slot,
1 x USB, 1 x RJ45
Special features - - - Without front USB port
Front
Material Stainless steel 1.4301, Stainless steel 1.4301, Stainless steel 1.4301, Stainless steel 1.4301,
Polyester film Polyester film Polyester film Polyester film
Surface Ground to a particle , Ground to a particle , Ground to a particle , Ground to a particle ,
Size of 240 Size of 240 Size of 240 Size of 240
Seal EPDM EPDM EPDM EPDM
Special features Optimized frame design, Optimized frame design, Optimized frame design, Optimized frame design,
sloped surfaces sloped surfaces sloped surfaces sloped surfaces
Ambient conditions
Degree of protection On the front: IP66, On the front: IP66, On the front: IP66, IP66 on the front,
NEMA 4, 4 x and 12; NEMA 4, 4 x and 12; NEMA 4, 4 x and 12; IP20 on the rear
On the rear: IP20 On the rear: IP20 On the rear: IP20
Ambient temperature during
operation
Vertical installation:
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +50 °C
+5 to +45 °C for maximum
configuration 6
Max. angle of inclination Max. angle of inclination Max. angle of inclination
+/- 35°: 0 to +40 °C +/- 35°: 0 to +40 °C +/- 35°: 0 to +35 °C
Relative humidity Max. 85% Max. 85% Max. 85% 5% to 80% at 25 °C
(no condensation) (no condensation) (no condensation) (no condensation)
Transport/storage temperature -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C
Approval FM, UL, CSA, CE FM, UL, cULus, CE, FM Class 1 Div 2, cULus, CE, cULus,
C-TICK CE, C-TICK FM Class 1 Div 2
Dimensions
Front panel W x H (in mm) 212 x 156 335 x 275 400 x 310 483 x 310
Mounting cutout W x H (in mm) 198 x 142 310 x 248 368 x 290 450 x 296
External dimensions of clamping 224 x 168 343 x 283 412 x 322 495 x 322
frame W x H (in mm)
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg Approx. 3.4 kg Approx. 7 kg Approx. 15 kg
Special features Clamping frame on the Clamping frame on the Clamping frame on the Clamping frame on the
rear rear rear rear
HMI engineering software ProTool/Lite and higher, ProTool/Lite and higher, ProTool and higher, ProTool/Pro and higher,
WinCC flexible Compact WinCC flexible Compact WinCC flexible Standard WinCC flexible Advanced
and higher and higher and higher and higher
HMI runtime software - - - ProTool/Pro RT and higher,
WinCC flexible RT and
higher
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/17

Customized products
Sector products
Panels and Panel PC

TP 170B color B 6AV6 545-8BC10-0AA0 Explanations
with stainless steel front
• EN 1672-2, edition: 2003-04 (draft standard),
Otherwise as
6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0
Food Production Machinery – General Design Guidelines –
Part 2: Hygiene Requirements;
Delivery time Available ex stock German edition EN 1672-2: 2003
Minimum order quantity None; can be ordered individually • DIN 10516, edition: 2002-01,
Project quantities or Orders as per customer Food Hygiene – Cleaning and Disinfection
ongoing supply forecast 1) • LMHV – German regulation on food hygiene
Spare parts and repairs Handled by the • FDA – Food and Drug Administration
Spare Parts Service
TP 270B 10" Touch B 6AV6 545-8CC10-0AA0
with stainless steel front SIMATIC partners close to you
Otherwise as Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
6AV6 545-0CC10-0AX0
Delivery time Available ex stock
Minimum order quantity None; can be ordered individually
Project quantities or Orders as per customer
ongoing supply forecast 1)
MP 370 15" Touch B 6AV6 545-8DB10-0AA0 http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Otherwise as
6AV6 545-0DB10-0AX0
Delivery time Available ex stock
Spare parts and repairs Handled by the
Spare Parts Service
Panel PC 677 15" D 6AV7 802-2....-....
Otherwise as Panel PC 677 Defined preferred versions
Configurator (MLFB) available soon, other
configurations on request
Delivery time Production and delivery as per
order
Spare parts and repairs Handled by regional
Repair Center
6 1) For ongoing supply or the delivery of larger quantities to OEM

customers, product planning and production are based on customer
forecasts.
B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N und ECCN: 5D002ENC3
D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B1
6/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Customized product modifications
Customized design
• Seamless adaptation to plant design and special operating
philosophy of customer
• No reductions in ergonomics compared to the standard prod-
ucts
• The flexible manufacture of the SIMATIC HMI Panels means
that even small ordering quantities can be efficiently produced
with the customized design on the basis of the standard prod-
ucts.
• Can be replaced with standard devices and are fully compati-
ble with the standard devices in:
- Functions and interfaces
- Configuration
- Housing and mounting dimensions
- Logistics and services
• SIMATIC HMI products in customized design are standard de-

vices without technical modifications that have been modified
with regard to design. Devices in customized design are man-
ufactured in the standard factory and are subject to the same
quality requirements as standard devices.
• The following modifications are possible separately or in com-
bination:
Version A: Insertion of the company name instead of the
Siemens logo, and modification of the type designation
Version B: Modification of the keyboard colors, labeling of the
key symbols, and background color
Version C: Modification of frame color
• Within the scope of customized design, it is also possible to
match different HMI products for color to facilitate a uniform
corporate identity. Costs for this are calculated according to
overhead.
• The HMI Design Center is responsible for creating the custom-
ized design.
The Design Center offers:
- Experience in the ergonomic design of human machine inter-
faces
- Knowledge of handling graphics and design tools, color
tables and character sets
- Competence in the selection of suitable fonts and standard-
ized symbols for machine operation
- Short response times
6
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/19

Customized products
Customized design
■ Selection and Ordering data

Micro Panels
Device type Order No. of associated Design Order No. of associated Minimum order quantity
standard device version design device 1)
per year per order
Operator Panel OP 73micro 6AV6 640-0BA01-0AX0 A 6AV6 640-5BA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 640-5BA10-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
4)
C 6AV6 640-5BA20-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 070 6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5AA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 545-5AC00-XXXX 150 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 170micro 6AV6 640-0CA01-0AX0 A 6AV6 640-5CA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 640-5CA20-XXXX 150 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 177micro 6AV6 640-0DA01-0AX0 A 6AV6 640-5DA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 640-5DA10-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 640-5DA20-XXXX 150 1 (from LZN)
Mobile Panels
per year per order
Mobile Panel 177 DP 3) 6AV6 645-0AA01-0AX0 A 6AV6 645-5AA00-XXXX 50 25
B 6AV6 645-5AA10-XXXX 50 25
Mobile Panel 177 DP 3) 6AV6 645-0AB01-0AX0 A 6AV6 645-5AB00-XXXX 50 25
with stop pushbutton B 6AV6 645-5AB10-XXXX 50 25
Mobile Panel 177 DP 3) 6AV6 645-0AC01-0AX0 A 6AV6 645-5AC00-XXXX 50 25
with stop pushbutton B 6AV6 645-5AC10-XXXX 50 25
Mobile Panel 177 PN 3) 6AV6 645-0BA01-0AX0 A 6AV6 645-5BA00-XXXX 50 25
B 6AV6 645-5BA10-XXXX 50 25
Mobile Panel 177 PN 3) 6AV6 645-0BB01-0AX0 A 6AV6 645-5BB00-XXXX 50 25
with stop pushbutton B 6AV6 645-5BB10-XXXX 50 25
Mobile Panel 177 PN 3) 6AV6 645-0BC01-0AX0 A 6AV6 645-5BC00-XXXX 50 25
with stop pushbutton B 6AV6 645-5BC10-XXXX 50 25
1) XXXX indicates customer code, assigned when order is placed
2) Products must always be ordered in multiples of "6" (e.g., 12, 18, 24 etc.)
3) Start of delivery 2 months after start of delivery of standard device
6 4) Possible color variants on request, if the plastic frame is being dyed, UL/CSA certification must be verified on a case-by-case basis
6/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Customized design
■ Selection and Ordering data (continued)

Panels
per year per order
Text Display TD17 6AV3 017-1NE30-0AX0 A 6AV3 017-5AA00-XXXX 25 1 (ab LZN)
B 6AV3 017-5AB00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
4)
C 6AV3 017-5AC00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP3 6AV3 503-1DB10 A 6AV3 503-5DB00-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV3 503-5DB10-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV3 503-5DB20-XXXX 200 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP7/DP 6AV3 607-1JC00-0AX1 A 6AV3 607-5AA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
4)
C 6AV3 607-5AC00-XXXX 250 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP7/DP 6AV3 607-1JC20-0AX1 A 6AV3 607-5BA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV3 607-5BB00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV3 607-5BC00-XXXX 250 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP7/DP12 6AV3 607-1JC30-0AX1 A 6AV3 607-5CA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV3 607-5CB00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
4)
C 6AV3 607-5CC00-XXXX 250 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP17/DP 6AV3 617-1JC00-0AX0 A 6AV3 617-5AA00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV3 617-5AC00-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP17/DP 6AV3 617-1JC20-0AX0 A 6AV3 617-5BA00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
4)
C 6AV3 617-5BC00-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP17/DP12 6AV3 617-1JC30-0AX1 A 6AV3 617-5CA00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV3 617-5CB00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV3 617-5CC00-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP 73 6AV6 641-0AA01-0AX0 A 6AV6 641-5AA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 641-5AA10-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 641-5AA20-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP 77A 6AV6 641-0BA01-0AX0 A 6AV6 641-5BA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 641-5BA20-XXXX 250 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP 77B 6AV6 641-0CA01-0AX0 A 6AV6 641-5CA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN) 6
B 6AV6 641-5CA10-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C 6AV6 641-5CA20-XXXX 250 1 (from LZN)
4) Possible color variants on request, if the plastic frame is being dyed, UL/CSA certification must be verified on a case-by-case basis
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/21

Customized products
Customized design

Panels (continued)
per year per order
Touch Panel TP 170A 6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5BA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 170B mono 6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5CA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4 6AV6 545-5CC00-XXXX 150 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 170B color 6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5DA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 545-5DC00-XXXX 150 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 177A 6AV6 642-0AA11-0AX0 A 6AV6 642-5AA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 642-5AA10-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
4)
C 6AV6 642-5AA20-XXXX 150 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 177B color 3) 6AV6 642-0BA01-1AX0 A 6AV6 642-5BA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 642-5BA20-XXXX 150 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 177B PN 6AV6 642-0BB01-1AX0 A 6AV6 642-5BB00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
blue mode 3)
4)
C 6AV6 642-5BB20-XXXX 150 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 177B DP 6AV6 642-0BC01-1AX0 A 6AV6 642-5BC00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
blue mode 3)
B 6AV6 642-5BC10-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP 170B 6AV6 542-0BB15-2AX0 A 6AV6 542-5BB00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
4)
C 6AV6 542-5BB20-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP 177B 6AV6 642-0DA01-1AX0 A 6AV6 642-5DA00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
color 3)
B 6AV6 642-5DA10-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C 4) 6AV6 642-5DA20-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP 177B PN 6AV6 642-0DB01-1AX0 A 6AV6 642-5DB00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
blue mode 3)
B 6AV6 642-5DB10-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C 4) 6AV6 642-5DB20-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP 177B DP 6AV6 642-0DC01-1AX0 A 6AV6 642-5DC00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
blue mode 3)
B 6AV6 642-5DC10-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C 4) 6AV6 642-5DC20-XXXX 100 1 (from LZN)
6 Touch Panel TP 270 6“ 6AV6 545-0CA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FA00-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 545-5FA10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
4) 2)
C 6AV6 545-5FA20-XXXX 48 1 (from LZN)
Touch Panel TP 270 10“ 6AV6 545-0CC10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FB00-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 545-5FB10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
C 4) 6AV6 545-5FB20-XXXX 48 2) 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP 270 6“ 6AV6 542-0CA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5FA00-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 542-5FA10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
4) 2)
C 6AV6 542-5FA20-XXXX 48 1 (from LZN)
Operator Panel OP 270 10“ 6AV6 542-0CC10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5FB00-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 542-5FB10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
C 4) 6AV6 542-5FB20-XXXX 48 2) 1 (from LZN)
6/22 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Customized design

Multi Panels
per year per order
Multi Panel MP 270B 6" Touch 6AV6 545-0AH10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FD00-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 545-5FD10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
4) 2)
C 6AV6 545-5FD20-XXXX 48 1 (from LZN)
Multi Panel MP 270B 10“ Touch 6AV6 545-0AG10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FC10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 545-5FC10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 545-5FC20-XXXX 48 2) 1 (from LZN)
Multi Panel MP 270B 10“ Key 6AV6 542-0AG10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5FC10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 542-5FC10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
4) 2)
C 6AV6 542-5FC20-XXXX 48 1 (from LZN)
Multi Panel MP 370 Touch 6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5EA00-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 545-5EA10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 545-5EA20-XXXX 48 2) 1 (from LZN)
Multi Panel MP 370 Key 6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5EA00-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 542-5EA10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
4) 2)
C 6AV6 542-5EA20-XXXX 48 1 (from LZN)
Multi Panel MP 370 15“ Touch 6AV6 545-0DB10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-0EB00-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
B 6AV6 545-0EB10-XXXX 24 2) 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6AV6 545-0EB20-XXXX 48 2) 1 (from LZN)
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/23

Customized products
Customized design

C7
per year per order
C7-613 6ES7 613-1CA00-0AE3 A 6ES7 613-1SA00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
B 6ES7 613-1SB00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
4)
C 6ES7 613-1SC00-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C7-633 DP 6ES7 633-2BF02-0AE3 A 6ES7 633-1SA02-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C4) 6ES7 633-1SC02-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
C7-633 /P 6ES7 633-1DF02-0AE3 A 6ES7 633-1SA02-XXXX 50 1 (from LZN)
4)
C7-635 Key 6ES7 635-2EC00-0AE3 A 6ES7 633-2SA01-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
C7-635 Touch 6ES7 635-2EB01-0AE3 A 6ES7 635-3SA01-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
4)
C7-636 Key 6ES7 636-2EC00-0AE3 A 6ES7 636-2SA00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
C7-636 Touch 6ES7 636-2EB00-0AE3 A 6ES7 636-3SA00-XXXX 25 1 (from LZN)
4)
6/24 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Customized design

Panel PC
per year per order
Panel PC 477 depending on the configuration A 6AV745X-4AA00-XXXX 25 5
12“ Key, 15” Key, B 6AV745X-4AB00-XXXX 25 5
12“ Touch 15“ Touch, 4)
19” Touch 3) C 6AV745X-4AB00-XXXX 50 10
12“ Touch 15“ Touch, 4)
19” Touch 3)3) C 6AV745X-2AB00-XXXX 50 10
12“ Touch 15“ Touch,
19” Touch C4) 6AV745X-0AB00-XXXX 50 10
12“ Touch 15“ Touch,
19” Touch C4) 6AV745X-1AB00-XXXX 50 10
Flat Panels
per year per order
Flat Panel 12“ depending on the configuration A 6AV7450-6AA00-XXXX 25 5
B 6AV7450-6AB00-XXXX 25 5
4)
C 6AV7450-6AB00-XXXX 50 10
Flat Panel 15“ depending on the configuration A 6AV7452-6AA00-XXXX 25 5
B 6AV7452-6AB00-XXXX 25 5
C4) 6AV7452-6AB00-XXXX 50 10
Flat Panel 19“ 3) depending on the configuration A 6AV7454-6AA00-XXXX 25 5
B 6AV7454-6AB00-XXXX 25 5
4)
C 6AV7454-6AB00-XXXX 50 10
6
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/25

Customized products
Customized design
Costs/Discounts Repairs/Stocking of spare parts
Customized design devices are subject to a premium in addition Only identified repairs are carried out.
to the standard device price.
On completion of delivery, the customized spare parts required
One-off costs for design and implementation in the plant are (device fronts) must be stored and made available by the cus-
added to the adapted unit price. The extent of these costs will tomer.
vary depending on device and design.
Contacts
Minimum quantities
Please contact your local/national Siemens HMI representative
In order to be able to offer high-quality products at prices that (visit our Internet site for more information).
can compete on the global market, a minimum annual quantity
and minimum order quantity must be specified.
A comprehensive presentation of all possible design devices
appears in the overview tables, along with associated minimum
quantities.
Processing
Orders for customized designs have to be processed in accor-
dance with a specific procedure. Two customer approval stages http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
are designed to ensure that the end product complies absolutely
and fully with expectations.
6/26 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
OEM products
• Solutions for OEM customers suitable for complex industrial
automation tasks that cannot be implemented using standard
products.
• Customized OEM products are developed in defined stages in
accordance with quality standards and produced using stan-
dard plant facilities - always in close cooperation with the cus-
tomer.
• Users in the automotive industry and the food, beverages and
tobacco industries, as well as in the plastics-processing indus-
try are benefiting from our experience of delivering tried and
tested OEM versions and industry standards.
• The SIMATIC HMI OEM concept represents "customizing at its

best": Your requirements, based on sector and application
know-how, combined with our experience in the development
of HMI devices of all performance classes, result in tailor-made
solutions at a fair price.
• OEM devices are available in all performance classes: from
OEM Push Button Panels through Micro Panels, Panels and
Multi Panels right up to Panel PCs - with far-reaching changes
in hardware, equipment and software.
• The following modifications are possible:
- Changes to keyboard layout: Number of keys, key size/de-
sign and key layout
- Freely-definable front dimensions and device mechanics
- A variety of processors for customized performance
- A variety of memory media and capacities
- Number, size and layout of keys
- Display technologies, sizes and resolutions
- Options such as direct key modules
- Distributed configuration of Panel PCs: Up to 500 m
- Housings for desktop or support-arm versions (operator sta-
tion concept)
- Additional modules or interfaces, of course always complete
with the necessary device drivers
- Selectable Windows operating systems
- Preinstalled SIMATIC software and customer software pack-
ages - turnkey products
6
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/27

Customized products
OEM products
■ Application
Examples for OEM products - Possible applications for HMI Links
6/28 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
OEM products
■ Application
Multi-user system with Panel PCs Multi-user system with Panel PCs for up to 5 operator stations
based on HMI FO Link
Panel PC with second screen
• With operational locking mechanism
• Without operational locking mechanism
• In a software application with identical screen content
• Same screen content on Panel PC and Flat Panel / or second
Panel PC front panel • Same screen resolution
• Same screen resolution • Without server operating system
• Without server operating system
Panel PC connected to Flat Panel or second Panel PC
2-station system with Panel PC and Flat Panels

or second Panel PC front panel
• Without operational locking mechanism Multi-terminal operation with Panel PC
• In a WinCC application with different screen content
• Same screen resolution
Panel PC connected to Flat Panel or second Panel PC
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/29

Customized products
OEM products
Multi-user system with Panel PCs for up to 6 operator stations
based on Thin Clients with MP370 and PC477-OEM
• With operational locking mechanism
• In a software application with identical screen content
• Same screen resolution
Remote Operate Clients

max. 6 clients per server
Panel PC 477 OEM
Remote Operate
MP 370 Remote Operate
Ethernet
Remote Operate Server Remote Operate Server

PC 677/877 PC 677/877
Remote Operate Server
Panel PC connected to Thin Clients

6
Product specification/Quotation preparation Once a prototype has been approved by the customer, it under-
• Product specification according to customer requirements goes certification and production can get underway.
• Quotation preparation by SIMATIC HMI specialists, specifica- Devices are produced using standard plant facilities, ensuring
tion of observation of customer quantity forecasts. For this purpose, in-
- Non-recurring costs dividual quantity forecasts are exchanged with the customer.
- Prototype costs In the event of questions and problems, customers can contact
- Standard unit prices our worldwide 24-hour SIMATIC Customer Support. This is com-
- General conditions (product agreement) plemented by a special OEM After Sales Support service.
• The following points are defined in the product agreement:
- Delivery and pricing Contacts
- Logistics - annual volume, purchase quantity, Please contact your local/national Siemens HMI representative
delivery volumes
- Spare parts Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
- Service
Note:
Customized products can only be ordered in conjunction with a
product agreement.
Customized OEM products are developed and produced in var-
http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
ious stages in accordance with quality standards. Prototypes are
created to test products.
6/30 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
HMI operator stations
■ Overview
SIMATIC HMI operator stations are prefabricated ready-to- Operator stations for SIMATIC Panel PC
operate solutions featuring SIMATIC Panels or Panel PCs and
Flat Panels.
Operator stations for SIMATIC Panels and Multi Panels and
Flat Panels
Configuration 1
Configuration 1
Configuration 2
Configuration 2
Configuration 3
6
Configuration 3
Configuration 4
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/31

Customized products
High industrial capability thanks to an all-round rugged, tried The HMI operator station concept is based on a modular design
and tested design: where HMI devices can be installed function-oriented in se-
• Ergonomic, technically proven and certified solutions ready for lected housings.
operation • HMI device encapsulation for all-round protection (IP65)
• Safe operation even under difficult environmental conditions • Can be mounted on a supporting foot, 500 mm support arm or
• Temperature-tested and temperature-monitored 750 mm support arm
• Suitable even for special industries, e.g., stainless steel ver- • Rotation possible using adjusting elements
sions for the food, beverages and tobacco industries • Possible connection of external keypad and mouse
• For high availability and a safe return on your investment • Installation options for specific hardware components
• Siemens quality support, service and repair Operator stations for SIMATIC Panels
Versions for SIMATIC Multi Panel, Operator Panel, Touch Panel
The following issues were considered when developing the HMI and Flat Panel:
operator stations: • Compact design thanks to to low mounting depth
• Optimal HMI product installation technology to eliminate ther- • Many installation options thanks to low weight
mal hotspots and heat pockets in the housing • Maximum housing depth of 99 mm
• Calculation of actual maximum permissible ambient tempera- • Version 1:
ture of the entire operator station in continuous duty at location Pure enclosure
of use Data takes into account device heat dissipation values
• Version 2:
• Ensuring the adherence to the load limits for rotary mass stor- Enclosure with single-row operator panel
age systems and large displays verified by shock and vibration
tests on the entire operator station during operation • Version 3:
Enclosure with double-row operator panel
• Adherence to legal regulations (certifications)
• Determination and testing of required degrees of protection All versions are designed for ambient temperatures up to 40 °C.
and EMC measures Operator stations for SIMATIC Panel PCs
• Assurance of surface quality along with its abrasion and chem-
ical resistance Versions for SIMATIC Panel PCs (PC477 OEM, PC677/877)
• To the greatest possible extent, passive technology provides • Rugged, can be used in harsh industrial environments
the basis for all measures to improve the suitability of use of the • Maximum housing depth of 180 mm
operator stations in specific environments (e.g., no active air • Version 1:
conditioning). The aim is to ensure durability and fault-free op- Pure enclosure
eration with minimum maintenance.
• Version 2:
Enclosure with single-row operator panel
■ Application • Version 3:
Enclosure with double-row operator panel
Complete HMI operator stations can be used wherever HMI de-
vices cannot be installed in a control cabinet or directly at the • Version 4:
machine. Operator stations are suitable for: Enclosure with double-row operator panel and keypad drawer
• Industrial application Ambient temperature of operator station
• Near-industrial application The ambient temperature is always lower than the max. permis-
• Use in secondary applications in food, beverage and tobacco sible ambient temperature of the HMI products (temperature val-
6 production
• Stainless steel versions for the food, beverages and tobacco
ues in Manual) installed in the operator station housing. Depend-
ing on the components and version (e.g., according to heat
industries dissipation), permissible ambient temperatures around the oper-
ator station will vary between 34 °C up to 40 °C.
Higher operator station ambient temperatures can be achieved
by applying additional cooling measures.
■ Function
• Fatigue-free, fast operation
• Operator station can be quickly adapted to different operators
• Coherent, easy-to-learn operator philosophy
• Rugged against shocks and vibrations in operation
• Suitable device selection (SIMATIC HMI devices from 10“ dis-
play)
• Ensuring the data transfer and access to drives and interfaces
• Direct operation of the machine (conventional operator ele-
ments for direct connection to machine units)
• Simple alphanumeric input
• Cleaning agents taken into account
6/32 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
SIMATIC Panels
Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3
Housing data
Housing dimensions
(W x H x D in mm)
• TP 270 10“ Touch 416 x 348 x 99 416 x 462 x 99 416 x 528 x 99
• OP 270 10” Key 564 x 383 x 99 564 x 497 x 99 564 x 563 x 99
• MP 270B 10” Key 564 x 383 x 99 564 x 497 x 99 564 x 563 x 99
• MP 270B 10” Touch 416 x 348 x 99 416 x 462 x 99 416 x 528 x 99
• MP 370 12” Key 564 x 383 x 99 564 x 497 x 99 564 x 563 x 99
• MP 370 12” Touch 416 x 348 x 99 416 x 462 x 99 416 x 528 x 99
• MP 370 15“ Touch 481 x 383 x 99 481 x 497 x 99 481 x 563 x 99
Weight in kg (min.-max.) 9 - 11 9 - 11 10 - 12
Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum
Surface treatment Natural anodizing Natural anodizing Natural anodizing
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP65
Approval CE CE CE
Housing color RAL 9023 RAL 9023 RAL 9023
Control elements - 3SB, single-row 3SB, double-row
Housing ambient temperature 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C
Housing locking device Double-bit key 3 Double-bit key 3 Double-bit key 3
24 V fan Yes Yes Yes
Support arm mounting (optional) Yes Yes Yes
Floor mounting (optional) Yes Yes Yes
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/33

Customized products

SIMATIC Flat Panel
Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3 Configuration 4
Housing data
Housing dimensions
(W x H x D in mm)
• FP 12" display unit 595 x 421 x 99 595 x 535 x 99 595 x 601 x 99 512 x 715 x 99
without operator function
• FP 12“ - Touch 595 x 421 x 99 595 x 535 x 99 595 x 601 x 99 512 x 715 x 99
Weight in kg (min.-max.) 19,5 22 28 32
Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum
Surface treatment Natural anodizing Natural anodizing Natural anodizing Natural anodizing
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Approval CE CE CE CE
Housing color RAL 9023 RAL 9023 RAL 9023 RAL 9023
Control elements - 3SB, single-row 3SB, double-row 3SB, double-row
Keyboard - - - In keyboard drawer
Housing ambient temperature 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C
Housing locking device Double-bit key 3 Double-bit key 3 Double-bit key 3 Double-bit key 3
24 V fan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Support arm mounting (optional) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Floor mounting (optional) Yes Yes Yes Yes
6/34 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products

SIMATIC Panel PC
Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3 Configuration 4
Housing data
Housing dimensions
(W x H x D in mm)
• PC 670 10“ Key 595 x 407 x 180 595 x 521 x 180 595 x 587 x 180 595 x 701 x 180
• PC 670/677 12“ Key 595 x 407 x 180 595 x 521 x 180 595 x 587 x 180 595 x 701 x 180
• PC 670/677 15“ Key 595 x 451 x 180 595 x 565 x 180 595 x 631 x 180 595 x 745 x 180
• PC 670/677 12“ Touch 595 x 421 x 180 595 x 535 x 180 595 x 601 x 180 595 x 715 x 180
• PC 670/677 15“ Touch 595 x 407 x 180 595 x 521 x 180 595 x 587 x 180 595 x 701 x 180
• PC 677 19“ Touch 595 x 497 x 180 595 x 611 x 180 595 x 677 x 180 595 x 791 x 180
Weight in kg (min.-max.) 23 - 27 24 - 28 26 - 30 27 - 31
Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum
Surface treatment Natural anodizing Natural anodizing Natural anodizing Natural anodizing
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Approval CE CE CE CE
Housing color RAL 9023 RAL 9023 RAL 9023 RAL 9023
Operator controls - 3SB, single-row 3SB, double-row 3SB, double-row
Keyboard - - - In keyboard drawer
Housing ambient temperature with- 38 °C 39 °C 39 °C 39 °C
out supplementary boards PC670
Housing ambient temperature with- 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C
out supplementary boards PC677
under partial load PC670
under partial load PC677
under full load PC670
under full load PC677
Housing locking device Double-bit key 3 Double-bit key 3 Double-bit key 3 Double-bit key 3
24 V fan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Support arm mounting (optional) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Floor mounting (optional) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Other Panels, Panel PCs and Panel PCs for the food industry on request
6
Link to the SIMATIC HMI selection guide – operator station

concept:
http://intra1.nbgm.siemens.com/customizecenter/index.php3
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/35

Customized products
Open Platform Program
The Open Platform program provides customized software solu-
tions based on a tried and tested building block principle:
• Low development outlay since based on standards
• Fast time-to-market with the resulting competitive advantages
• Use of tried and tested components with well-proven industrial
functionality
■ Application
Use of the open operating system Windows CE opens up di-
verse possibilities for integrating functions such as:
• Simple data exchange with other Windows-based systems
• Connection to central databases
• Multimedia supplements
• Access to central documents over the Internet/intranet.
• Communication with special I/O devices (e.g. barcode scan-
ners)
All Windows CE-based SIMATIC Panels offer a low-cost platform
for customized OEM software solutions on a reliable industrial
hardware base.
• The Open Platform Program offers diverse methods for effec-
tive and low-cost development of flexible software solutions
• On the basis of the Windows CE products from TP 170B,
customized software solutions can be developed, software
products of other manufacturers can be used, or functions and
objects can be added to ProTool or WinCC flexible. The flexi-
bility and versatility of the PC environment is then opened up to
panels and multi panels.
• A huge potential for implementing customized software solu-
tions is released with SIMATIC ProTool or WinCC flexible, the
standard configuring software, the open operating system
Windows CE and a discretely graded range of hardware plat-
forms.
6/36 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Customized products
Open Platform Program
■ Function ■ More information

In order to meet specific requirements, non-Siemens products, Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
user-specific applications or ProTool or WinCC flexible can be
used.
http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
SIMATIC ProTool or WinCC flexible, the standard configuring

software for the SIMATIC HMI Panel family, support a number of
options for implementing additional functionality. The following
enhancements can be made, in accordance with complexity 6
and requirement:
• New project functions
(e.g., complex calculations, data exchange with other
systems, data archiving, etc.)
• User-specific ActiveX objects
(e.g., special plots, user-specific recipe management,
complex display objects, etc.)
• Additional applications running in parallel with ProTool or
WinCC flexible
• Porting of proprietary software or third-party software to the
panel hardware
The Open Platform Program features a software development kit
for SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or WinCC flexible for the development
of customized software solutions for PC target platforms.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 6/37

Customized products
6/38 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Industrial
LCD monitors
7/2 SIMATIC Flat Panels
7/5 SCD monitors
7/19 15 kHz SCD monitors
Industrial LCD monitors
SIMATIC Flat Panels
The Flat Panels are used in applications in which the PC com-
puter unit and operation/display unit have to be installed sepa-
rately for technical or application-specific reasons. SIMATIC Flat
Panels can be directly connected to any PC, but are designed
especially for operation with the SIMATIC Box or SIMATIC
Rack PC.
■ Design
• Rugged aluminum front
• TFT display in the following sizes:
- 12“ with 800 x 600 pixels
- 15“ with 1024 x 768 pixels
- 19“ with 1280 x 1024 pixels
• 256,000 to 16, 000, 000 colors
• Non-reflective, hardened glass pane
• Simple display or with Touch screen option
• 24 V DC power supply, optionally 110/230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
• The Flat Panels are rugged industry-standard LCD monitors. • Can be installed up to 5 m away from computer unit, as stan-
• They can be used in any application in which CRT monitors are dard
used. Included in scope of supply:
• Installation • Power cable for variants with 230 V AC power supply
- They are equally suited to installation in the machine, in con-
trol cabinets, consoles and gantries or in 19" racks. • Connecting cable, 1.8 m long
• Possible operation: • Instruction manual in 2 languages (English and German)
- Simple display devices without operator functionality • CD-ROM with hardware drivers and documentation
- Optional devices with touch control
Points to note when changing over from
CRT to LCD monitors
■ Benefits Resolution:
• Rugged industrial design: On selecting the appropriate LCD monitor, it must be ensured
- Fail-safe and long life thanks to high vibration and impact that the resolution of the LCD monitor matches the resolution of
strength as well as extremely high electromagnetic compati- the visualization application.
bility
- Front of casing to IP65/NEMA4 degree of protection, resistant
to dust and humidity
- Scratch-proof, non-reflecting glass pane providing excellent
mechanical protection against pressure and scratching
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard
• Wide range of versions
• No X-ray emission
• Low power consumption
• Less tiring to work with:
- Wide reading angles of up to 170° horizontally and vertically
- Clearly focused, high-contrast image display
- No flicker, uniform brightness
- Automatic picture adjustment (Auto Adjust)
• Configuration using On Screen Display (OSD)
• Low space requirements and low weight
• Long service life
7/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SIMATIC Flat Panels
Type 12" Flat Panel 15" Flat Panel 19" Flat Panel
General features
• Can be separate from the 1.8 to 5 m 1.8 to 5 m 1.8 to 5 m
computer
• On-screen display (OSD) Yes Yes Yes
configuration
• Anti-reflex and hardened mineral Yes Yes Yes
glass screen
• Power switch Rear Rear Rear
• DC power supply 24 V 24 V 24 V
• AC power supply (optional) 110/230 V AC 110/230 V AC 110/230 V AC
• Frequency/Power consumption 47 - 63 Hz/50 VA 47 - 63 Hz/50 VA 47 - 63 Hz/50 VA
• Degree of protection to EN 60 529 IP65/NEMA4 IP65/NEMA4 IP65/NEMA4
2 2
• Vibration load during operation 1 g (10 m/s ) 1 g (10 m/s ) 1 g (10 m/s2)
• Shock load during operation 5 g (50 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2)
• EMC CE CE CE
• Ambient temperature during 0 to +45 °C 0 to +45 °C 0 to +45 °C
operation
Certification cULus, (UL508) CE cULus, (UL508) CE cULus, (UL508) CE
Display
• Screen diagonal in inches 12" TFT 15" TFT 19" TFT
• Optimum resolution (pixels) 800 x 600 1024 x 768 (15”) 1280 x 1024 (19”)
• Brightness/Contrast (typical) > 280 cd/m2/400:1 > 280 cd/m2/400:1 > 280 cd/m2/400:1
• Viewing angle (H x V) 170° x 170° 170° x 170° 170° x 170°
• Number of colors 256 K - 16 mill. 256 K - 16 mill. 256 K - 16 mill.
• MTBF of background lighting > 50,000 h > 50,000 h > 50,000 h
(at 25 °C)
Control elements
• Touch screen (analog resistive) Optional Optional Optional
Interfaces
• Standard VGA interface 15-pin Yes Yes Yes
SUB-D
• Digital DVI-D interface Yes Yes Yes
• USB interface for touch screen Optional Optional Optional
Dimensions
• External dimensions W x H (mm) 400 x 310 (7 HU) 483 x 310 (19", 7 HU) 483 x 400
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 368 x 290 x 49 450 x 290 x approx. 51 449 x 380 x approx. 53
(mm)
Weight (kg) 4.5 kg 5 kg 6 kg
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/3

SIMATIC Flat Panels

Standard configuration Accessories
Flat Panel A 6AV7 861- 7 7 7 00-0AA0 Connecting cables
Display size • Video (VGA)
• 12“ unit 1 - 3.0 m 6AV7 860-0AH30-0AA0
• 15“ unit 2 - 5.0 m 6AV7 860-0AH50-0AA0
• 19“ unit 3 • Video (DVI-D)
Operator functionality: - 3.0 m 6AV7 860-0BH30-0AA0
• Display devices without A - 5.0 m 6AV7 860-0BH50-0AA0
operator functionality
• USB for optional touch screen
• Touch T
- 3.0 m 6AV7 860-0CH30-0AA0
Power supply
- 5.0 m 6AV7 860-0CH50-0AA0
• 24 V DC A
• 120/240 V AC (50/60 Hz) B
Dimensions in mm
H
10,5
D
W
W+1 (cutout)
Touch panels
12" 400 310
15" 483 310
19" 483 400
H+1 (cutout)
Touch panels
G_ST80_XX_00238
12" 368 290 50

15" 450 290 54
19" 450 380 56
7
7/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SCD monitors
Rugged industrial design
Failure safety, long service life, industry-compatible design are
the demands placed on LCD monitors in industrial applications.
All variants of the industrial LCD monitors satisfy these require-
ments, so they also comply with the CE standard for industry.
The industrial LCD monitors can optionally also be supplied with
24 V DC in addition to the conventional 110 V AC or 230 V AC
supply. Vibration up to 1 g and impact up to 5 g present no prob-
lems for the industrial LCD monitors. The extended temperature
range of the devices is a further safety aspect. The industrial
LCD monitors are fitted with a glass screen for a high degree of
mechanical protection against pressure, longer service life
thanks to protection against scratches and reading clarity. EMC
disturbance and emitted interference are avoided thanks to the
industrial TFT display.
Greater flexibility thanks to greater variety
The industrial LCD monitors are available with 12", 15", 18" and
19“ screens as built-in, rack-mounted and desktop units. The
monitors can even be installed up to 20 m away from the com-
puter unit. There is a choice of touch-screen or keyboard opera-
tion.
Industrial LCD monitors are used in applications in which the Improvements in quality of work
display panel has to be installed at a distance from the computer The industrial LCD monitors have a completely static display,
unit for technical or economical reasons. which means no flickering. The brightness and contrast ranges
The SCD 1297, SCD 1597, SCD 1897/1898 and SCD 19101-D put every conventional CRT monitor in the shade. These moni-
monitors are LCD monitors in rugged, industrial design. tors set new standards in uniform brightness, focus and lack of
reflection. With reading angles of up to 170 ° horizontally and
Installation types: vertically, you will always have one eye on the process.
• Desktop models
• Rack-mounting units
(for switchgear cabinets, control desks and gantries)
• 19" rack-mounting units (for 19" racks)
Type of operator control:
• Simple display devices
• Panels with touch operator control
• Devices with keyboard/mouse operator control
(19" rack units only)
SCD 1297 SCD 1597 SCD 1897 / SCD 1898 SCD 19101-D/-DT
Versions
• Desktop models – • • •
• Rack-mounting units
(for switchgear cabinets,
• • • –
control desks and gantries)
• 19" rack-mounting units
(for 19" racks)
• • • –
Display 12" TFT 15" TFT 18" TFT 19" TFT
• Resolution 800 x 600 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024
• Colors 256 K 16 million 16 million 16 million
• Viewing angle (H x V) 120° x 100° 130° x 110° 170° x 170° 170° x 170°
Operation (optional) 7
Touch operation • • • •
Key/mouse operation • • – –
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection to IP65 (rack-mounting unit), IP20 (desktop unit), IP20 (desktop unit), IP20 (desktop unit)
EN 60 529 IP54 (19" rack-mounting IP65 (rack-mounting unit), IP65 (rack-mounting unit),
unit) IP54 (19" rack-mounting IP54 (19" rack-mounting
unit) unit)
• Vibration load during operation 1g 1g 1g 1g
• Shock loading during operation 5g 5g 5g 5g
• Possible
– Not possible
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/5

SCD monitors
12" devices
■ Overview
• The SCD 1297 Monitors are rugged, industry standard

LCD monitors ■ Design
• They can be used in any applications in which picture tube • Rugged aluminium housing
monitors (CRT monitors) are used • 12" TFT display
• Built-in versions: • Resolution 800 x 600 pixels, 256k colors
- Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms) • Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen
- 19" rack-mounted units
• Only display, touch screen or membrane keyboard
• Type of operator control: (with 36 function keys)
- Devices for display only
- Devices for touch operation • Line frequency 30-80 kHz
- Devices for keyboard/mouse operation • Image refresh frequency 50-72 Hz
(only 19" rack-mounted units) • 110/230 V AC power supply, 24 V DC optional for built-in and
rack-mounted units
■ Benefits • Can be positioned up to 20 m from the processor unit
• Rugged industrial-type: Two rack-mounted versions of the SCD 1297 12" industrial
- Fail-safe and long life thanks to high vibration and impact LCD monitors are available:
strength as well as extremely high electromagnetic compati- • Built-in units
bility (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- Casing to degree of protection IP65, resistant to dust and - SCD 1297-E – for display only
humidity - SCD 1297-ET with analog resistive touch screen
- Glass pane providing excellent mechanical protection - SCD 1297-K with keyboard and mouse functionality
against pressure and scratching
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard • 19“ rack-mounted units
(for 19“ racks)
• Wide range of versions - SCD 1297-R – for display only
• No X-ray emission - SCD 1297-RT with analog resistive touch screen
• Low power consumption Included in the delivery are:
• Less tiring to work with: • Power cable for variants with 230 V AC power supply
- Wide reading angles of up to 120° horizontally and
100° vertically • Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m
- Clearly focussed, high-contrast image display • Instruction manual, 2 languages (German and English)
- No flicker, uniform brightness • CD-ROM with touch drivers
7 - Automatic picture adjustment (Auto Adjust)
• Configuration using On Screen Display (OSD) Special consideration when changing from CRT to
LCD monitors
• Screen diagonals:
• High service life For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb applies: "display size in
inches plus 2" gives the comparable CRT monitor size (14" CRT
■ Application corresponds to 12" LCD).
• Resolution:
The SCD 1297 LCD monitors are used wherever the opera- On selecting the corresponding LCD monitor, it is important to
tor/display panel is separated from the computer for technical note that the resolution of the LCD monitor corresponds to the
and economical reasons. resolution of the visualization application.
7/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SCD monitors
12" devices
Type SCD 1297-E / 1297-ET SCD 1297- K SCD 1297-R/1297-RT
General features
• Can be separated 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m
from processor unit
configuration
• Anti-glare and hardened mineral Yes Yes Yes
glass sheet
• Presentation Full screen Full screen Full screen
• Power switch No No No
• Power supply 110/230 V AC, optionally 24 V DC 110/230 V AC, optionally 24 V DC 110/230 V AC, optionally 24 V DC
• Frequency/power input 47 – 63 Hz/30 VA 47 – 63 Hz/30 VA 47 – 63 Hz/30 VA
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection to EN 60 529 IP65 IP65 IP54
• Vibration resistance in operation 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2)
2 2
• Shock resistance in operation 5 g (50 m/s ) 5 g (50 m/s ) 5 g (50 m/s2)
• EMC CE CE CE
• Ambient temperature in operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
Certification UL, CE UL, CE UL, CE
Display
• Viewable area in inches 12" TFT 12" TFT 12" TFT
• Resolution (pixels) optimally 800 x 600 800 x 600 800 x 600
• Brightness/contrast (typ.) 300 cd/m2 / 300:1 250 cd/m2 / 300:1 300 cd/m2 / 300:1
• Viewing angle (H x V) 120°x100° 120°x100° 120°x100°
• Shadow mask (H x V) (mm) 0.31 x 0.31 0.31 x 0.31 0.31 x 0.31
• Viewable area (H x V) (mm) 246 x 184 246 x 184 246 x 184
• No. of colors 256 k 256 k 256 k
• MTBF of background lighting (at 50,000 h 50,000 h 50,000 h
25°C)
• Image refresh rate 50 – 72 Hz 50 – 72 Hz 50 – 72 Hz
• Line frequency 30 – 80 kHz 30 – 80 kHz 30 – 80 kHz
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard & No Yes No
Piezo mouse
• Function keys No 36 with LEDs No
• Alpha and numeric keypads No Yes No
• Touch screen Optional (1297-ET) No Optional (1297-RT)
Interfaces
SUB-D
• Serial interface for touch screen Optional (1297-ET) No Optional (1297-RT)
• 2*PS/2 interfaces for No Yes No
keyboard & mouse
Dimensions
• External dimensions W x H x D
(mm)
364 x 284 x 76 483 x 310 x 98 483 x 266 x 80 7
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 334.4 x 252 x 76 312 x 288 x 97 -
(mm)
Weight (kg) 5 5 5
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/7

SCD monitors
12" devices

12" LCD monitor 6AV8 101-0 7 7 00- 7 7 A1 Connecting cable
Installation type: • Video + Touch
• Rack-mounting unit B - 1.8 m 6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0
• 19“-rack unit C - 5.0 m 6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0
Type of operator control: - 10.0 m 6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0
• Display devices without A - 20.0 m 6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0
operator control
• Video
• Touch B
• Keyboard (only with rack- C - 20.0 m 6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0
mounting unit installation type) • Video + 2*PS/2
Power supplies: - 1,8 m 6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0
• 110/230 V AC 0 - 5.0 m 6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0
• 24 V DC 1 • Video + X27
Connecting cable: - 10.0 m 6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0
• Video + Touch
- 20.0 m 6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0
- 1.8 m B
230 V AC power supply 6AV8 107-1AA00-0AA0
- 5.0 m D
for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597 (with
- 10.0 m F angle section and mains cable)
- 20.0 m H
24 V DC power supply 6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0
• Video (not for Keyboard and
For SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
Touch operator control versions)
(with screws)
- 20.0 m J
Insertable strip 6AV8 107-2AA00-0AA0
• Video + 2*PS/2 (only for Key-
board operator control versions) For SCD 1297-K
- 1.8 m L
- 5.0 m N
• Video + X27 (only for Keyboard
operator control versions)
- 10.0 m Q
- 20.0 m S
Dimensions in mm
341.4
341,4
329
307 334,4
40 364 240
240
M3x10
ACTIVE AREA 246x184,5

Operating elements
A
229
262
252
170
170
284
262
7 Power
supply
Power
Touch
XGA
76
31
4 View A Switchboard cutout

G_ST80_EN_00023
SCD 1297-E, SCD 1297-ET
7/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SCD monitors
12" devices
Dimensions in mm
483 View A
40 62 66
465
15
A
ACTIVE AREA 246x184,5
Operating elements
265,9
190,4
Power
supply
unit
Power
Touch
XGA
22
76
4
G_ST80_EN_00025
SCD 1297-R, SCD 1297-RT
Dimensions in mm
483
59 465 ø7 450
Operating elements
310,3
234,9
290
ext. KBD
X27
PC Mouse
PC KBD
Power
Touch
XGA
Power
supply
unit
24 V DC
97
G_ST80_XX_00024H
View A Switchboard cutout
7
SCD 1297-K
More information can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/industrial-lcd
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/9

SCD monitors
15" devices
The SCD 1597 LCD monitors are used wherever the opera-
tor/display panel is separated from the computer for technical
and economical reasons.
■ Design
• Rugged aluminium housing
• 15" TFT display
• Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels, 16 million colors
• Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen
• Only display, touchscreen or membrane keyboard
(with 36 function keys)
• Line frequency 30-80 kHz
• Image refresh frequency 50-72 Hz
• 110/230 V AC power supply, 24 V DC optional for built-in and
rack-mounted units
• Can be positioned up to 20 m from the processor unit
• The SCD 1597 Monitors are rugged, industry standard Two versions of the SCD 1597 15" industrial LCD monitors are
LCD monitors available:
• They can be used in any applications in which picture tube • Built-in units
monitors (CRT monitors) are used (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
• Built-in versions: - SCD 1597-E – for display only
- Desktop units - SCD 1597-ET with analog resistive touch screen
- Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms) - SCD 1597-K with keyboard and mouse functionality
- 19" rack-mounted units • 19“-rack-mounted units
• Type of operator control: - SCD 1597-R – for display only
- Devices for display only - SCD 1597-RT with analog resistive touch screen
- Devices for touch operation
- Devices for keyboard/mouse operation (only 19" built-in units) Included in the delivery are:
• Power cable for variants with 230 V AC power supply
■ Benefits • Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m
• Instruction manual, 2 languages (German and English)
• Rugged industrial-type:
- Fail-safe and long life thanks to high vibration and impact • CD-ROM with touch drivers
strength as well as extremely high electromagnetic compati- Special consideration when changing from CRT to
bility LCD monitors
- Casing to degree of protection IP65 (IP20 for desktop unit),
resistant to dust and humidity • Screen diagonals:
- Glass pane providing excellent mechanical protection For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb applies: "display size in
against pressure and scratching inches plus 2" corresponds to comparable CRT monitor size
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard (17" CRT corresponds to 15" LCD).
• Wide range of versions • Resolution:
On selecting the corresponding LCD monitor, it is important to
• No X-ray emission note that the resolution of the LCD monitor corresponds to the
• Low power consumption resolution of the visualization application.
• Less tiring to work with:
- Wide reading angles of up to 130° horizontally and
110° vertically
- Clearly focussed, high-contrast image display
- Automatic picture adjustment (Auto Adjust)
• Configuration using On Screen Display (OSD)
7 • High service life
7/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SCD monitors
15" devices
Type SCD 1597-E / 1597-ET SCD 1597- K SCD 1597-R/1597-RT
General features
• Can be separated from 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m
processor unit
configuration
• Anti-glare and hardened mineral Yes Yes Yes
glass sheet
• Presentation Full screen Full screen Full screen
• Power switch No No No
• Power supply 110/230V AC, 110/230V AC, 110/230V AC,
optionally 24 V DC optionally 24 V DC optionally 24 V DC
• Frequency/power input 47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA 47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA 47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA
Ambient conditions
• Vibration resistance in operation 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2)
2 2
• Shock resistance in operation 5 g (50 m/s ) 5 g (50 m/s ) 5 g (50 m/s2)
• EMC CE CE CE
• Ambient temperature in operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
Display
• Viewable area in inches 15" TFT 15" TFT 15" TFT
• Resolution (pixels) optimally 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 1024 x 768
• Brightness/contrast (typ.) 250 cd/m2 / 300:1 250 cd/m2 / 300:1 250 cd/m2 / 300:1
• Viewing angle (H x V) 130°x110° 130°x110° 130°x110°
• Viewable area (H x V) (mm) 304 x 228 304 x 228 304 x 228
• No. of colors 16 million 16 million 16 million
• MTBF of background lighting 35,000 h 35,000 h 35,000 h
(at 25 °C)
• Image refresh rate 50 – 72 Hz 50 – 72 Hz 50 – 72 Hz
• Line frequency 30 – 80 kHz 30 – 80 kHz 30 – 80 kHz
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard & No Yes No
Piezo mouse
• Function keys No 36 with LEDs No
• Alpha and numeric keypads Yes Yes No
• Touch screen Optional No Optional
Interfaces
SUB-D
• Serial interface for touch screen Optional No Optional
• 2*PS/2 interfaces for No Yes No
keyboard & mouse
Dimensions
• External dimensions W x H x D 428 x 336 x 83 483 x 355 x 95 483 x 311 x 83
7
(mm)
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 394 x 306 x 83 448 x 333 x 95 -
(mm)
Weight (kg) 5.5 5.5 5.5
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/11

SCD monitors
15" devices

15" LCD monitor 6AV8 101-1 7 7 00- 7 7 A1 Connecting cable
Installation type: • Video + Touch
• Built-in unit B - 1.8 m 6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0
• 19“-rack unit C - 5.0 m 6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0
Type of operator control: - 10.0 m 6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0
• Display devices without A - 20.0 m 6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0
operator control
• Video
• Touch B
- 20.0 m 6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0
• Keyboard (with built-in unit C
installation type only) • Video + 2*PS/2
Power supplies: - 1.8 m 6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0
• 110/230 V AC 0 - 5.0 m 6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0
• 24 V DC (not with desktop unit 1 • Video + X27

installation type) - 10.0 m 6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0
Connecting cable: - 20.0 m 6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0
• Video + Touch 230 V AC power supply 6AV8 107-1AA00-0AA0
- 1.8 m B for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597 (with
- 5.0 m D angle section and mains cable)
- 10.0 m F 24 V DC power supply 6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0

For SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
- 20.0 m H (with screws)
• Video (not for Keyboard and Insertable strip 6AV8 107-2AB00-0AA0
Touch operator control versions)
For SCD 1597-K
- 20.0 m J
• Video + 2*PS/2 (for Keyboard
operator control versions only)
- 1.8 m L
- 5.0 m N
• Video + X27 (for Keyboard
operator control versions only)
- 10.0 m Q
- 20.0 m S
7/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SCD monitors
15" devices
Dimensions in mm
406
393
360,5
44,5 428
M4x10 120,7 397
ACTIVE AREA 304x228

A
Operating elements
107
290
336
314
279 Power
Touch
Power
XGA
Supply
82,5
27,5
4 View A Switchboard cutout
G_ST80_EN_00026
SCD 1597-E, SCD 1597-ET
Dimensions in mm
483 View A
44,5 465 39 27
ACTIVE AREA 304x228

A
Operating elements
234,9
310,3
Power
Supply
Unit
XGA
Power
Touch
82,5
4
G_ST80_EN_00028
7
SCD 1597-R, SCD 1597-RT
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/13

SCD monitors
15" devices
Dimensions in mm
483
60 465 Æ7
448
Operating elements
333
279,4
354,8
ext. KBD
X27
PC Mouse
PC KBD
XGA
Power
Touch
Power
Supply
Unit
DC 24 V
95
4 A Switchboard cutout
View A
G_ST80_EN_00027
SCD 1597-K
7/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SCD monitors
18"/19" devices
■ Overview
• The SCD 1897/1898 and SCD 19101-D monitors are LCD

monitors in a rugged industrial design ■ Design
• They can be used in any application for which CRT monitors • Rugged aluminum casing
are used • 18"/19“ TFT display
• Installation types: • Resolution 1280 x 1024 pixels, 16 million colors
- Desktop models • Non-reflective, hardened glass pane
- Rack-mounting units (for switchgear cabinets, control desks
and gantries) • Simple display or touch screen
- 19"-rack panels • Line frequency 30 - 100 kHz
• Type of operator control: • Image refresh frequency 50 - 97 Hz
- Simple display devices • Power supply 110/230 V AC
- Panels with touch operator control
• Can be installed up to 20 m from computer unit
■ Benefits Industrial LCD monitors are available in three variants:

• 19“ desktop units
• Rugged industrial-type: - SCD 19101-D – Display only
- Fail-safe and long life thanks to high vibration and impact - SCD 19101-DT with analog resistive touch screen USB
strength as well as extremely high electromagnetic compati-
bility • Built-in panels
- Casing front to degree of protection IP65 (IP20 for desktop (for switchgear cabinets, control desks and gantries)
unit), resistant to dust and humidity - SCD 1897 E – Display only
- Glass pane providing excellent mechanical protection - SCD 1897 ET with analog resistive touch screen
against pressure and scratching • 19"-rack units
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard (for 19" racks)
• Wide range of versions - SCD 1897 R – Display only
- SCD 1897-RT with analog resistive touch screen
• Low power consumption Included in scope of supply:
• Less tiring to work with: • Power cable for versions with 230 V AC power supply
- Wide reading angles of up to 170° horizontally and vertically • Connecting cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m in length
- Clearly focussed, high-contrast image display • Instruction manual in 2 languages (English and German)
- Automatic picture adjustment (Auto Adjust) • CD-ROM with touch drivers 7
• Configuration using On Screen Display (OSD) Points to note when changing over from
• Low space requirements and low weight CRT to LCD monitors
• Long service life • Screen diagonals:
For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb is:
"Display size in inches plus 2" corresponds to the comparable
■ Application CRT monitor size (20" CRT corresponds to 18" LCD).
The SCD 1897/1898 and SCD 19101-D LCD monitors are used • Resolution:
in applications in which the operation/display panel is installed On selecting the appropriate LCD monitor, it must be ensured
at a distance from the computer for technical and economical that the resolution of the LCD monitor matches the resolution of
reasons. the visualization application.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/15

SCD monitors
18"/19" devices
Type SCD 1897-E/1897-ET SCD 1897-R/1897-RT SCD 19101-D/DT
General features
• Can be separate from the 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m
computer
configuration
• Anti-reflex and hardened mineral Yes Yes Yes
glass screen
• Representation 1:1, full frame, zoom 1:1, full frame, zoom 1:1, full frame, zoom
• Power switch Rear Rear Rear
• Power supply 110/230 V AC 110/230 V AC 110/230 V AC
• Frequency/Power consumption 47 - 63 Hz/60 VA 47 - 63 Hz/60 VA 47 - 63 Hz/60 VA
Ambient conditions
• Vibration load during operation 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2)
2 2
• Shock load during operation 5 g (50 m/s ) 5 g (50 m/s ) 5 g (50 m/s2)
• EMC CE CE CE
• Ambient temperature during 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
operation
Display
• Screen diagonal in inches 18" TFT 18" TFT 19" TFT
• Optimum resolution (pixels) 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024
• Brightness/Contrast (typical) 270 cd/m2/400:1 270 cd/m2/400:1 270 cd/m2/400:1
• Viewing angle (H x V) 170° x 170° 170° x 170° 170° x 170°
• Visible area (H x V) (mm) 359 x 287 359 x 287 359 x 287
• Number of colors 16 million 16 million 16 million
• MTBF of background lighting 50,000 h 50,000 h 50,000 h
(at 25 °C)
• Image refresh rate 30 - 100 Hz 30 - 100 Hz 30 - 100 Hz
• Line frequency 50 - 97 kHz 50 - 97 kHz 50 - 97 kHz
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard & No No No
Piezo mouse
• Function keys No No No
• Alpha and numeric block No No No
• Touch screen Optional Optional Optional
Interfaces
SUB-D
• Digital DVI-D interface No No Yes
• Interface for touch screen Optional/serial Optional/serial Optional/USB
• 2*PS/2 interfaces for keyboard No No No
7 and mouse
• External dimensions W x H x D 481 x 385 x 89 483 x 400 x 89 465 x 444 x 91
(mm) (base depth 240)
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D 450 x 353.4 x 89 - 465 x 444 x 91
(mm) (base depth 240)
Weight (kg) 10 10 7
7/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SCD monitors
18"/19" devices

Standard configuration
18" LCD monitor 6AV8 101-2 7 7 00-0 7 A0 Dimensions in mm 459
Built-in version: 417
89 400
• Built-in unit 1897 B 200
• 19” rack unit 1897 C
Operator functionality:
• Display devices without A
operator functionality
362,4
240
338
• Touch B AC 220 V
VGA
Connecting cable:
Touch
• Video + Touch
- 1.8 m B
- 5.0 m D 4
- 10.0 m F 77
- 20.0 m H
• Video (not for Touch operator
functionality)
481
- 20.0 m J 362
Accessories
Connecting cable
• Video + Touch
384,4
- 1.8 m 6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0
290
- 5.0 m 6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0
- 10.0 m 6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0
- 20.0 m 6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0
• Video
- 20.0 m 6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0
• Video + 2*PS/2 450
- 1.8 m 6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0

Switchboard
- 5.0 m 6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0 cutout d=5(16x)
• Video + X27
- 10.0 m 6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0
353,5
- 20.0 m 6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0
G_ST80_EN_00029
Desktop model
19" LCD monitor
SCD 19101-D, desktop unit A 6GF6 220-1DA01
(identical construction to
SCD 1898-I)
19" Touch LCD monitor SCD 1897-E, SCD 1897-ET
SCD 19101-DT, desktop unit A 6GF6 220-1DB01
(successor to SCD 1898-IT,
identical construction,
but with USB Touch)
Accessories
Connecting cable
• Video (VGA)
7
- 3.0 m 6AV7 860-0AH30-0AA0
- 5.0 m 6AV7 860-0AH50-0AA0
• Video (DVI-D)
- 3.0 m 6AV7 860-0BH30-0AA0
- 5.0 m 6AV7 860-0BH50-0AA0
• USB for optional touch screen
- 3.0 m 6AV7 860-0CH30-0AA0
- 5.0 m 6AV7 860-0CH50-0AA0
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/17

SCD monitors
18"/19" devices
Dimensions in mm
483
89 465
16
399,2
323,8
120,6
AC 220 V
VGA
Touch
S-VHS
FBAS
4
45
14
77
G_ST80_XX_00030
SCD 1897-R, SCD 1897-RT
Dimensions in mm
465
359.6 (380)
393
20
47
91
287.6
240
393
G_ST80_XX_00218
51
160
7
SCD 19101-D
7/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

15 kHz SCD monitors
SCD 1215-E
The SCD 1215-E is a display unit without operator function.
The keys for the on-screen display (OSD) are fitted at the rear.
The SCD 1215-E has an auto adjust function and video timing
parameterization through OSD (required for displays with a
black background).
Notes
Good picture quality is only guaranteed with an interference-
free standard video signal at the monitor input.
Information on the subject of "Special requirements for the oper-
ation of LCDs with 15 kHz and higher – possible measures for
trouble-free operation" is available from the A&D Mall on the
Internet at www.siemens.de/automation/mall under the headings
for the respective LCD monitors.
Screen diagonal
The rule of thumb for LCDs is: "display size in inch plus 2 equals
the comparable size of a CRT monitor" (a 12" LCD is equivalent
to a 14" CRT).
The SCD 1215-E LCD monitor is a reliable 12" display with a line
frequency of 15 kHz and higher. This LCD monitor is designed
for cubicle mounting in the industrial sector. Its very good tech- ■ Ordering data Order No.
nical properties ensure excellent picture quality throughout a Standard configuration
long service life.
SCD 1215-E LCD monitor 6GF6 240-4MV
The SCD 1215-E is the 15 kHz version of the SCD 1297-E and Industrial LCD, 15 to 97 kHz,
differs from it in respect of the following technical data: scaling DSP, color TFT panel with
• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz large viewing angle and safety
glass, operation over OSD,
• Ports 5 x BNC analog input 5 x BNC, UL 1950,
• Looping through operation is possible (75 Ω, switched) IP65
Accessories
■ Benefits DC/DC converter

For connecting 12“ and 15“ LCD
6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0
• Distance from monitor to video source up to 25 m monitors with 12 V DC to a 24 V

• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz DC power supply. It converts the
voltage to 12 V DC.
• Small space requirement
High-quality video cable
• High shock and vibration resistance
• 2 m long 6GF6 902-0VK
• 5 m long 6GF6 905-0VK
• High electromagnetic compatibility
• Designed for cubicle mounting
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/19

15 kHz SCD monitors
SCD 1215-E
Front panel cut-out
341,4 (13.44)
329 (12.95)
240 (9.45) 40 (1.57) 364 (14.33)
M3x10
Visible area
246x148,5 (9.68x5.85)
Contols
284 (11.18)
262 (10,31)
229 (9.02)
245 (9.65)
170 (6,69)
Power
supply
unit R G B H V
Power
Touch
DC 24 V
307 (12.09) 63 (2.48)

31 (1.22)
332 (13.07) 76 (3)

All-round seal 4(0.16)
SCD 1215-E, dimensioned drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
7/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

15 kHz SCD monitors
SCD 1515-E
The SCD 1515-E is a display unit without operator function.
The keys for the on-screen display (OSD) are fitted at the rear.
The SCD 1515 has an auto adjust function and video timing
parameterization by OSD (required for displays with a black
background).
Notes
Screen diagonal
the comparable size of a CRT monitor" (a 12" LCD is equivalent
to a 14" CRT).
The SCD 1515-E LCD monitor is a reliable 15" display with a line
frequency of 15 kHz and higher. This LCD monitor is designed
for cubicle mounting in the industrial sector. Its excellent techni- ■ Ordering data Order No.
cal properties guarantee excellent picture quality throughout a Standard configuration
long service life.
SCD 1515-E LCD monitor 6GF6 230-4MV
The SCD 1515-E is the 15 kHz version of the SCD 1297-E and Industrial LCD, 15 to 97 kHz,
differs from it in respect of the following technical data: scaling DSP, color TFT panel with
• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz large viewing angle and safety
glass, operation over OSD,
• Inputs/Outputs 5 x BNC analog input 5 x BNC, UL 1950,
• Looping through operation is possible (75 Ω, switched) IP65
Accessories
■ Benefits DC/DC converter

For connecting 12“ and
6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0
• Distance from monitor to video source up to 25 m 15“ LCD monitors with 12 V DC

• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz to a 24 V DC power supply. It
converts the voltage to 12 V DC.
• Small space requirement
• 2 m long 6GF6 902-0VK
• 5 m long 6GF6 905-0VK
• Designed for cubicle mounting
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/21

15 kHz SCD monitors
SCD 1515-E
406 (15.98)
360,5 (14.19)
120,7 (4.75) 44,5 (1.75) 428 (16.85)
M4x10
Visible area
304x228 (11.97x8.98)
Controls
314 (12.36)
336 (13.23)
290 (11.42)
107 (4.21)
Power
supply
unit R G B H V
Power
Touch
DC 24 V
397 (15.63) 69 (2.72)

All-round seal Front panel cut-out 82,5 (3.25)
4 (1.6)
SCD 1515-E, dimensioned drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
7/22 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

15 kHz SCD monitors
SCD 1815-E/1815-I
The SCD 1815 units are displays without operator functions.
On the SCD 1815-E the keys for the on-screen display (OSD)
are at the rear, on the SCD 1815-I they are at the front.
The SCD 1815-E is designed for mounting in cubicles, the
SCD 1815-I is a desktop version. The SCD 1815 has an auto
adjust function and video timing parameterization by OSD
(required for displays with a black background).
Notes
Screen diagonal
The SCD 1815-I (desktop version) and SCD 1815-E (panel- the comparable size of a CRT monitor" (a 12" LCD is equivalent
mounting version) LCD monitors are reliable 18“ displays with a to a 14" CRT).
line frequency of 15 kHz and higher. The SCD 1815-E is de- Light pen mode
signed for cubicle mounting in the industrial sector. Its excellent
technical properties guarantee excellent picture quality through- Light pen mode is not possible with the SCD 1815-I. If light pen
out a long service life. operation is required for your system, please get in direct touch
with the TELEPERM Hotline, Tel.: +49 (180) 50 50 222.
These 15 kHz displays differ in respect of the following technical
data:
• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz ■ Ordering data Order No.
• Ports 5 x BNC Standard configuration
• Looping through operation is possible (75 Ω, switched) SCD 1815-I LCD monitor 6GF6 220-1MV
• Galvanic isolation (SCD 1815-I only) Desktop version, technical speci-
fications similar to 1815-E.
■ Benefits SCD 1815-E LCD monitor

18“ (1280 x 1024 pixels),
6GF6 220-4MV
• Distance from monitor to video source up to 25 m built-in version, industrial LCD,

• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz 15 to 97 kHz, scaling DSP,
color TFT panel with large viewing
• Small space requirement angle and safety glass, operation
• Long service life over OSD, analog input 5 x BNC,
UL 1950, IP65
Accessories
• 2 m long 6GF6 902-0VK
• Large viewing angle
• 5 m long 6GF6 905-0VK
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 7/23

15 kHz SCD monitors
SCD 1815-E/1815-I
459 (18.07)
417 (16.42)
400 (15.75) 481 (18.94)
200 (7.87) 362 (14.25) 89 (3.50)
353,5 (13.92)
384,4 (15.13)
290 (11.42)
362,4 (14.68)
338 (13.31)
240 (9.45)
220 V AC
A
R
Touch G
B
H
V
M4x10
450 (17.72) 4 (0.16)
All-round seal 77 (3.03)
97 (3.82)
Front panel cut-out
SCD 1815-E, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
60 (2.36) 55 (2.16) 464 (18.27) View A
362x290 (14.25x11.42)
5°
370 (14.57)
438 (17.24)
A
R
220 V ACG
15° Touch B
H
V
270 (10.63)
SCD 1815-I, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)

7
7/24 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
8/2 Training
8/4 Standards and approbations
8/5 Siemens contacts worldwide
8/6 Partner
8/8 Service & Support
8/9 Customer Support

8/9 Our Services for Every Phase
of Your Project
8/10 Knowledge Base on CD-ROM/
Automation Value Card
8/11 Length codes for

connecting cables
8/12 Software licenses
8/13 Subject Index
8/16 Order No. Index
8/18 Fax form

Suggestions for improving the
catalog
8/20 Conditions of sale and delivery

Export regulations
Appendix
Training
■ Training is decisive for your success ■ The right mixture: blended learning
SITRAIN – the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial Blended learning is understood to be the combination of various
Solutions – provides you with comprehensive support when training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance
solving your tasks. course in a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a
teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Further-
Training by the market leader in automation, plant installation more, SITRAIN utilizes supported online training for live instruc-
and support permits you to make your decisions with certainty tion on the Internet at agreed times.
and full command. Especially where the optimum and efficient
use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate The right mixture is the solution. Therefore blended learning
deficiencies in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty can convey complex topics well, and train networked
planning right from the beginning. thinking. Additional effect: reduced travelling costs and
periods of absence through training sequences independent
All in all, this represents an enormous gain for your com- of location and time.
pany: shortened startup times, optimized plant components,
faster troubleshooting, reduced down times. In other words,
increased profits and lower costs. ■ The international training portal
www.siemens.com/sitrain
All training facilities at a glance: search in the worldwide range
of courses at leisure, call up all course dates online, utilize the
daily updated display of vacant course spaces – and register
directly.
■ Customer comments on Sitrain

" ... the good course documents, competence and flexibility
convinced me."
[Manfred Riek from Festo Systemtechnik, responsible for
planning basic and further training of project engineers]
" ... represents effective training, constructive dialogs, and
solutions which provide great help."
[Günter Niedermaier, electrical design manager at AMT, Aalen]
■ Contact
Visit us in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest
training catalog from:
Course office, Infoline Germany:
Top trainers Tel.: +49 (1805) 23 56 11 (0.12 €/Min)
Our trainers know their topics in practice, and possess Fax: +49 (1805) 23 56 12
comprehensive didactic experience. Course developers have a
direct wire to product development, and directly pass on their
knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers makes it possible for
them to pass on theoretical matter in a plausible manner.
But since it is known that all theory is drab, we attach great im-
portance to practical exercises which can comprise up to half of
the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your
new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-of-the-art me-
thodically/didactically designed training equipment.
You feel absolutely certain when trained in this manner.
Wide variety
With a total of approx. 300 local attendance courses, we train
the complete range of A&D products and a large portion of the
system solutions from I&S. Telecourses, teach-yourself software
and seminars presented on the Web supplement our classical
range of courses.
Close to our customers
The distance is short. You can find us at approx. 60 locations
in Germany, and worldwide in 62 countries. You wish to have in-
dividual training instead of one of our 300 courses? No problem:
8 we will provide a program tailored exactly to your personal re-
quirements. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers
or at your company.
8/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
Training
■ Training offer for SIMATIC HMI

This page contains an overview of the SIMATIC HMI training
courses.
Depending on your demands we’ll make you fit for specific ap-
plications or teach you important background knowledge about
products and systems.
All courses contain the largest possible share of practical exer-
cises so that training can be carried out very intensively in very
small groups.
Further information regarding course contents, dates and prices
can be found in the Internet under:
www.siemens.de/sitrain
■ Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI

Manager, sales personnel
Project manager, projekt staff member
Programmer
Engineers, programmers
Service Personnel
Operator, user
Maintenance personnel
Title Target group Duration Course code
SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC V6, System course ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 5 days ST-BWINCCS
SIMATIC WinCC V6, Options, Networks, Databases ✔ ✔ 5 days ST-BWINOND

SIMATIC WinCC flexible, System course 1 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 3 days ST-WCCFSYS1
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ WBT WT-WCCFLEX
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ CD-ROM SM-PROTOO
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro System course ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 3 days ST-BPROPRS
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ WBT WT-PROTOO

SIMATIC ProTool
Configure Operator Panels with Pro Tool ✔ ✔ ✔ 3 days ST-SSP705
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 8/3

Appendix
Standards and approbations
■ Operating system licenses for SIMATIC PC/PG ■ CE marking

The enclosed operating system license is approved only for the The electronic products described in this catalog comply with
installation of the SIMATIC PC/PG supplied. the requirements and protection objectives of the following EU
guidelines and with the harmonized European standards (EN)
The Microsoft OEM license allows you to install the software only which have been published for programmable controllers in the
on this SIMATIC system. Official Journal of the European Union:
• 89/336/EWG “Electromagnetic Compatibility” (EMC guideline)
■ UL (U) and CSA (C) standards • 73/23/EWG “Electrical Equipment for Use Within Specific
All HMI products comply with the UL (U) and CSA (C) standards Voltage Limits” (low voltage guideline)
or an application for approval has been submitted.
The EU conformity declarartion is available for examination by
Products, for which there is no approval, are specially marked the appropriate authorites at:
(see the product ordering data).
SIMATIC HMI:
Siemens AG,
Dept. A&D AS SM ID
Postfach 4848
90327 Nürnberg
Federal Republic of Germany
SIMATIC, SIMATIC NET, SIMATIC PC:
Siemens AG,
Dept. A&D AS RD4
Postfach 1963
92209 Amberg
8/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
Siemens Contacts Worldwide
■ Overview
At
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
• Technical Support,
• Spare parts/repairs,
• Service,
• Training,
• Sales or
• Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
• Country,
• Product or
• Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 8/5

Appendix
Partner
■ WinCC Competence Center ■ WinCC Professional

The WinCC competence centers are Siemens internal partners.
They offer a wide range of products and services geared to
ensuring that customers make the best possible use of the open-
ness and integration capability of WinCC in terms of both cost-
efficiency and technology.
In addition to developing standard solutions/add-on products,
they are authorized to implement customer-specific and vertical
solutions in the areas of application development and system
integration on the basis of WinCC. Finally, they also offer consult- WinCC Professionals are external system integrators, who have
ing and project-associated training and workshops for decision- specialised in process visualization. In many realized projects
makers and users. with WinCC they have built up the know-how to meet even com-
plex requirements.
Industry-specific as well as automation and WinCC system
expertise guarantee professional and efficient solutions. WinCC Professionals use the openness and flexibility and
Needless to say, software development is in accordance with provide customized and economical solutions based on WinCC
recognized standards on the basis of certified ISO 9001 quality system software.
management.
You can find detailed information at:
You can find detailed information at: www.siemens.com/competencecenter
www.siemens.com/competencecenter
8/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
Partner
■ Siemens Automation Solution Provider

Your benefits
• Customized, economic and future-oriented solutions
• Significant advantages with respect to speed, efficiency and
locality
• Solution provider has special knowledge of sector
• Guaranteed state-of-the-art technology and knowledge of
latest developments
Automation solutions are becoming increasingly complex, Certification
and demands are permanently growing. We can help you find
competent partners for an excellent, reliable solution. Partners The solution providers are continuously being trained in order to
who have competence and experience in the required sector remain completely up-to-date. They are subjected to a special
linked with comprehensive know-how for automation solutions. certification program where they have to prove their high com-
petence using Siemens’ automation tools. We can therefore
Our partner programs set new standards with respect to the guarantee a special standard of quality which is successively
specific competence of the companies involved and the global achieved by training on new components and during special
network of partners. As a result of the careful selection and per- solution provider workshops.
manent training of our solution providers, you will always be able
to find a competent partner close at hand who is always working
with state-of-the-art technology. You can find detailed information at:
www.siemens.com/automation/solution-provider
The program
You are searching for automation solutions for a particular task?
Or you require professional consulting and support?
You wish to contact specialists in your sector?
You wish to secure market advantages?
Then our Siemens automation solution providers are the right
partners for you!
Our partners implement integrated, economical automation
solutions based on Totally Integrated Automation. They stand out
through their product and system competence of SIMATIC com-
ponents.
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 8/7

Appendix
A&D Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on CD-ROM
■ A&D in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore
built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide
Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.
Under the address
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products,
systems and services.
■ Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation
and Drives product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM or DVD.
■ Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall

The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in
the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products
presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive
way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
8/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
Customer Support
Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project
■ Configuration and Software Engineering

Support in configuring and de-
veloping with customer-oriented
services from actual configura-
tion to implementation of the au-
tomation project. 1)
.I
■ Service On Site
With Service On Site we offer
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to
services for startup and mainte-
keep ahead all the time:
nance, essential for ensuring
A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for
system availability.
the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a In Germany
complete range of different services for automation and drives. 0180 50 50 444 1)
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and
upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the produc-
tivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.
■ Repairs and Spare Parts
■ Online Support In the operating phase of a ma-
The comprehensive information chine or automation system we
system available round the provide a comprehensive repair
clock via Internet ranging from and spare parts service ensur-
Product Support and Service & ing the highest degree of oper-
Support services to Support ating safety and reliability.
Tools in the Shop.
In Germany
http://www.siemens.com/ 0180 50 50 446 1)
automation/service&support
■ Optimization and Upgrading

■ Technical Support To enhance productivity and
Competent consulting in techni- save costs in your project we
cal questions covering a wide offer high-quality services in
range of customer-oriented ser- optimization and upgrading. 1)
vices for all our products and
systems.
Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/support-request
■ Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and de-
signing of your project from de-
tailed actual-state analysis,
target definition and consulting
on product and system ques-
tions right to the creation of the
automation solution. 1)
8
1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 8/9

Appendix
Customer Support
■ Knowledge Base on CD-ROM

For locations without online con- The CD-ROM also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge
nections to the Internet there are Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-ROM will
excerpts of the free part of the be updated every 4 months.
information sources available on
CD-ROM (Service & Support Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
Knowledge Base). This CD- Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in 5 lan-
ROM contains all the latest guages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
product information at the time You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD
of production (FAQs, Down- from your Siemens contact.
loads, Tips and Tricks, Updates)
as well as general information Order No. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2
on Service and Technical Sup- Orders via the Internet
port. (with Automation Value Card or credit card) at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
in the Shop domain.
■ Automation Value Card

By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automa-
tion Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Automation Value Card Order Nos.
Credits Order No.
200 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0
500 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0
1000 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0
10000 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0
Small card – great support Detailed information on the services offered is available on our
Internet site at:
The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the com-
prehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation
project. Service & Support à la Card: Examples
Technical Support
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our
Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support ”Priority“ Priority processing for urgent cases
Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Automa- ”24 h“ Availability round the clock
tion Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your
personal card number and associated PIN you can view the ”Extended“ Technical consulting for complex questions
state of your account and all transactions at any time. Support Tools in the Support Shop
Services on card. This is how it's done. ”System Utili- Tools that can be used directly for configuration, anal-
ties“ ysis and testing
Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field, ”Applications“ Complete topic solutions including ready-tested soft-
guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card. ware
”Functions & Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments
Samples“
8/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
Length codes for connecting cables
■ Length codes for 6XV ... and 6ES5 ... connecting cables
For connecting cables whose length can be selected according Note the different length codes! Other lengths on request.
to the following list, complete the empty positions ( 7 7 7 ) of the
Order No. according to the specified length code.
Connecting cables 6XV. ... Connecting cables 6ES5 ...
Length of the connecting cable= Order No. extension for the Length of the connecting cable Order No. extension for the
multiplier x length digit connecting cable connecting cable
} 6XV. ... - 777 } 6ES5... - 777 0
Multiplier: 0.01 m E 1.0 m BB0

0.1 m H 1.6 m BB6
1.0 m N 2.0 m BC0
10.0 m T 2.5 m BC5
100.0 m U 3.0 m BD0
Length digit: 10 10 3.2 m BD2
12 12 5.0 m BF 0
15 15 8.0 m BJ 0
16 16 10.0 m CB0
20 20 12.0 m CB2
25 25 16.0 m CB6
32 32 20.0 m CC0
40 40 25.0 m CC5
50 50 32.0 m CD2
60 60 40.0 m CE0
63 63 50.0 m CF 0
80 80 63.0 m C G3
80.0 m CJ 0
100.0 m DB0
120.0 m DB2
150.0 m DB5
160.0 m DB6
200.0 m DC0
250.0 m DC5
320.0 m DD2
400.0 m DE0
500.0 m DF 0
600.0 m D G0
630.0 m D G3
800.0 m DJ 0
1000.0 m EB0
Standard, lower-priced lengths are available for many connect-

ing cables. Standard lengths can be supplied from the central
warehouse in Nuremberg, Germany, (LZN) within three days.
Special lengths can be supplied only from the factory con-
cerned. Delivery may take up to 30 days.
Example for ordering
The 6XV1 404-0A 7 7 7 connecting cable must be 16 m long.
Multiplier 1 m (N) x length digit 16 (16) provides a length of 16 m.
The Order No. extension is N16. This is entered in the free
spaces of the Order No. The complete Order No. for the 16 m
long connecting cable is
6XV1 404-0AN16
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 8/11

Appendix
Software licenses
■ Overview
Software types Certificate of license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
The following software types have been defined: use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
• Engineering software required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
• Runtime software Downgrading
Engineering software The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz-
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing. Delivery versions
Data generated with engineering software and executable Software is constantly being updated.
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- The following delivery versions
parties free-of-charge. • PowerPack
Runtime software • Upgrade
This includes all software products required for plant/machine can be used to access updates.
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
sions, drivers, etc.
PowerPack
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
use by third-parties is subject to a charge. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
You can find information about license fees according to use in with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of ware is licensed.
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. license of the software to be replaced.
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza-
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the Upgrade
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the relevant product(s). the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
License types The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of software the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
license: product, proves that the new version is licensed.
• Floating license A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
• Single license
• Rental license ServicePack
• Trial license ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
Floating license ing to the number of existing original licenses.
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of License key
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use be- Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with
gins when the software is started. and without license keys.
A license is required for each concurrent user. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
Single license is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software. The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and license key (which represents the license).
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be
One single license is required for each type of use defined. found in the “Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG” or under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
Rental license (A&D Mall Online-Help System)
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
8 A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-

productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
8/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
Subject Index
Page Page
A O
Accessories for SIMATIC Mobile Panel .............................. 2/184 OEM PP17 PROFISafe for the automotive industry ................ 6/6
A&D Online Services .............................................................. 8/8 OEM products ...................................................................... 6/27
Adapter............................................................................... 2/185 Online services....................................................................... 8/8
Appendix ................................................................................ 8/1 OP17..................................................................................... 2/56
Automation Solution Provider ................................................. 8/7 OP3....................................................................................... 2/48
Automation Value Card......................................................... 8/10 OP7....................................................................................... 2/51
B OP 170B ............................................................................... 2/98
Backup battery................................................................... 2/188 OP 177B ............................................................................. 2/104
C OP 270................................................................................ 2/118
Competence Center ............................................................... 8/6 OP 73.................................................................................... 2/61
Conditions of Sale and Delivery ........................................... 8/20 OP 73micro........................................................................... 2/20
Configuring software .............................................................. 4/6 OP 77A ................................................................................. 2/65
Connecting cables ............................................................. 2/180 OP 77B ................................................................................. 2/70
Connectors ......................................................................... 2/182 Open Platform Program........................................................ 6/36
Contacts ................................................................................. 8/5 Operator Control and Monitoring Devices ............................. 2/1
Converters.......................................................................... 2/185 Order No. index.................................................................... 8/16
Customer specific design .................................................... 6/19 P
Customer specific products ................................................... 6/1 Packages with ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible and WinCC ........ 5/2
Customer specific product modifications ............................ 6/19 Panel PC 477 OEM................................................................. 6/9
Customer Support .................................................................. 8/9 Panel PC 577.......................................................................... 3/5
Customized products ............................................................. 6/4 Panel PC 677........................................................................ 3/10
E Panel PC 877........................................................................ 3/19
Embedded Panel PC for mechanical engineering............... 6/13 Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro ....................................... 5/2
Engineering software............................................................ 4/19 Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC .............................................. 5/2
Expansion components........................................................ 3/27 Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible .................................. 5/2
Export regulations ................................................................ 8/20 Panel PC Remote Kit ............................................................ 3/31
F Panels................................................................................... 2/44
Fax form ............................................................................... 8/18 Panels and Panel PC for the food, beverage
FDA options.......................................................................... 4/90 and tobacco industries......................................................... 6/16
Flat Panels .............................................................................. 7/2 Partners .................................................................................. 8/6
H PC DiagMonitor .................................................................... 3/27
HMI accessories................................................................. 2/180 PC/PG Image Creator, Image & Partition Creator ................ 3/28
HMI complete systems........................................................... 5/1 PC477 OEM............................................................................ 6/9
HMI operator stations ........................................................... 6/31 PLCs from other manufacturers .............................. 2/166, 2/176
HMI operator stations for the automotive industry ................. 6/4 PP17 ..................................................................................... 2/11
HMI Packages with ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible and WinCC 5/2 PP7 ......................................................................................... 2/8
HMI software .......................................................................... 4/1 ProAgent............................................................................... 4/72
I Product modifications............................................................. 6/2
IE FC RJ45 Plug ................................................................. 2/183 ProTool.................................................................................... 4/6
Industrial LCD monitors.......................................................... 7/1 ProTool/Lite ............................................................................. 4/6
Information and ordering........................................................ 8/8 ProTool/Pro ........................................................................... 4/10
J ProTool/Pro Options .............................................................. 4/18
Junction boxes ................................................................... 2/184 Process diagnostics software .............................................. 4/97
K Push Button Panels ................................................................ 2/8
Knowledge Base on CD-ROM.............................................. 8/10 R
L Recommended printers...................................................... 2/189
LCD monitors.......................................................................... 7/1 RS 485 bus connectors ...................................................... 2/182
Length key for connecting cables........................................ 8/11 Runtime software.................................................................. 4/25
M S
Memory cards .................................................................... 2/185 SCADA systems ................................................................... 4/48
Micro Panels:........................................................................ 2/14 SCD monitors ......................................................................... 7/5
MOBIC T8........................................................................... 2/153 SCD 15 kHz monitors ........................................................... 7/19
Mobile Panel 177.................................................................. 2/34 SCD 1215-E.......................................................................... 7/19
MP 270B ............................................................................. 2/126 SCD 1515-E.......................................................................... 7/21
MP 370 ............................................................................... 2/136 SCD 1815-E.......................................................................... 7/23
Multi Panels ........................................................................ 2/126
Multi Panel Options ............................................................ 2/146
SCD 1815-I ........................................................................... 7/23
SCD 1297-E............................................................................ 7/6
8
SCD 1297-ET.......................................................................... 7/6
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 8/13

Appendix
Subject Index
Page Page
S (continued) S (continued)
SCD 1297-K............................................................................ 7/6 SIMATIC TP 170B ................................................................. 2/80
SCD 1297-R............................................................................ 7/6 SIMATIC TP 170micro........................................................... 2/27
SCD 1297-RT.......................................................................... 7/6 SIMATIC TP 177A ................................................................. 2/87
SCD 1597-E.......................................................................... 7/10 SIMATIC TP 177B ................................................................. 2/92
SCD 1597-ET........................................................................ 7/10 SIMATIC TP 177micro........................................................... 2/30
SCD 1597-K.......................................................................... 7/10 SIMATIC TP 270 ................................................................. 2/110
SCD 1597-R.......................................................................... 7/10 SIMATIC WinAC MP ........................................................... 2/146
SCD 1597-RT........................................................................ 7/10 SIMATIC WinCC ................................................................... 4/48
SCD 1897-E.......................................................................... 7/15 SIMATIC WinCC flexible .............................................. 4/19; 4/25
SCD 1897-ET........................................................................ 7/15 SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES.................................................. 4/19
SCD 1897-R.......................................................................... 7/15 SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES Options .................................... 4/24
SCD 1897-RT........................................................................ 7/15 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT.................................................. 4/25
SCD 19101-D ....................................................................... 7/15 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT Options .................................... 4/33
SCD 19101-DT ..................................................................... 7/15 SIMATIC WinCC flexible /ChangeControl............................. 4/24
Cover foils........................................................................... 2/187 SIMATIC WinCC Options ...................................................... 4/63
Protective covers................................................................ 2/187 - FDA Options .................................................................... 4/90
Service packages............................................................... 2/186 - SIMATIC WinBDE............................................................. 4/80
Siemens worldwide contacts ................................................. 8/5 - WinCC/Basic Process Control ......................................... 4/89
Siemens Automation Solution Provider .................................. 8/7 - WinCC/Client Access License (CAL) .............................. 4/82
SIMATIC Flat Panel................................................................. 7/2 - WinCC/Comprehensive Support ..................................... 4/94
SIMATIC IT WinBDE ............................................................. 4/80 - WinCC/Connectivity Pack................................................ 4/76
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177................................................... 2/34 - WinCC/Dat@Monitor ........................................................ 4/75
SIMATIC MP 270B .............................................................. 2/126 - WinCC/Guardian.............................................................. 4/74
SIMATIC MP 370 ................................................................ 2/136 - WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge ........................................... 4/78
SIMATIC OP17...................................................................... 2/56 - WinCC/IndustrialX............................................................ 4/93
SIMATIC OP3........................................................................ 2/48 - WinCC/Messenger........................................................... 4/73
SIMATIC OP7........................................................................ 2/51 - WinCC/ODK..................................................................... 4/94
SIMATIC OP 270................................................................. 2/118 - WinCC/ProAgent.............................................................. 4/97
SIMATIC OP 170B ................................................................ 2/98 - WinCC/Redundancy ........................................................ 4/70
SIMATIC OP 177B .............................................................. 2/104 - WinCC/Server .................................................................. 4/64
SIMATIC OP 73..................................................................... 2/61 - WinCC/Storage ................................................................ 4/84
SIMATIC OP 73micro............................................................ 2/20 - WinCC/User Archives ...................................................... 4/83
SIMATIC OP 77A .................................................................. 2/65 - WinCC/Web Navigator..................................................... 4/66
SIMATIC OP 77B .................................................................. 2/70 SIMATIC 505............................................................ 2/165; 2/175
SIMATIC Panel PC .................................................................. 3/1 Software licenses ................................................................. 8/12
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro......................... 5/2 Subject index........................................................................ 8/13
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC ............................... 5/2 Suggestions for improving the catalog ................................ 8/18
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible ................... 5/2 System interfaces ............................................................... 2/160
SIMATIC Panel PC 577........................................................... 3/5 T
SIMATIC Panel PC 677......................................................... 3/10 TD17 ..................................................................................... 2/45
SIMATIC Panel PC 877......................................................... 3/19 Text Display TD 100C ........................................................... 2/14
SIMATIC Panel PC Remote Kit ............................................. 3/31 Text Display TD 200.............................................................. 2/16
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor ..................................................... 3/27 Text Display TD 200C ........................................................... 2/18
SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator, Image & Partition Creator . 3/28 Text Panels:
SIMATIC PC USB-FlashDrive ............................................... 3/30 - OP17................................................................................ 2/56
SIMATIC PP17 ...................................................................... 2/11 - OP3.................................................................................. 2/48
SIMATIC PP7 .......................................................................... 2/8 - OP7.................................................................................. 2/51
SIMATIC ProAgent................................................................ 4/97 - TD17 ................................................................................ 2/45
SIMATIC ProTool ..................................................................... 4/6 ThinClient/MP ..................................................................... 2/146
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite .............................................................. 4/6 TP 070 .................................................................................. 2/24
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro............................................................. 4/10 TP 170A ................................................................................ 2/75
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Options ............................................... 4/18 TP 170B ................................................................................ 2/80
SIMATIC S5 ............................................................. 2/163; 2/174 TP 170micro ......................................................................... 2/27
SIMATIC S7 ............................................................. 2/161; 2/171 TP 177A ................................................................................ 2/87
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP ...................................................... 2/149 TP 177B ................................................................................ 2/92
8 SIMATIC TD17 ...................................................................... 2/45
SIMATIC TP 070 ................................................................... 2/24
TP 177micro ......................................................................... 2/30
TP 270 ................................................................................ 2/110
SIMATIC TP 170A ................................................................. 2/75 Training ................................................................................... 8/2
8/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
Subject Index
Page Page
U Numbers
USB FlashDrive .................................................................... 3/30 3.5‘‘, USB 1.1 diskette drives .............................................. 3/29
V 12“ devices............................................................................. 7/6
Visualization software ........................................................... 4/10 15“ devices........................................................................... 7/10
W 18“/19“ devices .................................................................... 7/15
WinAC MP .......................................................................... 2/146
WinBDE ................................................................................ 4/80 70 Series:
WinCC .................................................................................. 4/48 - SIMATIC OP 73 ................................................................ 2/61
WinCC/Basic Process Control.............................................. 4/89 - SIMATIC OP 77A ............................................................. 2/65
WinCC/Batch ........................................................................ 4/85 - SIMATIC OP 77B ............................................................. 2/70
WinCC/Client Access License (CAL) ................................... 4/82 170 Series:
WinCC/Comprehensive Support .......................................... 4/94 - SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 .............................................. 2/34
WinCC/Connectivity Pack..................................................... 4/76 - SIMATIC OP 170B ........................................................... 2/98
WinCC/Dat@Monitor............................................................. 4/75 - SIMATIC OP 177B ......................................................... 2/104
WinCC/Guardian .................................................................. 4/74 - SIMATIC TP 170A ............................................................ 2/75
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge ................................................ 4/78 - SIMATIC TP 170B ............................................................ 2/80
WinCC/IndustrialX ................................................................ 4/93 - SIMATIC TP 177A ............................................................ 2/87
WinCC/Messenger ............................................................... 4/73 - SIMATIC TP 177B ............................................................ 2/92
WinCC/ODK.......................................................................... 4/94 270 Series:
WinCC/ProAgent .................................................................. 4/72 - SIMATIC MP 270B ......................................................... 2/126
WinCC/Redundancy............................................................. 4/70 - SIMATIC OP 270 ............................................................ 2/118
WinCC/Server ....................................................................... 4/64 - SIMATIC TP 270............................................................. 2/110
WinCC/Storage..................................................................... 4/84 370 Series:
WinCC/User Archives........................................................... 4/83 - SIMATIC MP 370............................................................ 2/136
WinCC/Web Navigator ......................................................... 4/66
WinCC Add-ons and Partner management ......................... 4/95
WinCC Competence Center................................................... 8/6
WinCC flexible ...................................................................... 4/19
WinCC flexible ES................................................................. 4/19
WinCC flexible ES Options ................................................... 4/24
WinCC flexible RT................................................................. 4/25
WinCC flexible RT Options ................................................... 4/33
WinCC flexible /Archives ...................................................... 4/33
WinCC flexible /Audit............................................................ 4/37
WinCC flexible /ChangeControl............................................ 4/24
WinCC flexible /OPC-Server................................................. 4/44
WinCC flexible /ProAgent ..................................................... 4/46
WinCC flexible /Recipes....................................................... 4/35
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess.............................................. 4/38
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService.............................................. 4/41
WinCC Options..................................................................... 4/63
WinCC Professional................................................................ 8/6
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 8/15

Appendix
Order No. Index

Type Page Type Page
W 6AV6 ... (continued)
W79084-E1001-B2 ................... 2/47; 2/59; 2/117; 2/124; 2/134; 6AV6 610-... .......................................................................... 4/22
................................................................................. 2/144; 2/187 6AV6 611-... .......................................................................... 4/22
6AV6 612-... ................................................................. 4/22; 4/23
2XV9 ... 6AV6 613-... ............................................... 4/22; 4/23; 4/24; 4/31
6XV9 450-... ......................................................................... 4/89 6AV6 618-... 4/31; 4/34; 4/36; 4/37; 4/40; 4/43; 4/45; 4/47; 4/103
6AV6 621-... ......................... 2/73; 2/78; 2/85; 2/96; 2/102; 2/108
6AV3 ... 6AV6 622-... ....................................... 2/116; 2/124; 2/133; 2/143
6AV3 017-... ................................................................ 2/46; 6/21 6AV6 623-... ............................................................................ 5/4
6AV3 503-... ................................................................ 2/50; 6/21 6AV6 640-... ............................................... 2/22; 2/29; 2/32; 6/20
6AV3 591-... ......................................................................... 2/50 6AV6 641-... ............................................... 2/63; 2/68; 2/73; 6/21
6AV3 607-... ................................................................ 2/54; 6/21 6AV6 642-... ............................................. 2/90; 2/96; 2/108; 6/22
6AV3 617-... ................................................................ 2/59; 6/21 6AV6 645-... ................................................................. 2/42; 6/20
6AV3 671-... ............................................................................ 6/8 6AV6 650-... ................................................................. 2/22; 2/32
6AV3 678-... ................... 2/10; 2/13; 2/47; 2/54; 2/59; 2/186; 6/8 6AV6 651-... ...................................... 2/42; 2/63; 2/68; 2/73; 2/80
6AV3 681-... .............................................................. 4/52; 4/103 6AV6 671-... . 2/23; 2/33; 2/43; 2/63; 2/68; 2/73; 2/85, 2/90; 2/96;
6AV3 688-... ......................................................... 2/10; 2/13; 6/8 ........................................................... 2/108; 2/184; 2/185; 2/186
6AV3 991-... ...................... 2/10; 2/13; 2/46; 2/54; 2/59; 4/8, 6/8 6AV6 691-... . 2/22; 2/29; 2/32; 2/43; 2/47; 2/50; 2/54; 2/63; 2/68;
......................... 2/73; 2/78; 2/85; 2/90; 2/96; 2/102;2/108; 2/116;
6AV6 ... ...................... 2/117; 2/124; 2/134; 2/143; 2/144; 4/8; 4/16; 4/23;
................................................................. 4/31; 4/47; 4/72; 4/103
6AV6 371-... 4/59; 4/60; 4/61; 4/62; 4/65; 4/68; 4/71; 4/72; 4/73;
..................... 4/74; 4/75; 4/76; 4/79; 4/81; 4/82; 4/83; 4/88; 4/92;
.......................................................................... 4/93; 4/94; 4/103 6AV7 ...
6AV6 381-... ....................................................... 4/59; 4/60; 4/94 6AV7 671-... ................................................ 3/8; 3/16; 3/24; 3/32
6AV6 382-... ........................................................................... 5/4 6AV7 672-... ......................................................... 3/8; 3/16; 3/24
6AV6 392-... ..................................... 4/60; 4/65; 4/68; 4/71; 4/83 6AV7 8..-... ............................................................ 3/8; 3/15; 3/23
6AV6 542-... .................... 2/102; 2/124; 2/133; 2/143; 6/22; 6/23 6AV7 800-... .......................................................................... 3/15
6AV6 545-... ... 2/26; 2/78; 2/85; 2/116; 2/133; 2/143; 6/18; 6/20; 6AV7 801-... .......................................................................... 3/15
..................................................................................... 6/22; 6/23 6AV7 802-... ................................................................. 3/15, 6/18
6AV6 551-... ............................................................... 2/96; 2/108 6AV7 803-... .......................................................................... 3/15
6AV6 570-... ......................................................................... 4/14 6AV7 804-... .......................................................................... 3/15
6AV6 571-... ................................................................... 4/8; 4/14 6AV7 811-... .......................................................................... 3/23
6AV6 573-... ..................................................... 2/78; 2/85; 2/102 6AV7 812-... .......................................................................... 3/23
6AV6 574-... ....... 2/26; 2/29; 2/33; 2/43; 2/78; 2/85; 2/90; 2/102; 6AV7 813-... .......................................................................... 3/23
......................... 2/108; 2/116; 2/117; 2/124; 2/134; 2/144; 2/185; 6AV7 860-... ................................................................... 7/4; 7/17
................................................................................. 2/186; 2/187
6AV7 861-... ............................................................................ 7/4
6AV6 580-... ........................................................................... 4/8
6AV6 581-... ........................................................................... 4/8
6AV8 ...
6AV6 582-... ................................................................ 4/14; 4/15
6AV8 101-... .......................................................... 7/8; 7/12; 7/17
6AV6 584-... ......................................................... 4/14; 4/15; 5/4
6AV8 107-... ................................................. 7/8; 7/17; 7/19; 7/21
6AV6 591-... 2/26; 2/78; 2/85; 2/102; 2/116; 2/124; 2/134; 2/143
6AV6 594-... ........ 2/78; 2/85; 2/102; 2/116; 2/124; 2/134; 2/144;
....................................................................................... 4/8; 4/16 6DL5...
6AV6 596-... ........ 2/85; 2/102; 2/117; 2/124; 2/134; 2/144; 4/8; 6DL5 401-... ........................................................................ 4/92
.............................................................................................. 4/16
8/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
Order No. Index

Type Page Type Page
6EP1... 6GF6...
6EP1 931-... ............................................................... 3/16; 3/24 6GF6 220-.................................................................... 7/17; 7/23
6EP1 935-... ............................................................... 3/16; 3/24 6GF6 230-............................................................................. 7/21
6GF6 240-............................................................................. 7/19
6ES5 ... 6GF6 902-........................................................... 7/19; 7/21; 7/23
6ES5 731-... ...................................................................... 2/180 6GF6 905-........................................................... 7/19; 7/21; 7/23
6ES5 734-... .................. 2/85; 2/117; 2/124; 2/134; 2/180; 2/181
6GK1...
6ES5 743-... ........................................................................ 2/185
6GK1 151-... ......................................................................... 4/52
6ES7 ... 6GK1 161-... ....................................... 3/8; 3/24; 4/15; 4/32; 4/61
6ES7 272-... .............................................. 2/15; 2/15; 2/17; 2/19 6GK1 500-... 2/10; 2/13; 2/23; 2/33; 2/47; 2/54; 2/59; 2/78; 2/85;
.................. 2/90; 2/96; 2/102; 2/108; 2/116; 2/117; 2/124; 2/134
6ES7 613-... .......................................................................... 6/24 ................................................................................. 2/144; 2/182
6ES7 633-... .......................................................................... 6/24 6GK1 551-... ...................................................... 4/16; 4/32; 4/62
6ES7 635-... .......................................................................... 6/24 6GK1 561-... .............................. 3/8; 3/24; 4/16; 4/32; 4/62; 4/62
6ES7 636-... .......................................................................... 6/24 6GK1 611-... ....................................................................... 2/159
6ES7 648-... ............................... 3/8; 3/16; 3/24; 3/27; 3/28; 3/30 6GK1 704-... ............................................................... 4/15; 4/61
6ES7 652-... ................................................................ 4/84; 4/89 6GK1 713-... ...................................................... 4/16; 4/32; 4/62
6ES7 658-... ......................................................................... 4/92 6GK1 716-... ...................................................... 4/15; 4/32, 4/61
6ES7 671-... ........................................................................ 2/148 6GK1 901-... ........................................ 2/96; 2/108; 2/159; 2/183
6ES7 705-... ................................................... 2/50; 2/180; 2/181 6GK1 906-... ....................................................................... 2/159
6ES7 850-... ......................................................................... 2/26
6ES7 900-... ................................................. 3/8; 3/16; 3/24; 3/32 6XV1 ...
6ES7 901-... 2/15; 2/23; 2/26; 2/29; 2/33; 2/63; 2/68; 2/73; 2/78; 6XV1 418-... ........................................................................ 2/180
.................. 2/85; 2/90; 2/102; 2/117; 2/124; 2/134; 2/144; 2/180;
6XV1 440-... ................................................... 2/43; 2/180; 2/185
.......................................................................... 2/181; 4/16; 4/32
6XV1 830-... . 2/10; 2/13; 2/15; 2/17; 2/19; 2/23; 2/26; 2/29; 2/33
6ES7 972-... ................. 2/15; 2/17; 2/19; 2/182; 4/16; 4/32; 4/62 ............................ 2/63; 2/68; 2/73; 2/78; 2/85; 2/90; 2/96; 2/102;
................................................................................. 2/108; 2/181
6FC5 ...
6FC5 235-.................................................... 3/8; 3/16; 3/24; 3/29
6FC5 247-............................................................................. 3/29
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 8/17

Appendix
Suggestions for improving the catalog
Fax form
■ To Your Address
Siemens AG, A&D AS SM ID

ST 80 • 2005 / Ms. B. Beyer
Gleiwitzer Str. 555 Name
90475 Nürnberg
Capacity
Fax. +49/911-895-2352
Company/Dept.
Street address
Postal code/City
Tel./Fax
■ Your opinion is important to us!

We hope that our catalog will become an important and So please take just a few minutes of your time
widely used source of reference and are constantly striving to fill out and fax it to us.
to improve it.
■ Please grade our catalog on a point system from 1 (= good) to 6 (= poor):

Do the contents of the catalog meet your Is there enough technical detail?
requirements?
Did you find it easy to find the information you What do you think of the quality of the graphics
needed? and tables?
Did you find the texts easy to understand?
■ Did you find any printing errors?
8/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Appendix
Notes
Siemens ST 80 · 2006 8/19

Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery

Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software under the following Order Nos.:
products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the • 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the con- (for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany)
ditions for supplies and services, including software products,
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Ger- • 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0
many, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and (for customers based outside of theFederal Republic of
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
For customers with a seat or registered office in the http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
Federal Republic of Germany (Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)
The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Condi-
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry“ shall apply.
■ Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
For software products, the „General License Conditions for Soft- European / German and/or US export regulations.
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany“ shall apply. Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of According to current provisions, the following export regulations
Germany must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Condi- catalog / price list:
tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Cus-
tomers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall AL Number of the German Export List.
apply.
Products marked other than “N“ require an export
For software products, the „General License Conditions for Soft- license.
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a In the case of software products, the export des-
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall apply. ignations of the relevant data medium must also
General be generally adhered to.
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging. Goods labeled with an “AL not equal to N“ are
subject to a European or German export authori-
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. zation when being exported out of the EU.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations. ECCN Export Control Classification Number.
In addition to the prices of products which include silver, plump, Products marked other than “N“ are subject to a
aluminum and/or copper, surcharges may be calculated if the reexport license to specific countries.
respective limits of the notes are exceeded. The respective note In the case of software products, the export
(e.g. source: German newspaper „Handesblatt“ in category designations of the relevant data medium must
„deutsche Edelmetalle“ and „Metallverarbeiter“) for silver („ver- also be generally adhered to.
arbeitetes Silber“), plump („Blei in Kabeln“), aluminum („Alumin-
ium in Kabeln“) and copper („Elektrolytkupfer“, „DEL-Notiz“) Goods labeled with an “ECCN not equal to N“ are
respectively, of the day the order or rather the on call order is subject to a US re-export authorization.
received, is decisive for the calculation of the surcharges.
Surcharges of copper shall be calculated for Drives at a note Even without a label or with an “AL: N“ or “ECCN: N“, authoriza-
(„DEL-Notiz“) above EUR 225,00 / 100 Kg and for chokes / trans- tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
formers above EUR 150,00 / 100 kg. which the goods are to be used.
Surcharges shall be charged based on the quantities of the ma- The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
terials which are contained in the relevant products. indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
A&D/VuL/En 17.03.05
The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given -
these are subject to change without prior notice.
8/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Automation and Drives Catalog Industrial Communication for Catalog
Interactive catalog on CD-ROM Automation and Drives IK PI
• The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives CA 01
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution
Automation Systems for Machine Tools Low-Voltage Switchgear – Controlgear for Industry LV 10
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60 Power Distribution – Products and Systems LV 30
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61 for Low-Voltage Power Distribution
SIDAC reactors and filters LV 60
Drive Systems SIVACON 8PS Busbar trunking systems LV 70
Variable-Speed Drives CD, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units, D 11 Low-Voltage Controlgear, Switchgear and Systems LV 90
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units D 11.1 Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10
SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System D 21.2
SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 21.3
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
DC Motors DA 12
Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Converters Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2 Positioners and Liquid Meters
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22 PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12
Cabinet Units SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48 SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 Gas Analysis Equipment for the Process Industry PA 10
SIMOVERT MV Medium-Voltage Drives DA 63 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10 Components for the System Integration
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11 SIPAN Liquid Analysis PA 20
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4 SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled M 11 Micro Automation
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60 SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
• Main Spindle/Feed Motors PDF: Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.A
Process Control System
• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61 pc-based Automation ST PC
• Main Spindle/Feed Motors SIMATIC Control Systems ST DA
• Drive System SINAMICS S120
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1 SIPOS Electric Actuators
Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators MP 35
Electrical Installation Technology Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35.1/.2
ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and ET A1
Distribution Boards Systems Engineering
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ET A3 Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks ET A5 System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
BETA Modular Installation Devices ET B1
DELTA Switches and Outlets ET D1 System Solutions
GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1 Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
SIMATIC Sensors FS 10
TELEPERM M Process Control System
Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80 PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

A&D/3U/En 26.09.05
Subject to change without prior notice | Dispo 09402 | KG 1105 25.0 S 424 EN 601140 | Printed in Germany | © Siemens AG 2005 | IWI: TSTE
Human Machine Interface Systems

www.siemens.com/simatic simatic hmi
Human Machine
Interface Systems
s
Siemens AG The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or characteristics
s
of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described
Automation and Drives or which may change as a result of further development of the products.
Human Machine Interface An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly
agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
Postfach 4848
subject to change without notice.
90327 NÜRNBERG
Germany All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG
or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes
w w w. s i e m e n s .c o m/ a uto ma t i o n could violate the rights of the owners.
Order No. E86060-K4680-A101-B4-7600

Simatic Hmi PDF

Cargado por

Información del documento

Título original

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Simatic Hmi PDF

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Catalog ST 80 · 2006

Human Machine Interface Systems

Order No. E86060-K4680-A101-B4-7600

CA 01 – The Offline Mall CA 01

All product designations may be trademarks or product

The products contained SIMATIC Panel PC SIMATIC Panels PC 577

© Siemens AG 2005 HMI Software SIMATIC ProTool

HMI HMI Packages

We would like to welcome you to Automation and

Drives and our comprehensive range of products,

systems, solutions and services for production and

process automation and building technology

With Totally Integrated Automation and Totally

Integrated Power, we deliver solution platforms based

on standards that offer you a considerable savings

Discover the world of our technology now. If you need

more detailed information, please contact one of your

regional Siemens partners.

They will be glad to assist you.

1/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation, we were

SIMATIC NET SINAUT Telecontrol SIMATIC SIMATIC Controllers/

GAMMA instabus ECOFAST IP65

1/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Plant Product Specification

SENTRON SINUMERIK SIMOTION

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 1/5

Totally Integrated Power by Siemens offers integrated

Communication HMI Load Graphs Prognoses

PROCESS FIELD BUS

Products and systems

Planning and configuration

1/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

SAT SUN TOTAL

Hall 1 Air conditioning system OVERTIME

Distribution 3 Replacing circuit IN

breaker contacts local ON IN

Infeed II Replacing meters

tripped TOTAL HOURS

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 1/7

1/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 1/9

monitoring at the machine visualization

SIMATIC Mobile Panels

1/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES)

Client/Server Internet-Client SCADA System WinCC

Mobile Panels Panels Multi Panels Panel PCs HMI software

SIMATIC Controllers additional

Field devices Drives

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 1/11

1/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

2/2 Introduction 2/126 Multi Panels

70/170/270 series Graphic Panels Worldwide application

2/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

1) WinCC flexible 2005 and higher

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/3

2/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

■ Technological overview (continued)

Footnotes to page 2/4:

Siemens ST 80 · 2006 2/5

■ Functionality (when configuring with ProTool)

2/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2006

Totally Integrated Power by Siemens offers integrated